<^^<o. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


^0 


A 


^ 


1.0 


I.I 


!f:i^  IIIIIM 
:;  '-  IIIIIM 


1.8 


1.25     1.4      1 6 

—        — 

1 

^ 

6"     

► 

<^ 


^^ 


n 


%/ 


.V  ^^^- 


y 


y^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WKi  M/»: C^fliEST 

WEBSTER,  K.Y.  1 4580 

(716)  872-4S03 


^ 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CiHM/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions 


Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


1980 


I 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


D 


D 
D 


D 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommagde 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pellicul6e 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


Cartes  gdographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


I      I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  int^rieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
11  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte. 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  filmdes. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppl6mentaires; 


L'Institut  a  microf  ilm6  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  AtA  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique.  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reprodulte,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  methods  normale  de  filmage 
•ont  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


Th 
to 


I      I   Coloured  pages/ 


D 
D 
D 
D 
D 
D 


D 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagies 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  peiiiculies 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  dicolor^es,  tacheties  ou  piqu^es 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d6tach6es 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  variee ' 
Quality  in6gale  de  I'impression 


Th 
po 
of 
fill 


Or 
be 
th< 
sic 

OtI 

fir 
sic 
or 


I      I    Includes  supplementary  material/ 


Comprend  du  materiel  suppi^mentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


Th 
sh 
Til 
wl 

Ml 
dil 
en 
be 
rig 
rei 
m< 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  filmies  d  nouveau  de  fapon  A 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  fiimd  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous 

10X                            1/^X                            18X                            22X 

26X 

30X 

y 

12X                            16X                            20X                            24X                            28X                            32X 

The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library  of  the  Public 
Archives  of  Canada 


L'exemplaire  filmA  fut  reproduit  grAce  i  la 
gintrositA  de: 

La  bibiiothdque  des  Archives 
publiques  du  Canada 


The  images  appeering  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Les  images  suivantes  ont  6t4  reprodultes  avec  le 
plus  grend  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  le  nettet6  de  l'exemplaire  film4.  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  lest  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  ere  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  lest  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dent  la  couverture  en 
pepier  est  ImprimAe  sont  fiimis  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniire  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'iilustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originsux  sont  filmte  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  pege  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'iilustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derniAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  freme  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — ^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Un  des  symboles  suivents  apparaltra  sur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbols  -^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE  ".  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN  ". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposurs  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hend  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
film6s  A  des  taux  de  reduction  diff^rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  f  ilm6  d  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'imeges  nicessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivents 
illustrent  la  mithode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

•%. 


/V^z£- 


H  M I T II H « » N I A  K    I  N  H  T  I  T  T  T  H  •  N 

BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLO(}Y:  .1.  W.  POWELL,  DIRECTOR 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


OIF  XUK 


SALISHAN  LANGUAGES 


BY 


JAMES   CONSTANTINE   PILLINO 


WASHINGTON 

aoVKKNMENT   PKINTINO   OFKICK 
1893 


f. 


LINGUISTIC  BIBLIOGRAPHIES  ISSUED  BY  THE  BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY. 


SiiiitlMoiiiaii  iiiHtitiition— Bui't'iiu  of  etlinolo^ry.  ('atiilo^iic  of  liii- 
giiistir  iiianiisunptH  in  t\\v  library  of  the  Bun-au  of  cthiiolo^y.  IJy 
ilaiiH>H  C.  Pilliii};. 

Ill  Bureau  uf  othnnldgy  firHt  unniiul  n^port ;  liulf'-titlc  lui  hIhivk  p.  55R,  text  p]i. 
555-577,  WiinhiiiKtoM.  IWl,  r»yn\  K  . 

l8Hiii>d  separately  Avjtii  cover  title  oh  followH: 

CatalojjHt'  I  of  I  linguistic  iiiaiiiiR<'ripts  |  intho  |  lilmiry  of  thti  Bureau 
of  etlinology  |  by  |  James  ('.  Pilling  |  (Kxtracted  from  the  first  annual 
report  of  the  Bureau  |  of  ethnology)  |  (Vignett4'|  | 

Washington  |  (iovernment  ]u-inting  ottiee  |  1881 

Cover  title  as  above,  no  iiiHido  title,  balf-titlu  uh  iiuiler  4-iitry  next  above  p.  553, 
t«xt  pp.  5.').5-.')77,  rnynl  H'-'.     One  liundred  eopieH  isNued. 

Smithsonian  institution — Bureau  of  ethnol(»gy  |  J.  W.  Powell  «li- 
rector  |  Proof-sheets  |  of  a  |  bibliography  |  of  |  the  languages  |  of  the 
I  North  Ameri(;an  Indians  |  by  |  James  Constantine  Pilling  |  (Distrib- 
ute<l  only  to  <!ollaborators)  | 

Washington  |  Government  i>rinting  office  |  1885 

Title  vurHobhinkl  1.  notic*-  (signed  .1.  W.  Powell)  p.  iii,  preface  (November  4, 1884) 
pp.  v-viii,  iutrodiictiou  pp.  ix-x,  list  of  autliorities  pp.  xi-xxxvi,  list  of  libraries  re- 
ferred to  by  initials  ]»p.  xxxvii-xxxviii,  list  of  fae-siniiles  pp.  xxxix-xl,  text  pp. 
1-839,  additions  and  corrections  ]>]>.  S4 1-1090,  index  of  languages  and  dialects  pp. 
1091-1135,  ]date8,  l'  .  Arranged  alpliabotieally  l».v  name  of  autbor,  translator,  or 
first  word  of  title.  One  bundred  and  ten  copies  ])rinted,  ten  of  tbem  on  one  side  of 
tbe  sbeet  only. 

Smith.sonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnoh>gy:  .1.  W.  Powell,  di- 
rector I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Eskimo  language  |  by  |  James  Constan- 
tine Pilling  I  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Government  ]ninting  office  |  1887 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso  blank  1 1.  j»refac<'  (April  20,  1887)  pp.iii-v, 
text  pp.  1-lOJ),  cbronologic  index  pp.  111-11(>,  H  fac-similes,  S  .  An  edition  of  100 
copies  was  issne<l  in  royal  8'-'. 

Smithsonian  iiistitution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  J.  W.  Powell,  di- 
rector I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Siouan  languages  |  by  |  James  (vonstan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Government  ])rinting  office  |  1887 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso  blai:k  1  1.  prdaie  (September  1,  1887) 
pp.  iii-v,  text  jip.  1-82,  cbronologic  index  ]iii.  83-87,  8  '.  An  edition  of  UK)  copies 
was  issued  in  royal  8'-'. 

HI 


IV      LINGUISTIC  15IULI00UA1>UIKU  IJY  THE  UUHKAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY. 


Siiiithm>iiiaii  iiiMtitiitiuii  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  .I.VV.  I'owell,  iliroctor 
I  Jtibliography  |  of  the  |  Iroquoian  lauguuges  |  by  |  JaiuuHGuiiMtantlno 
PilliiiK  I  [Vignette I  | 
Washington  |  Goveninient  pri'iting  oHIee  |  18S8 

Cover  tit.lit  aH  ahovo,  titl«<  as  aliovc  v<«rHu  Itlimk  1  1.  prufaro  (DvcuiiiIkt  15, 1H88)  pp. 
iii-vi,  t*-xt  pp.  1-180,  imUIuikIh  )tp.  1K1-18!>,  fhruuologic  indox  jtp.  lUl-208, 9  fuu-Hiiiiiks, 
K'.     All  utUtion  iif  KM)  cojiifH  wan  isHiiutl  in  royal  8'  . 

Smithsonian  iuHtitution  |  Jtureau  of  ethnology:  'I.  W.Powell,  director 
I  liibliography  |  of  the  |  Muskhogean  languages  |  by  |  James  (Jonstan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  |  Government  ])rinting  ottlee  |  1HH5> 

Cover  tltln  as  ahove,  titl«  an  al>ov«  wrnn  blank  1  1.  preface  (May  15, 1889)  pp.  iii-v, 
text  pp.  1-103,  ohrouolu};ic  index  pp.  105-111,8' .  An  edition  of  lOOrupieH  was  iHMued 
in  royal  8". 

Bibliographic   notes  |  on  |  Eliot's  Indian  bible  |  and  |  on  his  other 
translations  and  works  in  the  |  Indian  language  of  Massachusetts  | 
Extract  froni  a  "  Bibliography  of  the  Algoiupiian  languages"  |  [Vig- 
nette] I 

Washington  |  (iov<'rnnient  i>Hnting  ottice  |  18JK) 

Cover  title  aH  above,  title  an  above  verso  blank  1  I.  text  pp.  1-58,  21  fac-HiniileH, 
n)yal  8  .  Tornis  i»p.  127-181  of  tlie  Ilibliogrupliy  of  tlie  Algonquian  lan^uageH,  title 
of  wbich  follows.    Two  bnndrod  and  fifty  copieH  issued. 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnohigy :  J.  W.  Powell,  director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Alg<mquiaii  languages  |  by  |  James  Coustan- 
thie  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  | 
Washington  |  Government  ]»rinting  olliee  |  1891 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  abov(«  verno  blank  1  1.  jireface  (.June  1, 1891)  pp.  iii-iv, 
introduction]),  v,  index  of  languages  |)p.  vii-viii,  liHt  of  facsimiles  ])p.  ix-x,text 
jip.  1-519,  addenda  pji.. "51-575,  ihnnKdoKif'  index  pp.  577-4514,  82  facsimiles,  8^.  An 
edition  of  100  copies  was  issued  in  royal  M  . 

Smithsonian  institution  |  Bureau  of  ethnology:  J.  W.Powell,  director 
I  Bibliography  |  of  the  |  Athapascan  languages  |  by  |  James  Constan- 
tine  Pilling  |  [Vignette]  | 

Washington  )  Government  printing  ofll<re  |  18!>2 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  altove  verso  blank  1  1.  [list  of  |  iinjj^nistic  bibliopr. 
rapbies  issued  by  the  llureaii  of  Ethnology  pp.  iii-iv.  preface  (.hine  15,  1892)  ])p. 
v-vii,  introduction  ]>.  ix,  index  of  languages  j)p.  xi-xii,  list  of  facsimiles  )>.  xi>i,  text 
pp.  1-112,  addenda  )ip.  li;J-115,  clirouolofjic  index  pp.  117-12.5,  1  fa<-siniiles,  8' .  An 
edition  of  100  copies  wiisi.ssntd  in  royal  8  . 

Smithsonian  institution  ]  Bureau  of  ethnology:  J.  W.  Powell,  director 
]  Bibliography  |  <>fthe  )  (Miinookan  languiiges  |  (iiu;lnding  the  Chinook 
Jargon)  j  by  ]  James  Constantine  Pilling  |  [Vignett**]  ) 
Washingt(m  [  Govi'mmcnt  printing  ollice  )  1803 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  [list  of]  linguistic  bibliog- 
raphies issued  by  tins  Ilureau  of  Etliiiology  jip.  iii-iv,  jirefact*  (Mar<:li  10,189.3)  i)]». 
v-viii,  introduction  p.  ix.  index  of  lau'niages  p.  xi.  list  of  facsimib^s  ]>.  xiii,  text  pp. 
1-7H,  cbron<dogic  indox  pp.  77-81, 3  facsinules,  8'  ,  An  edition  of  100  copies  wtts  issued 
in  royal  8", 


PREFACE. 


Of  tlui  nunuM'oiiH  stocks  of  Iiulians  friiijj:iii};  tlio  <'<uist  of  iiortliwost 
America  few  havt^  been  as  thoroujjhiy  studied  or  tlu'ir  laiiKuafrt'rt  so 
well  H'conled  as  the  Salisliaii.  As  early  as  ISOl  Mackt'iizic  ]>uMiHli('<l 
a  short  vocabulary  of  cmili  of  two  dialects  of  this  stock,  and  a  glance 
at  the.  clironoloj{i<'  index  apiJeucU'd  to  this  catalogue  will  show  that  ad- 
ditions or  renriiits  have  been  made  at  short  intervals  ever  since.  The 
more  modern  ett'orts  of  (libbs,  Hale,  Kells,  (hitschet,  Tolniie,  Dawson, 
and  Boas,  esiHH'ially  those  of  the  last  named,  have  resulted  in  the  «'ol- 
lection  of  a  body  of  material  which  has  enabled  us  to  dift'erentiate  the 
dialects  of  this  family  of  speej'h  to  a  dcgn'O  more  minute  than  usual. 

The  knowledge  gained  from  the  stndi«'S  of  these  gentlemen,  and  from 
those  of  others,  also,  has  gre-vtly  extendeil  our  information  concerning 
the  geographic  <listribution  of  these  ])eople.  (^noting  from  !^^ajo^  Pow- 
ell's article  on  the  Lingnistit;  Families  of  North  America  in  the  seventh 
annual  report  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnoh)gy: 

Tho  )«xtent  of  tbo  SaliHh  or  Flatheail  I'aiiiily  wan  niikiiown  to  Oallatin,  an  indoc«l 
app«'ai>i  to  have  hecu  tlio  osaot  locrality  of  tlif  triln>  of  whicli  lie  givos  an  aiionynioiin 
vocabulary  from  tlio  Dii]ioiic<^au  colloctioii.  Tlio  triho  is  Htatod  to  liavo  r«'Hi«ltMl 
upon  ono  of  the  braiichoH  of  thu  Columbia  liivcr,  "which  must  be  citlu'r  tlio  most 
Houtliern  branch  of  ('larkc's  liivcr  or  the  most  nortlnTn  branch  of  I.,<nviM'n  Kivor." 
Tho  former  snppoHiti()n  was  correct.  As  employed  by  (Jallatin  the  family  embraced 
only  a  Mingle  tribe,  tho  Flathead  trib«i  proper.  The  Atnab,  a  Salinhan  tribe,  were 
considered  by  Gallatin  to  bo  distinct,  and  th<(  name  would  be  eligible  as  the  fanuly 
name;  preference,  however,  is  given  to  Salish.         '         *         * 

Tho  most  southern  oiitpo.tt  of  the  family,  (he  Tillamook  and  Nostucca,  were  estab- 
lished on  the  coast  of  Oregon,  about  50  miles  to  the  south  of  the  Columbia,  where 
they  wore  quite  separated  from  their  kindred  to  the  north  by  tho  Chinookan  tribes. 
Ueginuing  on  the  north  side  of  Shoal  water  May.  Salisban  tribes  held  the  entire  north- 
western part  of  Washington,  including  thi^  whole  of  the  Puget  Sound  region,  excojtt 
only  tho  Macaw  territory  abcmt  Cape  Flattery,  and  two  insigniticant  sjiotw,  «>no 
near  Port  Townsend,  tho  other  on  the  I'acific  coast  to  the  south  of  Cape  Flattery, 
which  were  occupied  by  Chimakuan  tribes.  Eastern  Vancouver  Island  to  about 
midway  of  its  length  was  also  held  by  Salishan  tribes,  whil(>  the  grciit  bulk  of  their 
territory  lay  on  the  mainland  ojiposite  and  include<l  much  of  tho  upper  Columbia 
On  tho  south  they  were  hemmed  in  nuiinly  by  the  Shahaptian  tribes.  I'pon  the 
east  Salishan  tribes  dwelt  to  a  little  beyond  the  Arrow  lakes  and  their  feeder,  one 
of  the  extreme  north  forks  of  the  Columlda.  Upon  the  southeast  Salishan  tribes 
extended  into  Montana,  including  tho  upper  drainage  of  the  C«dundiia.  They  were 
met  l-ero  in  1804  1>y  Lewis  and  Clarke.  On  tho  northeast  Salisli  territ<»ry  extended 
to  about  tho  fifty-third  parallel.  In  the  northwest  it  did  not  reach  tho  Chilcat 
River. 


VI 


PREFACE. 


Within  tho  t4«rritory  tlntH  iii<ti<rtit««il  tli««r«  in  coimiil*>riilil«t  (lix'i^rHity  of  ciiHtoiiiH  and 
II  gHMitiT  iliv«<riiity  of  litnf^ iiiik**.  TIm«  liinKHiiK"  ^'*  Miilit  into  )i  ^reiit  nnnilier  of  iliit- 
lo'-tM,  many  of  wliicli  iinulonhtli-NH  nnitnaily  nninti-iliKilil*'. 

Tint  ri'latioimhip  of  Huh  fiunily  to  tli»  WnkiiHliitn  in  a  vt>ry  int<<r<'HlinK  prolilt-ni. 
Kvi(lfMi(;<<M  of  riuliciil  iiflinlty  lmv»  bn-n  iliHcovttrtHl  Ity  ItoiiH  uniHiiitmhut,  ami  tlio 
careful  Htnily  of  tiioir  nature  an<l  Qxti^nt  now  beiuK  |>roN«M-iituil  liy  the  former  may 
nwult  In  th«  union  of  tlio  two,  thouKli  until  roccntly  (liny  hav«  Ikmmi  ronHiitenul 
i|nit«MliNtin<!t. 

With  tlitt  exception  of  tlio  Chiiiookaii  tUinily  the  Halisliaii  tliahictH 
have  contrihutt'd  a  jrieater  iiuinlMT  of  words  to  th«  Chinook  Jargon 
tlian  liave  any  other  of  tlie  hin^uaffcH  of  thu  coaHt — no  nniny  indeed 
that  it  wart  a  question  whether  tlie  litenitnre  of  the  Jarf^on  nlionUl  not 
bo  induded  herein.  ThiH  has  not  been  done,  however,  except  in  the 
ease  of  those  l»ooks  and  papers  wliieh  distinctly  mark  the  Kalishau 
elements  enterin;;  int(»  tlu' composition  of  the  jar^^on;  this  <>oursc  he- 
in{;  iHirsiied  because  a  list  of  the  jar}ic<>»  literature  apiiearsin  the  lUbli- 
o^raphy  of  the  Chin(M)kan  liangua^es. 

This  bibliojjraphy  embraces  320  titular  entries,  of  which  250  relate 
to  print4'd  IxHiks  and  articles  and  01  to  nuinnscripts.    Of  these,  311 
have  been  seen  and  collated  by  the  writer  (257  prints  and  54  nmnu 
scripts) ;  titles  and  descriptions  of  two  of  the  prints  and  seven  of  tlie 
manuscripts  have  been  obtained  from  outside  sourci's. 

As  far  as  possible,  in  the  proof-read inj;  of  these  pages  comparison 
has  been  mtule  direct  with  the  works  themselves.  Miu'h  of  the  mate- 
rial is  in  the  library  of  the  writer,  and  he  has  had  access  for  the  pur- 
pose to  the  libraries  of  ( 'ongress,  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Georgetown  University,  as  well  as  several  well- 
stocked  private  (r(dle«*tions  in  the  city  of  Washington.  Mr.  Wilber- 
force  Eanu;s,  whose  libraiy  is  so  rich  in  Americana,  has  compared  the 
titles  of  works  contained  therein,  as  also  those  in  tlie  Lenox  library, 
of  which  he  now  has  charge. 


WmhingioH,  1>.  6'.,  J  tine  ^4,  1893. 


INTUODUCTrON. 


In  the  compilation  of  tliiH  sorieM  of  (catalogues  the  aim  has  been  to 
include  in  each  biblioffiaphy  everything,  printed  or  in  manuHcript,  relat- 
ing to  the  family  of  languages  to  which  it  is  devoted:  books,  pampli* 
lets,  articles  in  maga/iines,  triu'ts,  serials,  etc.,  and  such  reviews  and 
announcements  of  publications  as  seemed  worthy  of  notice. 

The  <lictionary  plan  has  been  foUowed  to  its  ontreme  limit,  the  sub- 
jc<'t  and  tribal  indexes,  references  to  libraries,  etc.,  being  included  in 
one  alphabetic,  series.  The  primary  arrangement  is  alphabetic  by 
authors,  translators  of  works  into  the  native  languages  being  treated  as 
authors.  Under  each  author  the  arrangement  is,  first,  by  printed  works, 
and  second,  by  manuscripts,  each  group  being  given  chronohigically; 
and  in  the  case  of  printed  books  each  work  is  followed  through  its 
various  editions  before  the  next  in  chronologic  order  is  taken  up. 

Anonymously  printed  works  are  entered  under  the  name  of  the  author, 
when  ki!own,  and  under  the  lirst  word  of  the  title  not  an  articde  or 
preposition  when  not  known.  A  cross-reference  ig  given  from  the  first 
words  of  anonymous  titles  when  entered  under  an  author,  and  from  the 
first  words  of  all  titles  in  the  Indian  languages,  whether  anonymous  or 
not.  Manuscripts  ar  j  entered  under  the  author  when  known,  under 
the  dialect  to  which  they  refer  when  he  is  not  known. 

Each  author's  name,  with  his  title,  ett;.,  is  entered  in  full  but  once, 
i.  e.,  in  its  alphabetic  order.  Every  other  mention  of  him  is  by  sur- 
name and  initials  only,  except  in  those  rare  cases  when  two  persons  of 
the  same  surname  have  also  the  same  initials. 

All  titular  matter,  including  cross-reference  thereto,  is  in  brevier;  all 
collations,  descriptions,  notes,  and  index  matter  in  nonpareil. 

In  detailing  contents  and  in  adding  notes  respecting  contents,  the 
spelling  of  proper  names  used  in  the  parti(!ular  work  itself  has  been 
followed,  and  so  far  as  jwssible  the  language  of  the  respective  writers 
is  given.  In  the  index  entries  of  the  tribal  names  the  compiler  has 
adopted  that  spelling  whi(!h  seemed  to  him  the  best. 

As  a  general  rule  initial  capitals  have  been  used  in  titular  matter  in 
only  two  cases:  first,  for  proper  names;  and  second,  when  the  word 

vu 


VIII 


INTRODUCrriON. 


.ictually  appears  on  fho  title  pa^t,  win.  »„  ini Jal  capital  and  with  the 
remainder  in  Hmall  eapitalH  or  lower-case  lott^rn.  In  Kivin^  titles  in  the 
(lerinan  angnage  the  capitals  in  the  cwo  of  all  Hubstautives  have  been 

When  titles  are  given  of  works  not  seen  by  the  compiler  the  fiwt  is 
Htated  or  the  entry  is  followeil  by  an  .ist^risk  within  curves,  and  in 
either  case  the  authority  is  usually  given. 


I N  n  K  X   OF    L  A  N  G  1 1  A  G  K S . 


Pitgti. 

Atrift I 

lielacoolu.    Heo  Bilkula. 

HiUH;)iula.    See  Hilkula. 

Bilkultt 3 

Bilqula.    Seo  Bilkuln. 

Catoltq.    Hee  Koinuk. 

Chehalis 14 

Chibalis.    8ce  ChohuliH. 

Clallam.    See  Klallaiii. 

Coeur  d'  AlOiie.    Seo  SkitHuiMli. 

Golville.    8t>e  Skoyelpi. 

(Joiiiux.    See  Koinuk. 

Cowituhon.    See  K»\,  i  cheii. 

Cowlitz.    See  Kaalits. 

DwainiHh 10 

Flathead.    See  Salish. 

Friendly  Village 22 

Kaliapel 34 

Kaulits 34 

Kawicheu 34 

Kilamook.    See  Tilainuk. 

Klallam Xi 

Koinuk 35 

Kowelits.    Seo  Kaulits. 

KuwalitHk.    See  Kaulits. 

Kwantlen 35 

Kwinaiatl 35 

Liloeet.    See  Lilowat. 

Lilowat 41 

L^ungen.    See  Songish. 

Lumini 44 

Nanaimoo.    See  Snanairank. 

Nehelim 48 

Neklakapamuk.    Seo  Netlakapnmuk. 

Netlakapamuk 48 

Nicoutemuch.    See  Nikntsviuuk. 

iz 


T 


X  INDEX  OF  LANGUAGES. 

Niktitainuk 49 

Niskwalli 49 

NisquHlI:.  See  Niskwalli. 
Nooksahk.  See  Nuksahk. 
Noosdalum.  See  Klallam. 
Nsietshawus.    See  Tilamuk. 

Nuksahk 49 

Nukwalimuk 49 

Nusdalum.    See  Klallam. 
Nuskiletemb.    See  Nukwalimuk. 

Nusulph 49 

Okiuagau 50 

Pend  d'Oieille.    See  Kalispel. 

Pentlash 50 

Piskwau 51 

Pisquous.    See  Piskwau. 
Ponderay.    See  Kalispel. 

Puyallup 5.3 

Queniult.    See  Kwinaiutl. 

Salish 55 

Samisli 50 

Schwapmuth.    See  Shiwapumk. 
Schwoyelpi.    See  Skoyeli)i. 

Shiwapmuk (M) 

Shooawap.    See  Shuswap. 

Shuswap 60 

Si(!atl 60 

Sileta 60 

Skagit 60 

Skitaamiali.    See  Skitsuisli. 

Skitsuisli 60 

Skokomish 61 

Skoyelpi 61 

Skwaksin 61 

Skwale.    SeeNiskwalli. 
Skwallyauiish.    See  Niskwalli. 

Sk  wamisli 61 

Skwaxon.  See  Skwaksin. 
Suanainioo.    See  Snanaimuk. 

Snanaimuk 66 

Snohomish 65 

Songish 65 

Spokan 66 

Sqaallyamish.    See  Niskwalli. 
Squoxon.    See  Skwaksin. 


INDEX  OP  LANGUAGES.  XI 

Stailakuni '"'^jj^. 

Stsilo ^.^. 

Stillacuin.    See  Stiiilakum. 

Tait «7 

Talamoh.    See  Tilainuk. 

ThoinpHon  River  Iiulians^ ^jy 

Tilanuik ^,- 

Tillamook.    See  Tilaiinik. 

Toanliucli ^.^ 

TsiUalis.    See  Chehalis, 

Twaiia jy 

Wakymikane.    See  Oldua^aii. 
VViuatsha.    See  IMskwau. 


F 

Fi 
Fi 
Ti 


LIST  OF  FACSIMILES. 


First  page  of  Durieu's  Skwamish  Prayers ^^7 

First  page  of  the  Kamloops  Wawa " ' 33 

First  page  of  Le  Jeune's  Thompsoo  Prayers  ........'" 40 

Title-page  of  Walker  aud  Bella's  Spokau  Primer ...... . . ..    ...   .     75 


A 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  SALISHAN  LANGUAGES. 


By  James  (\  Filling. 


(An  astoriak  within  paronthefi«H  iudicatuH  that  tho  vumpilor  has  Hoon  no  copy  of  the  work  referred  to.) 


A. 


A  ha  a  skoaiuJiitH  [Ntlakapnioh].     Hen 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  K.) 
AdelungCJohanuChristoph)  [and  Vater 
(J.   8.)]-     MithridaUm   |  odor    |  allgo- 
moino  |  Spracheiikundo  |  mit  |  dcm  Vator 
Unser  als  Sprac^hprobe  |  iu  Ley  naho  | 
fUnfhuudort  Spraolienuud  Mundarteii, 
I  von  I  .Toliann  Christoph  Adoliiuf^,  | 
Churf  iirstl.     SacliHischen  Hofrath  uiul 
Ober-BibliotUekar.  |  [Two  lines  quota- 
tion.] I  Er8ter[-Viorter]  Theil.  | 

Berlin,  { in  der  VoHHischeu  Buchbaud- 
lung,  I  1806[-1817]. 

4  vols.  (vol.  3  in  three  parts),  8^. 

Atnah-Fitzhugh-Sucd,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.215- 
217,  is  a  general  discusBinn  of  the  langiiafre  of 
thu8epeopleaudiuuludo8(p.  210)uvouubularyof 
11  words  (from  Mackenzie)  and  t>iie  of  6  words 
of  the  language  spoken  at  Friendly  Village, 
from  the  sanie  source. 

Oopiei  teen:  Antor,  Bancroft,  Hrltish  Mu- 
seam.  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  CongreHs,  Kaiues, 
Lenox,  Trumbull,  Watkiuson. 

Priced  by  Triibnur  (1850),  no.  (503,  U.  16». 
Sold  at  Ihe  Fischer  sale,  no.  17,  for  II. ;  another 
copy,  no.  2042,  for  16«.  At  tho  Field  sale,  no.  16, 
it  brought  $11.85;  at  tho  Squler  sale,  no. '',  $5. 
Lcclerc  (18:  ices  it,  no.  2042,. lO  fr.     At  the 

Pinart  sale,  no.  1322,  it  sold  for  25  fr.  and  at  tho 
Murphy  sale,  no.  24,  a  half-calf,  marble-edged 
copy  brought  (4. 
Anderson  (Alexander  Caultield).  Notes 
on  the  Indian  tribes  of  British  North 
America,  and  the  north  we3t  eoast. 
Coinuunioated  to  Oeo.  Gibbs,  esq.  By 
Alex.  C.  Anderson,  e8(i.,  lateof  tho  Hon. 
H.  B.  Co.  And  read  before  the  New  York 
Historical  Society,  November,  1862. 


Anderson  (A.  C.)  — (7ontinned. 

In  lliHtorical  Mai;azino,  first  series,  vol.  7,  pp. 
73-81,  New  York  and  London,  1863,  sni.  4°. 
(Eames.) 

Includes  a  discussion  of  the  Saelissor  Shew- 
hapmusli  language. 

Appendix  to  the  Kalispel-English  dic- 
tionary.    See  Oiorda  (.1.) 

Aster:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within  paren- 
theses after  a  note  indicates  tliat  a  copy  of  the 
work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  compiler 
in  the  Astor  Library,  New  York  City. 

Atna : 

General  discassion    S<«  Adelung  (,T.  C.)  and 
Vater  (J.  S.) 


General  discussion 
Tribal  names 
Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Words 

Words 
Authorities : 

See  Dufosse  (E.) 
Field  (T.  W.) 
Latliam  (R.  G.) 
I.ederc  ((;.) 
Ludowig(lLE.) 
Pilling  (J.  (,'.) 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Sahin  (J.) 
Steiger  (E.) 
Triiluicr  A.  Co. 
Tnimiuill  (J.H.) 
Vater  (J.  S.) 


Halo  (U.) 
Latliam  (K.G.) 
Adelung  (J.  C.)  and 

Vater  (J.  S.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale(H.) 
Howso  (J.) 
Lathiim  (ItO.) 
Mackenzie  (A.) 
Pinart  ( A.  L.) 
Dm  (L.  K.) 
8chomburgk(K.  B.) 


SAL- 


2 


BIBLIOGRAI'HY   OP   THE 


B. 


Baker  (Theodor).    tTber  die  Musik  |  der 
I  nordamerikauisubeu  Wilden  |  von  | 
TUoodor  Bakor.  |  [Design.]  | 

Leipzig,  !  Dntck  uiid  Yerlag  von 
Breitkopf  Jc  Iliirtel.  |  1882. 

CoTor  title  iia  al>i>vo,  titlo  as  nbovo  vorao 
blauk  1  1.  iirofooo  pp.  iii-iv,()i>nt«ata  1  1.  test 
pp.  1-81,  table  p.  82,  plates,  8°. 

Songfi  with  luiiHic;  In  the  Ttvana  and  Clallam 
languages  (from  EelU  in  the  A  niurican  Anti- 
quarian), pp.  75-77. 

OopitM  leen:  Uostou  Athniiiouin,  Briuton, 
Dorsey,  Geological  Survey,  Pilling. 

Some  (wpies  have  titlo-pngo  as  foUowH : 

— —  Cber   die   Muaik  |  dor  |  uordumeri- 
kanischen  Wilden.  |  Eiue  Abhaudlung 
I  zur  I  Erlaugiing  der  Docturwiirde  | 
an    der  |  Universitiit    Leipzig  |  von  | 
Theodor  Baker.  | 

Leipzig,  1  Druck  vou  Breitkopf  & 
Ilartel.  |  1882. 

Title  verso  blank  1  I.  preface  pp.  iii-iv,  con- 
tents and  errata  1 1.  text  pp.  1-82 ,  vita  1 L  plates, 
8o. 

Linijfuistio  conten  ts  as  under  title  nextabove. 

Copies  iten :  Lenox. 
Bancroft :  Tliis  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parent  liosoa  after  a  note  indioatos  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  roferrnd  to  hiiii  bi^on  seou  by  tho 
oompller  in  tho  librory  of  Mr.  U.  U.  Bancroft, 
Son  Francisco,  Ciil. 

Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe).     The  |  native 
races  |  of  |  tho    Pacific    st^ites  |  of  | 
North    America.  |  By  |  Hubert     Howe 
Bancroft.  1  Volume  I.  |  Wild  tribe8[-V. 
Primitive  history] .  | 

Now  York:  |  D.  Apploton  and  com- 
pany. I  1874 [-1876]. 

5  vols,  inapa  nnd  plates,  8<>.  Vol.  I.  Wild 
tribes;  II.  Civilized  nations-,  III.  Myths  nnd 
languages;  IV.  Autliiuitics;  V.  I'rimitivo  his- 
tory. 

Some  copies  of  voL  1  are  dntc<l  1875.  (Eames, 
Lenox.) 

Classiilcation  of  the  aboriginal  l.inguages  of 
the  Pacific  states  (vol.  3,  pp.  503-573)  includes 
the  Salish,  p.  565.— V"rnl)ulury  (16  words)  of 
BoUacoola  cionipiircd  with  the  Chiinsyau,  p. 
607.— Tlio  first  three  of  the  ten  commandments 
and  the  Lord's  prayer  iu  tho  Nauaimo  lan- 
guage (furnished  by  J.  H.  Cannany),  pp.  611- 
612.— Comments  on  the  Clallam,  Cowichiu  nnd 
the  Indians  of  Fraser  Kivcr  mid  Thompson 
lUvor,  pp.  012-6l;i.— Conimuuts  on  tho  Nocilak- 
apamuch,  coigugatlon  (partial)  of  the  verb  to 
f/iiic,  tho  Lord's  prayer  with  interlinear  English 
translation  (all  froin  Kcv.  .T.  B.  Good),  pp.  013- 
615.— The  SaliHli  languages  (pp.  015-620) 
includes  a  general  discussion,  p.  610 ;  coqjuga- 


Banoroft  (H.  H. )  —  Con  tinned, 
tion  (partial)  of  the  verb  to  be  angry,  pp.  610- 
617;  the  Lord's  prayer  with  interlinear  Eng- 
lish translation  (all  the  above  from  Meuga- 
riul),  p.  617;  the  Lord's  prayer  in  Pend 
d'Oreille  with  interlinear  transUtions  into 
English  (from  De  Smet),  pp.  017-018.— General 
discussion,  with  examples  of  the  various  Salish 
languages — Skitsuish,  Pisquouso,  Xsietshaw, 
Niskwallies,  Chehalia,  Clallam,  Lummi,  etc., 
pp.  018-020. 

Copie*  ittn  :  Astor,  Baiii^roft,  Brinton,  Brit- 
ish Museum,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Congress, 
Eames,  I'owell. 
Issued  also  with  title.pages  u»  follows : 

The  I  native  races  |  of  |  the  Pacific 

states  I  of  I  North  America.  |  By  |  Hu- 
bert Howe  Bancroft. ;  Volume  I.  |  Wild 
tribes[-V.  Primitive  history].  | 

Author's  Copy.  |  San  Francisco.  1874 
[-1876]. 

5  vols.  tP,    One  hundred  copies  issued. 

Copies  «eett  .■  Bancroft,  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress, Lenox. 

In  addition  to  the  above  the  work  has  been 
isRUfd  with  the  imprint  of  Longmans, London ; 
Maisonnouve,  Paris;  and  Broekbaus,  Leipzig ; 
none  of  which  have  I  seen. 

Issued  also  with  title.pages  as  follows : 

The  works  |  of  |  Hubert  Howe  Ban- 
croft. I  Volume  T[-V].  |  The  native 
races.  |  Vol.  I.  Wild  tribe8[-V.  Primi- 
tive history].  | 

San  Francisco :  |  A.  L.  Bancroft  & 
company,  publishers.  |  1882. 

5  vols.  8°.  This  series  will  include  the  His- 
tory of  Central  America,  History  of  Mexico, 
etc.,  each  with  its  own  system  of  numbering 
and  also  niiiv.bcrod  consecutively  in  the  scries. 

Of  these  works  there  have  been  published 
vols.  1-39.  Tho  opening  paragrajih  of  vol.  30 
gives  the  following  information:  "This  volume 
closes  tlie  narrative  portion  of  my  historical 
series;  there  yet  remains  to  be  completed  the 
biographical  section." 

Copies  teen:  Bancroft,  British  Museum, 
Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Congress. 

Bates  (Henry  Walton).  Stanford's  |  com- 
pendium of  geography  and  travel  | 
based  on  Hellwald's  'Die  Erde  nnd  ihre 
Viilkor'  I  Central  America '  the  West  In- 
dies I  and  I  South  America  |  Edited  and 
extended  |  By  H.  W.  Bates,  j  assistant- 
secretary  of  the  Royal  geographical 
society;  |  autlior  of  'The  naturalist  on 
tho  river  Amaztum'  |  With  |  ethnolog- 
ical appendix  by  A.  H.  Keane,  B.  A.  | 
Haps  and  illustrations  | 


SALISHAN   LAMOUAOKS. 


uativo 
Primi- 


Muaeam, 


Bates  (H.  W.)  —  ('nntintml. 

London  |  Kdwanl  Ktanfortl,  56,  (^har- 
i  IB  cross,  S.  W.  |  1878 

Half  title  venio  blank  1  I.  title  yorso  blank  I 
1.  preraco  pp.  v-vi,  contents  pp.  vii-xvi,  liHt  of 
illiiatrationH  pp.  xvii-xviii,  list  of  maps  p.  xiz, 
text  pp.  1-441,  ap|>oniUx  pp.  443-SAl,  index  pp. 
503-571,  niupM,  8°. 

Keane  (A.  n.),  Etlinn);rapby  luiil  Phllolngy 
of  America,  pp.  443-.'i61. 

Copies  teen:  BritiHli  Muaeuni,  ('nngresa, 
KanieH,  Geological  Survey,  National  MuHeuui. 

Stanford's  |  Compendiiuii  of  geogra- 
phy and  travel  |  basnd  on  Hellwald's 
'Die  Erdo  uud  iliro  Viilkfr'  |  Central 
America  |  the  West  Indies  |  uud  |  Soiitli 
America  |  Edited  and  extended  |  Hy  H. 
W,  Bates,  |  Author  of  [«&c.  two  lines] 
I  With  I  ethnological  appendix  by  A. 
H.  Keane,  M.  A.  J.  |  Maps  and  illustra- 
tions I  Second  and  revised  edition.  | 

London  |  Edward  Stanford,  55,  Char- 
ing cross,  S.  W.  I  1882. 

Ualftitle  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  blank  1 
l.pnifar.o  jip.  v-vi,  contents  pp.  vii-xvi,  list  of 
illustrations  pp.  xvii-xviii,  li^4t  of  maps  p.  xix, 
text  pp.  1-441,  ap|>ondix  pp.  443-.')fll,  index  pp. 
563-571,  maps,  8°. 

Linguist  ic  contents  as  nnder  t  itU;  next  above. 

Ciipiei  seen:  British  Museum,  Harvard. 
Stanford's  |  Compendium  of  geogra- 
phy uud  travel  |  bused  on  Hellwald's 
'Die  Erdo  und  ihre  Volker'  |  Central 
America  |  the  West  Indies  |  and  Soatli 
America  |  E<lited  and  extended  |  By  II. 
W.  Bates,  I  assistant-secretary  [&('.two 
lines]  i  With  ,  ethnological  appendix  by 
A.  H.  Keane,  M.A.I.  |  Maps  and  illus- 
trations I  Third  edition  | 

Lonilon  |  Edward  Stanford,  55,  Char- 
ing cross,  S.  W.  I  1885 

Half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  blank  I 
1.  preface  pp.  v-vi,  contents  pp.  vii-xvi,  list  of 
illustrations  pp.  xvii  xviii,  liHt  of  maps  p.  xix, 
text  pp.  1-441,  apiiondixpp.  443-501,  index  pp. 
503-571,  maps,  8°. 

l.ingiiixt  iccoutents  as  under  t  itles  next  above. 

Copif*  teen  :  (ieologival  Survey. 

Beach  (William  Wallace).  The  |  Indian 
miscellany;  containing  ,  Papers  on  the 
History,  Antiquities,  Arts,  Languages,  i 
Religions,  Traditions  and  Superstitions 
I  of  I  the  American  aborigines ;  |  with  | 
Descriptions  of  their  Domestic  Life, 
Milliners,  Cnstoms,!  Traits,  Amusements 
and  Exploits;  |  travels  and  uilventiires 
in  the  Indian  coiiuti-y;  |  Incidents  of 
Border  Warfare ;  Missionary  Kelations, 
etc,  I  Edited  by  W.  W.  Beach.  | 


Beaoh  (W.  W.)  — Continued. 

Albany:  |  J.Mnnsel1,82  State  street. 
I  1877. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank 
1  1.  advertisements  ver.4o  blank  1  l.rontt'nispp. 
vll-vlll,  text  pp.  9-477,  errata  1  p.  index  )ip.  47*- 
490, 8°. 

Qatschet  (A.  S.),  Indian  languages  of  the 
I'aciHc  states  and  territories,  pp.  410-447. 

Copiet  teen !  Antor,  Driiiton,  llritisb Museum, 
Congress,  Kanies,  Geological  Survey,  Maxsa- 
vhusetts  Historical  Society,  I'iUiug.AViscousiu 
Historical  Society. 

Priced  by  Lederc,  1878  latalogue,  no.  200,1,  20 
fr.;  the  Murpliy  copy.no.  1!I7,  brought  ♦1.25j 
priced  by  ('larke  &  co.  1880  eiitahigue,  no.  G-.>7I, 
13.50,  and  by  Mttletield,  Nov.  1887,  no.  50,  $4. 
Belacoola.    See  Bilknla. 

Berghaus  (i>r.  lleinrich).  AUgenieiner 
I  ethnographischor  Atlas  |  oder  |  Atlas 
der  Volker-Kundo.  |  Kiiie  Summluiig  | 
von  uciiuzchn  Kartell,  |  auf  dciuui  die, 
uniilie  Mitto  desnellu/.clinteii  Jahrhun- 
derts  statt  findende  |  geogra)iiiisclio 
Vcrbreitung  nller,  nach  ihnr  Spradi- 
verwaiidtschaft  geord-  |  neten,  Volker 
dcs  Erdballs,  und  ilire  Vertheiluug  iu 
die  ReiclKt  und  Stuaten  |  der  altt^ii  wie 
der noiieii  Welt  abgobildet  und  vcrsinn- 
liclit  worden  ist.  |  EinVersiidi  |  vou  | 
1)''  Heinricb  Berghaus.  | 

Verlag  von  .liistus  Perthes  in  (iotha. 
I  1852. 

Title  of  tlie  series  (Dr.  Heinricb  ]l<'rghans' 
IihysikHliHcber  Atlas,  etc.)vers»  1. 1  rectolilank, 
title  as  above  verso  blank  1  I.  text  pp.  1-Os,  19 
maps,  folio. 

No.  17.  Die  Oregon-Volkcr  treats  of  the 
habitat  and  linguistiu  relations  of  the  peoples 
of  that  region,  including  among  others  I  ho 
Tsihaili-Selesh,  M'ith  its  dinli^cts,  ]i.  .lO.— Map 
no.  17  is  entitled  "  Ktlinographische  Karle  vou 
Nordamerika,"' ''Nach  All>.  (iallatin,  A.  v(m 
Humboldt,  Clavigcro,  Hervng,  Hale,  Isbester, 
&c." 

Copieiset'n:  Bureau  of  Kthuology. 

Bible: 

Matthew  Spokaii  See  AValker  l  K.) 

Bible  stories : 

K.-Uispel 

Big  Sam. 


See  (iiorda  (,1.) 

SeeEellB(M.) 


Bilechnla.    See  Bilknla, 

Bilknla: 

(ieiieral  iliscussion  See  Boas  (F.) 


(ieneral  discussion 
(ieneral  discussion 

(irntes 

Grammati)'  trciilisi' 
Numerals 
Kumerals 


llusclniiann(.I.C.  K.) 
Tolmie  (\V.   I'\)  .ind 
Ihi    Hon  (G.M.) 

lloilH  (K.) 

Boas  (K.) 
Boas  |F.) 
Latham  (R.  Q.) 


4 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP  THE 


Bilkula  —  ('ontinuud. 

NiimorHlii 

NniiD'raU 

Itnlatiuimhliw 

HvDtcurcn 

Tribal  nuineH 

Vocaliulury 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vtxjabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

V«H!abulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 


Hcoiilor  (•!.) 
Tolml«(W.F.) 
BoaH(K.) 
Scoulur  (J.) 
I.atbani  (iC.  <i.) 
liaiiiTofl  (U.K.) 
BoaH(F.) 
(Jallaliii  (A.) 
<iibbH((;.) 
Latliam  (K.  (i.) 
lMiiait(A.L.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
KocbriffCF.  I-.O.) 
Sciiiiler  (J.) 
Toluil(i(\V.  K.) 
Xolniiu  <W.  F.)  autl 

DuwHon  (O.  M.) 
lUtHH  (F.) 

Briuton  (I),  (i.) 
Biisclimaiiii  (J.  C  E.) 
Cliambcrlain  (A.  F.) 
l)aa(L.K.) 
Lathaiu  ( K.  G.) 
Stuu)i>tr(C.) 


Woida 
Worila 
WonU 
Words 
AVonin 
Worils 
AVonls 

Bilqala.    S<'c  Bilkula. 

Boaa:  This  word  foUowliijLca  titlc<irwitliiii])ar<m' 
tliCHOH  after  a  note  iiidiratcH  tbiit  n  eii]iy  of  tbu 
work  referred  to  baa  been  Heeu  by  the  eoiupiler 
belonging  to  the  library  of  Dr.  Fraiiz  Boas. 

Boas  (/>»•.  Franz).  Tbr  liiiifriiago  oftlio 
fiilhoola  ill  HritiHh  Coliiinbia. 

In  Scieiiee,  vol.  7,1>.21H,  New  York,  18H6,4°. 
(Oeulogieal  hurvey,  IMlliiif;.) 

UraniiiialitMUseiiMHioii,  i  iiiieral  HyHtum,  aud 
coiiimeiitii  iipuu  tlieir  vocalmlary. 

Spracho  dcr  Bclla-coola-ln«liain;r. 

In  Uurlia  UeaselHcbaft  fiir  AiitbroiMilogie, 
£tlil)olo(;iu  uiid  rrgest'liielite,  Vurliaudlungen, 
vol.  18,  ])p.  202-200,  Berlin,  1K«0, 8°.  ( Uurean  of 
Ethnology.) 

Grauimalic  diseuHHioii  of  the  Bellaeoola  luii- 
guago. 

Myths  and  ie>j;<iiHlH  of  the  t'atloltq  of 

Vancouver  l8land. 

In  Anim-ieiiu  Antiijuarian,  vol.  10  pp.  201- 
211,  Cbieago,  1888,  8'^.     (Hureau  of  Ethnology.) 

Catlolt<i  tonus  paaHiui. 

Issued  separately,  with  halftitle  as  foHows: 

Mytlm  and  Lo(j;endH  of  the  Catl()lt(i, 

I  l>y  J^r.  Franz  Boas.  |  Keiiriutod  from 
American  Autiquariau  for  July,  188S. 
[Cliicag(»,  1888.] 

Ho'f-tltlo  on  cover,  no  inside  title,  text  pp. 
201-211,  8°. 

Linguistic  (contents  as  under  title  next  above. 
Copiet  seen ;  Welleslej'. 

——  IJio  Mythologio  dor  nord-wcHt- 
umerikauischcu  KiiHttMiviilki^r. 

In  (ilobus,  vol.  !i3,  pp.  li;i-127,  15:t-157,  29U- 
802,  315-310;  vol.  54,  pp.  10-14,  Braunschweig. 
1888,  i°.    (Geological  Survey.) 


Boas(F.)  —  Continued. 

Terma  of  thu  native  languages  of  tho  north- 
west coast  of  British  America,  including  a  few 
of  the  Bili|ula,  passim. 

The  Indiantt  of    IMtinh  Columbia. 

My  Franz  Uoas,  Ph.D.  (I'resented  by 
Dr.  T.  Sterry  Hunt,  May  SO,  1888. ) 

In  Itoyal  Koe.  (!anada.  Trans,  vol.  (1,  section  2, 
pp. 47-57,  Montreal.  1880, 4°.    (I'illiiig.) 

General  comments npon  tho  Sallsh  liiigiiistlu 
divisions,  with  exam|)leH,  pp.  47-48.  Comparu- 
tivo  vocabulary  (40  words,  alpliabelically 
arranged  by  Knglish  words)  of  the  Lk'inigen, 
Snanainnui,  Skipi'uiiR,  Si'i^atl,  1'Anlliitc,  and 
^atlo'ltq,  p.  48.— Comments  on  thu  Itil<|ula,  p. 
40.  —  Comparative  voeiibulary  (20  words)  of 
the  Bili|ul»  and  Wik'enok,  the  latter  "a  tribe 
of  Kwakiutl  lin«ag(%"  whli'h  ha8"lMnTow'Ml"' 
many  words  from  tlie  Bllqula  and  vice  vma,  p. 
40.— "  English-lliliiula  v(M:abiiIary,  witli  refer- 
ence to  other. Salish  dhile<;ts."  Iieing  a  compar- 
ative vocabulary  of  .Vi  words,  alphabetically 
arranged  by  Knglish  words,  of  tlui  Uilqula, 
Lku'ngen,  Sniinalmui),  Skipi'mic,  Sl'ciatl, 
P6ntlatc,  anil  Vatlo'ltq,  p.  I>0. 

NotcH  on  tlie  Huanaiinuq.     By  Dr. 

Franz  Boaz. 

In  American  Anthro)iologist,  vol.  2,  pp  321- 
328,  Washington,  1880,  8^.    (Pilling.) 

liTamesof  the  Suauimuq  chum,  p.  321 Prayer 

to  the  sun,  with  English  translation,  p.  320. 

Issued  separately  with  lieading  as  iVdlows : 

(From  the  American  AnthropologiHt 

for  October,  188!). )  Notes  on  tiie  Snau- 
aimuq.     By  Dr.  Franz  Boas. 

No  title-page,  heading  only;  text  jq).  321- 
328, 8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  uudertitlo next  above. 

Copies  seen:  I'illing. 

Preliminary  notes  on  the  Indians  of 

liritish  Ctdiunbia. 

In  British  Ass.  for  Adv.  Sci.  Keport  of  the 
tifty-eighth  meeting,  pp.  233-242,  London,  1889, 
8^.    (Geological  .Survey.) 

Gen<'ral  discussion  of  tlie  .Salishan  ]wopleH 
and  their  linguiHticilivisiou.H,  with  a  statement 
of  material  cidlei^ted,  pp.  234,  230 — Salishan 
terms  ]iassim. 

Issued  also  as  follows. 

Preliminary  not«i9  on  the  Indians  of 

British  Columbia. 

In  British  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.  Fourtli  Keport  of 
the  committ4)o  .  .  .  appointed  for  tlie  pur- 
jioso  of  investigating  and  ]iubllshing  reports 
on  tlio  .  .  .  nortliweslern  tribes  of  the 
Dominion  of  Canada,  iq>.  4-10  |  liondon,  1880], 
8".    (Karnes,  Pilling.) 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above, 
p.  .1-7. 

First  General  Keport  on  the  Indians 

of  British  Columbia.  By  Dr.  Franz 
liuaa, 


8AMSTIAN  LANOrAOEP. 


rxt  iilM)ve, 

luiliaiis 
r.  Frauz 


Boai  (F.)  — (^""tinned. 

In  llrilidh  Ahh.  Adv.  St^i.  licpt.of  tlin  tift.v 
ninth  niiM'tlni!,  PP-  HtM-HU;i,  London,  IHW),  K\ 
((iiMilouiniil  Survfj.) 

List  of  SnllHhiinilivlHionH  with  tlioirliitbltiit, 
pp. Hii5-M)n.-  A  Siiinininini|  lfK<-mI(in  Kniilixl') 
pp.  s:i.'i  KIO,  rontainH  ii  niimlwr  of  ShIIhIi  Uirnm 
puNsim.— SnliHli  t<>rniH,  pp.  847-848. 

I  HHiietl  aUu  nH  follows : 

FirHtOeiHTiil  Kcporton  tho  ladiiiUH 

of  ItritiHh  Coliunliia.  Hy  Dr.  Fruii/. 
KooM. 

In  IJrltiHh  A«H.  Ailv.  Scl.  Flftli  report  of  tlii< 
t'oiiimitteo  .  .  ,  appointi^d  fortluipuriioHiMil' 
invfHti(;ntinK  nnil  puliliHJiinK  mporlH  on  tint 
.  .  .  nortliw<mti>rn  trilx'H  of  llio  Dominion  <i!' 
Ciinuda,  pp. rMI7,  Lonilon  LIK»0|. 8°.  (PillinK-) 
Lini!uiH<io  content!*  iiHnmU-r  title  nuxtttbovc, 
pp.  0-10,  39.40,61-52. 

—  Secouil  (}eii«ral  Report  on  tho 
IniliuiiH  of  ItritiNh  Coliiiubiu.  Uy  J>r. 
Franz  Boas, 

In  Briti«li  A«h.  Adv.  Sci.  Ronort  of  tho 
Hixtloth  meeting,  PI'-  r.fi'.'-715,  London,  18»1,  8". 
(Geoluf;ical  Survey.) 

Thu  Lku'IiKeu  (|ip..'><U  582)  contains  a  list  of 
gentitH,  p.  GOD;  nobility  names,  p.  .'■70;  turnis 
imcd  in  giimlilinKiindpaxtlmeH,  p.  571;  in  birth, 
nmrrin^u  and  death,  ]i|).  572-570;  niodioino, 
omens  and  beliefs,  pp.  576-577;  vorso  with 
niusio  in  Cowitchin,  p.  581.— Tho  Shush wap, 
pp.  6:12-047,  contains  a  few  words  ]iussiin.— Thu 
Salirih  langnagos  of  liritish  (;oluinbia  (pp.  67'.)- 
688)  treats  of  the  liilqnia,  includinn;  partial 
cuu,ju|jati»nH,  p|i.  670-680;  tho  .Snauaimini, 
ffivinf;  pronouns  and  vertiswith  partial  conju- 
gations, pp.  680-68:1;  tlio  Shnsbwap,  witli  a 
vocabulary  and  Kraininatie  treatise,  ]iii.  08.1- 685; 
tho  Stl&'tlundi  witli  sketcli  of  tho  (;ranimar, 
]ip. 685-686;  tlio  OliimVli-eu  >vitli  niuneralo, 
]ironouns,  and  vcrlis,  pp.  687-688. — Terms  of 
relationship  of  tho  Salish  languages  (pp.  68X- 
002)  includes  thu  Skipi'mic,  pp.  688-680;  the 
liilqula,  p.  689;  the  Stlfi'tlumli,  pp.689-600;  the 
Shiishwap,  pp.  600-691 ;  the  OkauiVken,  pp. 
<!91-692.— Comparative  vocabulary  of  eighteen 
languages  spoken  in  liritish  ('olumbia,  pp. 602- 
715,  includes  tliu  following  Salishaii  languages, 
numbered  respectively  7-17 :  liilqulo,  C'atlciltci, 
IVutlutc,  Siciatl,  Snaimiiniiq,  Sk'i|o'mic,  LkuTi- 
gen,  Ntlakyapamuq,  Stlatluiuh,  Su<iuaprouq, 
and  Okana'k-on. 

Issued  also  as  follows : 

Second     Opneral     Report     on    tlio 

Indians  of  British  Coinnibia.  liy  Dr. 
Franz  Boas. 

In  British  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.  Sixlli  report  on 
tho  northwestern  trilx'.s  of  Canada,  pp.  10-in:i, 
'.ondon  [18911,  80.     (I'illing.) 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titlonextabove, 
pj).  17.  IS.  10.20-24.24-25,  20,80  1)5. 127-128. 128- 

i:ii.  iiii-i.Tt,  i;i;t-i:!4,  i:!:)-!.^,  i:i6-i;j7,  i:)7,i;i7- 

]:IH,  ia8-139.  139-140. 140-163. 


Boas  (F.)  — Conlinned. 
Third  Ut^porton  tho  IndianHof  Brit- 
ish C'cdtinihia.     By  Dr.  I'ran/.  BoaM. 

In  liritish  Ass.  Adv.  S<'i.  Ke|H)rt  of  the  sixty- 
first  nuieting,  pp.  408-440,  4  folding  tables 
between  |ip,4,')n-4:i7,Lonilou,  1892,8'.  ((ii'olog- 
leal  Survey.) 

J.ist  of  the  villages,  undent  and  modern,  of 
tho  Hilqula,  ]ip.408-409.-«ieutesor  the  Nuqii- 
liuiikh,  \u!<k'eh>t<>nih,  and  Taliomh,  p.  400. 

Issued  also  as  follows: 

Third  Report  on  tho  IndiaiiHof  Brit- 
ish Coliinihia.     By  Dr.  Franz  BuaH. 

In  liritish  Ass.  Adv.  .Sci.  Seventh  report  on 
tlie  luirthwesterii  triiies  of  Canada,  pp.  2-43, 
London  1 1892],  8'>.     (Eames,  I>illing.)| 

Linguistic  cuntentsas  under  title  next  above, 
I.p.2-:i.3. 

[Texts  in  tho  IVrntliito  hinpiaKO-l 

Manuscript,  9  II.  folio,  written  on  one  side 

only;  In  the  library  of  the  Kurcau  of  Kthnol- 

ogy.     Collected  in  l8Sfi. 

Six  legends  in  thel't^ntliitc  lang\iage,  aeeoni- 

Iinuied  by  an  int^srlinear,  literal  translation  int<i 

Knglish. 
The  original  manuscript,  in  possession  of  its 

author,  is  in  IVMithUc-Oerman.  (*) 

Texts  ill  tlie  f'athllti|  laiij^iiaKC 

Manuscript,  27  unniinilM^'ed  II.  foHo,  written 
on  one  side  only;  in  the  library  of  the  Itiireau 
of  Kthnology. 

The  texts  (legends  and  stories)  are  accom- 
panied l>y  a  literal  iiitATliueur  Kngllsh  transla- 
tion. 

—  Vocabiihiry  of  tho  (.'atlrilt(|  ((  '>innx) 
lan^fiiajje;  Vanc^oiiver  Island. 

Manu!<cri]it,  ;iO  uununib<>red  It^kves,  folio, 
written  on  one  side  only;  in  the  library  of  the 
Itiireau  of  Kthnology. 

Contains  about  1.000  entries. 

The  original  slips  of  this  vocabulary,  mini- 
bered  1-1097,  one  wonl  on  each  slip,  am  in  the 
same  library. 

[Cirainmatic  notoH  on  tho  ('athlltq 

hinKna^o.] 

Manuscript,  14  unnumbered  leaves,  folio, 
written  on  one  side  only;  in  the  library  of  the 
Itiireau  of  ICtlinology. 

Xor-iini  texts   dbtainod  at  (iiitsop 

I'hiins,  from  ".lolin":  .Inly,  ISlK). 

ManiLscript,  pp.  12,  8  ';  recorded  in  ii  blank 
book;  ill  till- liliriiry  of  tho  Itureaii  of  Kthmd- 

<>sy- 

Two  stories  in  the  Xee'liiii  language  with 
interlinear  translation  into  English. 

Siletz    toxts    obtained    from   "  Ohl 

.lack "at  the  Siletz  Reservation,  Jnno, 
1890. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-10,  8^;  recorded  in  a  blank 
Isiok  :  in  tin*  lilir.iry  of  tlie  Itiireau  of  Kt  linology. 
A  legend  in  the  Siletz,  language,  with  inter- 
linear literal  translation  into  Knglisli. 


6 


BIRLIOORAPIIY  OP  THE 


Boas  (F.)  —  ('(•ntiiiiieil. 

TniiiiiiMik  tuxtHoIit.aiiiMl  fritiii  HuicH 

Jitliii  ttiul  LoiiiH  FiiUtT  at  tliH  HilcU 
Kt!N4trvati(iii,  .liini\  1800. 

MuiiiiHrrlpI,  {tp.  1-37,8°;  rfciirilml  lit  n  blank 
boiik ;  III  tlii'lihrnry nftlitt  lliircaii of Kthnoliiiry. 
Kivo  Htiirli'H  til  tint  TiliiiiKMik  laiiKiiiiKo  with 
lutiTliiivar  llt«THl  trnDNlutlou  lutoKiiKllHh. 

[Vocalnilurica  of  viiriiiiiH  Suliabuii 

ItiufriiuKeH.  I 

Maniiitcript,  U.  1-30,  folio,  writt<>ii  on  ouoHJiIti 
only ;  In  tliulilirury  of  llio  Hiinuiiiof  KthnoIo);y. 

L«uvi>Hl-tl  (iiiiiiilMtriMl  I)  iniloiililucoliininH, 
cont-iiin  III  tlio  flnit  a  Nit'>'lliii  niiil  TIliiiiKHik 
voculmlar.v  of  275  t'litrli'H,  the  wonlx  of  the 
ri^HiMM'l  Ivu  (liiil*<irtM  bviiii;  iiiilli'iilr:!  Iiy  an  Initial 
A'  or  T;  tlio  Hoconil  roliiinn  rontiiliiH  ii  vocabu- 
lary of  'J'lD  wonU  in  Iho  Sili'tz  langnace. 

Lt^avfM  I'i-IH  (iiiiiiihrri'il  II)  aro  Iivmltxl 
Nint'liin  anil  contain  alHiiit  i'JTt  nntrica.  A  iioto 
Htat4^H  that  lliu  letter  I' following;  aword  iiittans 
that  It  ia  I'oniinon  to  tho  Xt'ti'llin  ami  the  Tlla- 
luook.    OlitaiiitMl  at  ClatMop  from  "•lolinny." 

LuavfH  lt>-:iO  (iiiimlMTiMl  III)  aro  httadud  Til- 
ainiHik  and  contain  aliont  1.000  mitrlea.  An 
accompany  ill);  notit  aaya  tho  letter  N  following 
a  word  IndicntcH  that  it  Ih  common  to  the  Tlla- 
niiNik  and  Xcc'lini  dlah-ctit.  Collocto<l  at  Silets 
ironi  I.ouIm  Fuller  and  vcritlcd  at  Clatsop  with 
the  aid  of  the  Indiana. 

Vocabulary  of  tlio  Skj;0'iiiic    lan- 

KtiuK*". 

ManuHcript  (uuinbci-oil  IV), 11. 1-0,  folio.writ- 
ten  on  one  hIiIo  only;  in  the  library  of  tho 
Biin-aii  of  Klhiiology, 

LiHt  of  the  aixteen  eopts  of  tho  Skg^'mic,  I. 
1.— Koriiialiouor  wordH(root«andderivaliveN), 
11.  2-». 

[Material  ntlatiiifr  totlioSimiiaiiiiii(| 

lau};ua<;u.] 

Manuscript  (niiiiilN>red  V),  II.  1-lil,  folio, 
wi'itleii  im  one  aidu  only;  in  (he  lilinwy  of  the 
itiiieail  of  Kthilolo;ry. 

Lixt  of  Snaiiainiiiq  Hept<i  {!>),  1.  I.— Namea 
of  tribes  aa  (;iven  by  the  Snanahnuq,  1.  1.— 
I'honidogy,  1.  2.— (iraniinatic  iiotcH,  11.  3-12.— 

Foriiiution  of   worda,   11.    I'.'-l.'i Texts   with 

int<'i'liiiear  literal  trauHlation  inio  KiigliHh,  II. 
10  19. 

Matcrialuii  ziir  Graiiiniatik  ties  Vil- 

^iila,  gcHaininolt  iiii  Janiiar    1K8K   in 
lit'i'liii,  von  Dr.  F.  Boaa. 

ManUHcript,  14  unnumbered  loavea,  folio, 
written  on  one  side  only:  in  the  library  of  tho 
Itureaii  of  Kthuohicy,  Waahinjilon.  I).  (!. 

Krau/.  lloaa  was  lairn  in  Miiidiui,  Wustphalla, 
(iermany,  .Inly  '.»,  IWH.  From  1877  to  18X2  he 
atleiuh'd  tho  lUiiverHitles  of  Heidelberg,  Itonii, 
and  Kiel.  Th<>  year  1882  he  apt'tit  in  llerlln  pre- 
paring for  an  .\i'ctic  voyajie.  and  Hailed  ■lime, 
IH8:i,  to  ('iiinberland  Sound,  Itailin  Land,  travel- 
ill;;  inibatre^hui  until  .Septeinlier,  1884,  return- 
ing vlu  St  JohiiH,  Newfoundland,  to  New  York. 


Boas  ( F. )  —  <  'ontiniieil. 

The  winter  of  IMM  'Hfi  be  ii|wnl  In  WasliinK- 
Utn,  preparlnu  the  ii'huIIm  of  hU  Journey  for 
|iubllcalhin  and  In  Htiidyliiu  In  the  National 
Musi'iini.  From  IHH.'i  to  18M)  Dr.  Itoas  was  iiu 
iiHHlMtant  In  tlielUiyal  Ktbno^raphicul  MiiHeuni 
of  Iterllii  and  docent  of  gi<ogra|iby  at  the  rni- 
veraity  of  Ilerlln.  In  tlio  winter  of  188.1  '80  ho 
!  .jimriieyed  to  llrltlMli  Colimibla  under  the 
aus|ilceH  of  the  IlrltlMli  .\HN(H-iathiii  for  the 
Ad%'ancement  of  Science,  for  the  piir|HMe  of 
Htiidying  tho  liidianH.  I>urini;  1  MHO- 88  I>r. 
ItuiiH  waa  aHMlHtant  edit^ir  of  S<'lence,  ill  New 
York,  and  from  1888  to  18»2  docent  of  anthro- 
pology at  Clark  I'niveraity,  Worceater,  Maas. 
Ouring  theae  yearn  ho  niiMie  repealed  .journey a 
to  the  PaclllccoiiMt  with  the  ol^ect  of  continuing 
hia  reaearcboa  among  the  ludlaiia.  In  1891 
Kiel  gave  him  the  degriMt  of  Ph.  It. 

Dr.  lloaa'a  ]iriiicl|ial  wriliiigH  arc:  Katlln 
l.and,<>otlia,.luHtUH  rerlhcH,  I88.'i:  riieCentral 
Ksk lino ( in  theflth  A niiiial  l{e|Mirt  of  t he  Kii reail 
of  Kthmdogy);  Iteiairta  tii  the  llritiah  AaaiMiu- 
tion  for  tbu  Advancement  of  S'lence  on  the 
Indians  of  ItrltUh  I'oliimbia,  1888-I8U2;  Volks- 
aageiiaua  BritiacliColiimbien,  Verb,  tier  (ica.filr 
Antbropidogh',  Kthnologle  uml  rrgeHchicble 
in  Berlin,  1801. 

Bnldno:  Tbia  word  lolbiwing  a  title  or  wilhiu 
pareiitheaea  after  a  note  Imlicatea  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  to  haa  het<ii  seen  by  I  li^ 
compUer  in  the  library  of  Kev.  .I.-H.  /.  Ikildiio, 
QiiuIh-c,  (.'amula. 

Bolduc  (/Vre  .iHan-ItaptiHto  Zacari<>)- 
Mission  |  ilo  la  |  ('olonibiA.  |  Lottre  «^t 
journal  |  ile  |  Mr.  .I.-H.  Z.  Holdnc.  |  niiH- 
Hionnairo  do  la  Colonibio.  |  [Pii-turo  of 
a  church.]  | 

(Quebec:  |  do  I'if  •^rimerio  do  .I.-B. 
Fr<ichottc,  iiero,  |  iniprinictir-librairo, 
No.  13,  rno  liaiiioiitague.     [1848.] 

Title  verHo  blank  1  1.  U-xt  jip.  H-m.  10".  The 
larger  part  of  the  edition  of  tlila  work  was 
burned  in  the  printing  otlice,  and  It  la.  In  I'ou- 
seiiuoiii'c,  very  scarce. 

(}iieb|uea  mots  (14),  French,  Tcliinoiics  [.I ar- 
gon] et  SiieomiiH,  p.  its. 

Copies  teen  :  lloldiic,  Mallet,  Wellesley. 
Boston  AtbenaMiiii:  These  words  following  a  title 
or  within  itarentbeaea  uftiT  a  note  indicate  that 
a  copy  of  the  work  refern-d  to  has  been  seen  by 
Iho  compiler  In  the  library  of  that  liiatitution, 
Boston,  Mass. 
Boiton  I'lililic:  These  words  following  a  title  or 
within  parentheses  after  a  note  iniik'ute  that  a 
cop.v  of  the  work  refi-rred  to  has  been  seen  by 
the  compiler  in  that  library,  Boston.  Mass. 

[Boulet  ( P<V(i  .Jeau-liaptiHte).]  Prayer 
book  I  and  |  catochiKni  |  in  the  |  8no- 
hoiiiisli  langiiafre.  |  [Picture]  | 

Tulalii),  W.  T.  I  1879. 

roller  title :  I'rayer  boo':  |  and  |  i^atochism  | 
ill  the  I  SnoboMiish  litiiguage.  {  [Picture.]  | 

Tiilalip  mlsHion  press.  |  1870. 


8ALISHAN    LAN0UAUE8. 


Boulet  (.T.-B.)  — Citntiniiml. 

t'lvur  tltlo,  (ItNlliiutiiiii  viTiti)  iiirturn  iiU'.  I  I. 
tillii «  ^ntci  iutriMlitiilury  ntiiuirkM  I  1.  txxt  |)|>.  '>• 
:il,  iionttiulH  |i.  ;i'J,  tini'.k  invKr  witli  |iirtiint  iiiiil 
two  liiWH  ill  SiiiihiniiiHli,  1H\ 

Smiiiii  coitiuM  liiivn  |irlutuil  ut  tlix  top  iif  tlin 
oovi-r  titio  tint  wiirilH:  ('iiinpllinontH  iif  tlio 
Coiiipitur,  I  J.  U.  Uuiilft.    ( Kiiiiius,  Ptlling.) 

Horiiiii;;  iukI  ovuiiIiik  praj'um  with  IiimuIIiikh 
ill  KiikUhIi,  pp.  5-U.^Cut<iuliii(iii.  pp.  le-ilL- 
ApiMimlix;  Hymn  for  tlin  riiiiunil  <>!' luliilu,  p. 

<'iifiieM$e«n:  ConKrcMM,  l^jiinitH.  I*illiii){,  Sliuii, 
\VrlU<Ml«y,  WiHcimHlii  lliitliirinal  Sovinty. 

,  tditor.    Ho«) Touth's  C'oiii|>itiiii>n. 

Briuley  ((ieitr^e).    Sito  Trumbull  (J.  II. ) 

Brinton:  Tlila  woni  following  ii  titIo  iirMrltliin 
piiruiitliitHuit itfUtr a iioU)  iiiilicatfH  tliiil  iktMipy  nf 
tliowroric  rulornxl  to  liiut  Imdhi  himhi  liy  tint  roiii- 
pilur  in  till)  libritry  of  Dr.  1>.  U.  itriiitoii  I'liilit- 

(lol])llill,  I'u. 

Brinton  {Dr.  Diuiiol  OiirriHoii).  Tlio  Itiii- 
)riiugo  of  paliuolitliic.  iimn. 

In  Aiiioricitu  IMiiloHopli.  Soc.  I'roo.  vol.  'J.'i,  ]ip. 
21^-225,  riiiliMli'lpliiu,  18iW,  K">. 

Torino  for  /,  (Aon,  man.  iliv'iiity,  in  KilliiMilii 
luiil  KiiwitHliln.'  p.2in. 

IsHniMl  axpnrntoly  witli  titlivpii);i>  a.s  I'oIIowm: 

The  langiingo  |  of  |  paliiiolithic;  man. 

I  By  I  Uaniol  <i.  lirintDU,  M.  !>.,  |  I'm- 
foHHorof  Aiiioricaii  Liu<riiist:ios  and  \v- 
cliiiMiliigy  ill  the  University  of  Ponusyl- 
viinia.  I  ItuadboforothiiAiiK^riciiii  I'liil- 
uHoplii<;iiI  Society,  |  Ocitobur  5,  188X.  | 

Press  of  Mii-iCiilla  &,  CO.,  j  Nos.  237-9 
Dock  Streot,  Philadelphia.  |  1S88. 

Cover  titloiiNabove,  tit  lit  iig  uliovo  vomo  lilautc 
1  1.  text  pp.  :i-lfl,  «'. 

LinKiiiMtii!  cont«ntHiiHnuil«rtitlonoxtatMivo, 
p.  7. 

{jujiiet  Keen  :   ICnnies,  I'ilUnj;. 

TIiId  ariiclii  reprintoil  in  llui  l(>llo»-in)r: 

Essays  of  an  Aimtriunuist.  |  I.  Kth- 

iioiogic  and  Archteologic.  |  II.  Mythol- 
ofjy  and  Folk  Lore.  |  III.  Graphic  Sys- 
tems and  Literature.  |  IV.  Liii^riiistic. 
1  By  I  Daiiii'I  O.  Hriuton,  A.M.,  M.l).,  | 
Piofossor  [&!•.  nine  linos.]  | 

Philad.'lphia:  |  Port«r  &.  Coates.  | 
18!H). 

Title  verHO  copyriiflit  iiotieo  1  1.  prefiu'e 
pp.  iii-iv,  roiitvnts  pp.v-xii,  text  pp.  17-4'17 
iiiilex  of  aiitliors  anil  aiithoritiuH  pp.  4)l!)-474, 
index  of  HiiliJectH  pp.  475-lS9.8^.  .V  Rollecteil 
reprintofsoinuot'  Dr.Brinton'Hiuore  importiint 
eHHuyit. 

TlKtoiirlieHtformoI'linniangpeee  lias  revealed 
by  Ainuriean  t4in!i;ue!<(read  before  tlie  Ainericaii 
I'liilo.sopbical  Sm'iety  in  IKS.'iand  pnldixhod  in 
their  proceeilinuH  under  tlio  title  of  "  Tliu  Ian. 
gaageaof  palieidithie  man"),  pp.  :i9U-4)in. 


Brinton  (D.O.)  —  Continiio«l. 

l<lni{niAtle  eontuntit  ait  iiuilor  titlen  uImivx,  p. 

:m. 

Oiiliifii  (fen:  Itiinniii  of  KIMiiolo){v,  l-'.HniiiM, 
I'illint;. 

-Tlie  .Viiieriean  Race:  |  A   LiiiKiiistiu 

Classitication  and  Kthiiographic  |  i>e- 
Hcriptionof  the  NativeT  rihosof  |  North 
and  South  Aiiierica.  |  Hy  |  Daiiiid  (•. 
Itrinlron,  .V.  .M.,  M.  I).,  |  Professor  [t.V.c. 
ten  lines.]  | 

New  York :  |  N.  1).  (J.  Hi)dg.«,  PiiU- 
lisher,  |  17  Lafayette  Place.  |  IWU. 

Title  vurio  eopyri|;lit  notiee(IHOI)  I  l.dedi 
calioii  verHo  blanic  1  I.  prefare  pp.  ix-xii,  niii- 
teiilH  pp.  \iii  xvl,  tsxt  pp.  17:132,  liiii;iiiMtir 
ap|M<ndix  pp,;i:i:i  .1114,  lulditiont  and  eorrection.i 
lip.  :tU5  :iilM,  index  (if  autliofn  pp.  :iWl-;i7n,  Index 
of  Hiil^in  t8  pp.  :i74-:iU'.',  H'\ 

A  brief  diHeiiMHlon  of  the  north  PiM'illc  coitMt 
HtoelCH  (pp.  tO:i-ll7)  inrliideH  a  lint  of  the  divi- 
HiiinM  of  the  SaliHlian  family,  |i.  KM. 

Coftieii  nee  a:  Itnivau  of  Kllinolo;;y,  h^iiiea, 
■  ■illlliK. 

Studies  ill  South  AiutTJoau  Native 

Laugnae;es.  Ity  Daniel  (i.  Hriiiton,  M. 
D.  (Head  Itefore  the  .Vniericau  Philo- 
sophical Society,  Feliruary  ,">,  1802.) 

In  .Viiirnriiii  Phllogoph.  .Soe.  I'roe.  vol.  :I0, 
pp.  4.'>-lU.-|,  IMiiiadelphia.  18112.  H<>.  (Uiireau  of 
Kthnolojxy,) 

ViM!abulary  of  22  wonU,  .SpaniKli  and<'aloli|, 
and  inniierala  I -10  in  (Jatolq,  pp.  H4-M3.  -The 
name  \  iivaliiilary  tranxlated  from  >SpaiiiHli  into 
KnjjliHh,  and  alpiiabetieally  arranged,  p.  85. 

Studies  I  in  |  South  .Vniericau  Native 

I  Langua;;cs.  |  From  mss  and  rare 
printed  sources.  (  By  Daniel  (J,  Brin- 
ton, A.  M.,  M.  D.,  LL.  1).,  I  Piolissor  of 
American  Archaeology  a!id  Liiignistics 
in  the  I  riiiversity  of  Pennsylvania.  | 

Philadelphia:   |  MaeCalla    iV    Com- 
pany,   Printers,  237-1)   Dock  Strt       ( 
1«!I2. 

Title  verso  blank  1  I.  prefatorv  note  veroo 
blank  I  I.  conti-iitH  verao  blank  I  I.  text  )ip.  7- 
(i7,  H'. 

LinKiilitlliM'oiitentjiaH  under titleiii-\t  ubovn, 
pp  40-47. 

"Amoiii;  the  inaniiMeriptH  in  the  ItritiHh 
Mnsenni  there  i.s  one  in  SpaniHli  (.Vdd.  M.sm., 
No.  176:11)  which  wa.s  obtained  in  IKtS  frointhu 
V'e.iieznelanoxplorer. Mieheh'uay  Itojas  (author 
of  the  Kxploracion  del  America  liel  \ur,  pub- 
lished in  1H07).  Iteontiting  several  anonymous 
aceoiints,  by  ditfereut  liandH,  of  a  voyage  (<ir 
voyages)  to  the  oa.>»t  const  of  I'atagonia, '  desdo 
('abo  Itlaneo  hasta  la.<i  Viriiiiies,'  one  of  which 
is  dated  DocemlMir,  1780.  Neitlier  the  name  of 
the  ship  imr  that  of  the  comm.inder  appears. 

".Vmouu  the  material  are  two  vocabiilarieg 


I* 


mnLTOORAPHY  op  THE 


' 


Brinton  (D.n.)  — ('nntiiiii«(l. 

ofthK  TMiiiixnor  T)'lin«llM'l  illul<M't,<'<Mn|trlHiiiu 
iiIhiuI  nixly  wiiriU  iiiiil  litii  iiiniii-niU.  TIii-hd 
(■<irn'H|Miiiil  rliiMtly  with  tli«  viirliiiiit  otlicr  lUtM 
or  tt'i'iiiH  i'<il|i<i't4iil  hy  triivnli'i-n.  At  tlmrlime 
of  lliit  MS.,  liowt'viT,  tlient  Ih  a  Hliitrt  vihmIiii- 
Inry  III'  iiii  nntln'ly  (URi<n<ut  llii|{iiiHllii  hOh-Ii, 
wllboiit  iiiiimi  (if  nilho'tor,  ilitl4<  or  plooa.  iiiiIkhh 
tint  litat  woniM  "ii  III  S<ili<tit,"  rt'lVr  tu  wiiiin 
l(N-nlity.  KUt-wlHtnt  tlix  Hnmo  iiiiiiinriilH  Hr« 
kIvi'Ii,  iiikI  II  frw  word*,  nvldrtitly  from  »omu 
<liiili>ct  iiKirit  I'liwnly  akin  to  tliu  Thoii<»'u,  uml 
tlio  iiikino  llonyiilr  Ih  nppllc<l  to  tint  tonK"''- 
'I'IiIm  niiiy  iHt  n  vorrii|itioii  of  'CliiMtiiki','  tlio 
iiiimo  wtiicli  Itumoii  Llittn  mid  otiii-r  SpiiiiUli 
wrllcrit  apply  to  tlin  THonttna  (IIoii|(ot«-('lioii- 
i;ot«  (/'iKHtiikit-THAii^cii). 

"Tlio  llHt  which  I  copy  iKtlow,  liowitvi-r,  diM'.t 
not  wniii  cloHi-ly  alllod  to  thi>  Tt>liiii'lh)-t,  nor  to 
liny  otliitr  tonKiio  with  which  I  hiivtt  roin|Nir)'d 
It.  Tlio  MS.  Ih  ifi-ni'Dilly  IttKiliUt,  thoiiKh  to  a 
few  wordH  I  hBr<tpla"t'diiniiit<'rroi;ntion  mark, 
imllnitlnK  that  the  hand  writ  inuwiiH  iinci-itain. 
Thti  shitttt  contains  tho  followlnic  |SallHhan 
vocabulary)". 

In  thu  iiHiioof  St'ienn-of  May  i:i,  ixir.'.  Dr. 
nrint4iu  )>ubllHhcH  tho  following  nott-,  tho  hiiIi- 
Htancc  iif  whirh  alHo  ap|iearM  lu  the  l*ri>i'<-u<l- 
ingH  of  tlitt  Amrriran  I'lilliwophical  So<'i<-ty  for 
April,  1802: 

"  In  a  Hrrli'Hof  ti>n  xl  udlci*  of  South  Aiiiitrican 
lnii|;iiaf;<'H,  principally  from  MS.  HOiiricH,  whit'li 
I  piibliabtMl  In  (hit  liiHt  niimlHT  of  thi'  rnii'i't'd- 
iniiH  of  tint  Amt'rlcan  I'liiiomiphii'al  Sm;h'ty, 
on*i  wan  partly  devoted  to  tli(<  '  Ilonuoti' '  Ian- 
KiiiiKc  a  vot-aliulary  of  which  I  found  In  a  miuta 
of  documcntH  in  tlitt  HritlHli  Miixciim  Htated  to 
ritlat4t  to  I'ataK'xiia.  I  HjKikit  of  it  aw  an  iiido- 
pcnditnt  Htork,  not  rclatttd  to  other  lan;!uag<tit 
of  that  liH'alily.  In  a  letter  JuHt  received  fnmi 
I>r.  Franz  KoaH  he  ]iointH  out  to  nut  that  the 
'  Honfioto '  Ih  certainly  SallHli  and  muHt  have 
been  collected  in  the  StraitH  of  Fucu,  on  the 
nortliwcHt  coast.  How  It  camo  to  lat  in  the 
MS.  referred  to  I  cannot  imagine,  but  I  liasltn 
to  annoiinco  tho  correction  aa  promptly  nH  (mih- 
Hible." 

Copirx  teen:  Biiroan  of  Ethnolii(jy,  KameH, 
Pilling. 

Daniel OarriHon  Itrinton,  nthiiologUt,  born  in 
ClutHter  County,  Pa.,  May  111,  1837.  He  waa 
graduated  at  Yale  in  IK.'iHand  at  the  Ji'U'erxon 
Medical  College  In  1801,  after  which  he  Hpent  a 
year  111  Kiiropo  in  Htudy  and  In  travel.  On  his 
return  ho  entered  the  army,  in  August,  1862,  as 
acting  aHsistant  surgeon.  In  February  of  tho 
following  .year  he  was  cominim<ioued  surgeon 
and  served  as  surgeon  in  cl'lof  of  the  Hoi'ond 
division,  eleventh  corps.  He  was  present  at  tho 
battles  of  (^hancellorsville,  (Settysbiirg,  and 
other  ongageuutnts,  and  was  appointed  medical 
director  of  his  cor])8  in  Octolwtr,  18fi;i.  In  con- 
soiiuencpof  a  sunstroke  re<'eivt<l  soon  aftvr  the 
battle  of  (tottysburg  he  was  dls<|ualiHe<I  for 
active  service,  and  in  the  autumn  of  that  year  ho 
became  su|M>rintenilent  of  hospitals  at  Qiilncy 


Biinton  (I >.(>.)  — CoiitiniiAil. 

and  Sprlngtiehl.  Ill  ,  until  Aiiguat,  IfHKi,  when, 
the  civil  war  having  cbiM'd.  bo  whs  brevetttnl 
lleiit4tntant'Colonel  and  dlHcbargnl.  Ho  then 
settled  In  IMiltiulelphla,  where  be  iHtcaino  editor 
of  The  Medb-al  and  Surgical  )U>|Mirter,  ami 
also  of  tho<|iiarterly  Com|Mtndluni  of  Mmllcal 
Science.  Dr.  Ilrlnlon  has  llkewimt  lieen  a 
constant  contributor  to  other  medical  .journals, 
cbifltly  on  i|ueslions  of  public  nieilicino  and 
hygiene,  and  has  edllitd  M<veral  volumes  on 
tlierap<tutlcs  and  diagnosis,  es|H>clRlly  the  |iap- 
nlar  series  known  as  Naphnys's  Motlorn  Ther- 
ajicutics,  which  has  passed  through  so  many 
itilitions.  In  the  miMllcal  controversies  of  the 
day,  he  has  always  taken  tho]H>Hitlon  that  mitd. 
leal  science  should  be  base<l  on  the  results  of 
clinical  observation  rat  her  thoiion  physiological 
experimenta.  Ho  has  Itecome  jinmiinent  as  a 
student  and  a  writ4'r  ou  .Vuierican  t-thnology. 
Ills  work  in  this  direction  iMiginuinu  while  he 
wasastiident  incolleife.  Thewint«trof  IS.'W-'.IT, 
s|M'nt  in  Klorldit,  supplied  bini  with  material 
for  his  (irst  publisbeil  IsMik  on  thi>  Hiibject.  In 
1884  he  was  appointeil  professor  Of  elbmdogy 
and  arclueology  in  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Stdences,  Philadelphia.  For  soniit  years  he  has 
lieen  president  of  the  Niimismatle  ami  Anti- 
quarian S<H'lety  of  Philailelpbia,  and  In  18H0  be 
was  elected  vice-president  of  tint  Americiin 
AssiM'iation  for  the  Advancement  of  Science',  t«) 
preside  over  the  section  on  antbro|)ology.  Dur- 
ing the  same  year  he  wits  awarded  tho  medal 
of  the  Societe  Aiii^riciiiuo  do  Franco  for  his 
"numerous  iiinl  leariu-d  works  on  American 
otlinology,"lMting  the  first  nativeof  tho  CnittMl 
States  that  has  Inten  so  honored.  In  1885  the 
Amttrican  publishers  of  the  Iconograpliic  ICn- 
eyclopn'dia  requested  him  to  itdit  tbti  first  vol- 
ume, to  contriltuto  to  it  the  articles  on  "Aiithro- 
]Milogy"  and  "  Ethnology"  and  to  revise  that  on 
"  Kthnograpliy,"by  Professor  (Serlaml,  of  Stras- 
burg.  He  also  contributi'il  to  tho  second  vol- 
lune  of  the  same  work  an  essay  on  the  "  Prehis- 
toric Archwology  of  lK>th  Hemispheres."  Dr. 
Hrinton  has  estiiblislied  a  library  ami  ])ubllsli- 
ing  house  of  alMiriginal  American  litoratunt, 
for  tint  pur]H>se  of  placing  witlilu  tho  reach  of 
scbidars  authentic  materials  for  the  study  of 
the  languages  and  culture  of  tho  native  races  of 
America.  Each  work  is  the  pro«Iuct  Ion  of  native 
minds  and  is  jirintcd  in  the  original.  The 
serb's,  niostof  which  were  edited  by  Dr.  Itrinton 
himself,  inchide  The  Maya  Chronicles  (Phila- 
delphia. 1882);  Xlio  Iroquois  Book  of  Rites 
(1883);  The  Giiegiience:  A  Conutdy  Ballet  in 
tho  Nahuatl  Spanish  Dialect  of  Nicaragua 
(1883);  A  Migration  Legend  of  the  Creek  In- 
dians (1884);  The  Lcnape  and  Their  Legends 
(1885);  Tho  Annals  of  the  Cakchiquels  (1886) ; 
[Ancient  Nahuatl  Poetry  (1887);  Rig  Veda 
Americanus  (189U)].  Besides  publishing  numer- 
ous papers  he  baa  contributed  valuable  re|iorts 
on  bis  examinations  of  nioundi<,  shell-heaps, 
riH'k  inscriptions,  and  other  antiquities.  He  is 
theauthorof  Tlie  Fbiridian  Peninsula:  Its  Lit- 


flALIftHAN  LANOTTAOi^fl. 


Brlnton  (D.  O.)  —  Continue«l. 

entry  HUlorjr,  Iiiiliitn  TrIlM'M,  niiii  Antk|ullli'« 
(I'hllailelphia,  IHM))  The  Myllm  of  tli«  Ni-w 
World:  A  Tn<iitlNo  iin  the  HyinlMillNin  aihI 
Mytliiiliitcy  of  tlio  Unl  Kave  uf  Amfrlca  (Nttw 
York,  ItMW);  Tli«  I(«llKli>iia  HuntiniKiit;  A  (.'uii. 
trlbntion  to  tlio  8<*i«ni'o  bdiI  I'hlliNMi|tliy  of 
UellKioii  (IHTflti  AiiiKritan  Hero  Mythii:  \ 
SttMly  III  the  Nutivtt  lU>llKl<>na  of  the  W««t«rii 
C'oiitiiD-nt  (I'liIUilf^l|ilil»,  IHM2))  AlMirl|{liiul 
Aiiicriniii  Aiitliorit  uiiil  llii'ir  rnNliictioiiit, 
KM|H-<itally  tbiiNu  In  the  Niilive  LanKuaKi^a 
(1Hk:i>  ami  A  (irainiiiurofthii  I'akchlqiiul  Lan- 
KuagB  of  (Suat«iuala(lHH4).  — /(fiplrfoirf  f  V'of  • 
o/  A  in.  Biog. 

Britlah  MiiHeiiiii:  TheaownrtlRfoIlowliiKa  tltleor 
wltliln  ]iar«iith<>iu>H  aftur  a  note  liultrate  that  a 
ropy  of  thit  work  r«l'«rri>il  to  haa  Imm-h  aefii  by 
the  compiler  In  the  library  of  that  InHtitiitlon, 
Loudon,  Knu. 

Buliner( />r.Tlioma8  Siiii*lerH(in ).  Chinook 
Jitrgoii  I  grttmiiiiir  and  dictionnry  | 
oumpileaby  |  T.  H.  Iliilnicr,  M.I)., CM., 
F.  S.  A.,  London,  SnrKcon-Aciioiirlieiir, 
Uoyal  CoUegoof  KnrKeona,  KiikIuiiiI.  | 
Author  of  [<&<;.  four  lines.]  (*) 

ManiiHiTlpt  In  poaHOHHion  of  ila  author.  Salt 
Lake  City,  Utah,  who  fiirnlabvd  inn  the  aliovt' 
tranaoript  of  the  title-pa);<>,  and  who  writt'a  nut, 
(li;t4>lHT,  l80l,C4iii<'eniln){  itua follows:  "lahall 
ianiieltonHalt'atypen'ritiT,  and  then diipllralo 
iMipit'H  with  anothi-r  apnclal  niachiiit>,  and  Uf  ^ 
various  typt-a  on  the  iiiiu^hiii«,  toHlIni;  thn  naca 
of  carh.  .  .  .  Fifty  paKea  will  be  d<<voli'il 
to  thii  origin  of  the  lauKuagu  fniiii  all  aoiirccH. 
Exanipltta  of  hyniiiH  t'roin  varioiia  lanf{iia(;«H 
will  bcgiven.' 

(.'ontaina  iiiany  words  of  Sullahan  origin, 
some  of  whivli  an)  an  indicated. 

Chinook  Jargon  Inn^runf^o.  |  PurtlF. 

I  [Two  liiK^s  Chinook  Jargon.]  |  To  ho 
coinpletetl  ill  IX  piirtH.  |  Compiled  hy  | 
T.  S.  Bulmer,  M.  I).,  C.  M..  F.  S.  A.  Sc 
A.,  London.  |  Ably  iiSNiHted  by  |  Rev'd 
M.  K<dl8,  D.  1).,  and  l{ev'«l  Vbro  N.  L. 
St.  Onge,  (ftirmerly  iniHsionary  to  tlio 
I  Yakunia  IndiauH). 

Manuscript;  titlu  aa  aliovK  vei-so  blnnk  I  1. 
text  11. 1-124, 4°.    In  poHxoHHion  of  Dr.  liuImiT. 
Wonla  in  tho  NiakwalU  having  aomo  ruanm- 
blanco  to  tho  CbiniHik  .lurKon,  1. 41. 

Tho  Choo-Chinook    language  |  or  | 

Chinook  Jargon.  |  In  |  IX  parts.  |  Part 
III.  I  Knglish-Chiuook  dictionary.  | 
First  edition.  |  By  T.  S.  Kuliner,  ably 
assisted  by  |  the  Revd.  M.  Eells,  D.D., 
&.the  Revd  P^ro  8aint()ug<>,  both  mis- 
sionaries to  the  Indians  in  WaHhingt<m 
&,  Oregon  states. 

Maniiacrlpt;  title  vorso  blank  1  1.  prefavo 
vorao  blank  1  1.  H|>e<^lat  noto  for  roadors  vorso 
blonkl  1.  ''niunioHtoguidiithureadur"211.t«xt 


Bulmer  (T.  fl.)  — Continued. 

alphalM-tically  arrantti'd  by  Kn|{lli«b  wurda  II. 
I  ll<9,  wrillt'ii  on  Olio  Hide  oid^  ,  I'ollii.  liipoHMCH 
hIoii  of  Ila  author,  who  kindly  liianrd  II  to  uio 
for  exaniinallon.  In  Ills  "  int'inoa  "  thi<  author 
Klvt<Hallatof  l<>tt4-rH  um«><I  toindli'ut4i  tlii'orlKin 
of  thn  n«|Mt!tivo  wonla  (',  .V,  /,  K,  /',  Vh.  Yak., 
OhIniMtk,  NiMitka,  Indian,  KnuUHb.  Kn-ni'h,('hl 

halls,  and  Yakaiiia:  and  n  h ind  lUtof  iht 

aons  from  whom  tho  wonla  went  obUilio'd  ami 
liM'iditlfH  In  wlih'li  tliry  witk  iimmI. 

"In  my  st'let'tion  of  thx  term  V.  •eChiiwuk 
I  ninri'ly  Int4-ud  to  convey  to  H*udeiitH  that  it 
baa  Its  principal  orl|{in  in  tho  old  or  Original 
ChlniMik  lanKuatte;  and  allhouKb  it  eontaiiiH 
many  other  Indian  words  aa  well  an  h'reiirli  and 
KukUhIi,  vet  it  laine  forth  fntiii  it  a  mother  iih  an 
hylirld,  amlaHMMeh  liaalM-«'ii  bred  ami  iioiirinbed 
UH  anurHliiiK  from  the  parent  Htem.  1  therefore 
designate  It  aaacArcor  new  Cliliionk  — the  woni 
eA^c  beiii){  a  .laruoii  woril  for  lalflii.jii't  iioir, 
neir." 

[ ]  Chinook  .largoii  diitioiijiry.    Part 

III.  (.'liinook-Knglish. 

Manusirijit ;  121  leavea  folio,  written  on  one 
aide  only,  IntersiNiraetl  with  4U  blank  li'avea 
inaerted  for  nddltbiiiH  and  eorrix'lioiH.  In 
IHiHNiiHHlon  of  its  author. 

Tliedlctb>nary  oei'upb'H  lo»l  leaveM,  a  id  many 
of  the  worda  are  followed  by  their  <t<|i  Ivalenia 
in  the  laiiKunKeH  from  which  they  are  derived, 
and  tho  authority  tlien>for.  Follow  hit:  the 
dlctliiiiary  arn  the  fidlowi''  .  (M^iiial  Indian 
naniea  of  townititeH,  rivers,  miiuntaiim,  etc.,  in 
the  weMteru  |iartH  of  tho  Stale  oi'  WaahliiKtou : 
.Skokomiab,  2  11.;  Chemakuni,  Lower  (Uiibalis, 
nuwamish,  I  1.;  ChlniMik,  211.i  iniacellaneous,  3 
11. — Nauioa  of  various  places  in  the  Klamath 
and  Modr>c  countrlus,  :<  U.—CumpinK  places 
and  other  liicalitleH  aniuiid  tlie  Tjiper  Klamatli 
Lake,  .-V II. 

[ ]  Appendix    to    Hiilmer's    Chinook 

Jargon  graiiiiiiar  an«I  ilictionary. 

Manuscript,  II,  1-70,  4^,  in  iiohhohhIoii  of  its 
author. 

tienerul  phrases,  as  literal  as  iMissiblu,  <,'hi- 
nook  and  KiiKlish,  II.(t-2H. — I>etaclio«lHenteiiees, 
II.  27-29.— Prayer  in  English,  II.  :iO-:il ;  same  in 
.largon.  11.  :!2;t:!.—"  History"  in  Knglisb,  ll.:i4- 
:«);  same  in  .I:irgnn  (by  Mr.  I'ktUs),  with  iult-r- 
liucar  Knglisli  tranHlaticiii,  II.  ;i7-4:i.  --  An 
addn!.Hs  in  KiiuUsh,  11.44  40;  same  in  .largon, 
with  iiitorliuear  Kllgli^4h  translation.  II.  47-5:i.— 
A  scrinou  in  Eugli.Hb.  II.  .'It-.Vi;  same  In  Jargon, 
with  interlinear  Knglish  translation,  11.  .^O-Ul, — 
Address  in  .largon  to  tho  Indians  of  I'uget 
.Sound,  by  Mr.  Kells,  with  interlinear  Knglish 
traoslntion,  11.  d'i-Mi. — VddreMs'Mlu  Man,"  in 
Knglish,  1.  <!7 :  same  in  .largon,  with  interlinear 
Knglish  translation,  11.08-70. 

Contains  nian.v  words  of  Salishan  origin, 
some  of  which  aru  so  indicated. 

[ ]  Part  II  I  of  I  liuliuer's  Ap)ieiidix  | 

to    the    Chee-Chinook  |  (jrrammar  and 
Dictionary. 


10 


miU.IOtiKAIIIY   OF  TItK 


BiiUnnr  ('i\S.^      <'i)iiMniii<il. 

Mi«inii«<rt|il,    n'    II.    4',    III    iHiiMimMiiiii  iif  lU 
ililtliiii' 

l''iit'lil  III  iiiiil'riii«t<\  It.  '-'  'I.     Hiili>iiitil*ii|liiii  »( 

I  liK  nmi  riiiu«  "oi'V  Ico,  II  4  IK.  ril<<><i>  I  vmi  hi  I  Iflm 
Mii>iii>liirtl<>ii,  >vllli  iiili'i'liiii'iii'  KiiuIIkIi  IriiimlM 
(Inn  Aililiii<i«,  III  Kiiitlluli  II.  II  IJi  lli'Niiiiiolii 
>liiru»ii.  «^  nil  lnli<ilhii>iir  KiiuIIhIi  ii'iiiihImIIiiii,  II. 
i:l  IT.  "  Viiiiii  ,Vilill>i«li."lii.liir)i<iii,nllli  liih'i' 
lllii'Hl- K'ltuHiilihiiiiHliilliiii.ll,  IM  )tt.  Aliitt'iitlKii 
III  KiiuIIkIi,  I  'JO,  tliK  minin  III  Twrtim  liy  Mi 
Ki>IU,  Willi  'iili>i'lliii<iii  l'!iiHltnli  Ii'iiiihIiiIIiiii.  II 
\i\  'M  A  twiiiiit  (iikIIIIkii,  Iiv  Mi  Ki<IIh.  ^^llll 
llil<<illiii'iii'  ICiiulixli  li'itiiiili<lliin,  \  'Ml  llioKAiiio 
III  Kiiiillnli,  II.  <J4  JR.  t.i'Ui'iiiU  III  .l<ii(piii,  tiy 
IVio  I.  N  S|.,nnti<'.  «vllli  liiloi'ltiiKiir  Kiiitiuii 
li'itiixlitlioii.  II. 'M  M. 

('iillliltlia    II   Iii|I||)m>I'   iif    iMi|.<|>i  of   .Siillnliiili 
iiriulli.  limii.v  •>)'  hIiIi'Ii  iiiv  no  ii\.lii.|ili'il, 

I    -  I    N|U>l'lll|    NI'ilMlltlW'   llllll'M. 

MiiiiiixmIiiI,  II.    I  T7.  4',  III   |iimiIi>niiIiiii  iiC  tin 
niilliiii 

Ui'iiiM'iil  •'•'tiiiii'kii  nil   liiilliiii  liiii|)iiiiui>i),  II.  t 
:i      Uii^lii    III     lnli||im(i<in,  It.  4   II       Si'IniiMllo 
liiniin  oil  tln>  ICiiiiiiitiHii  unit  .\.<tiilli>  liiii(tiiiiiii<i<, 

II  t'Min.  \nn<i'li>iin  tinlliinliiiiuiiii4t<"<.  Il.lin  (1:1, 
lintiiitiiii  it<niiii  kii  n|iiiii  niiiti<\iiiii|iti<i«  In  ttintiii 
Hiiiili.  I  lii'iiikw,  Siili.i|i||ii,  AtumiKln,  Niiliniill. 
Slni<tiiilir,  r|.i.o,  .Slum,  unit  .Inr^inii  I.UI  oC 
wiihlx  III  I  tin  I'liiniintt  .liii'tliiii  <ln>  biiinn  im  III 
NllliikniMiiiiiili.ll.lU  <;.'  .'<i>IInIi  iiiiniiM'iilN,  I  IH, 
l.ll.^  I,UI  iif  tillirxnl  Alimttii  iiinl  tin  iikIuIi 
Ihii'IiimiiI,  I  im  riviiiui  vi'iliN,  I  ilT  NlNknuttv 
vmlw,  l.lW  Ctnlliiiii  vortiii,  I  im  t!<>niiirkiiiiii 
Hn>  Yitkiiiiiii,  11.70  ".*. 

f  — I'rilo    Clii'lNMiin    |irii\«>rM  I  III    t'lil 
lionk  |.ltii'H<iti ). 

MiiniiNii  l|il .  nt  II.  4''.  ill  llio  iiimmiiwliiii  nf  lln 
iiilllini'. 

t'l'iiM'i'n  In  I  liliiiiiiU  .linunii,  It   I  .'■      l.miiiiitlK 

I  ITtlil'lillliinkitill'Uiiil,  IV nil  tslijtUti  linitillliuil, 

II  It  u:i,  Mai.  Ill'  i<|ii<i  |,il  ivniilD  iiitii|ili<il  Iiv 
Kiillnnit  Ittiiiirtii'l  iitnt  Itt'iiinrit  In  i>iinniM<lliiii 
Willi  lln>  nrl'vli'K  iiCllii.  iniiKi.  II  y4  '^V*  Tl'iiim 
till  inn  III'  llii>  t'tilniinU  (iriivi't'ii  liilii  KnuUxli,  II. 
'Jit  U.i  rii|i\  iiTii  aiiiniiin  |n'i<iii<tn>il  li\  lti>\  |)r, 
KiOtx  III  Itir  Initliinu  III  Wiilliiwiiltm  willi  inlnr 
liiii'iir  t':ni;ll'ili  liiin.<liiMiin.  II  01  til.  "lllllii'O.' 
Wnitlniiniiil.  40iiii>n|'  I'liliiiiiik  inliilii.  t  /  Niinlku, 
!l  .Muttnli,  TA  KiiuIIhIi.  'J  .tiuunn,  unit  It  In 
l''ii'nrli"  \rlli'li>i<  111'  rcilili  111  till-  »'iinmi>ni« 
tliiniil  I'liiiii'li  Ml  SkiiKiinil-li.  Wiir.lilnitliin,  In 
Ilio  it iirumi  Willi  inli'iltiii'Oi'  t{ii|:ll«li  li'iinnti 
(Inn,  II,  4?  nU,  Di'iillnnlllClilniiiik  •lili'il<ii>  »  till 
InlPl'tlliiiiii'  KiiuIIrIi  Iviiiixtiillnli,  II  M  t\4 
I'l'iiyi'l'M  In  «liiit  In  Xnulloli  Itlmik  vi'i'^o,  It.  !Vl 
Ml  lln'  muni'  in.tiii'unii  Willi  lnti<i'llni<iii'  t'*n|tlliili 
Inilmliitlnii.  II  M  Dt. 

-^      I  ItyilltIN,  NiiliKN,  olo,,  III  llii>  rlllliiiok 
>)»l'K<Mi  itiiil  iillirr  liniKitiiKON.  I 

Millinm>l't|il  I   nnlllln  (uiuvi  li<«t  1 1' ti<iivi>«,  4 '. 

III  iiiiiiaiwitlnii  III'  III)  mil  tint' 

SniiUD.I.  I       Siinu  Willi  tnilnli',  It  '.'  :i      .Si'lninl 
mn\^»  liy  Mr.  KkUii,  11.4  n.    MniigM  ritmi  Hi'. 


Buliiiiti  t  T.  S.)  -CimtlniKMl. 

tliKin,  It.  n  I'J      llMiinN  III  Mr   Mix,  II    ta   I'J 

All  (till  iltlllVii|»l1<tll  . I  ill'Ullll  Willi  Kliulintltllllli 
ImIIiiiih.  Ilvniiin  ill  Mi>kwiilll  li\  Ml  ICi'IIn.  I 
Hit.  Dvinimlii.lni'uiiii  li\  I'lMv  Hl.diiui-,  it  11 
4A.  II.Mnnin  Vnkiiinii,  tiv  l'iMi>  SI  ttnui'.  tl  1^ 
41*1  Ilio  Kiilnn  III  KiiuIIkIi.  II,  n?  114.  Vilkiinni 
(1111110  Kiinn  Iiv  t''iittii'i'  I'liinliwN,  ullti  Kii'tii>li 
Irnimtiiltiiii,  II  iki  AM.  Il\iiiiin  In  .liii'iinii  tiy 
Mr.  Kolln,  It.  'ill  ;!  Il.vinii  in  Viikiiiiiti  Willi 
Inli'i'llnoiii' Knatiali  ii'iiiiKliiltnii,  II  i'J  T:i.  .Sniig 
ill  Kiiiittiili.  I  74i  Hmiio  ill  Siwtiiili.  It  7%  77 

I  Tito  l.iiiil''*  |irn,vi<i'  III  VIM  lull'*  liiilinn 

IlillMlltlKON,  I 

Miiiini<i'i'i|il  I  till  tlllii  |iii|ii<i  <i>xl  'Jl  iiiiiiiiin. 
tmiitl  ti'iivi'ii  wi'IMi<n  nil  ii|ii<  oiitn  inilv.  4" 

't'tin  l.iiiil  i<|iriiM>i'iiil'tilniiiik  .tiii'iinti.  1.  ti  In 
Vnkiiinit."  I  '} ,  III  MlriiiHi'.  I  :i  A vn  Miiiiii  In 
MtiMiini'.l  '.I  t.in'il'a  |iiiiM<i'  In  ri'lintmi'dl,  1.  4i 
III  Mmi'Ri'lillii.  I  5i  III  l'!ii<Miniiii|niHtil\  (Iwn  \ni' 
nliiiiN)  I  .^ I  Mlmmi-  |iini'ii<iin.  t  Oi  MniiliiniiiiU, 
I,  III  Atii>tiiikt,  II  (t  1*1  |iiil'i>  Miiiioi'titli'.  I  7i 
.SnnliiimUti,  I,  7|  NlNkHiitll.'  I  .H,  Ctntlnm.'  I  11,  ' 
'l"wiiim,*l,tOi  Slinu.t  11,  nnlliiml.M  fJil'im 
•Niiln,*  I  IV|  'I'liitliiin,  I.  1:1,  tliiiim,!  t:)i  IMink 
(Wil.l  t:i,  AliKUrtKI,  I  U:C'lniolil«,t  14,  OllilWil. 
I.  14)  AMinlliiittiiv  I  III  .Si'iiri'ii,  I.  I.'ii  I'liiiitliiiit 
wnuH.  •  I'm  iilln'i'  Mli'Mmi'.l  III,  'I'nliiniir,  t,  tlli 
ISirn.t  till  Mlnlrk.M  17,  Mhmi.'I  tr,  Almm 
i|iiln.^  I  '.*'J,     Itvniii  In  SiiiiiiiimlHti,  II, '.M  ;u 

'I'tnmn  iM'iivi'in  iiinikiiil  i\  nil  iiii  imlrrUk  iiii< 
;ii<i>tnii|iiillliMt  liy  nil  inliirllliotir  Knulliatl  ll'MIIK 
lilt  inn, 

'I'lin  riiintiilnr  iiF  IliU  |iii|ii>i'  iiil'iii'ini)  iiii>  II  I* 
litn  inlinilliin  In  iiilil  iilii<  liiiiiilitMl  nltii'i'  vrratnil* 
nfllio  l.iiiit'a  lu'nyiM,  I'liini  Itin  riitiriii'iilnn  nml 
Mi<\ti>iili  tiinuniiurN 

III  mill II Inn  lnltii<iitiiiM<|iii|ini'>i.  Hi  |liilnii<i'l« 
iitMiilliiMinllnii'iirii  iinnilii<i'iil'iii'lli>li>qii|i|ii<nitiiu 
III  l''illtn<r  l,i<  .tnillin'R  Ailiti/>'iifi«   tliiirii,  i/   i'. 

I  inn  InilrtiliMt  In  tit  tliilnii'i'  fill  (lii>  iiiili<« 
ii|iiin  wtilrli  In  tiiini>it  llii>  rnltiiwlnu  iiri'iilllil  i 

riiimtiixSiinilrtaiin  llnliiioi  wiiitlHntilti  Is'ii.lti 
Viitkatlltii,  t''imtii|iit  lli<w  III)  nitni'iit  I'll  III  I'i1>n 
loll  ut'ilintiiiii' •i<liiiiit,  SInki'NtiM  ,  iiliil  III  N'i'wiiin 
Uliili'i'  Itiiiiv.  Will)  ritviitnTit  iiinloi'  t{ii\  l'  rulni 
niiit  t  III  it  IIi'ii'dIiii'iI  Mniiniil  .'4|oki<n|i.\ ,  iiniliil  I'l 
wnt'il>)  MUM  inlnillloil  ii  |in|ill  nl  llm  Vmk  unit 
til|iiin  itiiH'Kaiiti  i'iilti>iii>  tin  \\  lln  ii|i|iiilntri|  |nln 
ol|iii)  of  tiiiiniiiilni'  iiiilnn  iiLii  liiillniiil  m  IhhiIn. 
lull  aiinn  iillni' fiiiltli'iiliMt  III  Ni>n  \  in  h  't'lii'lli 
till  liiiih  rliiii'iiii.  iin  lii'int  niiixloi',  ol'  lii'initiit 
llMlnltloii'*  Iri-n  mtninl  'l'lii>nri>  tin  Wi'lll  In 
l*|i|ii<l 'riinililiiiiinl  wnn  II  |i|iii|  III  I'll  mill  iirilii>|ii'n 
numora  In  I,' A>iiioni|illnii  .limntl  riillit|tiv  t'linn 
|lu<l'i>tli<  wi'nl  III  Kiixti  Ui<illi<iil('ntlr>(|i<iiiii|  Mini 
tlll\n('n|iv,  I'llti-iiuii,  llli'lli  n  In  |ln<  ronlo  Nor 
iimliv  Miinlii'iil ,  Hh'iii'i'  In  't'liniiiln  t'lilvi'tiilly, 
ini'itlrnl  ili'imilini'iil.  I.iiliir  lio  i<iiiillntii<il  IiIn 
nlinlli'N  In  llii<  ItrnlKitn  Mi'iti<i'lini  illiil  Millllt 
ttnivi'i'NllN ,  Mi'iilifiiit,  unit  itrnilniili'il  In  mnll 

I'lllo  III  \  tilllllll  CiiIm-INIIn  III  IMIN  lli<  \M>nl 
In  l.iiintiiii.  wlii'iii'i'  ln<  |iiiii<i'i<ili>il  In  Nrw  /im» 
tiitiit,  mill  Mini  ii|i|iii>iil>'it  nii|ii<iinii'nili'iil  nl' 
i|imiiiiillin<  III  \Vi>tllnulnii.     In  'I'lnniniiiiii  ninl 


RAl.milAM   T.ANntTAORft. 


11 


U,  n.  i:i  :\'i 

lUllnlilritna 
Ml  l<;<'llx.  I 
OlIUK,  II    .!« 

Oii|ti>.  II  l.^ 

I,      Vitkillilit 

(III  Ki't'iioli 

•Int'iiiiii  l>\ 

tkitiiiit  Willi 

»  T.\.     Hiiliii 

iiiN  lixlliin 


'JH  iniiiiMii- 
il,V.4" 
aim.  1. 1 1  Ik 
vi<  Mmln  III 
iilmi'iil.  I  4i 
l\  (l«ll  \l>|v 
llllllltjIlllllK, 
'"l-llllO,  1  1, 
■MiMW.*  I   III' 

.'\  rj,r,ii«. 

I!ii  tUnik 
UiOllowit, 
1 1  ('illiutillii 
liiiini'.  I  III, 

\i  1  Almm- 

il.VVI   ',<! 
mlrrluK  i»ii> 
iIIkIi  lintm 

lux  till'  M  I* 

ll'i'  Vl't-xlilll* 

rui'titiiii  mill 

lliiliiii>i'l* 
i<|i|ii<nilii|| 

llll,   i;     IV 

I  III'  mil  I'M 
rriiinil  : 
IlllllSll.ltl 

I  III  I'l1>« 
III  Nrwiiiii 

s  r  Cuiiii' 
.  mill  III'  i>i' 
ViirU  Hint 

illlril  |ilt|| 

(il  111  liiiiilii 
ill  'I'linii 
I   Di'iiotiil 

I'  Wi'lll  III 
nl  llli<  |ll'll 
mi'  I'tlilll 
I'llllil  l.illll 

*i'iili>  Niif 
iilvi'i'nlty, 
lliiiti'il  IiIn 
ml  Mililll 
I  III  iiii'ill 

S    111'  Wl'lll 

Ni'W   /.I'll 

iiili'iil    III 

timilit  Hiiil 


Oulmai  (T,  H.)  -  ('iiiitliiii<>il. 

All«ll'ltllltlll<  liolll  dIIIIIIiII'  |IIMllllllllt        Itln  IlKrtlllt 

lUllliiit.  Iio  wi'lll  III  Ku\|il.  mill  Irili'i  ii'liii  ii'il  III 
KllUlitiiil.  riii<  Kiiull<li  I'liiititlii  mil  itiiii'i'liiu 
Willi  liiiii.  Ill'  liiiili  II  liiiirul'  llll'  Mi'illli'i'iiiiii'iiii 

|lltl'lll.       Iji'llllillllu     III     l.ilUllilll,     tlll>     l{ll««llltl 

(li'l|i|M<iilliii  ki'il  liltii.  mill  III' wim  wmiii'il  IhkihiIi 
i\  iii'w  I'llitmlp,  lli>  ivIiii'iiimI  III  MhiiIii'mI,  i'II 
iiiiiti'lin  llll'  DiH'ky  Miiiil<liiliiii.wlii'ii<  lii<«iiii|ilil 
IliillitiiMiH'li'ly  tor  It  I'litialitoi'iilili'  tiiiii'.  t''hii|liiu 
ivliili't'  itlMitaliiiiin  liililiii,  III'  priii'i'i'ili  it  In  tMitIt 
In  niinii'li  lit  lii'itltli  l''iii' iliii  liiil  I  \Mi  voni"  li« 
lin»  lii'i'ii  I'liuiiitiil  In  willtiiii  it|i  lilN  riiliiiiiiK 

Ilimtta.Hll  »'i<llll<i'lllll|lll<llll|l  llU  li^HVIllllUI  Klli'K 

nnil  ri<ii>iiiiiiili'».  Ill  wliii'li  III'  liit«  lii'i'ii  itKitlalPil 
liy  KiiitlUli  t''.a\  I'liil'iul'il*  t'l'  lliilimr  I*  i« 
iiii'iiilu'i'  .il'  Ki'vi'i'itl  mii'liilliit  III  Isiiulmiil  mill 
Aiiinrli'it  mill  till'  mitli'it'  of  ii  niiiiilii'l'  nl'  wntk'- 
llll  iiii'illoni  mill  «i'lnnlllli>  KiilOn'lit, 

Httriimi  iif  Klliiiiilii|iy  I'linnK  wniila  rnlliitrliiu  ii 
I II  III  III'  Willi  III  |ii>ri'illlii"ii"<i»l1i>i'  i»  imlo  IiiiIIi'iiIk 
Hint  i»i'ii|iy  III  till'  Will  k  li'l'iuti'il  III  liiK  lii'i'ii  Mi'i'ii 
li\  till'  :'iiiii|iili>i'  III  III"  llliiiiiy  III'  tliK  lllll-i'nil  of 
Kllitiiilii|iy,\Vii>liliiuli>ii,  Il  <' 

Biinnhinnitii  (■loliHiiiiCiiil  Kilimnh.  I)|<< 
ViilKrr    mill     .*<|i''iii'liiMi    Ni'ii  Monloo'i* 

mill  llol-  Wi'kImoHimIi'H  ItlltlNI'lll'll   Noi'il- 

iiiit<<i'tUirN,  <lui'u;i>Mli>llt  villi  lli'ii.  IliiNi'li* 
iiiiiiiii. 

Ill    Ivillilulii'lii'     Vkiiil    ili-r  VVlRK.    »il    lli'lllll, 
Alitiiiiiilliiiiiii'ii,  mm  ili'iii  .litliiii   IX.ii,  |i|i   Villi) 
tU.  Hi'illn.  IM'-iH    4  ■ 

Will  I  \  I'lAiili'llllWuili'i  l'llliii|llllli'll.l\llWllrlli'll, 
Niiimililliilii.  Si|i|iiIIm)|I||i>Ii,  iiinl  (iKi'inln  I'lllliniik 

ii'iitlilm^i'iiii'l  ti|i  Ufi  :ltM     Ciiiiiiiii'iii*  llll  ilio 

Itllliu'liiiiiln.  |i,  .IMJ  Willi  M'i'«i>lollllK*n  ilm 
tll)<ili)i»(l'l'i>lli  liilliili' iliiil  I'llllil  |l.<li')  mill  IIIIIk 
I'llltilllt.  |i|l   ilHn   :INII       t'llllllllKllIn  nil  I  lli>   llitillxit. 

Iltlli'i'liiiiilii.  mill  Kitwtli'lii'ii,  Willi  It  ti'W  I'Miiii 
|i|iii<,  |i.  ;IINI, 

iNNllnil  iin|inmli>ly  wllli  llllo  |iii|ii>  «»  rnllnwu. 

tumm,  |>|o      Valkl'l'      IIIKI        M|t|-||l'Ul<ll    I    NiMI 

Mt>vli'ti'M  I  mill  I  ilof    Wf'ilh'i'ilo  I  ili'N  I 
Iii'IiImi'Iiimi  NitriliiiiiiM'tUii'N  |  tttl^^l<*tl<lll 
I  Villi  I  .lull.  Cill'l    IM.  llilNrllliiilllli.   I    \i|N 
tliMi  AltliiMiillmiMi'ii  ili'i'  Kmiitil,  MvimIo 
tiili>   ili>i'    \VlNHitiit<li>ilYt>ii    I    i^.ii    llt'iiln 
ISf.7.  I 
lli'lllll  I  K<>ilriii>Ul.  Ill  ilor  IliK  liilriii<K 

IM'I>I  lloi' liilliili,  ,\Kllill<lll|i>  I  iliT  \\'i.'iNi<l| 
m<ltitl1i<ii  I  IHTiS,  I  III  ('iitiiiiilN»iivi;  lioi  I''. 
iHlimiilnr'N  Ni'I'Ik^n  IIiii'IiIiiiuiIIiiiim;. 

iNiMti'  tlUit  Ha  iiliiiMi,  mil'  :in  itliiiM'  Milan 
ttiilii'K  I  I.  Ii>«l.  |i|>  'JiM  401.  Itiliitlla  (tlHMali'lit. 
|t|i,  4<i>')  4IU,  Viit'lii'n«i'riili||i'ii  |i    414,  4". 

I'lllltlllal  lo  I'lilitt'lita  iia  iiiiilnr  I  ll|i<  iii'Vl  itliiit  i<, 


BiiMolimrtini  (.1.  (\  K.>  ^('oiiIIiiiumI, 

<'ii/ii(>t  .n'fo  '   Anlni.rii|i|{ii>aa.  Kniiti'a,  I'llllltK, 

ri'iiiiiiiiiii. 

riin  i'n|iv  III  llll'  I'lni'lii'i mill'.  I'ltliilntiiiii  iiii 
V'M,  liiiniulil  Hf  I  III  tin*  l''li'lil  a>ili<,  I'lilittiiiillK 
tin  ail'*.  ?>1  I'i'lilai  (illi-i'il  liy  l.iii'liiiv,  IKfH,  nil, 
:Uit'-',  \)  r\\  mill  liy  rtlllMti'i.  IH.h',1.  in* 

I  tit'  .*4|turi'ii  ilor  i»/li>KUi'lu>ii  ."^iiruoiH" 
llll  tiiii'illlt'liiMi  Mi<\ii>ii  mill  liitlioriMi 
itiiiiM'lkiiiilNi'lii'ii  Niirili'ii,  /.iiKli>ii>li  i>iiii> 
Miinli'i'iiiiMili'i'  ViilUi<riiiiil  H|trai<lii>ni|i<N 
iiiliilllolii'ii  Mi'nIimi'n  iiihI  ili>r  Wt'ulNi'Hi' 
Niti'iluiiiKi'Ikii'N  vitii  liiit^iliiliiMii'ii  Mil  liln 
If  mil  MImiiuh'I',  Villi  .titli.  i'di'I  I'M.  IIuni'Ii- 
IIIIIIIII. 

Ill  Kiliiliitti'liii  \ki»il  iliT  Wina  an  lli'illii, 
Aliliiiiiilliiiiui'ii  mia  ili'iii  >liiliii>  IM'il,  /iM'iti'i' 
Sii|i|i    llmiil,  )itl   I   HlUiriiriiialliowliiili'Viilllliiii), 

lli'lllll,  iM.-m.  4\ 

A  iii'tli't'itl  illai'iianliili  nl  I  lii>  |ii'ii|tli'n  nnilfiitnlt 
mill  Wiialilliiitnii  (|i|i  IIM  >lil.<)  liii'linli'a  Ilm 
rali'uli  Si'llall,  Willi    lU    lliliill    mill     lllliililalli' 

ilhl'il.'lla.  Iiilllilill,  I'll'  ,  |l|i    ll.-'K  llllll       ,S|i Il  ,>( 

I'lltti't  Hnninl.  I''\irit  .Miilll.  I'li-  ,  (i  7l>.  iiii'lliilim 
llll'  .Nllialiiin  ilh  lilnlia 

Inaiioil  ai>|iiiii)li'l,>  nllli  I  It  li<  |iii|ji<  na  Inllnwa  , 

.--"iMo  I  .'<niir«'ii(li'riii'li'KlHi'ln'ii,S|iiiii'|i,> 
I  llll  iiiirillirlii'ii   Mi'nIi'ii  I  mill  liii|i(<i'i<u 
iiiiioi'iUi4iilNi'lii>ii    Niu'ili'ii,  I    /,ii){|i<ii<|i  I 
oiiiK  MiihIimiiiik  iIi<i  \  iiIKoi'  mill  S\ni^ 

I'lllMI  I  l|i>N     Ili'lI'lltil'tllMI       Mi'XIi'u'n  I  mill 

ilor  Wi'hIni'IIo  NiiI'iIiiiiii'I'IKii'n  I  vnnDiiH 
iliiliixiinv  nil  liiM  rmii  I'.Iniiii<ii|',  |  Vmi  { 
.lull  (nil  I'M.  lliiHi'liiiinitii.  I 

lli'iiiii  I  tJiMlnii'Ut  III  ili'i' llm-liili'iii>l(. 
I'li'iili'i  UiiiiIhI.  AUntloimo  |  ili<|-  WInnimi- 
Mi'liiirii'ii.  I  ISftll. 

Hull  Hill' M'lanlilmik  I  I  uhiii'ImI  lltin  iif  Ilm 
ii't  ll"i  \  I'l  n>>  I'liink  I  I  mil'  I) -I  illidi  I'  I  i>l  .III  lililltk 
I    I.    llllll  nlllUn  lllllilltn   Ctli'l'ilrlil    |i|i      III    \||, 

li'kl  |i|i  I   i'II.  Kliili'llinm  III  llllll  tii'iiiiiii|ililai'lm 
lii'Ul^li'i'   |i|i    il4  ilM,  iii'iiui'ii|ililai  III'    lii'tilali'i' 
|i|i   ;\»  Hti^. vi'i mini  llll' NiU'liwi'laiiiiui'ii  |i|i  Mill 
HIM.  \  iillli'amilllimi'll.  |l   Mill.  4'. 

l.illUillatn'rniili'lilaitaillliti'rtltIn  in ". I  alinvn 
i'Mfiii'D  fciiii       Valni'.  Illllilnli,  l''Hini'n,  M.ilanii 
lii'ilvi'.   I'lllliiu,  i,liiiirilili.    .Snililiiiiiniciii,    I'liiin 
llllll 

I'nlillnlii'il  III  'M>  MmUii       An  iiiniil.  Iiull  inn 

llll' pv  x\  >ia  n, llll  III    Ilm   l<'lni'lii>i    niiti>,  i>,i|ti 

Inuim  11.1  .'llll.  Inl.liiiirllrli,  liM'-'l.  Ilv  ,  Ilm  Ultni' 
|ii  II  I'n  I  n  n  i'ii|ili"i.  I  iiliilniiim  iin  l'.':».T-'.  mm  ','/  'U, 
llmnllli'l  -'(  lll>  ,  llll'  I'llllil  I  i'<i|i\  .iillillnyim  nil. 
li'K.  Iii.iiihIiMI  II    ,   Kii.lili'i,   I'dl.iliiHim  |m    Jill, 

|ii  liM'a  II  II  M  no  l<l.  I  (iiliml  itiinhi  liy  (Jimiltili, 
nil.  iliHKW. '.<!. 


12 


BIBLIOORAPHY  OP  THE 


c. 


C.  (J.  F.)    A  Happy  Indian  VillaK«^. 

In  tlie  Avo  Muria,  vol.  2ti,  pp.  444-44.1,  Notro 
Diimfl,  Indiann,  May  12,  188M,am.4".    (IMlUiiK.) 

Tli«  Ave  Maria  in  tlio  Kalispi'l  lan;.;uag<i,  p. 
44.'i. 

Reprinted  in  St.  .(oseph's  Advocate,  sixth 
year,  ]»p.  ;!»4-:t95,  Baltimoro,  .Inly,  1HH8.  sm.  4"^. 
(Bureau  of  Ethnology.) 

Campbell  (John).  Origin  of  tlio  aborig- 
ines of  Canada.  A  paper  road  before 
tbe  society,  17tli  December,  1880,  bj' 
Prof.  J.  Campbell,  M.  A. 

Id  Qiichnc.  Lit.  and  Hint.  Sor.  TraiiH.,  aesHion 
1880-1881,  i>p.01-!);t,  and  appendix  pp.  i-xxxiv, 
.      Quehof,  18H2,  I'i'.     (IMUins.) 

The  iirst  part  of  this  i)a])or  is  an  endeavor  to 
show  a  reaeinMani'o  bi<twuen  various  families 
of  tlio  Nfw  AVorld,  and  between  these  and 
various  peoples  of  the  Old  World. 

Comparative  vocabulary  (90  words)  of  the 
Niskwalli  and  the  Malay-Polynesian  lan- 
piages,  pp.  xxxii-xxxiv. 

Issued  separately  willi  title-page  as  folli>>v:i : 

Origin  |  of  the  |  aborigine.s  of  Can- 
ada. I  A  paper  read  before  the  Literary 
and  historical  society,  |  Quebec,  |  by  | 
prof.  J.  Campbell,  M.  A.,  |  (of  Mon- 
treal,) I  D(?16gu<5  (}<«n<>ral  do  I'lnstitn- 
ti<m  Ethnograpbi(iuo  de  Paris.  | 

Quebec :  I  printed  at  the  "Morning 
chronicle"  office.  |  1881. 

Cover  title  ns  abovu,  title  as  above  verso 
b'ank  1  1.  dedication  vnrso  blank  1  1.  ti'xt  |ip. 
l-.)3,  and  appendix  pj).  i-xxxiv,  8''.  Twenty-ttve 
copies  printed. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copies  seen  :  AVellcsley . 

Canadian  Indian.  Vol.1,  October,  1890. 
No.  I[-Vol.  I.  .September,  18!tl.  No.  V2]. 
I  The  I  Canadian  |  Indian  |  Editors  | 
rov.  E.  I'\  Wilson  ]  II.  n.  Small.  |  Pub- 
lished under  the  A"si)iees  of  |  the  Can- 
adian Indian  Kesearchal  [-vie]  |  .society 
ICout'ents  |  [&c.  double  columns,  each 
eight  lines.]  |  Single  Copies,  20  Cents. 
Annual  Subscription,  $2.00.  | 

Printed  and  Pulilislied  by.Jno.  lluth- 
erford,  Owen  Sounil,  Ontaii  iTCiinada]. 
[1890-1891.] 

12  numbers :  cover  title  as  above,  text  pp.  1- 
356,  8^.  A  continuation  of  "(iiir  Forest  Chil- 
dren," descrilH'd  in  tbe  Bibliography  of  the 
Algonquian  languages.  The  ]iul>licali<in  was 
suspended  witli  the  twelfth  nnnilier,  with  tbe 
intentiim  of  resniiiing  it  in  .lanuary,  1892.  It 
has  been  fonnd  impraeticalile  to  carry  out  the 
proje<"t.    The  word  "  Kesearchal "  nn  the  cover 


Canadian  Indian — Continued. 

of  tile  first  number  was  changed  to  Kesearch 
in  the  following  nninbers. 

Wilson  (E.  F.),  A  comparative  vocabulary. 
vol.1,  pp.  104-107. 

Copies  teen  :  Eamos,  Pilling,  Wellesley. 

[Canestrelli  (Rev.  Philip).]  Catechism 
I  of  I  Christian  Doctrine  |  prepared 
and  enjoined  j  by  order  of  the  |  Third 
Plenary  Council  of  Baltimore  |  Trans- 
lated into  Flat-head  |  by  a  ftither  of 
the  Society  of  Jesus  | 

Woodstock  college  [Md.]  |  1891 

Title  vcr.so  blank  1  1.  text  (entirely  in  the 
Kalisjiel  language  with  the  exception  of  a  few 
headings  in  English)  pp.  3-100,  errata  pp.  101- 
102,  sq.  16°. 

Catechism,  pp.  3-88.— Prayers,  pp.  89-100. 

Copies  seen  i  Games,  Plliing. 

[ ]  Interrogationes  |  faciendieasacer- 

dote  I  ad    baptisninni    etnifereudum  | 
procedente. 

Colophon:  S.  Ignatii,  in  Montanis. 
Typis  niissiouis,     [1891.] 

Frontispiece  (vignet  te  of  tlie  Virgin  and  child 
with  the  ln.Mcription  N.  S.  del  Carmen)  recto  1. 
1,  text  with  he.iiling  above,  Knd  with  other 
Latin  headings  scattered  tlirongboiit,  ]>|i.  [2-4], 
24^.  Printed  by  tlu^  school  boys  at  St.  Ignatius 
Mission. 

Copies  seen  :  Eames,  Pilling. 

[Litany  and  prayer  in  iho  Kalispel 

language. 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana,  1891.] 

Fr(inti8piece(vignetteof  the  Virgin  and  I'hild 
with  the  inscription  N.  S.  del  Carnieii)  recto 
1.  1,  t(>xt  pp.  [2-3],  12^^.  Print<!d  by  the  school 
boys  at  St.  Ignatius  Mission. 

Lu  Skuskuests  111  t  St.  Marie,  p.  [2].— Oratio 
Lconis  v.  P.  XIII  ad  S.  J(wepb,  p.  (;i]. 

Copies  seen:  Eames,  Pilling. 

[ ]  Nchaumcn    |    Lu      kaelis-auituni 

I-tigal  I  potti  hiii  la  salute  messe  |  In  tel 
kae-pogot  I  lo  papo. 

Colophon :  St.  Ignatius  Print,  Mon- 
tana.    [1891.] 

One  loaf  printed  on  one  Mide  only,  8°.  Printed 
by  tiie  8cl>'>oi  boys  at  St.  l;;natius  Mission. 

Three  prayt^rs  in  the  Kalispel  language. 

Cojnes  seen :  Eames,  Pilling. 

[ ]  Stabat  mater  [in  the  Kalispel  lan- 
guage.] 
[St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana,  1891.] 
1  leaf,  8°.  printed  on  one  side  only.    Printed 
by  theRcbool  boys  at  St.  (giiatins  Mission. 
Copies  seen  :  Kaiiies,  I'illing. 


SAJJSHAN   LANGUAGES. 


13 


-Oratio 


Carmany  (J.  H.)  [The  first  three  of  the 
ten  cominiindments,  and  the  Lord's 
prayer  in  the  Nanaiuio  languajje.] 

In  Bancroft  (II.  H.),  Xutivo  races  of  the 
I'niiflo  Htates,  vol.  3,  |.p.  tiU-612,  New  York, 
1875,  H°. 

Kejiriiitcd  in  tliu  various  editions  of  the  same 
work. 

[Caruana  (Rev.  J.  M. )]  PronuHsiones 
Domini  Nostri  Jesu  (.'hristi  factae  B. 
Marg.  M.  Alacu(iue.  |  Eupoti-entit  la 
Jesus  Christ  zogoiiisliitfm  la  |  npiilg- 
hues  Marghorite  Marie  AlaccMine  le  | 
chesnkaiiiteniisto.s  la  ghul  potenzutis, 
ghul  I  sengastns  la  czpo/. 

Colophon :  V.  A.  Kemper,  Dayton,  O. 
(N.America.)  [1890.]  (Cii-ur d'Aleno, 
Indian. ) 

A  small  cnnl,  11  by  5  iiic.lira  in  xizc,  hoailcd  aa 
above,  and  routainiii;;  twelve  '•  I'romisi'S  of 
Our  Lord  to  Blessed  Margaret  Mary,"  in  the 
Ca'iir  d'Aleno  langua;;e.  On  tlio  verso  is  a 
colored  picture  of  tlie  sacred  heart,  with  four 
lines  inscription  beneath,  in  l''ngli»h. 

Mr.  Komper  lias  issued  a  shnilar  card  in 
many  languRKes. 

Copies  seen  :  Eames,  Pilling,  Wellesley. 

Catalogue  of  the  American  library.  See 
Trumbull  (J.H.) 

Catechism : 

Kalispel 
Notlakapamuk 
Salish 
Snohomish 


Catechism 


See  Giorda  (J.) 

Lo  Jcuno  (J.  M.  R.) 
Cancstrelli  (P.) 
Boulet(J.B.) 

.    translated  into  Flat- 


head.   See  Canestrelll  (P.) 

Catliii  ( (rt'orgo) .  North  and  South  Amer- 
ican Indians.  |  Catalogue  (  de.s(rii»tive 
and  instructive  |  of  |  Catlin's  |  Indian 
Cartoonis.  |  Portraits,  typos,  an<l  cns- 
toMis.  I  fiflO  paintings  in  oil,  |  with  | 
20,000  full  length  iigures  |  illustrating 
their  various  games,  religious  cero- 
monifs,  and  |  other  customs,  |  and  |  27 
canvas  jiaintiugs  |  of  |  Lasalle's  dis- 
coveries. I 

New^'ork:  |  Baker  »fc  Godwin,  Print- 
ers, I  Printing-house  S([uare,  |  1871. 

Abridged  title  on  cover,  tillo  as  above  verso 
blank  1  1.  remarks  verso  note  1  1,  text  pp.  5-92, 
cerlilicutespp.  9:i-!m,  H^. 

PrepiT  names  willi  I'-nnlisli  siynilicatioiis  in 
a  iniiidiir  nl'  Ainrrican  laii.u;iiages,  aiming  thi^m 
a  tew  (il'tlie  Spokan  and  .Selisli. 

< '(lilies  seen  :  Astiir,  (Jongri'ss,  Kames,  Welles- 
ley,  \Visc<insin  Historical  Society. 

(ieorge  (Ratlin,  ]iainter,  born  in  Wilkesbarro, 
Pa.,  in  1790,  died  iu  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  Doeom- 


Catlin  (G.)  —  Contintied. 

ber23, 1872.  He  studied  law  at  LiUhfleld.Conn., 
but  aft4!r  a  few  years'  practice  went  to  Phila- 
delphia and  turned  bis  attention  to  drawing 
and  painting.  As  an  artist  lie  was  entirely  self- 
taught.  In  1832  ho  went  to  the  Far  Wert  and 
spent  eight  years  among  the  Indians  of  Yellow- 
stone liiver,  Indian  Territory,  Arkansas,  and 
Florida,  painting  a  unique  series  of  Indian  por- 
traits and  pictures,  which  attracted  much 
attention,  on  their  exhibition,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  Kurope.  Among  these  wore  470 
full-length  portraits  autl  a  largo  number  of 
I  pictures  illustrative  of  Indian  life  and  customs. 
I  most  of  which  are  now  ]in-served  in  the 
•  National  Museum,  Washiugt^in.  In  18.VJ-1857 
!  Mr.  Catlin  traveled  in  South  and  Citntral 
America,  after  which  lu^  lived  in  Europe  until 
1871,  when  ho  returned  to  the  I'nilcd  States. 
One  hundred  and  twen\ysix  of  his  drawings 
illustrative  of  Indian  life  were  at  the  Philadel- 
phia exposition  of  1876.  He  was  the  author  of 
Notes  of  Eight  Years  in  Europe  (New  York, 
1848) ;  Planners,  Customs,  and  Condition  of  the 
North  American  Indians  (London,  1857);  The 
Breath  of  Life,  or  Mal-Respiratiiin  (Now  York, 
1861);  and  0-keo-pa:  xV  Religions  Ceremony, 
and  otiier  Customs  of  the  Mandans  (London, 
18(}7).—Appleluu's  CycUip.of  Am.  Biog. 

Oatloltq.    See  Komuk. 

Chamberlain  (Alexander  Francis).  The 
Eskimo  race  and  language.  Their 
origin  and  relations.  By  A.  F.  Cham- 
berlain, B.  A. 

In  Cainidian  In.^t.  I'roc.  third  aeries,  vol.0, 
pp.  261-;t:!7,  Toronto,  188!).  8'^. 

Cinnparative  Eskimoand  Indian  vocabularies 
(pp.  318-.'t22)  contains  a  number  of  words  in 
Kawitchcn,  Sclish,  Niskwalli,  Hilkula,  Kow- 
elitscb,  and  Skwale  (from  Toluiie  and  Dawson 
and  from  Hale),  ]ip.  31«-;i20. 

[ ]  Numerals,  Vociihulary,  and  Sen- 
tences in  the  Langnag*^  of  the  Colville 
Indians  at  Nelson,  British  Colimibia. 

Manusc^ript,  pp.  1-7  of  a  blank  bonk.  8=";  in 
possession  of  its  author. 

Nnnnrals  1-20.  ;!0,  40,  :>».  00,  7U,  80, 90, 100,  200, 

300,  pp.  12 Vocabulary  (00  words),   iip.3-5.— 

Phrases  and  sentences,  pp.,')-7.--Prononn.H,  ji.O. 
Alexander  Francis  Chamberlain  was  born  at 
Kcnningball,  ^Norfolk,  England.  .lanuary  12, 
18l).'>,  and  canui  to  Xew  York  with  his  parents 
in  IHTO,  removing  with  tiiein  to  Canada  in  1874. 
no  niatriculati'd  trom  the  Collegiate  Institute, 
Peterboro,  Ontario,  into  the  University  of 
Toronto  iu  IK.S2,  from  wbicli  institution  he 
gradinited  with  honors  innodirn  languages  and 
ethnology  in  18X6.  From  1887  to  1890  he  was 
fi'Uow  in  iniidern  languages  iu  University  Cid- 
lege,  Toronto,  and  in  1889  received  the  degree 

j        of  M.  A.  from  his  alma  nuiter.    In  1H90  he  was 
appointed  fellow  in  .inthropology  in  (.'lark  Unl- 

I       vprsity,  \Vorce8tor,  Mass.,  where  he  occuptwl 


14 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  THE 


Geographic  uames 

(irauiiiiatio  trcatiitn 

Grammatic  trtNitiHe 

Grammatics  treatise 

Numerals 

Kumerals 

KumnrHls 

Sentences 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

WoHls 
Words 
WonU 
See  also  Saltih. 


Sec  Hale  (H.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Tolmie(W.  P.)  and 

Dawson  (G.M.) 
Bulmor  (T.  S.) 
Koll8(M.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Halo  (H.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Montgomcrio  (J.  K.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Swan  (J.G.) 
Kells  (M.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Latham  (R.G.) 
rinart  (A.  U) 
Roelirig(F.L.O.) 
Smet(l'.J.(lo). 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Tolniio(W.  F)and 

Dawson  (G.M.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Gihbs  (G.) 
Nicoll  (E.  n.) 


Chamberlain  ( A.  F. )  —  Contiinieil. 

himself  with  stuilics  in  the  Algonqiiian  lan- 
guages and  the  physical  anthropology  of  Amer- 
ica. In  Juno,  1890,  ho  went  to  British  Colum- 
bia, whore,  until  the  following  October,  he  was 
engaged  in  studying  tlie  Kootenay  Indians 
under  the  anspicos  of  tho  British  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science.  A  summary 
of  the  results  of  these  inTestlgations  appears 
in  the  proceedings  of  the  assooiAtion  for  1892. 
A  dictionary  and  grammar  of  the  Kootenay 
language,  together  with  a  collection  of  texts  of 
myths,  are  also  jcing  proceeded  with.  In  1802 
Mr.  Chamberlain  received  from  Clark  Univer- 
sity tho  degree  of  Ph.  D.  in  anthropology,  his 
thesis  being:  "TheLanguagoof  tbeMississagas 
of  SkQgog:  Acontribution  totbe  Linguistics  of 
the  Algonkian  Tribes  of  Canada,"  embodying 
the  results  of  'lis  investigations  of  these 
Indians. 

Mr.  Chamberlain,  whose  attention  was,  early 
in  life,  dire<:tcd  to  pbilologic  and  ethnologic 
studies,  has  contributed  to  the  scientific  jour- 
nals of  America,  from  time  to  time,  articles  on 
subjects  connected  with  linguistics  and  folk- 
lore, especially  of  the  Algonquian  triliea.  He 
has  also  been  engaged  in  the  study  of  the  Low- 
German  and  French  Canadian  dialects,  the 
results  of  which  will  shortly  appear.  Mr.  Cham- 
berlain is  a  member  of  several  of  the  learned 
societif  i  of  America  and  Canada  and  fellow  of 
the  American  Association  fur  the  Advancement 
of  Science. 

In  1892  he  was  appointed  lecturer  in  anthro- 
pology at  Clark  University. 

Ohehalii: 

General  discussion 
General  discuasiou 
General  discussion 


Chirouze  {Fr.  — ).    Vocabulary  of  the 
Snohomiah  langnago.  (*) 

Manuscript,  oblong  12°;  in  possession  of  M. 
Alph.  L.Pinart. 


Olallam.    See  Klalam. 


OIkasiflcation : 
SaUsli 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salisli 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 


Ohihalia.    See  Ohehalis. 

Chinook      [Jargon]     «1iotionnry.      Si-u 
Coon«H(S.  F.) 


See  Bancroft  ( U.K.) 
Bates  (H.  W.) 
Beach  (W.  W.) 
Borghaus  (U.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Brinton  (D.  G.) 
Bnschmann  (J.  C.  K.) 
Dawson  <G.  M.) 
Drr.ke  (S.  O.) 
Eells  <M.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Gatschet  (A.  S.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Haines  (e.M.) 
Keane  (A.  H.) 
Latham  (K.G.) 
Towell  (J.  W.) 
Prichard(J.C.) 
Snyeo(A.H.) 
Schooloraft  (H.  R.) 
Trumbull  (J.  H.) 


CUp  (John).    See  Eells  (M.) 
Oanr  d 'Aline.    See  Skitsaish. 
Ool^rille.     See  Skoyelpi, 

Comparative  vocabularies.    See  Qibbs 

(O.) 

Oomnz.    See  Komnk. 

Oongreu:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the 
compiler  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  AVashing- 
ton,  D.  C. 

[Coones  (8.  F.)]     Dictionary  |  of  the  | 
Chinook  Jargon  |  as  spoken  on  |  Puget 
sonutl  and  tho  northwest,  |  with  |  orig- 
inal Indian  names  for  prominent  places 
I  and  localities  with  their  meanings,  | 
historical  sketch,  etc.  | 

I'nblished  by  |  Lowman  &  Hanford 
stationery  &  printing  co.,  |  Seattle, 
Wash.     [1891.] 

Cover  title:  Clilnook  Dictionary  |  and  |  orig- 
inal Indian  names  |  of  |  western  Washington. 
1  [Picture.)  I 

Lowman  <&  Ilanlbrd  |  stationery  &.  |  printing 
company. 

Cover  title,  title  verso  blank  1  I.  preface  pp. 
[3-4],  p.  0  l)lank,  key  to  pronuneiatioii  p.  [6|, 
numerals  p.  [7],  text  pii.O-.tS,  18". 

Bella  (M.),()riginallndian  names  of  town- 
sites,  etc.,  pp.  35-38. 

OopU9i»4n!  Eames,  Pilling. 


8ALISHAN  LANGUAGES. 


15 


Cooper  (J.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Tsi- 

hit-liBh. 
Manuscript,  3  pages,  4° ;  in  tlie  library  of  the 

Bureau  of  Ethnology.   Collected  in  1854.   Con- 

siHts  of  180  wordti. 

In  tlio  Hame  library  in  a  copy  of  this  niMiu- 

script,  3  pages,  4°,  made  by  its  compiler,  and  a 

partial  one,  two  loaves,  foUo,mude  by  Dr.  Qeo. 

Gibbs. 
Oowitchen.    Son  Kawichen. 
Oowlitz.    See  KanUts.  | 


Craig  (Dr.  R.  O.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Ska- 
git. 

Manuscript,  2  pages,  4° ;  iu  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Colle<^ted  at  Ft.  liel- 
lingham,  Washington  Ty.,  Sept.,  1858.  Con- 
tbins  72  words  only. 

A  copy  of  this  vocabulary,  nisdo  by  Ur.  Geo. 
Gibbs,  is  in  the  same  library. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Snohouiish. 

Manuscript,  4  i)agoH  folio ;  iu  tholibrary  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Contains  45  words  only- 


D. 


Qibbs 


printing 


of  town- 


Daa  (Luflwig  Kristenseu).  On  the  affin- 
ities between  the  languages  of  the 
northern  tribes  of  the  old  and  new  con- 
tinents. I?y  Lewis  Kr.  Daa,  Esq.,  of 
Christiania,  Norway.  (Read  December 
the  20th.) 

In  Philological  Soc  [of  London]  Trans.  1850, 
pp.  251  -294,  London  [  1 857  ] ,  8°.     (Congress. ) 

Comparative  tables  showing  affinities  be- 
tween Asiatic  and  American  languages,  pp.  264- 
285,  contains  words  from  many  North  American 
languages,  the  Salishan  being  represented  by 
the  Tsehaili,  Selish,  Okanagen,  Atnah,  Kawi- 
tchen,  Noosdalum,  Squalyamish,  and  Bille- 
choola. 
Davla  (Marion ) .  See  Bells  ( M . ) 
Dawson  (Dr.  George  Mercer).  Notes  on 
the  Shuswap  People  of  British  Colum- 
bia. By  George  M.  Dawson,  LL.  D., 
F.  R.  S.,  Assistant  Director  Geological 
Survey  of  Canada.  (Read  May  27, 1891.) 
In  Roynl  Soc.  of  Canada,  Proc.  and  Trans,  for 
1891,  vol.  9,  section  2,  pp.  3-44,  Montreal,  1892, 
map,  4°.    (Bureau  of  Ethnology.) 

General  di.scussion  of  the  pco))le,  references 
to  published  and  unpublished  lingiiixtic  mate- 
rial, etc.,  pp.  3-4.— Trilial  subdivisions,  with 
etymologies,  n.iuics  given  other  tribes,  etc. 
(partly  l)y  Muckay),  pp.  4-7.  —Villages  and 
houses,  pp.  7-10,  contain  a  number  of  native 
terms. — Measures  of  length  employed  by  the 
Shuswap  (fi  terms),  p.  19.— Plants  used  as  fooil 
and  for  other  purpose.'),  pp.  19-23,  iiu^ludes  a 
number  of  native  terms  passim.— lli.storical 
luites  (pp.  23-20)  incliulos  a  number  of  person.il 
names,  a  vocabulary  (13  words)  and  numerals 
19,  p.  2,'>.— Vocabulary  (U  wonls)  obtained 
from  .Toyaska,  a  native,  p.  26. — Account  of  the 
first  knowledge  of  the  whites  (from  Mackay), 
pp.  26-28,  contains  a  number  of  pi'rsonal  and 
geographic  namee. — Mythology,  pji.  28-33,  con- 
tains a  number  of  native  words  and  phrases 
(partly  IVoiu  Mackay).— St<iries  attnebing  to 
particular  localities,  pp.  3.'>;w,  ini  hides  a  num- 
ber of  bird  and  geogriipliic  name.s. -Names  of 
the  stars  and  moutliH.  pp.  :<0  40.— List  of  220 
place-names   in   the  Sliutwap   country,  with 


Davtrson  (G.  M.)  —  Continued. 

meanings:  1,  Shnswap  names  (130)  of  places 
on  the  Kamloops  sheet,  pp.  40-42 ;  2,  Shnswap 
names  (64)  of  places  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
Kamloops  sheet,  pp.  43-44;  3,  .Sliuswap  name 
(20)  of  inhabited  villages,  p.  44.— A  few  (7)  of 
the  principal  villages  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
Kamloops  sheet,  ]i.  44. 

"I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  W. Mackay,  Indian 
agent  at  Kamloops,  for  several  interesting  con- 
tributions, which  will  be  found  embodied  in  ihe 
following  pages." 

Issue<l  se|iarately,  with  lialf-title  as  follows : 

Notes  on   the    Shuswap    people  of 

British  Columbia.  |  By  George  M.  Daw- 
sou,  LL.D.,  Y.  R.  S.  I  Assistant  Director, 
Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 

[Montreal:  Dawson  brothers.   1892.] 

Half-title  on  cover,  tio  inside  title,  text  pp.  3- 
44,  map,  4°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

CopU*  teen :  Eames,  Pilling. 

See  Tolmie  ( W.F.)  and  Dawsou  (G. 

(M.) 

George  Mercer  Dawson  was  born  at  j.  ctou. 
Nova  Scotia,  August  1, 1849,  andistheeldestson 
of  Sir  'William  Dawson,  principal  of  Mctiill 
TTniversity,  M  >ntrciil.  Hi>  Wivs  e<lucated  at 
Mctiill  College. uid  the  Royal  .School  of  Mines; 
held  the  Duke  of  Cornwall'.s  scholarship,  given 
by  the  I'riuce  of  Wales;  and  took  the  Edward 
Forbes  medal  in  paheontology  and  the  ^lurch- 
isou  uuMlal  in  geology.  Ho  was  appointed  geol- 
ogist and  naturalist  to  Her  M.i.iesty's  North 
Amori<^an  Ito\indary  Commission  in  1873,  and  at 
the  close  of  tlio  commission's  work,  in  IH75,  ho 
publislied  a  report  under  the  title  of  "Geology 
and  Kesonrces  of  the  Forty-ninth  Parallel."  In 
July,  1875,  be  received  an  ap))ointment  on  the 
geological  survey  of  Canada.  From  1875  to  1879 
he  was  occupied  in  the  geological  survey  and 
exploration  of  iiritish  Columliia,  and  subse- 
quently engage<l  in  similar  work,  both  in  the 
Northwest  Territory  and  nriiisb  Columbia.  Dr. 
D'iwsim  is  the  author  of  numerous  papers  (mi 
geology,  Uittural  history,  and  etiuiology,  pub- 
lished in  the  Canadian  Naturalist,  'luarterly 
Journal  of  the  Geological  Society,  7       Mctioiw 


16 


BIBLIOaRAPHY   OP  THE 


Dawson  (O.  M.) — Continued. 

of  the  Koyal  Society  <>f  Canada,  ett;.  Ho  was 
in  1H87  selected  to  take  cbarijo  of  tho  Yukon 
expedition. 

De  Horsey  {Lieut.  Al^rernon  F.  K.)  S<h) 
Montgomerle  (J.  £.)  and  De  Horsey 
(A.F.R.) 

De  Smet  {Ilev.  Peter  John).  See  Smet 
P.  J.  de). 

Dictionary : 

KoliHpel  See  Giorda  (J.) 
NiBkwall  Gibbf*  (G.) 

Niskwoli  Powoll  (J.  W.) 

Twana  Eells  (M.) 

Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon.  See 
Coones  (S.  F.) 

Dictionary  of  the  Kalispel.  See  Oiorda 
(J.) 

Drake  (Samnel  Gardiner).  The  |  Aborig- 
inal races  |  of  |  North  America ;  |  com- 
priaing  |  biographical  sketches  of  enii- 
neut  individuals,  |  and  |  an  historical 
account  ofthodifteront  tribes,  |  from  | 
the  first  discovery  of  the  continent  |  to 
I  the  present  period  |  with  a  disserta- 
tion on  their  I  Origin,  Antiquities,  Man- 
ners and  Customs,  |  illustrative  narra- 
tives and  anecdotes,  |  and  a  |  copious 
analytical  index  |  by  Sanmel  G.  Drake. 
I  Fifteenth  edition,  |  revised,  with  val- 
uable additions,  |  by  Prof.  H.  L.  Wil- 
liams. I  [Quotation,  six  lines.]  | 

New  York.  |  Hurst  &  company,  pub- 
lishers. I  122  Nassau  Street.     [1882.] 

Title  verso  copyrifibt  notice  1  1.  preface  pp. 
3-4,  contents  iip.5-8,  Indian  tribes  and  nations 
pp.  9-16,  Imlf-titlo  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  19- 
767,  index  pp.  768-787, 8°. 

Gatichet  (A.  S.),  Indian  langiingns  of  the 
racifio  states  and  territcries,  np.  748-76.'). 

Copiei  teen :  Astor,  Congress,  Wisconsin  His- 
torical Society. 

Clarke  &  co.  1886,  no.  6377,  price  a  copy  $3. 

DufoBB^(E.)  Americana  |  Catalogue  de 
livres  |  relatifs  h  I'Amdrique  |  Europe, 
Asie,Afri(iuo  |  etOcdanio  |  [«Stc.  thirty- 
lour  lines]  I 

Libruiriu  ancienne  et  modernt*  de  E. 
Dufossd  I  27,  rue  Gudndgaud,  27  |  pr^s 
le  Pont-neuf  |  Paris  [1887] 

Cover  title  as  above,  no  iimide  title,  tables 
desdiviHioiiH  1  I.  text  pp.  I7r>-422, 8<^. 

CoutHiuB,pa8Hiin,  titles  of  works  relating  to 
tlie  Salislian  lan^ages. 

Copies  teen  .-  Karnes,  Pilling. 

Xl>is  series  of  cat-alogues  was  begun  in  1870. 


Dunbar:  This  word  following  a  title  or  witbin 
parentheses  Bft<>r  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  tho  com- 
piler in  the  library,  now  dispersed,  of  Mr,  John 
B.  Dunbar,  Bloomfleld,  N.  J. 

Durieu  {Buhop  Paul).  By  Rt.  Rev. 
Bishop  Durieu.  O.  M.  I.  |  Hkwamish.  | 
Morning  Prayers. 

[Kamloops,  B.  C. :  1891.] 

No  title-page,  heading  only)  text  pp.  1-32, 
10°.    See  fac-.siu)il«  of  first  page. 

Translated  by  Bishoj)  Durieu  into  Skwaiu- 
ish  and  transcrilMxl  into  shorthand  by  Father 
Le  Jeunc,  e<1itor  of  the  Kamloop$  Wawa,  who 
printed  it  on  the  niiuieograph. 

Morning  prayers,  pp.  1-12. — Night  prayers,^ 

pp.  12-16.— Preparation  for  confession,  pp.  17- 

32. 

Oopieii  *eei^ :  Pilling. 

Prayers    in    Stalo     by    Rt.    Rev. 

Bishop    Durieu.  |  O.    M.    I.  |  Stalo.  | 
Morning  Prayers. 

[Kamloops,  B.  C. :  1891.] 

No  title-page,  headingonly;  textpp.1-16, 16°. 
Xrnnslated  into  Stalo  by  Bishop  Durieu,  nud 
transcribed  into  shorthand  by  Father  Le  Jeune, 
editor  and  publisher  of  the  Kamloop$  Wawa, 
who  reproduced  it  by  aid  of  the  mimeograph. 

Morning  prayers,  pp.  1-13. — The  rosary,  pp. 
13-16. 

Copies  teen .-  Pilling. 

The  Rev.  A.  G.  Horice,  of  Stuart's  Lake  Mis- 
sion, British  Columbia,  a  famous  Athapascan 
scholar,  has  kindly  furnished  mo  the  following 
brief  account  of  t  lijs  writer : 

Bishop  Paul  Durieu  was  bom  at  St.  Pal-de- 
Moiis,  in  the  diocese  of  Puy,  Fr&uce,  December 
3, 1830.  After  his  course  in  classics  he  entered 
tho  novitiate  of  the  Oblatcs  at  Notre  Dame  de 
rOzierinl847and  made  his  religious  profession 
in  1849.  Ho  was  ordained  priest  at  Marseilles 
March  11, 1854,  and  was  sent  to  the  missions  of 
Oregon,  where  he  occupied,  successively,  Sbv- 
eral  posts.  At  the  breaking  out  of  tho  reb<  Uion 
among  the  Yakama  Indians  he  had  to  leave  for 
tho  Jesuit  mission  at  Spokane.  He  was  after- 
wards sent  to  Victoria  and  then  ic  Okanagan  by 
his  superiors.  Thence  he  was  sent  as  superior 
of  tho  Fort  Bupcrt  Mission,  and  when,  on  June 
2,  1875,  he  was  apjtointed  coat^jutor  Bishop  of 
British  Columbia,  ho  was  superior  of  St.Charles 
House  at  New  Westminster.  On  Jiuie  3, 1890, 
ho  succeeded  Bishop  L.  Y.  D'Herbalnez  as  vicar 
aj>ostollc  of  British  Columbia 

Bishop  I)urie\i  understands,  but  does  not 
speak,  several   Salishau  dialects,  and   he   is 
especially  noted  for  his  unqualified   success 
nnioDg  the  Indians. 
Dwamish : 

Geographic  nauies  ,Seo  Bulmor  (T.  S.> 

Geogra]iliie  names  ('oones  (S.  F.) 

Geograpliic  names  Kells  (M.) 

Vocabulary  StUisb, 


SALISHAN    LANGUAGES. 


17 


S/{uhmJs(t .         \ 


Mot/ii 


tmy    />^^>-5 


; 


• 


^^     -.Q 


\-.^-^_,i^ 


■s 


^(^o^^ 


'^S 


^ 


0^^ 


<^'^^ 


\ 


FACSIMILE  OF  FIRST  PAGE  OF  DURIEU'8  SKWAMISH  PRAYERS. 
HAL 2 


18 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 


E. 


i 


Eunes:  ThJH  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parDDtlitutnH  after  a  note  iudioateH  that  a  copy  of 
the  worlc  refprntil  t4>  Iioh  been  neen  by  the  com- 
piler in  th't  library  of  Mr.  Wllborforco  Eames, 
Brooklyn,  N.  T. 

Bells  (Rev.  Cashing).  Sea  'Walker  (E.) 
andE8lls(C.) 

At  my  request  ller.  Myron  KrUh,  a  mm  of 
the  a'tovo,  hoH  fumiHlittl  me  the  following  bio- 
graphic iiot(!H : 

Rev.  Ciifihing  Kells  waH  bom  at  Hlandford, 
MaHs.,  Fobranry  16, 1810;  was  the  Hon  of  Joseph 
and  Klizubeth  \Varner  Eells ;  was  brought  up 
at  Blandford ;  prepared  fur  collogo  at  Monson 
Academy,  Mass. ;  entered  Williams  College  in 
1830,  from  which  he  graduated  four  years  later, 
and  from  East  WindHor  (Conn.)  Theological 
Seminary  in  1837,  anil  was  ordained  at  Bland- 
ford,  Mans.,  as  a  Congregational  minister,  Octo- 
ber 25, 1837. 

He  was  married  March  5, 1838,  to  Misfl  Myra 
Fairbank,  who  was  born  at  Holdon,  Mass.,  May 
26, 1805.  Having  oU'ored  themttolvcs  to  tlie 
American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign 
Missions,  they  were  first  appointed  to  tho  Zulu 
mission  in  Africa,  but  owing  to  a  war  there 
among  the  natives  they  were  delayed,  until  the 
call  from  Oregon  became  so  urgent  that  they 
were  sunt  there,  leaving  home  ia  March  and 
arriving  at  Wallawalla  August  20, 1838.  They 
8|)cnt  the  next  winter  at  Wnllawalla,  and  tho 
following  spring  with  Rev.  K.  Walker  opened 
a  new  station  among  the  Spokan  Indians  at 
Tshiiuakain,  Walkers  Prairie,  Washington. 
Here  they  ronmined  until  1848.  Mr.  Eolls 
ttiught  a  small  school  part  of  tho  time,  besides 
preaching  and  doing  general  miHsiouary  work. 
The  results  as  they  appeared  nt  that  time  were 
not  satisfactory,  but  thirty-five  years  later  it 
was  plain  that  the  seed  then  sowed  had  grown 
until  two  churches  of  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
seven  menil)ers  were  the  result.  During  tho 
Cayuso  war  of  1848  and  the  Vakama  war  of 
1855-1858  tho  tribe  roniaiued  friendly  to  the 
whites,  although  strongly  urged  by  the  ho.stiies 
to  join  them.  As  the  Government  (rould  not 
assure  them  of  protection  from  the  hostile 
(JayuKc,  they  found  it  necessary  to  move  to  the 
Willamette  Valley  in  1848,  under  an  escort  of 
Oregon  volunteers. 

Mr.  Eells  did  not  immediately  sever  his  con- 
nection with  the  missionary  boanl,  hoping  that 
the  way  would  ojien  to  return  to  the  Spokau 
Indians,  but  it  never  did.  For  many  years  mo.tt 
of  his  time  was  spent  in  t4<achiug  school  at 
Salem,  Oregon,  1848  1849;  at  Forest  Grove,  On;- 
gon,  1848-1851,  and  1857-1800;at  Hilisboro, Ore- 
gon, 1851-18.'i7  i  and  at  Wallawallii,  Wash., 
1867-1870.  Hero  he  founded  Whitman  (Jollege, 
of  whose  board  of  trustees  ho  has  been  presi- 


Bells  (C.> — Coutinued. 

dent  from  the  beginning  (1859)  to  tho  time  of 
his  death.  He  has  siuco  1872  preached  at  a 
large  nnmber  of  places  in  Washington  as  a 
general  self-supporting  missionary,  but  mainly 
at  .Skokomish,  among  the  Indians,  and  among 
the  whites  at  Colfax,  Medical  Lake,  and 
Cheney,  and  the  results  of  his  labors  have  been 
the  organization  of  Congregational  chnrclies  at 
those  pla<'es  and  at  Spraguo  and  Chawelah.  Not 
till  1891,  at  the  ago  of  about  81,  did  he  give  up 
active  preaching.  Ho  has  given  to  Whitman 
College  nearly  $10,000,  besides  sei^aring  for  it 
about  $12,000  more  by  a  canvass  in  the  east  in 
1883-1884  (the  only  time  he  has  visited  the  east 
since  he  first  wont  west),  to  various  churches 
in  Oregon  and  Washington  over  $7,000,  and  to 
various  missionary  societies  about  $4,000. 

He  received  the  degree  of  D.D.  from  Pacific 
University,  on  account  of  his  work  for  Whit- 
man College  and  was  assistant  moderator  of 
the  Kational  Congregatiimal  Council,  at  Con- 
cord, N.  H.,  in  1883.  Ho  died  at  Tacoma  Febru- 
ary 10, 1893,  on  his  eighty- third  birthday.  Mrs. 
Eellsdiod  at  Skokomish, Wash. .August  9, 1878, 
aged  73  years.  He  left  two  sons,  both  of  whom 
have  been  at  work  among  the  Indians  at  Puget 
Sound,  one  as  Indian  agent  since  1871,  and  the 
other  as  missionary  since  1874. 

Bells  (Rev.  Myron).  Art.  IV.  Twana 
Indi.iMB  of  the  Skokomish  reservation 
in  Washington  territory.  By  rev.  M. 
Eells,  Missionary  among  these  Indians. 

In  Hayden(F.V.),  Bulletinof  tho  U.S.Geol. 
and  Geog.  Survey  of  the  Territories,  vol.  3,  pp. 
57-114,  Washington,  1877,8°.    (Pilling.) 

Section  8,  Measuring  and  valuing  (pp.  86- 
88),  contains  the  numerals  1-1000,  pp.  86-87; 
names  of  days,  months,  and  points  of  the  com- 
pass, pj).  87-88.— Section  13,  Language  and  liter- 
ature (pp.  93-101),  contains  a  Twana  vocabulary 
of  211  words,  pp.  93-98. 

Issued  separately  with  cover  title  as  follows: 

Author's    edition.  |  Department    of 

the  interior.  |  United  States  geological 
and  geographical  survey.  |  F.  V.  Hay- 
den,  U.  S.  Geologist-in-Charge.  |  Tlio  | 
Twana  Indians  |  of  tlie  |  Skokomish 
reservaticm  in  Washington  territory.  | 
By  I  rev.  M.  Eells,  |  missionary  among 
these  Indians.  |  Extracted  from  the 
bulletin  of  tho  survey,  Vol.  Ill,  No.  1. 
I  Wa.shiiigton,  April  9, 1877. 

Cover  title  as  a'  -  e,  no  inside  title,  text  pp. 
.'i7-ll4,8o. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  aliove. 

Copies  seen :  Itrjntou,  Eames,  Natioiml 
Museum,  Pilling, 


m 


HALIHHAN   LANGUAGES. 


19 


above, 
utiounl 


Bella  (M.)  — Contiuiied. 

ludiau  music.     By  rev.  M.  Eulla. 

In  American  Antiquarian,  vol.  1,  pp.  249-25.1, 
Chicago,  187a-'7B, 8^.  (Kiirnituof  Kthnolo^y.) 

Hhort  soogB  in  Clallam  anil  ('hemakiim,  with 
muHic,  p.  2S2. 

TheTwana  lauguagu  of  Washington 

territory.     Wy  rev.  M.  EuUs. 

In  American  Antiqnarlan,  vol.  3,  pp.  296-303, 
Chicago,  1880-81,8°.  (Buroniiof  Kthnology.) 

(Intmmatlc  forms  of  the  Twana  or  Skoko. 
miHb,  pp.2iie-298;  of  the  Skwaksin  dinleot  of 
the  Nlakwklly,  pp.  298-200;  of  the  Clalliun,  pp. 
299-.')01  i  of  the  Spokane,  pp.  302-303. 

HiBtoryof  |  Indian  niissiona  |  on  the 

PaciAo   coast.  |  Oregon,    Washington 
and  Idaho.  |  By  |  rev.  Myron    Eells,  | 
Missionary  of  the  American  Missionary 
Association.  |  With  |  an  introduction  | 
by  I  rev.  G.  H.  Atkinson,  D.D.  | 

Philadelphia :  |  the  American  Snnday- 
school  union,  |  1122  Chestnut  Street.  | 
10  Bible  house,  Now  York      [1882.] 

Frontispiece  1 1.  title  vorso  copyright  notice 
(1882)  1 1.  (letlicatiun  verso  blank  1  1.  contents 
pp.  v-vi,  introduction  by  G.  II.  Atkinson  pp. 
vii-xi,  preface  (dated  October,  1882)  pp.  xiii- 
ivi,  text  pp.  17-270, 12°. 

Chapter  v,  Literature,  science,  education, 
morals,  and  religion  (pp.  202-226)  contains  a 
short  list  of  books,  papers,  and  manuscripts 
relating  to  the  Indians  of  the  northwest  coast, 
among  them  the  Salishan,  pp.  203-207, 200-211. 

Oopie*  teen  :  Congress,  Pilling. 

Tlie   Indian    languages    of    Puget 

Sound. 

In  the  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligem-or, 
vol.  5,  no.  8,  p.  4,  .Seattle,  Washington  Ty., 
November 26, 1885.    (Pilling, Wellosley .) 

Bemarks  on  the  peculiarities  and  grammatic 
forms  of  the  .Snohomish,  Nisqually,  Clallam, 
Chomuknm,  Upper  Chehalis,  and  Lower  Clie- 
halis  languages.— Partial  coigugatiou  of  the 
verb  to  drink  in  .Snohomish. 

Ton  years  |  of  |  missionary   work  | 

among  the  Indians  |  at  |  Skokomish, 
Wasliiugton  territory.  |  1S74-1884.  |  l^y 
Rev.  M.  Eolls,  I  Missionary  of  the 
Amorican  Missionary  Association.  | 

Boston:  |  Congregational  Sunday- 
Scliool  Piiblisliing  .Socioty,  |  Congrega- 
tional house,  I  Corner  Beacon  and  Som- 
erset Streets.     [1886. J 

Uivlf-title  (Ten  years  at  Skokomisli)  verso 
blank  1 1,  frontispiece  1 1.  title  verso  copyright 
notice  (1886)  and  names  of  printers  1 1,  preface 
1 1 . dedication  verso  uote  1  I.  contents  pp.  vii-x, 
introduction  pp.  11-13,  text  pp.  15-271, 12\ 

Indian  hymns  (pp.  244-2.'>.'>)  rontains  a  two- 
verse  hymn  in  Twana  with  Kngllsh  transla- 
tion, pp.  250-251 ;  one  in  Clallam  with  KnglisU 


Bella  (M.)  — Continued. 

translation,  pp.  251-252  •,  and  one  in  the  Sqnaxon 
diale<^t  of  the  Nisqually,  p.  252 ;  seven  ditferent 
ways  of  expniHsing  /  will  go  home  in  Clallam, 
pp.  2S:i;  a  hymn  in  Twoua  and  Clallam,  pp.  253- 
254. 

Oopiet     I'u;  Congress,  Pilling, 

In<Iians   of    Puget    Sound.     (Sixth 

paper.;    Measuring  and  valuing. 

In  American  Antiquarian,  vol.  10,  pp.  174-178, 
Chicago,  18148, 8°.    (Bureau  of  Ethnology.) 

Numerals,  and  remarks  concerning  the 
numeral  system  of  quite  a  number  of  the  lan- 
guages of  Washington  Territory,  among  them 
the  following  divisions  of  the  Salishan  family! 
Twana,  Nisqually,  Sknknmisb,  Kwinalult, 
Skagit,  Clallam,  Liimmi,  ('owichen,' Chnhalis, 
Tait,  Kuwalilsk,  Snanalmo,  Kwantlen,  Songis, 
Shiwapmukh,  Sliooswap,  Kikutemukh,  .Sko- 
yelpi,  S])iikanu,  Pisqnaus,  Kalispdm,  Coeur 
d' Alene,  Flathead,  Lilowat,  and  Komookh. 

The  preceding  articles  of  the  series,  all  of 
which  apiHtiiriMl  in  the  American  Antiquarian, 
oontAin  no  linguistic  material.  It  was  the  inten- 
tion of  the  editor  of  the  Antiquarian,  when  tho 
series  should  be  flnislied,  to  issue  them  in  book 
form.  So  far  as  tUey  wore  printed  in  the  maga- 
Blne  they  were  repaged  and  perhaps  a  number 
of  8ignatur.)s  struck  off.  Tho  sixth  paper,  for 
instance,  title<l  above,  I  have  in  my  possession, 
paged  44-48. 

Hymns  |  in  the  |  Chinool{-f  Jargon+ 

Language  |  conpilod  by  |  rev.  M.  Eells, 
I  Missionary  of  the  American  Mission- 
ary   Association.   |  Second   edition.  | 
Revised  antl  Enlarged.  | 

Portland,  Oregon:  |  David  Steel,  suc- 
cessor to  Himos  tho  printer,  |  169-171 
Second  Street,  |  188!t. 

Covertitle  asaboveverso  note,  titleas  abora 
verso  copyright  notice  (1878  and  1880)  1 1,  nota 
p.  3,  text  pp.  4-10,  sq.  16'. 

Hymn  in  the  Twana  or  Skokomish  language^ 
p.  32;  Knglish  translation,  p.33. — Hymn  in  tha 
Clallam  language,  p.  34 ;  Knglish  translation,  p. 
35. — Hymn  in  the  Nisqually  language,  p.  30; 
Knglish  translation,  p.  37.— Medley  in  four  lan- 
guages (Chinook  iT argon,  Skokomish,  Clallam, 
auil  Engllsli),  p.  36. 

Vopiet  gfen  :  Kames,  Pilling,  WelU-slcy. 

The  tlrst  edition  of  this  work.  Portland,  1878, 
c(mtains  no  Salishan  material.  (Kames,  t'illing, 
Wellcsley.) 

Tlio  Twana,  Chomakum,  and  Klallaiii 

Indians  of  Washington  Territory.  By 
Rev.  Myron  Eells. 

In  Smithsonian  institution  Annual  Rep.  of 
tho  Board  of  Kogents  for  1(!87,  jtart  1,  pp.  tiOS- 
681,  Washington,  1889,  8''.    (Pilling.) 

Measures  and  values  (pp.  643-686)  ciuilaiui* 
the  numerals  1-10  of  a  number  of  Indian  lan- 
guages uf  Washington  Ty.,  among  them  tlia 
Twana,  Niskwalli,  Snohoniish,  Chehalis,  Kwi- 


20 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THE 


•I'l 


Bells  ( M. )  —  Continuetl. 

naiiiH,  KluUnm,  nnd  Cnwlohan,  ]>.  n44;  Lumiiii 
and  Skagit,  p.  645.— KtniiarkHon  tlin  hhiiio,  pp- 
(M&-64a.— TliK  wiinl  for  0(»d  In  Twana,  NlaW 
walli.Hud  Kliillani,  ii.  670. 

This  artivlu  wim  i'tHiied  Heparatnly,  without 
ohanK<<,  ami  u|>.   .i  aH  IbllnwH : 

- —  Tlio  Twana,  Choniakiiin,  and  Klallaiu 
Indians  of  WaHhington  territory.  By 
Kov,  Myron  EoIIh. 

In  Sniitlmoninn  IiiHt.  MIh.  PaiwrH  rulattuK 
to  anthro|)nlt));.v,  I'roiii  th<t  SmitliMimian  ntpiirt 
for  18H6-'87,  pp.  ()05-6Hl,  Washington,  18H9, 8°. 
(Kaiiii>H,  rilling.) 

LinKiiiHticiMintvntHaH  under  titlu  next  aliovu. 

Original  Indian  names  of  town  aitos, 

rivers,    uiountains,    etc.,    of  western 

Wasliington. 

In  Ooonea  (S.  F.),  Dictionary  of  the  Cliinoolc 
JarKon.  pp.  .15-38.  Seattle  [1891],  18o. 

Names  (13)  in  the  Twana  or  .Slcokouiish  Ian- 
giiage,  p.  35;  ^MHqllaUy  (25),  innliullng  S<|uak- 
son,  Piiyallup,  and  Snohomish  lanKuagi^s,  p.  30; 
Clallam  lanKi>af;e  (8),  p.  37;  Duwamish  liiu- 
gnaK«  (25),  pp.  37-38. 

• Aboriginal  goographio  names  in  the 

state  of  Washington.    By  Myron  Eells. 

In  Aniericnn  Anthropologist,  vol.  5,  pp.  27-35, 
Wiishington,  1892, 8°.    (Pilling.) 

Arranged  alphnbotically  and  derivations 
given.  The langiiagesreprcsented are: Chinook, 
Chinook  Jargon,  Nez  Perc6,  ChehaliH,  Clallam, 
Twana,  Calinpol,  Cayuse,  Puyallup,  and  Spo- 
kane. 

The  IndiauH  of  I'nget  Sound.     By 

Kev.  Myron  Eells. 

Manuscri]>t,  pp.  1-705,  sm.  4° ;  in  possession 
of  its  author. 

Chaptor  xii.  Measuring  and  valuing,  i)p.249- 
271,  contains  the  nnnu'rnls  in  Twnna,  Nisk- 
walli,  Clallam,  Cpper  and  Lower  Chuhalis, 
Chemakuni,  Kwill-li-ut,  lloli,  Cowichan,  Chi- 
n(Hik  Jargon,  and  Lnnimt,  witli  remarks  on  the 
same. 

Cliaptcr  xvi.  Writing  itnd  language,  pp.  300- 
352,  includes  a  granuuatir  treatiseof  thuTwaua, 
Niskwalli,  Snohomish,  Claihuu,  Cliemakum, 
Upper  and  Lower  Chehali«,  and  of  t  lie  Chinook 
Jargon,  with  a  comparison  of  tliese  languages. 

[Words,  i)liraso8,  and  sentences  in 

the  Klallani  language;  recorded  by 
Rev.  Myron  Ei'lls,  Washington  Terri- 
tory, February -.J  uiu',  1878.] 

Manuscript.  iii>.  8  102  and  3  nnnumberod 
leaves,  4° ;  in  the  library  of  tlie  iSurouii  of  Eth- 
nology, Washington,  I).  C. 

Kecordcd  in  a  copy  of  I'owoU's  lulruduction 
to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  flrst  etlilioii. 
Stihedules  1,3,0-12,14-21,  23,  and  24  are  each 
nearly  tilled ;  Hehedules  4,  5, 13,  and  22  partially 
so.  The  uniiumltered  leaves  at  tliO)<nd  treat 
of  nouns,  g'lnder,  possessive  case,  pronouns, 
ailjectlves,  and  verbs  with  conjugations. 


Bells  (M.)  — Continued. 

[Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in 

the  Niskwalli  langnitge,  Kkwaksin  dia- 
lect; recorded  by  Rev.  Myron  Ecdls, 
Wivshlngton  Territory,  F<0>ruary-Hep- 
tember,  1878.] 

Manuscript,  pp.  8-102,  and  4  unnumlMtnHl 
leaves  at  the  end,  4°;  In  the  library  of  the 
Jiureauof  Kthnology,  Washington,  O.  C. 

Keeorded  In  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction 
to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  Hrst  (xlition. 
Most  of  the  schedules  given  therein  have  been 
completely  illled,  the  nMnainder  partially  ho. 
The  unnumbered  leaves  at  the  end  treat  of 
nouns,  possessive  case,  gender,  diminutives, 
atljectives,  pronouns,  and  verbs  with  conjuga- 
tions. 

[Words,    ])hra8es,     seutenees,    and 

granimatic  material  relating  to  the 
Twana  language.  Recorded  by  Rev. 
Myron  Eells,  Washington  Territory, 
1878.] 

Manuscript,  pp.  8-102  and  2  unnumbered 
leaves  at  the  end,  4°;  in  ])OHse8slon  of  its 
author. 

Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction 
to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  first  edition, 
all  the  schedules  of  which  are  filled  or  nearly 
80.  The  unnumbered  leaves  at  the  end  treat 
of  nouns,  their  plural  forms,  possessive  case, 
gender,  comparison  of  adjectives,  possessive 
case  of  pronouns,  and  partial  coujugaticmsof 
the  Twana  synonyms  of  the  verbs  to  eat  and  to 
drink. 

[Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in 

the  language  of  the  lower  Tsi-he-lls 
(Chehalis)  of  the  southwestern  portion 
of  Washington  Territory.  Recorded  by 
Rev.  Myron  Eells,  March,  1882. 

Manuscript,  pi».  8-102,  4°;  in  possession  of 
its  author. 

Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Po%veU's  Introduction 
to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  first  tMlitiou. 

"Collected  with  tlio  aid  of  John  Clip,  an 
Indian  doctor  who  talks  goml  English." 

[Words,     phrases,    sentences,     and 

granimatic  material  of  the  language  of 
the  upper  Chehalis  Indians  of  the 
western  portioti  of  Washington  Terri- 
tory. Recorded  by  Rev.  Myron  Eells, 
January-March,  1885.] 

Manuscript,  pp.  77-228  ami  2  uunuml>ere<l 
leaves,  4° ;  in  the  library  of  t  .lo  Bureau  of  Eth- 
noU)gy,Wasliingt(m,  U.  C. 

Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction 
to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  second  edi- 
tion. Schedules  1-8, 10, 13,  16,  20-29  are  each 
nearly  tilled;  numbers  12, 14, 17, 19,  partially  so, 
and  the  remaining  s(;hedulcs  arc  blank.  Tlie 
iinnumberiul  leaves  at  the  end  treat  of  adjec- 
tives and  their  comparison,  pronouns,  and  on- 
jugatious  of  verbs. 


BALI8HAN  LANOUAQES. 


21 


rutliictiuii 
eond  iMli- 
nro  fiaoli 

tially  HO, 
nk.    The 

of  iiiljec- 
,  null  t'<in- 


BelU(M.)  — <''ontiniic(1. 

"TliiH  (MirhiiliH  trilxi  liim  ii«\t  Hoiith  of  Mm 
TwiiniiH.  T  liikvoiinMivKil  wltli  tlicm,  liiit  liiivr 
olitiiiiKMl  my  Inrdrmatioii  rrom  CIioIiiiHm 
Iiiiliiiim  who  hiiTO  at  linuut  liviul  niiionx  tho 
Twaiiiut,  iiiunuly,  I'rom  Miiriuii  I>ikviH,  uMHiatvd 
by  Wilt  Siiiii,  tho  foniiur  nii  »(IiioaU«l  yoiinK 
man,  Ihii  \i\tUT  iin  iinoiliicntucl  old  ouo." 

Tlio  Twaiiii  laiiguago.     Hy  Rev.  M. 

K.'IIh.  (•) 

Miiiiiisoript,  pp.  1-2:I2, 8°,  in  poHaesaion  of  it* 
author,  who  hiw  kindly  I'lirniHlitxl  mo  nduHcrlp- 
tion  of  it  under  date  of  Augunt  12.  IH»2,  aa  fiil- 
loWH: 

Volume  I.  Part  1,  Grammnr.  Part  2,  Twana- 
Eu«lUh  Dictionary,  I'.l  pagen,  S^.  Vol.  II. 
Part  3,  EuglUh-Twaiia  Dictionary.  Part  4, 
Ilyrana  and  pruytTa  (not  piibliahcdanywliuri'), 
84  pngra,  8°. 

"Some  yonra  ago  I  thought  of  loarning  thU 
languagi-,  and  prot^oodcd  far  iMioiigh  to  ac<|uiru 
ODD  or  two  hundrud  worda  and  u  few  aoutencoa 
and  obtain  a  little  idea  of  thucon.struotion.  The 
material  lay  in  a,  box  of  old  papora  until  lately, 
and  I  liavu  thought  it  worth  while  to  enlarge 
itand  put  it  into  good  ahape,  not  for  ])ublli'a- 
tion,  but  for  proaorvatiou  in  my  library.  Tim 
larger  number  of  the  nouna  aru  the  aamn  aa 
thoHe  I  furniahud  Mivjor  Powell  in  a  copy  of  liia 
Introduetion  to  tho  atudy  of  Indian  languagea 
aonio  yeara  ago." 

All  nratiou  in  the  Twaiia  language. 

In  Bnlmer  (X.),  Part  II  of  Uulmer's  appen- 
dix to  tho  Ghue-Chinook  Orammar  and  Die- 
tiounry,  II.  20-22.    (Mauuanrlpt.) 

Orationin  Eugliah,  1. 20.— Tlio  aame  in  Twikna 
with  interlinear  KngliHh  tranalntioii,  II.  21-22. 

A  tradition  in  theTwana  language. 

In  Bulmer  (T.  K.),  Part  II  of  liulmer'a 
Apiiendix  to  the  ChcoChinook  Grammar  and 
Dictionary,  11. 2;i-25.    (Mannaoript.) 

Tradition  in  Twaua  with  Interlinear  Engliah 
tranalation,  1. 23, — The  aame  in  Engliah,  II.  24- 
2.'-.. 

Cojjy  of  a  sermon  preached  to  the 

Indians  of  Walla- Walla. 

In  Bulmer  (T.  S.),  Chriatiau  prayura  in 
(Uilnook,  11.  :i9-4G.    (Manuacript.) 

"Of  the  97  worda  uaed  40  are  of  Chinook 
origin,  17  Xootka,  3  Saliah,  23  Engliah,  2  Jar- 
gon, and  6  in  Freneh." 

Theae  three  nianiiacripta  are  in  po.saeaaioii  of 
Dr.  Dulmer,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

Buv.  Myron  Eella  waa  born  at  Walkcr'a 
Prairie, Waahington  Territory,  October  7,  1843; 
lie  ia  the  Hon  of  Ker.  Ouahiug  Eella.  D.  D.,  and 
Jlra.  M.  F.  Eella,  who  went  to  Oregon  in  1838  aa 
miaaionariea  to  tho  Spokan  Indiana.  IIu  left 
Walker'aPrairioin  1848 on  ucconntdf  the  Whit- 
man ni.isMavre  at  Wallawalla  and  Cayuao  war, 
and  went  to  Salem,  Oregon,  where  he  began  to 
go  to  aehool.  In  184U  ho  moved  to  Foreat  Grove, 


Bella  (M.)  — rnntinncd. 

Oregon :  In  IK.'il  to  IIIIlHbiro,  Oregon,  and  in 
1857  again  In  Kon-at  (irove,  at  which  placea  he 
continued  hia  achool  life.  In  IMO'J  be  moved  to 
Wallawalla,  Hpcniling  the  time  in  fanning  and 
the  W0041  bu.tineaa  initll  18l>8,  except  the  falla, 
wintera,  and  apringa  of  t8n;i-'04,  I8ti4-'6,'i,  and 
ISOrj-'On,  when  he  waa  at  Korent  Grove  in  college, 
graduating  from  Paclllc  I'nlveraity  In  18*10,  in 
the  aeoond  chiaa  which  ever  graduate)!  from 
that  inatitutiiui.  In  1808  he  went  to  llarlt'ord, 
Conn.,  to  atndy  for  tho  mlnialry,  entering  the 
Hartford  Theological  Seminary  that  year,  grad- 
uating from  it  in  1871.  and  being  ordaimul  at 
llartlord,  June  l.'i,  1871,  aa  a  Congregational 
niini8t4<r.  He  went  to  Moiae  City  in  October, 
1871,  under  the  American  Home  Mlaaionary 
So<'iety,  organized  the  FIrat  Congregational 
uhurch  of  tliat  place  in  1872,  and  vaa  paatorof 
it  until  lie  left  in  1874.  Mr.  Ec'la  waa  alao 
auperintondentof  ita  Sunday  achoi  I  from  1872 
to  1874  and  preaideulof  the  Idaho  liibleSiM'iety 
from  1872  to  1874.  He  went  to  Siiokoiiiiah, 
Waahington,  in  June,  1874,  and  haa  worked  aa 
miaaionary  of  the  American  Aliaaionary  Aaao- 
elation  ever  since  among  tlie  Skokomlah  or 
Twanaand  Klallara  Indiana,  paator  of  Congre- 
gational church  at  Skokomlah  Keaervationainco 
1870,  and  auiwriiiUtndent  of  Sabbath  achool  at 
Skok'?'!i''<li  ainco  1882.  He  organized  a  (Congre- 
gational church  among  the  Klalama  in  1882,  of 
which  ho  haa  since  lieen  ]iaator,  and  another 
among  the  whitea  at  Seabeck  in  1880,  of  whicii 
he  waa  paator  until  1880.  In  1887  ho  waa  cliuaen 
trustee  of  the  Pacillo  Uulveraity,  Oregon ;  In 
1885  waa  elected  asaiatant  aecretary  and  in  1889 
aecrotaryof  italjoardof  truateea.  He  delivered 
the  addreaa  before  tho  Gamin  i  Sigma  aoi^iety 
of  that  inatitiition  in  1870,  before  the  alumni  in 
18!)0,  and  preached  tho  bacealaureate  aeriiion  in 
1880.  In  1888  he  waa  clioaon  truatee  of  Whit- 
man (College,  Washington,  delivered  tlio  com- 
lueuci-'uieut  addreaa  there  in  1888  and  roceivivd 
tlie  degree  of  D.I),  from  tiiat  inatitiition  in 
1800.  In  1888  he  wiw  elected  ita  llnancial  aecre- 
tary  and  in  1891  waa  luiked  to  becoino  preaident 
of  the  inatitution.  but  declined  lioth. 

Ho  waa  elected  an  osaociato  member  of  the 
Victoria  luslituto  of  London  in  18H1,  and  a 
correaiionding  member  of  tlie  Anthropological 
Society  at  Waahington  in  1885,  to  both  of  which 
societies  he  liaa  fiirniahed  jiapora  which  have 
been  publialied  by  tliem.  Hi'  waa  alao  elected 
vicepi'oaideiit  of  the  Whitman  Historical  Sia^i- 
ety  at  Wallawalla  in  188U.  From  1874  to  1880 
ho  was  clerk  of  the  (.'ougregational  Aaaoeiation 
of  Oregon  and  Waaiiiugton. 

Mr.  Eellaat  present  (1893)  holda  tlie  position 
of  Superintendent  of  the  Department  of  Eth- 
nology for  the  State  of  Vv'aaliington  at  tho 
World'a  Coluinbian  Kxpoaition. 

ElliB  ( Dr.  — ).     Sec  Ckjod  (J.  H. ) 
Etshiit    thlu   sitskai    [SpokanJ.      See 
Walker  (E.)  and  Bells  (C.) 


22 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THfi 


F. 


Featherinan(A.)   Stirial  liiNtory  |  of  tlitt 
I  riiOMuf  miiiikiiiil.  |  Firxt  diviHioii:  | 
Nif(ritiiiUH[-Tliir(l    «UviHioii:  |  Aoiuxt- 
MiinuiouiuuH].  I  Ity  |  A.  Fuatheruiuii.  | 
[Two  liiioH(|iintati(>ii.]  | 

liOixloti:  I  Trllliiior  &  co.,  Luilguto 
Hill.  I  1M85[-188!)J.  |  (All  rit;htB  ru- 
mu'veil.) 

3  voIm.  8". 

A  uuncrnl  iliHc.iixHitm  of  ii  niimbtirof  North 
Amnrlritu  l'iiiiiiU«HoriHirH  In  vol.  ;i,  iuiiou;{  tlioiii 
tho  NUquitllU,  p.  ^IfiO;  tlio  SulUli  propur,  pp. 
300-:i69. 

Copiet  If  en :  ( !oii);reM. 

Field  (ThoniaH  Warroii).  An  essay  | 
towanlH  ail  |  Intliaii  bibliojrrapliy.  | 
Heinga  |  uatalogii*;  of  hooka,  |  relating 
to  the  I  history,  antiquities,  languages, 
customs,  religion,  [wars,  literature,  and 
origin  of  the  |  American  Indians,  |  in 
the  library  of  |  Thomas  VV.  Field.  |  With 
bibliographical  and  historical  notes, 
and  I  synopses  of  the  contents  of  some 
of  I  the  works  least  known.  | 

New  York:  |  Scribner,  Armstrong, 
an<l  CO.  I  1873. 

Tttin  verHu  names  of  printers  1 1.  preface  pp. 
lll-iv,t«ixt  pp.  1-430,80. 

Titles  un<l  duHurlptionH  of  workH  rotating  to 
the  Saliithan  langiiagu.s  iiasalm. 

Copies  teen  :  C\)nj;reHH,  Kanioa,  Pillintr. 

At  the  Fiehl  nalu,  no,  688,  a  copy  brought 
$4.25;  at  the  Monzios  Halo,  no.  718,  a  "half- 
oriiaho<l,  nol  lovant  niorocro,  gilt  top,  unoiit 
copy,"  Itroiighl.  $5.50.    rriuiid  by  Locluro,  1878, 


Field  (T.  W.)  — Continued. 

IH  fr. !  by  (juaritnb,  no.  I IWHI,  ISt. ;  nt  the  Plnart 
Halx,  no.  aiM,  it  brought  17  fr.  i  at  the  Murphy 
Nal<s  no.  aiu,  I4.6U.  Prltwd  by  gnarltch,  no. 
;iU224,  U. 

Catalogue  |  of  tho  |  library  |  belong- 
ing to  I  Mr.  ThonntH  W.  Field.  |  To  be 
sohl  at  auction,  |  by  |  Bangs,  Merwin 
«&co.,  I  May24tb,  1875,  |  and  following 
•lays.  I 

New  York.  |  1875. 

(Juvur  title  22  lines,  title  as  above  verso  blank 
1  1.  notice  etc.  pp.  iii-viii,  text  pp.  l-:i7a.  list  of 
prio«t?< pp.  ;t77-;i93,  suppluincnt  pp.  l-5i),  go.  Com- 
pMiMt  by.Toseph  Sabln,  mainly  from  .Mr.  Field's 
Essay,  title  of  which  is  given  alM>vu. 

Contains  titles  of  a  number  of  works  relating 
to  tho  Salisliun  languages. 

(lopieiteen:  Uuntauof  Kthuobigy,(,'ongres«, 
Kanies. 

At  tlie  Squier  sale,  no.  1178,  an  uucut  copy 
brought  $1.25. 

First  catechism  in  Thompson  language. 
See  Le  Jeime  (J.  M.  K.) 

Flathead.    See  Saliah. 
Friendly  Village : 

(Innoral  discussion 

Vocabulary 


Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 


See  nallatin  (A.) 

Adeluug  (.1.  C)  and 

Vater(.r.S.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Latham  (U. a.) 
Maokeii/'ic  (A.) 


Frost  (.r.  \l.)    See  Lee  (D.)  and  Frost 
(.1.11.) 

Fuller  ( Louis).    See  Boas  (F.) 


G. 


Gabelentz  (HansOoorg  Cot>or  von  der). 
Die  Sprachwissensuhaft,  |  ihre  Aiif- 
gabeu,  Mothodea  |  nnd  |  bisherigen 
Ergebnisse.  |Von  |  Georg  von  der  Gabe- 
lentz.  I  [Vignette.]  | 

Leipzig,  I  T.  O.  Weigol  nacbfolger  | 
(Chr,Herm.Tauchnitz).  |  1891. 

Cover  title  as  aI>o  vu,  title  as  above  verso  blank 
1  1.  Vorwort  pp.  iii-vii,  Inhalts-Verzeichiiiss 
pp.  viii-xx,  text  pp.  1-406,  Register  pp.  467-502, 
Derichtigungen  p.  502, 8'. 

Itrief  discussion  and  a  few  exiuuples  of  tho 
Seliah  language,  pp.  34, 368. 

Cujnen  «««/).■  Gatschot. 


Oallatin  (Albfrfc^.  A  synopsis  of  the  In- 
<liiii)  trilies  wiMiri  the  United  States 
east  of  th(?  Kooky  Mountains  and  in 
the  Ih'itisV)  .\y\  Russian  possessions  in 
North  Auiori".,a.  By  the  Hon.  Albert 
Gallatin. 

In  American  Antiquarian  Soo.  Trans. 
( Arc  hiBologia  Americana),  vol.  2,  pp.  1-422,  Cam- 
bridge, 1836,8°. 

lirief  reference  to  the  language  of  the  Indians 
of  Friendly  Village,  p.  15;  to  the  Salish  or 
Flat  neads,  i».  134.— Vocabulary  of  the  Salish, 
linos  i)3,  pp.  305-387. — Vocabulary  (25  words)  of 
the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Friendly  VU- 


SALtSHAN  LAKOUAOKfl. 


28 


Indians 
ish  or 
Salisli, 
■rds)  of 
lly  Vil- 


dallatln  (A.) — Continnod. 

laymtl' ShIiiioii  Kivor,  1'iutlHn  ()i  iinil,  Mlxlorthn 
Atiiuh  orOhin  In<iiiiaa(both  fniiu  MiU'l«-nzl)'), 
p.  J78. 

Mule's  Indians  of  North- wcMt  AmiT- 

ic»,Hii<l  v<i(^itlniIarioHi)f  North  Aiiiorica; 
with  uii  iutrodiirtion.  Ity  Alburt  Oiil- 
liitin. 

Ill  Aiiiorloau  Ktli.SiMi.  TranH.  vol. 2,  pp. sxllt- 

cKxxviii,  I-I;HI,  N*iw  York.  ItMN.H".     (I'lllinK) 

The  fitinllit«  of  liuiKiiaKu*  im  fur  aa  aMnKi'- 

tjtim)d(p|).  xaix-c)  liioludun  tlii<T8iliiiili-.SeliHli, 

p.  K North   <>r«|{oii   divlitlon,  p.  0,  iimludim 

iiumlloiitif  tho  8<UUh.— ThnTitihaill-Solish  (pp. 
lu-i:i)  inuhidnii  u  Kunurnl  dixoiiDHloii,  pp.  10-l:i; 
uaiiiKSof  tho  luDuthH  in  Pla(|iiaiiH  and  SulUh, 
p.  lU.— rhih)h)K.v,  thu  THlh»iliS«liHh  (pp.2R  :U) 
ini'liiduH  pronominal  Hntllxen  in  ShiiHh  wiip  niid 
S«Uah,p.  27;  alllxi'R  in  Shuahwap,  Svliah,  ThI- 
hailiah,  and  NHiutHhawus,  p.  27 ;  vocabulary  (U 
wordH)  of  the  XHibailliih,  .Squaln,  etc.,  and  thH 
XHiotHlmwiia,  p.  28;  thu  inoHt  iinp<trtant 
grammatical  poculiaritieM  of  tho  Selish  tongue, 
including  preflxtui,  pluralization  of  atljoctivcx, 
(limluutlvoH,  pcraoual  pronouns,  poartcaaivc 
allixua,  tunHea,  moduit,  paradigms,  tranaitloim, 

derivutivea,  etc.,  pp.  28-34 Vocabulary  (17U 

wordH)  of  tho  SoliHh  (Flathead)  pp.  88-04.— 
ViNsabulary  of  thu  Jlilochoiihk  (:i:i  ■  .  rda  and 
numerala  l-l(t),  p.  1011 — Cotiipuratu-o  v<H;aliU' 
lury  of  the  Taihaili-Seliah  UmKucM  (50  words 
and  uumuriilH  1-10),  inoludiuK  the  Atnahs, 
SIcltHuiah,  I'iakwaua,  Skwale,  Taihailish, 
Kowelitak,  and  NaietHhawua,  pp.  118-120. 

Table  of  generic  Indian  families  of 

languages. 

In  Schoolorafi  (II.  K.),  Indian  triboa,  vol.  3, 
pp.  307-402,  rhiladolpbia,  1853, 4°. 

Includca  tho  Jelish,  p.  402. 

Albert  Gallatin  waa  bom  in  (Geneva,  Switzer- 
land, January  29, 1761,  and  died  in  Astoria,  L.  I., 
Aui;uHt  12, 1840.  He  waa  deacended  from  an 
ancient  patrician  family  of  Ouneva,  whose  name 
lia<l  lon)r  been  honorably  c(miie<!ted  with  the 
history  of  Switzerland.  Young  Albert  hail 
been  baptized  by  tho  namoof  Abraham  Alfnnse 
Albert.  In  1773  he  was  sent  to  a  boarding; 
school  and  a  year  later  entered  the  University 
of  Geneva,  where  ho  was  graduatuil  in  1770.  lie 
sailed  from  L'Orieut  late  in  Hay,  178U,  and 
reached  Boston  on  July  14.  He  entered  Con- 
gress on  December  7,  HO.'*,  and  continued  a 
inembvrof  that  body  until  his  a])pointm(mt  as 
.S<»cretary  of  the  Treasury  in  1801,  which  ollic* 
he  held  continuously  until  1813.  Hia  services 
were  rewarde<l  with  the  appointment  of  min- 
istor  to  France  in  February,  1815;  he  entered 
(m  tho  duties  of  this  office  in  January,  1810.  In 
1826,  at  the  solicitation  of  President  Adams,  ho 
accepted  the  appointment  of  envoy  extraordi- 
nary to  Great  Britain.  On  his  i«turn  to  the 
United  States  ho  settled  in  New  York  City, 
where,  from  1831  to  1839,  he  was  president  of  tho 
National  Bank  of  Now  York.    In  1842  he  waa 


Oallatln  (A.)  —  Continued. 

itH'«iM'lal<Mlhi(heeHtHbliMliiiieiitofthe  Anieii.'iin 
KtUiiiili*|{li'»l  SiMtlety,  iHii'iiiiiiiiu  its  IItnI  preti- 
deiil,  and  in  IHIil  b«  wa^  elecliMl  to  hold  a  hIiiiI- 
lirolHci'lu  thcNew  York  Ili.ttitrlealHtNilKty.  iiii 
hiiiiiir  wlitcli  wiLiiiiiniiallvi'iiMrerredoii  hiiiniiitil 
hU  deitth.  —  lyi;)K>«»'»  f'i/oJ«/<.  nf  \in.  Hioj;. 

Oataohat:  This  word  followiiitc  a  tide  or  within 
piu>'iillii<ae8  after  a  note  lixlicateH  that  a  copy  of 
I  he  work  referred  (o  has  bioMi  aeen  by  (lie  eoui- 
piler  ill  the  lilirary  of  Mr.  Albert  S.  Uatscbet. 

Washinut DC. 

Oataohet  (Albert  Hainiiel).  Indian  !an- 
giiagOH  of  the  Paeitic  Htate^i  and  terrl- 
torit^H. 

lu  Magar.ineof  Am.  History,  vol.  1, pp.  \\^>- 
171,  Vow  York,  1877,  sm.  4". 

A  ){uneral  diHi'iiHshiii  of  tho  iieoples  of  I  lie 
region  with  examples,  passim.  Vhe  .SaliMhun 
family  with  iti  linguiittlc  dlvialona  la  treated  of 
on  pp.  100-170. 

lasuetl  sepiiraloly  with  half-title  as  foUowa  i 

Indian   languagort  |  of   the  |  I'milio 

Htates  and  territories  |  by  |  Albert  H. 
(tatschrt  I  Reprinted  from  March  Num- 
ber of  The  Maga/.ine  of  American 
History 

[New  York:  1877.] 

Half  title  verso  bUiik  I  I.  text  pp.  14S-171,40. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  alMive. 

Vopumaeen:  Astor, Congress,  Eaiue.t,  Pilling, 
Wellesley. 

lieprinted  in  thu  following  works : 

Beach  (W.  \V.),  Indian  Miscellany,  pp.  410- 
447,  Albany,  1877, 8°. 

Drake  (S.  G.),  Aboriginal  races  of  North 
America,  pp.  748-763,  New  York,  [1882],  8°. 

A  later  article  with  similar  title  as  follows : 

Indian    languages   of    the    PaciHo 

states  and  territories  and  of  the  Pueblos 
of  New  Mexico. 

In  Magazine  of  Am.  History,  vol.  8,  pp.  2.'>4- 
263,  New  York,  1882, 4°.    (Pilling.) 

Brief  referouoo  to  the  Selish  stock  (Oregon- 
ian  dialects),  p.  256. 

Issued  separately  with  title-pnge  aa  follows: 

Indian  languages  |  of  tho  |  Pacific 

states  and  territories  |  and  of  |  The 
Pueblos  of  New  Mexico.  |  Hy  Alliert 
H.  Gatschet.  |  Keprinted  from  the  Mag- 
azine of  American  History,  April, 
1882.  I 

New  York:  |  A.  S.  Barnes  »feco.  |  i^82. 

Cover  title,  no  inside  title,  text  5  unnum- 
bered leaves,  4°. 

Linguistic;  contents  as  undertitle  next  above. 

Copies  teen :  Astor,  Brinton,  Kamea,  National 
Museum,  Wellesley. 

Winko  f  iir  das  Studium  der  ameri- 

kanischen  Sprachen.  Von  Albert  S. 
Gatschet,  in  Washington,  Dist.  Col. 


24 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 


i; 


Oatsohet  (A.  S.)  —  Continued. 

Separat-Abdrm'k  ans  Jmii  CorroHjMmdpn/.- 
Blattder  I>«)iitH(;hoii  aiillin>]H)l(igi8clifr<  (ioatill- 
Hiiliaft,  pp.  20-23,  nos.  3-4, 1892. 4°.    (PiUiiij;.) 

A  general  <llA(niHM!<>ii  of  tlio  grammatlu  |ie<^iil. 
larities  of  a  iiuiiil)or  of  Amurican  laiigiiagoH, 
aiiiung  tbeiii  tbu  Salishan. 

[  Vocabulary   of    the   NonHtuki  or 

NeHtiii'ca  luiigiiago.  Collected  by  A.  8. 
UatHchet  in  Tillauiuk  county,  Oregon, 
November,  1877.] 

Manuscript,  10  II.  4°.  Iii*tho  library  of  tlie 
Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Uerordetl  ou  a  hlaiilc 
form  (no.  170)  issued  by  tlio  Sniitlmonian  Insti- 
tution.  It  contains  about  220  wonlH. 

In  tho  same  library  is  a  copy  of  this  voi^abu- 
lary,  made  by  its  compiler,  7  II.  folio,  written  on 
one  side  only. 

Albert  Samuel  Oatscliet  was  born  in  St.  Boat- 
enbers,  in  the  Bernose  Oberland,  Switzerland, 
October  3, 1832.  His  propicdeuticediication'waH 
acquired  in  the  lyceums  of  Neuchatel  (1843- 
1845)  and  of  Bemo  (1846-1852),  after  which  he 
followed  courses  in  tho  universities  of  Berne 
and  Berlin  (1852-1858).  His  studies  ha<l  for 
their  object  the  ancient  world  in  all  it«  phases  of 
religion,  history,  language,  and  art,  and  thereby 
liis  attention  was  at  an  early  day  directed  to 
ph  ilologic  researches.  In  1865  he  began  the  pub- 
lication of  a  scries  of  brief  monographs  on  the 
local  etymology  of  his  country,  entitled  "  OrU- 
etymologisobe  Forschungen  ausder  Schwciz" 
(1865-1867).  In  1867  he  spent  several  months 
in  Loudon  pursuing  antiquarian  studies  in  the 
British  lluseum.  In  1868  he  settled  in  New  York 
and  became  a  contributor  to  various  domestic 
and  foreign  periodicals,  mainly  ou  sciontitic 
subjects.  Drifting  into amore  attentive  stiuly 
of  the  American  Indians,  lie  published  several 
comi)ositious  upon  their  languages,  the  must 
important  of  which  is  "  Zwiilf  Sprachen  aus 
dem  Siidwcaten  Nonlamerikas,"  Weimar,  1876. 
This  led  to  his  appointment  to  the  position 
of  ethnologist  in  the  X'^nited  States  Geological 
Survey,  under  Miyj.  John  AV.  Powell,  in  March, 
1877,  when  he  removed  to  Washington,  and  first 
employed  himself  iu  arranging  the  linguistic 
^nanuscripts  of  the  Smithsonian  In.stitntioi), 
now  tho  pi-operty  of  tho  Bureau  of  Ethnologj', 
which  forms  a  part  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion. Mr.  Gatschet  has  ever  since  been  aistivcly 
conuoctcd  with  that  iiureau.  To  increiuse  its 
linguistic  collections  and  to  extend  his  own 
studies  of  the  Indian  languages,  he  has  miu'e 
extensive  trips  of  linguistic  and  ethnologic 
(exploration  among  tho  Imlians  of  Kortit  Amer- 
ica. After  returning  from  a  six  mouths' 
sojourn  among  tho  IClamatbs  and  Kalapr.yas 
of  Orcgim,  settled  on  b'^th  sides  of  tho  Caseiulii 
Range,  be  v<8ite<l  the  Kataba  in  South  Carolina 
and  the  Clia'hta  and  Shetimasha  of  Louisiana 
in  1881-'82,  the  Kayo  wo,  Comanche,  Apache, 
Yattassets  Caddo,  Naktidie,  Modoc,  and  other 
tribes  in  the  Indian  Territory,  the  Tonkawe 
and  Lipaus  in  Texas,  and  the  Atakapa  Indians 


Oatschet  (A.  S.)  — Continued, 

of  Louisiana  In  l884-'85.  In  1886  lutsii\«  tUo 
TIaskalteesatSaltilht.Mcxico,  aremuMi  ciftlie 
Xalnia  rave,  brought  tlu<re  l<bollt  1670  from 
Anahiiac,  and  wa«t  the  first  to  discover  the  altin' 
ity  of  the  Biloxi  language  With  the  Siinmn  fam- 
ily. He  also  committed  to  writing  the  Tuni^ka 
or  Tonica  language  of  Louisiana,  nevek'  liefore 
investigated  and  fonning  a  linguistic  fauiily  of 
itself.  Excursitms  toother  partsof  theconntry 
brought  to  his  knowledge  other  Indian  lan- 
guages :  the  Tuskarora,  Caughnawaga,  Penob- 
scot, and  Earankawa. 

Mr.  Gatschet  has  written  an  extensive  report 
embmlying  his  researches  among  the  Klamath 
Lake  and  Mmioclndiansof  Oregon,  which  forms 
Vol.  II  of  "Contributions  to  North  American 
Ethnology."  It  is  in  two  parts,  which  aggro- 
gate  1,520  pages.  Among  the  tribes  and  lan- 
guages discusse<l  by  him  in  separate  publi- 
tsations  are  the  Timucua  (Florida),  Todkaw^ 
(Texas),  Yuma  (California,  Arizona,  Mexico), 
ChrtmCto  ((;alifornia),  Beothuk  (Newfound- 
land), Creek,  and  Hitchiti  (Alabama).  Hia 
numerous  publications  are  scattered  through 
magazines  and  government  reports,  somelH'ing 
contained  in  the  Proceedings  of  theAraerioiiu 
Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia. 

Oendre  (Ptre — ).  Composed  by  |  Father 
Gendrt\  O.  M.  I.  |  Prayers  |  iti  Slmswap. 

[Kamloops,  B.  C:  1891.] 

No  title-page;  text,  with  heading  as  above, 
pp.  5-12, 32°.  Written  in  Shuswap  by  Father 
Gondro  and  transliterated  into  sliortluind  by 
Father  Le  Jeiiuc,  editor  and  publisher  of  tho 
Kamloops  Wawa,  who  reproduced  it  l>y  aid  of 
tho  mimeograph. 

Copies  teen ;  Pilling. 

General  discussion; 


Atna 

See  Adelung   (J.  C.)   and 

Vater  (J.  S. ) 

Atna 

Halo  (H.) 

Bilkula 

Boas  (F.) 

Itilkula 

Bnschmaun  (.T.  C.  E.) 

Bilkula 

Tolmio  (W.    F.)  and 

-.•   -  - 

Dawson  (O.M.) 

Chohalis 

Hale  (II.) 

Chehalis 

Swan  (J.  G.) 

Chehalis 

Tolmio    (W.    K.)   and 

Dawson  (G.M.) 

Friendly  Village 

Gallatin  (A.) 

Kalisp<d 

Siualley  (E.V.) 

Kaulits 

Halo  (H.) 

Kawiclicn 

Itancroft  (H.H.) 

Kawichen 

Ituschraann  (J.  C.  E.) 

Kawichen 

Tolmic    (W.  F.)  and 

Daw.son  ((r.  M.) 

Klallam 

Bancroft  (H.H.) 

IClallaiu 

Eells  (M.) 

Notlakapumuk 

Bancroft  (H.H.) 

Niskwalli 

Foatberman  (A.) 

MskwaDi 

Hale  (H.) 

Niskwalli 

Tolmie    (W.  F.)    and 

Dawson  ((t. M.) 

Piskwaus 

Hale  (H.)* 

;;.)  nnd 


C.E.) 
.)  and 
I.) 

) 

) 
.) 

SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


25 


and 


Oteueral  discussion — Contiimod. 

See  Aiii1t>rHiiii  (A.(<'.) 
nnii«rol't(H.  H.) 
Uonch  (W.W.) 
I<crf;liaii8  (H.) 
DiiHcliniaun  (•I.C  K.) 
Drake  (S.O.) 
F<>4itli«mian  (A.) 
Oabelentz  (H.  C.  O.) 
GuUatin  (A.) 
(}atHclit>t<A.  S.) 
H:il«  (H.) 
Muller(F.) 
Dawson  ((?.  M.) 
Halo  (H.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Halo  (H.) 

Seo  liona  (F.) 
Itooa  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
iiuas  (F.) 
noas  (F.) 

8m  Uiilmer  (T.  S.) 
Hulninr  (T.  S.) 
C'oontis  (S.  F.) 
K(illH(M.) 
Kells  (M.) 
Coones  (S.  F.) 
Kells  (M.) 
(iibbs  (tt.) 
(iiliba  (U.) 
Coones  (S.  F.) 
Kells  (M.) 
Wiokoslmiii  (J.) 
Coon»i8  (S.  F.) 
EelislM.) 
Uulmer  (T.S.) 
Dawsou  ((}.  M.) 
Eclls  (M.) 
;         ('ooiies  (S.  F.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Cooues  <S.  F.) 
Eolls  (M.) 
Bells  (M.) 
Coonos  (.S.  F.) 
Eells  (M.) 

OeologioiJ  SuTTry:  TIiuho  wonls  followiii};atitlo 
<ir  witbiu  pun ^u theses  after  u  note  iiulicate  that 
a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  hits  been  seen  by 
the  eompiler  in  the  libre.-y  of  thoITnited  Stuti'n 
Ooolojrirnl  Sr.i  ■  »,y,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Oeorgetown:  Tliiaword  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicatt^s  tliat  a  ei!py  of 
the  work  roferrtMl  to  has  IwH^n  seen  by  the  cnni- 
piler  in  the  library  of  (ieorgetown  University, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Qibbs  (George).     Alphiibctical  vomibn- 
lariuH  I  of  the  |  Clalltiiu  and  Liiiiuni.  | 
Hy  I  (Jeoi'Ko  (Jiltbs.  I  [Vinnotte.]  | 

New  York:  |  Cmiiioisy  press.  |  1S()3. 

Half-title  (Shea's  library  of  Ameriean  lln- 
gnistii's,  XI),  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  blank 
1 1.  prefave  pp.  v-vii,  text  pp.  »-40,  large  8 '. 


HoUsh 
Sallsh 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Salish 

Shuswap 

Shnswap 

Skitsuish 

Tilamuk 
Oentei : 

Bilkula 

Kiikwalmnk 

Snanainink 

Songish 

Tilanink 
Geographic  names : 

('hehalis 

Dwaniisli 

Dwantish 

Dwaniish 

Kalispel 

Klallam 

Klallani 

Klallam 

Luiunii 

Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 

I'uyallnp 

Puyallnp 

Salish 

Shnswap 

Skokomish 

Skwaksin 

Skwakain 

Snohomish 

Snohomish 

Spokan 

Twana 

'L'wanu 


Oibbs  (G.)  —  Coiitiiiued. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chillani,  double  eoliinins, 
alphabet  ieally  arranged  by  English  words,  pp. 
!)-lD.  — Lo<'al  noiiient'lature  of  the  Clallam  irilw, 
p.  20. — Vorabnlary  of  the  Liimmi,  donble  eo'- 
nmns,  alphabet irally  arranged  by  English 
words.  i)p.  Ul-.tti.— Local  nomenelatnre  of  the 
Lnmnii  tribe,  p|>.  :i7-,19. — Names  of  Lnninil 
chiefs,  p.  40. 

Oopiet  teen :  Astur,  Boston  Atheniinim,  Con- 
gress, Dnnbar,  Eanie.s,  National  Mnseuni, 
Pilling,  Tnimbnll,Well6sb'y. 

Another  issne  v.'ith  title-|>age  as  follows : 

Alphabetical    vocabtilaries  |  of  the 

I  Clallain  aiitl  Lniiinii.  |  By  |  George 
Gibbs.  I  Published  under  the  auspices 
of  the  SinithHouiiiii  institution.  | 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  press.  |  18(5;^. 

Title  verso  blank  I  1.  profaee  pp.  v-vii,  te.st 
pp.  9-4U.  octavo  form  on  large  cpiarto. 

Linguistic  contents  as  II v'derti tie  lit^xt above. 

Copif*  seen:  Georgetown,  Lenox,  I'illing, 
Smithsonian. 

iSiuithsoniau  luisccllancous  collec- 
tions. I  16()  I  Instructions  |  lor  research 
relative  to  tlio  |  erhnology  and  ]ihiloI- 
ogy  I  of  I  America.  |  Prepared  fiu-  the 
Smithsonian  institution.  |  Hy  |  (Jeorgo 
Gll)b8.  I  [Seal  of  the  iustitutioa.]  | 

Washington:  |  Smithsonian  institu- 
tion :  I  March,  18(J3. 

Title  vorso  blank  1 1.  contents  verso  blank  1 1. 
introduction  p.  1,  text  pp.  2-,'>l,8^'.  .Mso  forms 
part  of  vol.  7,  Smithsonian  Institution  Miscel- 
laneous Collections.  I'rciiarj'd  IVu'  and  distrib- 
uted to  collectors,  resulting  iu  ilu' .securing  of 
many  manuscripts,  mostly  philologic,  which 
are  now  in  the  lil)rary  of  the  Ibireauof  Etluio!- 

Numerals  l-ll)  of  the  Selish  or  Flathead, 
two  sets,  OIH5  "relating  to  things,"  tim  otiier 
"  relati:ig  to  iier.sons  "  (Itoth  from  Meugarini), 
p.  42  —Numerals  1-10  of  the  NiMqualli,  two 
sets,  one  "  applied  to  men,"  the  other  "a]>plied 
to  money,"  j).  42. 

'  Ciipiit  Keen ;  Astor,  Karnes,  .National  Mu- 
seum, I'illing,  Trumbull,  Wellesley. 

At  the  Field  sale,  no.  810,  a  copy  brought  ItO 
cts. ;  at  tlio  Sipiier  sale,  no.  41.'>,  45  cts. ;  at  the 
I'inart  sule,  no.  40(1.  1  fr.  I'rii  cd  by  KiHjhU'r, 
catalogue  4(m,  n...  2.!;),  1  M.  ."iO  I'f. 

Iteprinted,  in  ])art,  as  follows: 

Indian  Systtuns  of  Numerals?    - 

In  Historical  Magazine,  tirst  series.vol.O.  pp. 
24(t-2;)2.  New  Vork,  I8fl.'>,  sm.  4°.     ((ieological 

Slli-Vi^y.) 

Liiiguistic  contents  as  undertitle  next  aliove, 
ji.  2.")0. 

Smithsonian    miscellaneous  (collec- 


tions. I   161   I  A  I  di-lionary  |  of  the  | 
Chinook  .Jargon,  |  or  |  tnide  iangiiago 


26 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  CP  THE 


'  1  li. 


OlbbB  (O.)  —  CoutinuMl. 
of  Oregon.  |  Prepared   for  tlio  Smith- 
BtmiiiniiiHtitiitioii.  |  By  |  OeorgeCSililm. 
I  [Seal  of  the  institution, J  | 

Wii.sliiugtou:  I  .Sniithsoniiiii  inHticii- 
tion:  I  March,  1863. 

Title  vemo  udvurtiseiuout  1  1.  (^oiitonta  p.  iii, 
prefiice  pp.  v-xi,  bibliography  pp.  xiii-xiv,  half- 
titlu  (Part  I.  Cliinook-Englisli)  verso  note  1  1. 
text  pp.  1-29,  half-title  (Part  II.  Knglish- 
Chinook)  p.  ai,  tt-xt  pp.  33-44, 8°. 

AunlogioH  between  the  Chinook  and  other 
native  languages  incliiden  words  in  tlie  Cow- 
litz, Kwantieu,  Seliah,  Chihalis,  and  Nisqually, 
p.  X.— Tlio  Chinook-English  and  English- 
Chinook  dictionary,  pp.  1-43,  contains  39  wonls 
of  Salislian  origin,  and  are  so  designated. 

Copiet  leen :  Astor,  Jlancroft,  Di>ubar, 
Eames,  Filling,  Trunil)uU,  Wollosley. 

"Some  years  ago  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion printed  a  small  vocabulary  of  the  Chinook 
Jargon,  famished  by  Dr.  B.  R.  Mltcliell,  of  the 
U.  S.  NaA'y,  and  prepared,  as  I  afterwards 
learnotl,  by  Mr.  Lionnet,  a  Catholic  priest,  for 
bis  own  use  while  studying  the  language  at 
Chinook  Point.  It  was  submitted  by  tlio 
Institution,  for  revision  and  preparation  for 
the  press,  to  the  late  Prof.  W.  W.  Turner. 
Although  it  received  the  critical  examination 
of  that  distinguishcil  philologist  and  was  of 
use  in  directing  attention  to  tlie  language,  it 
was  deficient  iu  the  ntimbor  of  words  in  use, 
contained  many  wbieli  did  not  properly  belong 
to  tho  J'.irgon,  aiui  did  not  give  the  sources 
from  wLlch  the  words  were  derived. 

"  Ml .  Uale  had  previously  given  a  vocabulary 
and  account  of  this  Jargon  in  his '  Ethnography 
of  the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition,' 
whicii  was  noticed  by  Mr.  Gallatin  in  tlie 
Transactions  of  tlio  American  Ethnological 
Society,  vol.  ii.  He  however  fell  into  some 
errors  iu  his  derivation  of  the  words,  chiefly 
from  ignoring  tlie  Clielialis  element  of  the  Jar- 
gon, and  the  number  of  words  given  by  him 
amounted  only  to  about  two  liundred  and  fifty. 

"A  copy  of  Mr.  Lioiinet'svocabulary  having 
been  sent  to  me  with  a  request  to  make  such 
corrections  as  itmiglit  require,  I  concluded  not 
mer»'ly  to  coUale  the  words  contained  in  this 
and  other  printed  and  manuscript  vocabularies, 
but  to  ascertain,  so  far  as  possible,  the  luii- 
guages  which  had  contributed  to  it,  with  the 
original  Indian  words.  Tliis  had  liecomo  the 
more  im))ortant  as  its  extended  uso  by  dilTer- 
ent  tribes  had  led  to  ethnological  errors  in  the 
classing  together  of  essentially  distinct  fami- 
lies."— Preface. 

Issued  also  with  title-page  as  follows: 

A  I  dictionary  |   of   the  |   Chinook 

Jargon,  |  or,  |  trade  Liuguage  of 
Oregon.  |  By  George  Gibbs.  | 

Now  York :  |  C'runioi.sy  pr  88.  |  18(53. 

Half  title  (Sliea's  Library  of  American  Lin- 
guistics.   XII)  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  bhiuk 


OibbB  (G.)  — t'ontmned. 

1 1.  preface  pp.  v-xi,  bililiograpby  of  IlieCliinook 
Jargon  pp.  xiii-xiv,  half-title  of  »  art  i  verso 
note  1  I.Chinook-English  diet: /oary  jip.  1 -'iit, 
half-title  of  part  II  verso  blank  1  I.  Eiiglisb- 
Chiuook  dictionary  pp.  33-43,  tho  Lord's  prayer 
in  Jargon  p.  [44],  8^. 

Salishan  contents  ns  un<ler  title  next  above. 

Oopieg  leen:  Astor,  Boston  Athenicitm, 
Congress,  Dunbar,  Eameg,  Han-ard,  Lenox, 
Smithsonian,  Trumbull,  Wellesley. 

Some  copies  (twenty-five,  I  believe)  were 
issued  in  large  quarto  form  with  no  change  of 
title-page.    (Pilling,  Smithsonian.) 

See  Hale  (H.) 

[Teiins  of  relationshi])  used  by  the 

Spokane  (Sinhii  "jieople  wearing  red 
paint  on  their  cheekH'')  collected  at 
SteilacooMi,  Washington  Ty.,  Novem- 
ber, I860.] 

In  Morgan  (L.H.),  Systemsof  consanguinity 
and  atfinity  of  tlie  humiin  family,  lines  A9,  pp. 
293-382,  AVashington,  1871, 4°. 

[ ]  (.'omparative  vocabularies.  Family 

XXIII.     Selish  (Eastern  Pranches). 

[Wiushington,  D.  C. :  Smithsonian 
Institution.]    January,  1873. 

No  title-page,  headings  only ;  text  11.  1  -3, 
printed  on  one  side  only,  4°.  Proof  sheets  of 
an  iinfiuislied  and  unpublished  volume. 

In  four  columns,  containing  in  the  first  col- 
umn 18U  numbered  English  words,  with  equiv- 
alents in  the  "ther  columns  of:  1.  Shiwapmukh 
(by  George  Lribbs),  2.  Shooswaap  (by  Dr.  Wni. 
F.  Tolmie),  and  3.  Nikutemukh  (by  George 
Gibbs). 

At  the  time  of  his  deitli,  April  9, 1873,  Mr. 
Gibbs  "was  engaged  in  superl.  tending  the 
]irinting  for  T  Smithsonian  Institution  of  a 
iliiarto  volume  of  American  Indian  vocabn- 
laries,  and  had  fortunately  arranged  nnd  care- 
fuHy  criticisisd  manj-  hundred  series  before  his 
death.  This  publication  will  continue  under 
tho  direction  of  Prof.  W.  D.  Whitney,  J.  H. 
Truiiibull,  LL.D.,  and  Prof  Roehrig— Smit/i- 
xanlan  Annuil  lieport  for  IttlS,  \i.  224. 

Cnpiet  teen :  Pilling. 

These  vocabularies,  with  others,  ap])ear  in 
the  following: 

Department  of  the  interior.     V,  S. 

geographical  and  geological  survey  of 
the  Rocky  mountain  region.  J.  W. 
Powell,  Geologist  in  Charge.  I'art  II. 
Tribes  of  western  Washington  and 
northwestern  Oregon.  By  George 
Gibbs,  M.D. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.),  Contributions  to  North 
American  Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp.  157-241,  Appen- 
dix, Linguistics,  pp.  243-361,  Washington,  1877, 
4°. 

Ge<igrapbi('ul  distribution  (pp.  103-170)  in- 
cludes the  habitat  of  the  tribal  divisieua  of 


SALISHAN  LANGUAGES. 


27 


I  apjifar  in 

r.  s. 

Jurvey  of 

J.  W. 

J  Part  II. 

|tnu   nnd 

George 

to  North 
|41,Anpen- 
|){tou,  1877, 

J53-170)  in- 
Iviaious  of 


Ctibbs  (G. )  —  Continued. 

the  Sclish,  pp.  166-170.— Notices  of  particiilnr 
tribes,  pp.  170-181,  includes  the  Selixli 
lii visions.  —  Comparative  vocabulary  of  tlie 
Shihwapmuldi  (from  a  wouiau  of  tlie  trilie), 
Nikutcmuldi  (from  a  mau  of  tlio  tilbe), 
OI(iDA1(f>u,  Shwoyelpi,  Spolcaii  (from  a  chief  of 
tlie  tT  ibe),  and  Pislcwauit  or  Winatsha,  pp.  252- 
265. — Comparati  ve  vocabulary  of  the  Kiilispttlin 
(from  a  man  of  the  tribe),  Belhoola  (from  a 
woman  of  the  tribe),  Lilowat  (from  a  chief  of 
the  village),  Tait  (from  u  woman),  Kouiooklis 
(from  a  man),  and  Kuwolitsk,  pp.  270-283.— 
Dictionary  of  the  Niiikwalli,  I.  Xiskwalli- 
English  (double  columns,  alphabetically 
arranged),  pp.  28'' -307;  II.  KnglishNiskwalli 
(alphalM'tii^ally  arranged,  with  many  etymolo- 
gies and  derivati'-es),  pp.  309-361. 

Account  of  Indian  tribes  uiiou  tlus 

northwest  coast  of  America. 

Manuscript,  10  leaves  folio,  in  the  library  of 
the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

ContAins  words  in  a  number  of  Salishan  lan- 
guages, pas%im. 

Comparison  of  the  languages  of  the 

luiUans  of  the  north-west. 

Manuscript,  23  leaves.  4°.  and  folio  (odds  and 
ends),  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy- 
Contains  words  null   ^lammatic  notes  in  a 
number  of  Salishan  languages. 

Local  Indian  names,  partly  Selish. 

Manuscript, 4  unnumbered  loaves  folio;  iu 
the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Contains  the  names  of  about  120  geographic 
points  on  the  uorthwest  coast.  Nearly  all  are 
Salishan,  and  30  of  them  are  in  the  Lummi 
language. 

Miscellaneous  notes  on  the  Eskimo, 

Kiuai  and  Atnah  lauguiiges. 

Atauuscript,  2."  leaves,  4°  and  folio  (otlds  aud 
ends);  in  tl  'lilirury  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy' 

Ni.t      ini  u     'anguage  of  the  Selish 

tril-    , 

Zaai  '-,>  i ,;  .1-0  ves,  folio;  in  the  library  nl' 
the  Bureai;  ^     '  .r)iho,'»gy. 

Fragmentary  ,«  ,  "evidently  jotte<l  down 
from  time  to   'me  a    r  .morandu. 

Vocabularies.     Washington  Terr'y. 

Manuscript,  141  unuuml>cred  leaves,  most  of 
which  are  written  on  l.^ith  sides,  aud  sonic  few 
of  which  are  blank,  12°;  in  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Most  of  the  viH;abu- 
laries  were  copiod  on  separate  forms  by  Mr. 
OibbH.  Those  belonging  to  the  Salishan  family 
are  ir  'ollows;  I.iluwat,  8  pages;  Saamcna,  12 
payt.  ;  '.li'  t,  8  pages;  Chilohweck,  3  pages; 
Bilhir',  ,  'i^cesi  Okiuaken,  C  pages;  Siniil- 
kamc  t,  ••,-«,  J  iskwoiise,  13  pages;  Spo- 

kane, 2'i\:ji,^-S;  Kalispelm,  12papes;  ShooHwnp, 
4 pages;  Nooksahk,  1  page;  >'>skwaUy, 4 pages. 


Qibbs  (G.)  —  Continued. 

Vocabulary  of  the  C'laltaui. 

Manuscript, 3  unnumbered  leaves  folio;  in 
the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  (JoJ- 
lected  at  Port  Townsend,  in  Ifi.iS. 

Kecorded  on  a  blank  form  of  180  words, 
equivalents  of  all  of  which  are  given. 

[Vocabulary  of  the  Kwautleii  lan- 
guage; Fraser  Kiver,  around  Fort 
Langley.] 

M.-tnu!4Cri)>t,  5  unnumbered  leaves  folio, 
written  on  one  aide  only ;  in  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnohtgy.    Recorded  July,  IH.W. 

Contains  about  200  words. 

Vocabuliiry  of  the  Kwillehyute,  aud 

of  the  Cowlitz. 

Manuscript,  lOunnumliered  leaves,  4<^ ;  iu  the 
library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Kecorde<l 
on  a  blank  form  prepared  uud  issueil  by  H.  K, 
Schoolcraft. 

Each  vocabulary  contains  about  200  words. 

—     Vocabulary  of  the  Lummi. 

Manuscript, 3  unnumbered  leaves,  folio;  in 
the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Col- 
lected at  Itellingham  Bay,  .Tan-,  1854-  Becorded 
on  a  blank  form  of  180  words,  e<|uivalentsof  all 
of  which  are  given. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Nooksahk. 

Manuscript,  3  unnumbered  leaves  folio;  iu 
the  library  of  the  Bureau  o,"  Ethnology 
Kecorded  on  a  blank  form  of  180  words,  eiiuiv- 
alents  of  all  of  which  are  given. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Noosoluph,  and 

of  the  Kwinaiutl. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-25. 4° ;  in  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Recorded  on  a  form  <Miiit«ining  350  English 
words  and  the  numerals  1-1,(H)0,0(K),(K)0,  pre- 
pared an<l  issued  by  H.  H.  Schoolcraft.  Altout 
one  half  the  f^nglish  words  have  their  equiva- 
lents iu  the  two  l:iuguages  alrave  mentioned. 

Vocabulary    of   the    Toaidioorh   of 

Port  Gamble. 

Maiiim('ri]it,  3  unnumbered  leaves  fidio, 
written  on  one  side  only;  iu  the  lilira-y  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Uecordcil  on  a  blank 
form  of  180  words,  equivalents  of  all  of  which 
are  given. 

"ThiKWas  obtained  ii.Ht,  1  think,  at  Tort 
Gambli3,  ii.  1854,  aud  af'erwardn  c'orrected  at 
Olympla,  wi.'Ii  the  assii  tanoe  of  '  Jim,' n  sub- 
chief." 

George  Gibbs,  the  son  of  Col.  (Jeorge  Gibbs, 
was  born  on  tliel7th  of  July,  1815,  at  Suuswii'k, 
I.,ong  Island,  near  the  village  of  llalletts  ( 'ove, 
now  known  as  Astoria.  At  Hoveuteeu  he  was 
taken  to  Europe,  where  ho  reuuiined  two  years. 
(In  his  return  from  Europe  he  commenced  the 
reading  of  law,  aud  iu  1838  took  bis  degree  of 
bacheh>rof  law  at  Harvard  UuiverHity.  Iu  1848 
Mr.  Gibbs  went  overland  from  St.  I.ouis  to 
Oregon  aud  established  himself  at  Columbia. 


28 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  THE 


mm 


1 


aibbs  {(i.)  —  Co.itinuotl. 

Til  1854  ho  received  lljeiippnintmniitof  coUnnttir 
of  tbu  port  of  A.storiii,  wbicW  lio  li«lil  iliiriut; 
Mr.  FiUinoro'x  niliuiiiiHtratioii.  Later  lio  ru- 
movi-xl  from  Oregon  to  WaHlitngtoii  Territory, 
and  nettled  upou  a  ranch  a  t'fw  milea  from  I'Nirt 
Stcilat'oom.  Here  he  liad  bin  hi'iuliiiiartorH  for 
several  years,  devoting  liiiiiHelf  to  tho  study  of 
the  Indian  languages  and  to  ilie  i^ollo(!tioii  of 
vocabularies  and  tnuUtioiis  of  tlie  iiorthwext- 
iTii  tribes.  During  a  great  part  of  tlie  time 
he  was  attached  to  tho  Uiiito<l  States  Uovurn- 
iiient  Commission  to  doteiiniue  tho  boundary, 
as  the  geologist  and  botanist  of  the  expedition. 
Ho  was  also  attached  as  geologist  to  the  survey 
of  a  railroad  route  to  the  Pacific,  under  Major 
Stevens.  In  1857  ho  was  appoint«d  to  the 
northwest  boundary  survey  under  Mr.  Archi- 
bald Campbell,  as  commissioner.  In  1860  Mr. 
Gibbs  returned  to  New  York,  and  in  1861  was 
on  duty  in  Washington  guarding  tlie  Capital. 
Later  he  resided  in  Washington,  hoing  mainly 
employed  in  tho  Hudson  Bay  ( '  .  'i,  s  Ooiniiiis- 
sion,  to  wliidi  he  was  secretary.  .'l«o 

engaged  in  tlie  arrangement  of  a  1 1.  of 

manuscript  bearing  upou  the  ethn'^  '  ;ud 
philology  of  tho  American  Indians.  His  sci  vict^» 
were  availed  of  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
to  superintend  its  labors  in  this  field,  and  to  his 
energy  and  complete  knowledge  of  tlio  subject 
it  greatly  owes  its  success  in  this  branch  of  the 
service.  The  valuable  and  laborious  service 
which  ho  rendered  to  the  Institution  was 
ent'irelygratuitous,  andin  his  death  that  estab- 
lishment as  well  as  the  cause  of  science  lost  an 
ardent  friend  and  an  important  contributor  to 
Its  advancement.  In  1871  Mr.  Gibbs  married 
his  cousin,  Miss  Mary  K.  Gibbs,  of  Newport, 
R.  I.,  and  removed  to  New  Haven,  where  ho 
died  on  the  i)th  of  April,  1873. 

[Giorda  {Rev,  Joseph).]    A  |  dictionary 
I  of  the  I  Kalispelor  Flat-head  Iinlian 
Language,  |  compiled  by  tho  |  inissiou- 
arios  of  the  Society  of  Jesus  |  Part  I  | 
Kalispel-English.  | 

St.IgnatiusPrint,Moutana.|  1877-8-!). 

Title  verso  copyriglit  notice  (by  Itev.  J. 
Giorda,  1879)  1 1.  preface  (unsigned)  verso  blank 
11.  text  pp.  1-644, 8°. 

The  author  owes  much  to  tho  manuscript 
dictionary  of  Rev.  (>.  Mengarini,  who,  lirst  of 
all  the  Jesuit  missionaries,  possessed  hiinsi'lf 
of  tho  genius  of  this  language,  and,  besliles 
speaking  it  with  the  perfection  of  a  native 
Indian,  reduced  it  also  to  tlie  rules  of  gram- 
mar.— Pre/aee. 

Copies  seen:  (Congress,  Do'Oiar,  Kamos, 
Pilling,  Trumbull,  AVellesley. 

Appended  is  the  following : 

[ ]  Appendix   |   to     the   |    KaliHpel- 

English  Dictionary.  |  Compiled  by  th<' 

I  missionariesof  the  .Society  of  Jestis  | 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Moutaoa.  |  1870 


Qiorda  (J.)  —  Continued. 

Title  verso  blank  1  I.  preface  (unsigned)  1  1. 
text  pp.  1-30,  R^. 

The  verb  to  be  with  substantives,  pp.  1-2; 
Willi  double  possessive  personal  pronouns,  ]>. 
It ;  with  an  ad,ie<5tivo,  p.  ,">.— Verb  transitive  tn 
be  mad,  pji.  6-U. — Verb  transitive  indefinite  to 
work,  pp.  10-14. — Verb  transitive  to  work,  p. 
18.— 'I'^erb  transitive  to  catch,  p.  19.--C<mjiiga- 
tiiin  of  the  first  verb  relative  to  look,  pp.  20-23 ; 
of  the  second  verl)  relative  to  j^raj/,  pp.  23-2."); 
of  the  third  verb  relative  to  bring,  pp.  26, 28 ;  to 
(juard,  PI).  27,  29.— Verb  impersonal,  pp.  30-31.  — 
Verb  passive,  pp.  32-34.  —  R<-dnplication  of 
letters  in  the  vcrli,  pp.  34-35. — List  of  several 
teriiiiiiations  of  verbs,  p.  36. 

Copieg  Keen:  Congress,  Dunbar,  Karnes, 
rilling,  Trumbull,  Wellesley. 

[ ]  A  I  dictionary  |  of    the  |  Kalis]iel 

or  Flat-head  Indian  Language,  |  com- 
piled   by    the  |  mission.arics    of    the 
Society  of  Jesus  |  Part  II.  |  Euglifh- 
Kalispel.  | 
St.Ignatius  Print,Moiitaua.l  1877-8-9. 

Title  verso  copyriglit  notice  (liy  Rev.  J. 
Giorda.  1879) !  ..  prefai'e  (unsigned)  verso  blank 
I  1  key  to  tht>  ]ironouiiciation  of  the  Indian 
al|)l!ab<  t  used  in  this  dictionary  1  jiuge,  key  to 
both  jiarts  of  the  dictioiuiry  2  pages,  verso  of  the 
last  one  blank,  text  pp.  1-456, 8°. 

Copies  xien:  CoiigresR,  Dunbar,  Kames, 
Pilling,  Trumbull,  WeilesUiy. 

[ ]  Ln  I  tel    kaimintis    koliuzutcn  | 

kuitltsmiimii.  |  Some  Narratives,  From 
the  Holy  Bible,  in  Kalispel.  |  Compiled 
by  the  |  missionaries  of  the  Society  of 
Jesus.  I 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana.  |  1879. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
"Part  I"  1  1. copyright  notice  (1879,  by  Rev.  J. 
M.  Caraldo)  vorso  "  prei'ace  of  the  publisiit^rs" 
1  I.  text  pp.  1-30,  half  title  "  Part  11"  verso 
blank  1  1.  text  pp.  39-140,  contents  part  first  (In 
Englisli)  pp.  1-2,  contents  of  part  second  (in 
EuglLsli)  pp.  3-7,  iiub^x  of  the  gospels  of  tho 
Siinibiys  pp.  8-9,  errata  pp.  10-14, 8°. 

Copies  seen :  Congress,  Dunbar,  Kamos, 
Pillhig,  Wellesley. 

[ ]  Szmim6ie-s    .Jesus   Christ.  |  •{-  (  A 

catechism  |  of  tin;  |  Christian  doctrine 
I  in  the  |  Flat-Head  or  Kalisp61  Lan- 
guage I  composed  by  the  |  missionaries 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus.  | 

St.  Ignatius  print,  Montana.  |  1880 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
(■opyright  notice  (1880,  by  Rev.. I.  Kundini)  1  I. 
half-title  "Part  I"  recto  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  I- 
17,  holf  title  "  Part  II,"  p.  18,  t«ixt  pp.  19-4.5, 8°. 

(Jateiliisrii,  p|).  1-33.— Hymns,  pp  3!)-45. 

Copies  Keen :  Congress,  Kumes,  Pilling,  Trum- 
bull, Wellesley. 


tiKiiwl)  1 1. 

an,  pp.  1-2; 
■iinouiis,  p. 
ausitive  to 
iiUittnite  to 
I)  wnrk,  p. 
— ConJiiK'i- 
t,  pp.  20-23; 
/,  pp.  23-2.'-.; 
(p.26,  28;  to 
pp.  30-31.— 
;)li(!atlun  of 
t  of  several 

ar,    Eamcs, 

I  Knlispel 
igo,  I  com- 
8  of  tho 
I  Euglifh- 

.1 1877-8-9. 

(by  Rev.  J. 

I  verso  blank 
tho  Indian 
1>UK0,  key  to 

i.versoof  the 

bar,  Eames, 

liuziiton  I 
ives,  From 
Compiled 
Society  of 


SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


29 


la 


it 


1879. 
above  verso 
'9,  by  Kev.  J. 
pM\)li»ber«" 
II"  verso 
part  first  (In 
t  second  (in 
ospols  of  the 
i°. 
ibar,    Kanics, 

ri«t.  I  +  I  A 
an  doctiiiio 
lisp61  Lan- 
lissionaries 

iia.  I  1880 
above  verso 
Uiiudini)  1  I. 
1.  text  pp.  1- 

t  pp.  1&-I.5, 8°. 

l)j)  3,')-45. 

Pilling,  Trum- 


Oiorda  (J.)  — Continued. 

Tlicse  works  were  put  in  ty|>e  and  printed 
by  tlie  Indian  scho<d  boys  at  .St.  Ignatius. 

In  j'epiy  to  a  eoinmunlcation  askln);  the 
authorsliip  of  the  works  titled  above,  Father 
Leopold  Vaa  (lorp,  one  of  the  superintendents 
of  the  Konian  Catholie  missions  in  the  north- 
west, wrote  nie  under  date  of  Jan.  4,  1887,  as 
follows :  ' '  Father  ( i  iorda  may  very  properly  bo 
considered  the  author  of  all  tlio  works  which 
we  have  printed  i"  tlie  Kalispel  or  Flathead 
lan);uai;e.  About  225  co]>ios  of  each  were 
printed." 

"ThoiSaint  Ignatius  mission  maintains  two 
schools  for  Indian  boys  and  girls,  at  tlie  Flat- 
heofl  Agency,  on  tlie  Joi^ko reservation  in  Mim- 
tana.  From  a  population  of  abxut  2,(lU0  Indians 
are  collected  enough  pupils  to  make  an  average 
attendance  of  150,  who  are  tauglit  industrial 
])ursuitB  as  well  as  letters.  The  agent  reports 
that  t'je  art  of  printing  is  also  taught  in  a  neat 
little  printing  office,  whore  dictionarit^s  of  the 
Kalispel  language,  the  gospels,  and  innumer- 
able ]iainphlelg  and  circulars  have  been  neatly 
printed."— Btile  Soe.  Iteeord,  ,Vo«.  17,  l/iS7. 

llev.  Father  Joseph  ti iorda,  S.  J.,  who  died  of 
heart  disease  at  Desmot  Mission,  among  tlie 
C(Bur  d'Ali'ne  Indians,  about  tlie  beginning  of 
August,  1882,  was  a  native  of  Piedmont;  born 
March  10,  1823.  lie  joined  the  Jesuit  order 
when  twenty -two  years  old,  and  for  some  time 
filled  the  chair  of  divinity  and  held  other 
important  offices  in  the  colleges  of  the  society 
in  Europe.  In  W.^S  Father  (liorda  arrived  in 
St.  Louis,  and  soon  after  started  for  the  wilds 
of  tho  northwest  as  superior  general  of  the 
Kocky  Mountain  missions,  wliicb  office  he  held 
until  increasing  infirmitius,  dui»  to  arduous 
labors  and  constant  exposure,  obliged  tlioso  in 
authority  to  relieve  him  of  it.  While  superior 
he  established  many  new  missions  among  the 
whites  and  Indians  throughout  Montana  and 
the  adjoining  Territories.  Ho  had  a  wonderful 
aptitude  for  languages,  and,  besides  speaking 
fiueiitly  the  principal  continental  languages, 
mastered,  during  his  manifold  duties,  the 
HIackfoot,  Xez  I'oree,  Flathead,  Yakama,  Kool- 
oiiay,  and  (iros  Ventre  dialecits,  and  |ireaclieil 
to  the  different  tribes  in  all  iliese  hiugiiages. 
For  several  years  he  was  pastor  of  the  ('liurcb 
of  t  lie  Sacred  Heart  at  St.  Ignatius,  Montana. — 
Van  (lorp. 

God  8ivve  tlio  Qa»!eu    [Notlakapamiik). 
SooOood  (J.B.) 

[Good  (/ftr.  John  Bootli).]  Tho  Moriiinf; 
and  Evening  I'layer,  |  And  tlu*  Litany, 
I  With  Prayers  and  Thanksgivings,  | 
traiiHlatud  into  tho  |  Nelclakiipaniuk  | 
Tongno,  I  for  tho  use  of  tho  Indians  of 
tho  I  St.  Panl's  mission,  |  l^ytton,  Hrit- 
ish  Cidiiinhia.  | 

Vietori:t,  H.C.  |  I'linlod  by  tlie  St. 
Paul's  mission  pross,  |  1878. 


Good  (J.  H.)  —  Contiuiied. 

OoKfr  title :  The  Morning  and  Evening 
Prayer,  |  And  tlio  I^itany,  |  Also  Prayers  and 
Thanksgivings,  |  with  |  Office  for  the  Holy 
Cominnnion.  and  |  S«dect  Hymns.  |  Translated 
iut<>  the  I  Noklakcpamiik  Tongue  |  for  tho  use 
of  the  Indians  of  t<\e  |  St.  Faul's  mission,  { 
Lytton, British  ('olnmbia.  | 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's 
mission  ]iregs.  |  1878. 

Cover  title,  title  verso  blank  1 1.  text  pp.  3-48, 
12°. 

Moriiin/  and  evening  prayer,  pp.  3-33. —Ad- 
ministration of  the  Lord's  supi>er,  pp.  34-48. 

(h/iu'i  teen :  Bancroft,  Wellesley. 

The  latter  portion  of  tills  work  was  issut-d 
h.'paratoly,  with  title-page  as  follows : 

[ ]  The   Office    for    the    Holy   Com- 

nuinion  |  translated    into  the  |  Nekla- 
knpamiik  |  tongue,  |  fur  the  use  of  the 
Indians  of  the  |  St.  Paul's  mission,  | 
Lytton,  British  Columbia.  | 

Vi<'toria,  K.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St. 
Paul's  mission  press.  |  1878. 

Cover  title:  The  |  Office  for  tho  Holy  Com- 
munion, and  I  Select  Hymns.  |  Translated  into 
the  Noklakapaniuk  Tongue,  |  for  the  use  of  tho 
Indians  of  the  |  St.  Paul's  mission,  |  Lytton, 
British  Columbia.  { 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's 
mission  press.  ]  1878. 

(?over  title,  title  p.  [33]  verso  beginning  of 
text  which  occupies  pp.  34-48. 12°. 

Lord's  prayer.  Prayer  for  duty,  p.  34.— Ten 
commandments,  pp.  35-36.  —  Prayer  for  tho 
(Jueeii,  jip.  3f>-;t7.— The  creed,  pp.  37-38.— Tho 
offertory  sentences,  ji.  38.  —  Prayer  for  the 
church  militant,  pp.  38-40.— Exhort.-vtion,  p. 
41. — Theeonfession,  pp.  41-42.— The  absolution, 
tho   invitation,  ]ip.  42-43.  — Siirsiiin  corda,   p. 

43 Preface  to  tho  sanctus,  p. 43,— Prayer  of 

humble  access,  pp.  43-44.— Praye™  for  conserva- 
tion, p.  44. —The  conimuiilon,  tho  Lord's  prayer, 

p.  45. — The  thanksgiving,  jip.  46-4'i Thebless- 

ing,  p.  47. — Hymns  and  doxology,  pp.  47-48.— 
( )ffice  for  the  reception  of  catechumens,  p.  48. 

('opies  Keen  :  Wellesley. 

[ ]  The  I  Office  for  Public  Haptism  | 

And  the  Order  of  Conlirmation,  |  with 
I  seloct  hymns  and  ])rayer8  (  translated 
into  tin-  I  Neklakapamiik  |  or  |  Thomp- 
son tongue  I  for  the  use  of  the  Indians 
of  the  I  St.  Paul's  mission,  |  Lytton, 
Hritish  C(diimbia.  |  {',iy  aid  of  the 
Venerable,  society  for  promoting  chris- 
tian (  knowledge.)  | 

Vietoriii,  B.  C.  |  iiriuted  by  tho  S. 
Paul's  mission  press  (S.  P.  C.  K.)  |  Col- 
legiate sehodl.  I  1879. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
begliiiiillg  of  text,  which  occiiliies  ](p.  232,  8"'. 

The    ministration    of     public    baptism    of 


39 


BIELIOGRAPIIY   OF   THE 


f 


f    : 


Good  (J.  B.)  — Continued. 

infanta,  pp.  2. 4, 6. 10. 12, 14. 16, 18  ()>.  S  blauk).- 
Tlio  niiniHtration  of  baptism  to  hiu:1i  as  are  of 
ri|i«r  years  and  able  to  answer  for  tbemselves, 
pp.  3,  6,7,  0,  11,  17,  ie(pp.l3  and  15  blank).— 
Select  hymnM  for  the  Omuu.  p.  20. — The  order  of 
contlrination,  pp.  21-24.—  Select  hymns,  pHalniH, 
and  prayers,  pp.  2.'>-32. 

Onpie*  Meen  :  Dunbar,  Eaines,  Pilling,  Welles- 

Offices  for  the  |  8olemnizat[i]on  of 

inivtrimony  |  the  viaitation  of  the  sick, 
I  and  I  The  Burial  of  the  Dead.  | 
Translated  into  the  |  Nitlakapamuk  | 
or  I  Thompson  Indian  Tongue.  |  By  J. 
B.  Good,  S.  P.  G.  missionary,  Yale-Lyt- 
ton.  I  By  aid  of  a  Grant  from  the  Van. 
Society  for  Promoting  |  Christian 
Knowledge.  | 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St. 
Paul's  Mission  Press,  (S.  P.  C.  K.)  |  Col- 
legiate School,  1880. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
blank  1 1.  text  with  headings  in  English  pp.  3- 
15,  8°. 

The  fonn  of  solemnization  of  matrimony,  pp. 
3-6.— Order  lor  the  visitation  of  the  sick,  pp. 
7-9.— The  order  for  tho  burial  of  the  dead,  pp. 
10-14.— Collect:),  p.  15. 

Copiet  seen;  Bancroft,  Eames,  Pilling, 
Wellesley. 

A    vocabulary  |  and  |  outlines    of 

grammar  |  of  the  |  Nitlakapamuk  |  or 
I  Thompson  tongue,  |  (Tho  Indian  lan- 
guage spoken  between  Yale,  Lillooet, 

I  Cache  Creek  and  Nicola  Lake.'*  ( 
Together  with  a  |  Phonetic  Cliinook 
Dictionary,  |  Adapted  for  use  in  the 
Province  of  |  BritLsh  Columbia.  (  By  J. 
B.  Good,  S.  P.  G.  missionary,  Yale- 
Lytton.  I  By  aid  of  a  Grant  from  the 
Riglit  H<m.  Superintendent  of  Indian 

I  Affairs,  Ottawa.  | 

Victoria :  \  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's 
Mission  Press,  (S.  P.  C.  K.)  |  Collegiate 
School,  1880. 

Cover  title  as  alK)ve.  title  as  above  verso 
blank  1 1.  preface  pp.  5-6,  text  pp.  8-46, 8°. 

Chinook  Dictioniiry.  English-Chiuook,  pp. 
8-;t0  (oven-numbered  pa^os) Thoni))son  vo- 
cabulary, Engli.sli-Kitlakapamuk,  pp.  9-31 
(odd  numliercd  pages).— Chinook  numerals,  p. 
30.— Nitlakapamuk  numerals,  et<!.,  p.  31 Con- 
versations, English-Chinook,  pp.  32,34;  Eng- 
lishNitlaka|)nmuk.  pp.  33, 35. — Lonl'sprayor  in 
Jargon,  p.  34;  in  Tlu>nipson,  p.  35.— Ontlines 
of  [lliu  liitlakapamiik]  gramnnir,  (pp.  37-46) 


Oood  (J.  B.)  — Continued. 

includes  a  story  in  five  parts  with  iutcrline.tr 
English  translation,  furnished  by  Dr.  Ellis,  of 
Yale.  IM>.  38-40. 

Copiri  teen :  Damsroft,  Dunbar,  Eames,  Mal- 
let, Pilling,  Wellesley. 

[ ]  God  save  the  Queen. 

A  seven-line  verse  in  the  Netlakapamuk  or 
Thompson  Indian  tongue,  with  hea<1ing  in 
English  ns  above,  on  one  side  of  a  small  slip, 
which  looks  aa  though  it  were  struck  otf  as  a 
proof-sheet. 

Oopie$»een:  Wellesley. 
See  Bancroft  (II.  H.) 
Orammar : 

See  Mengarini  (G.) 
Eells  (M.) 


Salish 
Twana 
Oranunatic  treatise 
Bilkula 
Chehalis 
Chohalis 
Chehalis 
Kalispel 
Klallam 
Klallani 
Komuk 
Netlakapamuk 
Netlakapamuk 
Kiskwalli 
Niskwqili 
Okinagan 
Puyallup 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Sbuswap 
Shuswap 
Shuswap 
Skwaksin 
Snanaimuk 
Snohomish 
Spokan 
Stailakum 
Tilamuk 
Tilamuk 
Twana 
Twana 


See  Boas  (F.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Halo(H.) 
(}iorda(J.) 
Buhner  (T.S.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Boas  iF.) 
Bancroft  (H.H.) 
Good  (J.  B.) 
Bulmer  (T.  S.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Boas  (F.) 
McCaw  (S.  R.) 
Bancroft  (H.H.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Petitet(E.F.S.J.) 
Shea  (J.  G.) 
Boas(F.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale(H.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Eells  (H.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Boa8(F.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale(n.) 
Bulmer  (T.  S.) 


Eells  (M.) 

Grant  (Walter  Colquhoim).  Description 
of  Vancouver  Island.  By  its  first  Colo- 
nist, W.  Colqiihouii  Gr.int,  Esq.,  F.  K. 
(}.  S.,  of  the  2nd  Dragoon  Guards,  and 
late  Lieut. -Col.  of  tho  Cavalry  of  the 
Turkish  Contingent. 

In  Itoynl  Geog.  Soc.  Jour.  vol.  27,  pp.  268- 120, 
London  [1858],  8°.    (Geological  Survey.) 

Brief  discussion  of  the  language  of  Van- 
couver Island,  and  numerals  1-10, 100,  of  the 
TMclalIum.s,p.293. 


8ALI8HAN   LANGUAGES. 


81 


•I  lunar 
lliH,  uf 

).  Mal- 


auk  or 
ling  In 
11  M<p, 
>1T  iM  a 


H. 


> 

n.) 
.) 


H.) 


S.J.) 


[•iption 

It  Colo- 

F.K. 

\la,  iin<l 

)f  the 


1 2tl8- 120, 

.) 
lot'  Van- 
ll,  of  the 


Haines  (Elijah  Middlebrook).  The  | 
Americun  Indian  |  (Uh-nish-in-ua-ba). 
I  The  Whole  Subject  Complete  in  One 
Volume  I  Illustrated  with  Numerous 
Appropriate  Engravings.  |  By  Elijah 
M.  Haines.  |  [Design.]  | 

Chicago:  |  the  Mas-sin-na-gau  com- 
pany, I  1888. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  (1888)  vU\  1  1. 
])r«"face  pp.  vil-vlii,  contents  and  list  of  illus- 
trations pp.  9-22,  text  pp.  23-8J1,  largo  8^. 

Chapter  vl,  Indian  tribesKpp.  121-171),  gives 
special  lists  and  a  general  alplmbetiu  list  of  the 
tribes  of  North  America,  which  includes  the 
tribes  of  the  Pacitlo  coast,  pp.  129-i;il ;  Wash- 
ington territory  west  of  the  Cascade  Moun- 
tains, pp.  132-i:i3 ;  Washington  territory  around 
Pugot  Sound,  p.  133. 

Copien  teen :  Congress.  Eaines,  Pilling. 

Hale  (Horatio).  United  States  |  explor- 
ing expedition.  |  Daring  the  years  | 
1838,  1839,  1840,  1841, 1842.  |  Under  the 
command  of  |  Charles  Wilkes,  U.  S.  N. 
I  Vol.  VI.  I  Ethnography  and  philol- 
"8.V-  I  By  I  Horatio  Hale,  |  philologist 
of  the  expedition.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  printed  by  C.  Sher- 
man. I  1846. 

Half-title  (United  States  exploring  expedi- 
tion, by  authority  of  Congress)  verso  blank  1 1. 
title  verso  blank  1 1.  contents  pp.  v-vii,  alphabet 
pp.  ix-xii,  half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  3- 
066,  map,  4°. 

General  remarks  on  the  Tsihaill-Selish  fam- 
ily (K.  Shush wapumsh,  or  Shush waps.  or 
Atuahs;  F.  Sclish,  Salish,  or  Flatheads;  G. 
Skitsuish, or  C<eur  d'AlAue  Indians;  II. Pisk- 
wnus  or  I'isoous :  I.  .Skwale  or  Nisqually ;  .1. 
T.slhailish  or  Chikailish;  K.  Kawelitsk  or 
Cowelits;  L.  Xsietshawus  or  Killamuks,  pp. 
20,5-212, containing  so,iies.;attored  words  in  the 
several  dialects,  and  on  p.  211  the  names  of  the 
twelve  months  in  Piskwaus  and  in  Sclisli. 

Tsihalli-Selish  family  (R.  <,'u9wapum9;  K. 
Si'li§  [c.  Killespelm;  d.  Tsukaetsitlin ;  e.  S^o- 
alatxlpi]  i  G.  Skftsui^ ;  H.  Piskwaus ;  I.  Sk willc ; 
J.  Tsxalli?  [/.  TsxailiQ;  g.  Kwaiantxl;  h.  Kwf- 
nalwitxl];  K.  Kawelitsk;  L. Nsieti^iiwil.-i),  pp. 
5!."i-542,  (Comprising  a  comparative  grammar  of 
t!io  Shushwap,  Selish,  Tsihailish,  and  Nsiet- 
shiiwns,  with  especial  reference  to  the  Selish. 

Vocabularies  of  Tsihaili-Selish;  northern 
branch :  E.  Shushwapum.><h  (Shushwaps, 
Atuahs),  F.  Selish  (Flatheads)  [c.  KuUospelm 
(Poudorays),  d.  Tsakaitsitlin  (Spokan  Inds.), 
f.  Soaiatlpi  (Kettle-falls,  &ii.)l,  G.  Skitsuisli 
(Cdiiir  d'Ant">ne),  H.  Piskwaus  (Piscous);  mid- 
die  branch:  I.  Skwale  (Nasqually) ;  western 
l»rauch:  J.  Tsihailish  (Chlckailis,  Chilts)  \J. 
Xsihailish,    </.  Kwaiantl,  'fi,  KweuitiwitI,    k. 


Hale  (H.)  —  Continued. 

Kawelitsk  (Cowelits)];  southern  branch:  L. 
Xsietshawus  (Killamuks),  pp.  509-029,  contain- 
ing on  an  average  about  three  words  of  each 
dialect  on  a  page,  in  the  lines  designated  by  the 
above-named  K'lers. 

"All  those  vocabularies  (with  the  exception 
of  the  .Skwale,  which  was  received  from  an 
interpreter)  were  obtained  from  natives  of  the 
respective  tribes,  generally  under  favourable 
circumstances.  For  the  Selish,  Skitsuish,  and 
Piskwaus.  we  are  indebted  to  the  kindness  of 
Messrs.  Walker  and  Eeis,  missionaries  of  the 
American  Board  at  Tshamakain,  near  the  Spo- 
kan River.  It  was  through  the  interpretation 
of  these  gentlemen,  and  the  explanations  whioli 
their  knowledge  of  the  Selish  enabled  them 
to  give,  that  the  words  of  all  three  languages, 
and  the  numerous  sentences  in  tlie  Selish, 
illustrative  of  the  grammatic.il  peculiarities  of 
that  tongue,  were  correctly  written. 

"The  languages  of  this  family  are  all  harsh, 
guttural,  and  indistinct.  It  is  to  the  latter 
quality  that  many  of  the  variations  in  the  vocab- 
ularies are  owing.  In  otlier  cases,  the.se  pro- 
ceed from  dialectical  ditl'ironces,  almost  every 
(dan  or  sept  in  a  tribe  h.iving  some  jK-culiarity 
of  pronunciation.  In  tli<"  Selish,  three  dialects 
have  l)con  noted,  and  more  might  have  been 
given,  had  it  not  l)oen  considered  superfluous. 
Tliese  three  are  first,  the  KuUospelm,  spoken 
by  a  tribe  who  live  ujjon  a  river  and  about  a 
lake  known  by  that  name.  They  are  called  by 
the  Canadians  PeiKf-Ori'iHe*,  which  has  been 
corrupted  to  Ponderays ;  secondly,  that  of  the 
proper  Selish,  or  Flatheads,  as  they  are  called, 
and  of  the  Spokan  Indians ;  and  tliat  of  the 
Soaiatlpi,  Okinakain,  and  other  tribes  uprmthe 
Columbia. 

"Of  the  Tsihailish.  also,  three  dialects  aie 
given,  which  diUier  considerably  from  one 
another.  TheQuaiautl  reside  upon  a  riv.r  of 
the  same  name,  north  of  the  Tsibailisli  (or 
Chlkailisli)  ])roper,  and  the  Kweuaiwitl,  in 
like  manner,  are  north  of  tlie  Kwaiantl,  not  far 
from  the  entrance  to  the  Straits  of  Fuca." 

Copies  neen !  Astor,  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress, I.enox.  Trumbull. 

At  the  Stiuier  sale.  no.  446,  a  copy  brought 
$13;  ;it  the  .Murphy  .sale,  no.  1123.  half  maroon 
moroi'co.  top  edge  gilt,  $13. 

I.ssued  also  with  the  following  title-page: 

United  States  (  exploring  expedi- 
tion. I  During  the  years  |  1838,  1839, 
1840, 1841,  1842.  |  Under  the  command 
of  Charles  Wilkes,  U.  8.  N.  |  Ethnog- 
raphy and  philology.  |  By  |  Horatio 
Hale,  I  philologist  of  the  expedition.  | 
Piiiladelidiia:  |  Lea  and  lUauchard. 
I  1846. 


82 


MIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


i 


Hale  (H.)  — CoutiniUMl. 

Tliiir-titlo  (TTiiiti'<l  Stilton  oxplitriiiK  i'X|>«<li- 
I  tioii)  vorao  blnuk  1  1.  title  veritu  blimk  1  1.  coii- 
'  t<>ntH  pp.  T-vii,  alphabet  pp.  Ix-xli,  liulf-titln 
I      v<ir8ti  blank  1 1.  text  pp.  ;t-666,  map,  4°. 

Linuuiatic  contents  an  under  title  next  itlxiTe. 

Oopiet  Keen :  Enmi'H,  J^enox. 

Wft8  Aiuericii   i)eople(l   from  I'oly- 

uosiuf 

In  ttongr^H  Int.  den  Ain{iriraniHteH,  Ciiuiptt>- 
rentlii,  7tli  sitAHiou,  pp.  375-387,  Berlin,  1890,8°. 
(Koini-H,  Filling.) 

Table  of  the  pronoiiim  /.  thou,  we  (inc.),  we 
(ex<;.),  ye,  and  they  in  tlie  languu|{«xuf  I'olynuxia 
and  of  weatern  America,  pp.  386-387,  includes 
tlieSeliab. 

laaucd  separately  with  title-page  as  foUowa : 

Was  America  peopled  from  Polyne- 
sia f  I  A  study  in  comparative  Philol- 
ogy. I  By  I  Horatio  Hale.  |  From  the 
Proceedings  of  tlio  luternutional  Con- 
gress of  AmericaniHts  |  at  Berlin,  in 
October  1888.  | 

Berlia  1890.  |  Printed  by  H.S.Her- 
mann. 

Title  vorao  bh.nk  1 1.  text  pp.  3-15, 8°. 

rronouna  in  the  IanKnn){ea  of  Polynesia  and 
of  western  America,  including  the  Seliah,  p.  14. 

Copies  see}i :  IMUing,  Wellealej'. 

An  international  idiom.  |  A  manual 

of  tlio  I  Oregon  trade  language,  |  or  | 
"Chinook  Jargon."  |  By  Horatio  Hale, 
M.  A.,  F.  R.  S.  C,  I  member   [&c.   six 
lines.]  I 

London:  |  Whittaker  &,  co..  White 
Hart  Street,  |  Paternoster  square.   1890. 

Half-title  verao  blank  1  1.  title  verao  namtw 
<)f  printers  1  1.  prefatory  note  verso  extr".c,t 
from  a  work  by  Quatrefagca  1 1.  contenta  verao 
blank  1 1.  text  pp.  1-63, 10°. 

Trade  language  and  Snulisli  dii^tiouarv,  pp. 
39-52 ;  and  the  Eugliali  and  trade  language,  pp. 
53-63,  each  contain  a  number  of  words  of 
Saliahan  origin ;  in  the  ttrat  iMirtiou  thrae  words 
are  marked  with  the  letter  S. 

"Thia  dictionary,  it  should  be  atat«d,  ia.  in 
the  main,  a  copy  (with  some  addttiona  iind  cor- 
rwtiona)  of  that  of  George  Gibba  (</.  t'.],  pub- 
lislied  by  the  Smithaonian  Institution  ia  ISC't, 
and  now  regarded  aa  the  standard  authoritj-,  ao 
far  aa  any  can  be  aaid  to  exiat;  but  it  nuiy  be 
added  that  the  principal  part  of  that  collection 
waa  avowedly  derived  by  the  estimable  com- 
piler from  my  own  vocabulary,  published  seven- 
teen years  before."— A'otf,  j>.  S9. 

Copies  heen :  Eames,  Pilling. 

For  critical  reviewa  of  tliia  work,  see  Oha- 
rencey   (H.  de),  Orane  (A.),  Leland  (C   G.), 
Reade  (J.),  and  Weitem. 
—  SoeOallatin  (A.) 

Horatio  Hale,  ethnidogisl.  Iiorn  in  Newport, 
K.  U,,  May  3, 1817,  waa  graduated  at  Harvard  in 


Hale  (H.)  — Continued. 

1837  and  was  ap|Hiint«<l  in  the  same  year  philolo- 
gist to  the  United  States  exploring  expedition 
under  Capt.  Charles  Wilkes.  In  this  capacity 
he  studied  a  large  number  of  the  languages  of 
the  Pacillo  Islands,  as  well  as  of  North  and 
Kontb  America,  Australia,  and  AtVica,  and  also 
investigated  the  history,  traditions,  and  cus- 
toms of  the  tribes  speaking  those  languages. 
The  resnlts  of  hia  inquiries  are  given  in  his 
Kthnography  and  Philology  (Philadelphia, 
184<l),  which  forma  the  seventh  volume  o^  the 
expedition  reports.  He  has  published  numerous 
memoirs  on  anthropology  and  etluudogy,  is  a 
meml>er  of  many  learned  societies,  both  in 
Europe  and  in  America,  and  in  1886  was  vice- 
president  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science,  presiding  over  the 
aectionof  anthropology. — Appleton's  Cyclop,  of 
Am.  Biog. 

Harvard:  Thia  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  to  haa  been  acen  by  the 
C(mipilor  in  the  library  of  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

[Hayden    (Ferdinand    Vandever)],   in 
charge.    Department  of  the  interior.  | 
Bulletin  |  of  |  the  United  States  |  Geo- 
logical and  geographical  survey  |  of  | 
the  territories.  |  No.  l[-Vol.  VI].  | 

Washington :  |  Government  printing 
office.  I  1874C-1881]. 

5  vols,  and  two  numbers  of  vol.  6, 8^.  It  was 
not  the  intention,  M-hcn  these  bulletins  were 
atarte<l,  to  collect  them  into  voliunes ;  conae- 
ipieutly  the  flrat  volume  is  irregularly  paged 
and  titled. 

EelU  (M.),  The  Twaim  Indians,  vol.  3,  pp.  57- 
114. 

Copies  seen :  Geological  Survey. 

Henry  (Alexander).  Journal  |  of  |  Alex- 
ander Henry  |  to  |  Lake  Superior,  Red 
River,!  Assiniboine,  Rocky  Mountains,  | 
Columbia,  and  the  Pacific,  i  1799  to  1811, 
I  to  establish  the  fur  trade.  (*) 

Manuscript,  about  1,700  pp.  foolscap,  pre- 
served in  the  library  of  Parliament,  Ottawa, 
(Janiula.  For  ita  deaeriptiou  I  am  indebted  to 
the  kindneaa  of  Mr.  Charles  K.  Bell,  of  Winni- 
peg, who  writes:  "The  sheets  are  evidently  not 
the  original  ones  U8e<l  by  Alexander  Henry,  but 
are  rewritten  from  hia  joiirnala  by  one  George 
Coventry,  who  seems  to  have  been  a  family 
friend.  No  date  is  given  to  the  copying,  nor  is 
there  any  iutiniation  where  the  original  docu- 
ments are  to  be  found." 

The  journal  extends  from  1799  to  1812,  and 
between  the  dates  1808  and  1800  are  vocabularies 
of  tboOJecboia,Knistineaux,  Assiniboine,  Slave, 
and  Flat  Head,  about  300  words  eacli  of  the  first 
three  and  a  somewhat  larger  number  of  the  last 
two.  Coploaof  these  have  been  fnrniahed  the 
linreaii  of  Ethnology  by  Mr.  Bell,  the  Flathead 
occupying  8  pagea,  folio. 


ar  phllolo- 
ixixMlition 
It  capacity 

IgUllgOH  of 

^orth  mill 
n,  and  nlso 
,  and  CU8- 
unguuKea. 
rt-n  in  his 
iladolpliia, 
lime  of  tlie 
I  numerous 
lology,  i«  a 
s,  botli  in 
6  WHS  vice- 
ion  for  tlio 
{  over  tlie 
»  Cyclop,  of 

9  or  within 
that  a  copy 
«e«Mi  by  the 
University, 

ver)],   in 
iterior.  | 
tea  1  Geo- 
vey  I  of  I 

VI].  I 

t  iirinting 

,8^.  It  was 
letins  were 
ines ;  fonse- 
Jarly  paged 

rol.  3,  pp.  57- 


of  I  Alex- 
Bi'iov,  Red 
nuntains,  | 
99  to  1811, 

(•) 

jolsuup,  pre- 

lit,  Ottawa, 

indebted  to 

of  Wicni- 

idently  not 

Henry,  but 

ono  George 

n  a  family 

iiyiiig,  nor  is 

igiual  docu- 

to  1812,  and 
vocabularies 
Inline,  Slave, 
h  of  the  first 
Tof  thi'Uist 
irnishod  the 
,he  Flathead 


SALISHAN   LANOUAQES. 


8$ 


Boflinan  (Dr.   Waltor   Juiiies).     (Mulish  ! 
myths.    By  W.  J.  Hoffman,  M.  D.  \ 

In  Essex  Inst.  Uull.,  vol.  l.'i,  pp.  23-40,  Salem,   ; 
1884,8°.    (Geological  Survey.) 

A  myth  in  the  Selish  language,  with  inter- 
linear English  tranMlatioii,  pp.  24-25.— Kotes  on 
some  of  the  Selish  words,  ]i.  40. 

Bird  uumes  of  tho  Soliali,  Pah  Tlta, 

and  Khosbnui  ludiaua.  By  W.  J .  Hoff- 
man, M.D. 

In  tho  Auk,  a  quarterly  journal  of  ornithol- 
ogy, vol.  2,  pp.  7-10,  Boston,  1885,  8^  (Geological 
Survey.) 

A  list  of  40  bird  names;  Selish  equivalents 
of  34  are  given. 

Issued  separately,  with  half-title  as  follows: 

(From  the  Auk,  vol.  II,  No.  1,  Janu- 
ary, 1885).  I  Bird  names  of  the  Solish, 
Pah  Uta  and  |  Shoshoni  Indians.  |  By 
W.  J.  Hoffman,  M.  D. 

[Boston:  1885.] 

Half-title  on  cover, no  inside  title;  text  pp. 
7-10,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  alio  ve. 

Copies  seen :  Eames,  Pilling. 

Vocabulary  of  tho  Selish  Language. 

By  W.  J.  Hoffman,  M.D.,  Washington, 
1).  C.  (Read  before  the  American  Phil- 
osophical Society,  March  19,  IHHli.) 

In  American  Philosoph.  Soc.  Proc.  vol.  23, 
pp.  361-371,  Philadelphia,  1886, 8°.  (Geological 
Survey.) 

Vocabulary  (300  words),  pp.  361-369.— Phrases 
(22),  p.  369,— Xunierals  1-1000,  pp.  369-370.— 
Myth  with  interlinear  Knglish  tninshitioii,  p. 
370— List  of  tribes  knowu  to  bo  Selish,  p.  371. 
Walter  J.  llotfmau  was  born  in  Weidus- 
illo,  Pa.,  May  30, 1840;  studied  medicine  with 
'lis  father  (the  late  Dr.  Win.  F.  Uoilninn,  of 

I  Re.iding,  Pa.),  and  graduated  ftoiii  Jefferson 
Medical  College,  Philadol]ihia,  Pa.,  March  10, 
1860.  Practiced  his  profession  in  Keadinj;,  Pa., 

j  until  the  summer  of  1870,  when,  at  the  outbreak 
of  the  Franco-Prussian  war,  he  received  a  coin- 
mission  of  surgeon  in  the  Prussian  army  anil 
was  assigned  to  the  Seventh  Aniiy  t^orjis, 
located  near  Metz.  For  "distinguished  services 
rendered  "  ho  was  decnrated  by  the  Kniperor 
William  I,  and  after  his  return  to  America  ho 
was  appointed,  in  1871,  acting  as.sistant  sur- 
geon, tJ.  S.  A.,  and  naturalist  to  the  expedition 
for  the  exploration  of  Kevada  and  Arizona, 
Lieutenant  (now  Mjvjor)Wheeler,  V.  S.  Engineer 
Corps,  commanding.  Dr.  Hoffman  was  ordered, 
in  August,  1872,  to  the  military  post  at  Grand 
Itiver  Agency  (now  North)  Dakot-a,  where  he 
served  as  post  surgeon  and  prosiniuted 
researches  in  the  language  and  mythology  of 
the  Dakota  Indians.  In  thespringof  1873,Dr. 
Hoffman  wasdetailed  to  accompany  the  Seventh 
tJ.  S.  Cavalry.  General Custercommamliug,  and 
was  later  transferred  to  tho  Twenty-second 
Infantry,  the  regiment  of  which  General  Stan- 
SAL 3 


Hoffman  (W.J.)  —  Continued. 

ley  was  then  colonel.  Ketiiniing  to  Keading, 
Pa.,  Dr.  Hoffman  resumed  the  priM'tico  of  med- 
icine in  November,  1873,  and  continuml  until 
the  autumn  of  1877,  when  he  was  placed  by 
ProfesMor  Ilaydon,  then  director  of  tho  V.  H. 
Oeiilogieal  Survey,  in  charge  of  the  ethnohigieal 
and  miueralogical  matitrial.  In  this  capacity 
he  continiie<l  until  tho  organixation  of  tho 
Hiiroau  of  Ethnology  in  1879,  when  ho  was 
appointed  assistant  ethniilogist,  which  otHce  bo 
tills  at  this  date. 

Dr.  Uoinnan  has  made  special  invcstigathin 
with  the  organization  (existing  among  all 
tribes  of  Indians,  in  some  form  orotlier)  iisiially 
denominated  the  (} raud  Medicine  Society,  and 
for  this  purpose,  as  well  as  for  tho  collection  of 
anthrn|>omorpliic  and  other  ethnologic  datu. 
has  visited  most  of  the  aboriginal  trilios  of  the 
United  States  and  the  northwest  coast  of 
America.  In  1881  he  visited  tho  Manilans, 
Hidatsa,  and  Arikara,  to  study  tho  sign  lan- 
guage, pictographs,  and  secret  society  of  the 
Arikara.  In  18M2  ho  made  a  trip  to  the  Cali- 
fornia and  Nevada  tribes  and  all  known  local- 
ities abounding  in  pictographs,  gathered  vocab- 
ularies of  Smiiwitsh  (Santa  liarbara),  Kawi'ah 
(at  Tulle  River),  etc.  In  1883  he  visited  Ottawa, 
near  Mockin.aw,  Mich.,  and  Mdewakantnwan, 
at  Meudota,  Minn.,  studying  pictographs  and 
linguistics,  etc.  In  1884  ho  studie<l  tho  tribes 
of  Vancouver's  Island,  H.  (;.,  Washington, 
Oregon.California,  and  Nevada,  esi>ecially  their 
pictography,  sign  language,  and  tattooing.  In 
1886  he  visited  lietroglyphs  in  West  Virginia, 
Virginia,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Tennessee,  and 
Penn8ylv,inia.  In  1887-1890  he  miule  visits  to 
thoOjibwaof  Minnesota,  to  study  their  Grand 
Medii  ine  ritual  anil  initiation.  In  1890-'9l  be 
visitcil  the  Mouomini  of  Wisconsin  and  OJibwa 
of  Minnesota,  to  study  their  ritual  and  nicdi- 
eino  society. 

Ho\7se  (Joseph).  Vocabularies  of  cer- 
tain North  American  languages.  By 
T.  (J.?)  Howse,  Esq. 

In  I'hiloIo;jical  Sue.  [of  London]  Proc.  vol.  4, 
pp.  191-200,  London,  1850.  K°.   (Congress.) 

Vocabulary  of  tho  Flathead,  Okanagen.and 
Atnaor  Slioiishwhap,  pp.  190-200. 

Hymn-book : 

Xetlakaparauk 

Hymns : 

Kalispel 

Klallam 

Netlakapamuk 

Netlakapamuk 

Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 

Okinagan 

Skwaksin 

.Snohomish 

Twana 

Hymns  in  the  Thompson  tongue.  Seo 
Le  Jeuue  (J.M.R.) 


See  Le  Jeuno  (.1.  M.  R.) 

See  Giorda  (J.  B.) 
Eell8(M.) 
Goo<l(J.B.) 
Le  Jeiine  (J.  M.  R.) 
Bulmer(T.S.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Tate  (C.  M.) 
Eells  (M.) 
Boolct  (J.  B.) 
Eells  (M.) 


34 


BIBLIOGKAPHY   OF   THE 


1.  «).  Iv. 


Interrogatioiies    faciundio    [Kulispel] 

SoeCanistrelli(F.) 
Jiilg(B.)    S.!eVater(.I.  H.) 

Kallipel : 

nibln  Htorii<)t 
CutcohiHm 


Dictloniiry 

Uflneral  (lisiuiRsicm 

(>eo|{rii|>hio  naiiinH 

HyniiiB 

Litany 

Lonl's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Numerals 

Prayers 

Prayers 

Prayers 

Text 

Votabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 


S<Mi  (iiunin  (J.) 
(liorda  (J.) 
(iiorda  (J.) 
SmiiUny  (E.  V.) 
KellH  (M.) 
Giurda(.I.) 
CanustiuUi  (P.) 
Shea  (J.(i.) 
Sinalloy  (E.  V.) 
Smot  (P.J.de). 
VanGorp  (L.) 
Eells  (M.) 
C  (J.  F.) 
CanestrellKP.) 
Smet  (P.J.de). 
Lettro. 
Gibbs  (O.) 
Hale(H.) 
Plnart  (A.L.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.) 
Tolmio  (W.  F.) 
Tolmle   (W.  F.)  and 
DawHon  (U.M.) 
Words  Youth's. 

Kamloops  Wawn.  See  Le  Jeune  (J.-M. 

R.) 
Kane  (Paul).  Waiuleriu^^s  of  an  artiHt  | 
among  the  |  Indians  of  North  Anioi-i(;a 
I  from  Canada  |  to  Vancouvcr'ii  island 
and  Oregon  |  through  the  Iludsdn's 
bay  company's  territory  |  and  |  back 
again.  |  13y  Paul  Kane.  | 

London  |  Longman,  Brown,  Green, 
Longmans,  and  Roberts.  |  1859. 

Half-title  verso  uamo  ol  printer  1  1.  frontis- 
piece 1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  dodicatiuu  vvrso 
blanic  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-x,  cuutinits  i>p.  xi-xvii, 
list  of  illustrations  p.  [xviii],  text  pp.  1-455, 
appendix  i- 11. 8°. 

List  of  peoples  in  the  uorthwost,  including 
theSalishan  tribes,  4  unnumbered  leaves  itt  end. 

Copiet  teen:  Bancroft,  Boston  Athcntciim, 
Britisli  Museum, Congress,  Harvard. 

The  edition :  Les  Indiens  de  la  Bai<!  Hudson, 
Paris,  1861,  contains  no  linguistic  nialerial. 
(British  Museum.) 

Paul  Kane,  Canadian  artist,  born  in  Xu.'outo 
in  1810,  died  there  in  1871.  He  early  oviiioed 
a  love  of  art,  and  after  studying  in  Upper 
Canada  college  he  visited  tlie  United  Stat<'8  in 
1836  and  followed  his  profession  tlioro  till  1810, 
when  he  went  to  Europe.  Tliere  he  studied  in 
Rome,  Genoa,  Kaples,  Florence,  Venice,  and 
Bologna.  He  finally  returned  to  Toronto  in 
the  spring  of  1816,  and  after  a  short  rest  went 


Kane  (P.) — Continued, 

on  » tour  of  art  uxploralion  through  the  unset- 
tied  regions  of  tliu  uurlliwest.  He  traveled 
uiaiiy  tlioiisands  of  niile.s  in  this  country,  from 
tlie  coiilluea  of  old  Caniula  to  the  I'uoiflc  Ocean, 
and  was  eminently  successfnl  in  delineating 
tlie  pliysical  peculiarities  and  appearauoo  of 
the  aborigines,  lis  well  as  the  wild  scenery  of 
the  far  north.  He  returned  to  Toronto  in 
Deeemlwr,  1H48,  liaving  in  his  possession  one  of 
the  largest  eolloctions  of  Indian  curiosities 
that  was  ever  miule  on  the  continent,  togetlier 
with  nearly  four  liuiidredslietchos.  From  these 
he  painted  a  series  of  oil  pictures,  which  are  now 
in  the  possession  of  George  W.Allen, of  Toronto, 
anil  embrace  views  of  tlie  country  from  Lake 
Superior  to  Vancouver's  Island.— iipfiefon'f 
Cyclop,  of  Am.  liiog. 

Kaulits : 

General  discussion     See  Hale  (H.) 


Vocabulary 

Gallatin  (A.) 

Vocabulary 

Gibbs  (G.) 

Vocabulary 

Halo  (H.) 

Vocabulary 

Latham  (B.  Q.) 

Vocabulary 

Powell  (J.  W.) 

Vocabulary 

Roehrig  (F.L.O.) 

Vocabulary 

Wabass(W.G.) 

Words 

Gibbs  (G.) 

Kawichen : 

General  discussion  See  Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

General  di>  ciission 

Buscliinann  (■!.  C.  E.) 

Geueral  diseiiMsion 

Tolmie    (W.  F.)   and 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

I.K>rd's  prayer 

Youth's. 

Numerals 

Eells  (M.) 

Numerals 

Se.juler  (.f.) 

Numerals 

Tolmio  (W.F.) 

Sentences 

Scouler  (.1 .) 

Sentences 

Tolmie  (W.F.) 

Songs 

Boas  (F.) 

Vocabulary 

Pinart  (A.  L.) 

Vocabulary 

Scouler  (J.) 

Vociibnlary 

Tolmio  (W.F.) 

Vocabulary 

Tolmie   (W.  F.)    and 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

Words 

Brinton  (D.G.) 

Words 

Buschmann  (J.  C.  E.) 

Words 

Chamberlain  (A.  F.) 

Words 

Daa  (L.  K.) 

Words 

Latham  (R.  G.) 

Keane     (Augustas 

H.)     Ethuography 

and  philology  of 

America.    By  A.  H. 

Keane. 

lu  Bates  (H.  W.),  Central  America,  the  West 
Indies,  etc.,  pp.  443-571,  London,  1878, 8°. 

General  scheme  of  American  races  and  lan- 
guages (pp.  460-497)  includes  a  list  of  the 
Columbian  races,  embracing  the  Salish  or  Flat- 
head, p.  474.  -Alphabetical  list  of  all  known 
American  tribes  and  languages,  pp.  498-545. 

Reprinted  in  tliel88'2and  1885eiUtion8of  the 
same  work  and  on  the  same  pages. 


SALISHiVN   LANGUAGES. 


86 


Keane  ( A.  H )  —  ContiniuHl. 

Aiiiorioan  IiidiiiiiM. 

In  KnryclopioUa  Itritnnnirn.  iili:tli  (Mlitinn, 
pp.  822-8.10,  New  Yi>rk,  1881,  royal  H^.  (1  iin-Bil 
of  Ethnolocy,PllHnK.) 

(,'ohinil)ian  ra<!tM,  p.  H2fl,  iiirliiiloH  tliodlvUlunit 
nf  MinHalislmn. 
Kllamook.    Sou  TlUmnk. 


Elalliim: 

(iimorHl  (liHitURHlim  Sittt 

OviKtrnl  (liHCUHHioii 

(ie<i|{rnp)iic  iiiinicx 

(ii-ographic  niim«M 

(.ieograpliid  naniuB 

Oraiiitiintic  treatise 

(irnniinatic  treatiHo 

UytuiiB 

Lonl'H  prayor 

Lord's  prayer 

Nunicrnls 

Knaierals 

Nuniorals 

Xumorals 

SentniiceH 

Songs 

Songs 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

V(Hiabulary 

Wonts 


»ancroft(Il.  H.) 
!'>11«(.M.) 
C'oones  (S.  F.) 
K«ll.s(M.) 
(ilbbs  (C) 
HiiImcr(T.  S.) 
E.'1U(M.) 
Ei>U8(M.) 
Bulmer  (T.S.) 
Youth's. 
£ell8(M.) 
Grant  (W.C.) 
.Scoulor  (J.) 
Tolnile  (W.  F.) 
Scouler  (J.) 
Baker  (T.) 
Eclls  (M.) 
KellH  (M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Latham  (R.  G.) 
rinart(A.L.) 
Koclirig  (F.L.O.) 
Scouler  (J.) 
'rolmio(\V.  F.) 
Baiicroft(U.U.) 


Klallam  —  Continiiml. 


Words 

Iluscbinunii  (■!.  <'.  E.) 

Words 

I)aa(I..K.) 

Words 

Latham  (U.O.) 

WonlH 

Youth's, 

Komuk : 

(iraniiiiatic  tniatUe 

SiHS  lloiM  (F.) 

LucwkI" 

»ous(F.) 

Nuniiirals 

llrintoM  (l>.  U.) 

Nunii<rjls 

l';rlU(M.) 

Tuxts 

Iloas  (F.) 

Vocabulary 

Hoas(F.) 

Vocabulary 

Brinton  (l).G.) 

Vocabulary 

(}ibbH((}.) 

Vmiabulary 

l*inait(A.  L.) 

Vocabulary 

Pownll  (.r.  W.) 

ViR'abulary 

Koehrl){(l''.L.O.) 

Words 

Boas{F.) 

Eowelit*.    Seu  Kanllti. 
Euwalitsk.    See  Kanliti. 

Ewantlen : 
Numerals 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 

AVords 
Ewinaintl : 
Kumerala 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 
Words 


SeeEi'lls(M., 
(iibbs(G,) 
KochriK  (F.  L.  O.) 
Tolnihi   (W.  F.)    and 

Dawson  (<}.  M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 

SeoGells(M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Halo  (II.) 
IloehriK(F.  L.O.) 
Willoughby  (C.) 


L. 


Latham  (Robert  Gordon).  MiML-ellaiieuu» 
contributions  to  tlio  othnograpliy  of 
Nortli  America.  By  R.  G.  Latham,  M.I). 

In  I'bilological  Soc.  [of  LondouJ  Proc.  vol.  2, 
pp.  31-50,  [London],  1840, 8°. 

('ontains  a  number  of  Kawitohen,  Noosda 
lum,  and  Sulish  words  in  the  comparative  lists. 

This  article  reprinted  in  the  same  author's 
Oi>iiseula,  for  title  ot  which  see  below. 

On  the  languages  of  the  Oregon  ter- 
ritory.    By  R.  G.  Latluuu,  M.  I). 

In  Ethnological  Soc.  of  Loudim,.Tour.  vol.  1, 
pp.  154-106,  Edinburgh  [1848],  8°.  (('.mjrre.ss.) 

Comparative  vocabulary  <11  words)  of 
Fri(!ndly  Villaj;*'  (from  McKen/.ie)  aud  the 
Billechoola  (from  Tolmie),  p.  155.— Numerals 
2-7, 10  of  the  IJillechoila  compared  with  those 
of  Fitzhugh  Sound,  and  Haeltzuk,  p.  155. — 
Comparative  vocabulary  (10  words)  of  the  Atiia 
(from  MoKonzio)  and  Noosdalum,  p.  157.— 
Comparative  vocabulary  (12  words  and  numer- 
als 1-10)  of  the  Salish  (from  (iallatln),  and 
Okinsgen  (from  Tolmie),  p.  158  —Vocabulary 
of  the  Shoshoni  (24  words)  showing  aflinities 
with  a  number  of  other  languages,  among  them 


Latham(R.  G.) — Continued. 

the  Kawitchen,  pp.  159-100.— Table  of  words 
showing  adinities  between  the  E.skimo  anil 
other  languages,  among  them  the  ISillechoola, 
Kawitchen,  and  Squnllyamish,  pp.  104-165. 

This  article  rcprinttid  in  the  muw  author's 
Oputcula,  with  added  notes ;  for  title  see  below. 

Tlie  I  nattiralli. story  |  of  (  the  varie- 
ties of  man.  |  Hy  j  K(>l)ert  (Jordou 
Latliain,  M.  D.,  F.  U.  S.,  |  late  fellow  of 
King's  college,  Cambridge;  |  one  of  tlie 
vi«!e-pre8ident8of  the  Kthn(dogieul  soci- 
ety, London;  |  corresponding  meui'"'" 
to  the  ethnological  society,  |  I\cw 
York,  etc.  |  [Monogram  in  shield.]  | 

London:  |  John  Van  Voorst,  I'ater- 
nosterrow.  |  M.  1).  CCCL  [1850]. 

Half-title  verso  bl.auk  1  1.  title  verso  names 
of  printers  I  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1. 
preface  pp.  vii-xi,  bibliograj)liy  j)p.  xiii-xv, 
explanation  of  plates  verso  blank  1  1.  contents 
pp.  xix-xxviii,  text  pp.l-56G,  index  pp.  bW7-r>7i, 
list  of  works  by  Dr.  Latham  verso  blank  1  1. 8°. 

A  comparative  vocabulary  (10  words)  of  the 


'  t;  I 


i]  i 


1 1 


36 


BIBLIOOKAPHV   OP  THE 


Latham  (R.  G.) — Continued. 

Friitnilly  VillaKit  (from  McKitnzIc)  iind  Bilk 
clioulu  (friMii  ToIiiiIk),  |>.  300. — (Joinparntivu 
VM'ultiilary  {Vi  woriU>  or  tlie  I'iHkwauH  (IVoiii 
Oallntin)  and  SiiUmIi,  p,  au.— Coinpiirativit 
vociilmlnry  (ID  wonlw)  of  thn  ('lickt^ull  anil 
Wakaiili  (fn)in  Sronlur),  |).  315. 

Cupim  leett:  Buruuii  of  KthiioluKy,  ('oii- 
grcHH,  Kniiios. 

The  I  I'thnology  |  of  |  tho    HritiHli 

colonioH  I  iind  |  (lupttnihnK-ieN.  {  Ky  |  K. 
(J.  Liithiun,  M.  1).,  F.  U.  S.,  |  <orn)- 
HpoiuliuK  nienibor  to  the  EthnoloKiciil 
society,  Now  York,  |  etc.  etc.  |  [Mono- 
grnin  in  ahield.]  | 

London:  |  John  Van  Voorst,  Pater- 
noster row.  I  M.  DCCC.  LI     [18.-)1J. 

Titlo  vcrHO  namcH  of  printers  1  1.  contonta 
pp.  v-vi,  prcfaoo  vor.s()  blank  1  1.  loxt  i»p.  !-264, 
lUt  of  works  by  Di.  Lntliain,  I'tr,.  1  1. 10". 

Chapti-r  vi.  Dupentlenrius  Ir.  America,  pp. 
221-204,  contains  a  li^4t  of  tho  iMvisiuns  ami 
subdivisions  of  thu  IMUcM-ltula. 

Cojiieg  »een :  Astor,  ISritish  M'.isuuni,  Bureau 
of  Kthuology,  Congress,  Enmcs. 

Ou  tbolangunj^eMot'  northern,  west- 
ern, and  central  America.  By  li.  G. 
Latham,  M.  D. 

In  Pliilological  Soc.  [of  London]  Trans.  1850, 
pp.  57-115,  London  [18!)7],  8^ .    ((Jougress.) 

A  general  discussion  of  tho  Atn..'  group 
(including  tlio  Tslhali-Solisli).  with  a  lis'  of  its 
linguis'io  divisions,  pp.  71-72;  of  the  Billo- 
cliula,  p.  72. 

This  article  reprinted  lu  tlie  sanio  author's 
Opu^ettla,  for  titlo  of  wliieli  soo  l)olow  . 

OpnsiMila.  I  Kssiiys  |  cliioHy  |  philo- 
logical and  ethnographical  |  by  |  Rob- 
ert (iordon  Lathani,  |  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  F. 
R.  8.,etr.  I  late  fellow  of  Kings  college, 
Cambridge,  late  i>rofessorof  English  | 
in  University  college,  liOiidon,  late 
assistant  plij'sician  |  at  the  Middlesex 
hospital.  I 

Williams  &  Norgate,  |  14   Henrietta 
street,  Covent  garden,  London  |  and  | 
20  8onth  Frederick  street,  Edinburgh. 
I  Leipzig,  R.  Hartmann.  |  1860. 

Title  verso  nunie  of  printer  1  1.  preface  pp. 
iil-iv,  contents  pp.  v-vi,  text  pp.  1-377,  addenda 
and  corrigenda  pp.  378-418,  8'. 

A  reprint  of  a  number  of  papers  retvd  before 
tho  ethnological  and  pliilological  societies  of 
London,  among  them  the  following : 

On  the  languages  of  tlio  Oregon  territory  (pp. 
249-265)  contsins :  Coir  parative  vocabulary  (10 
words)  of  tho  language  of  Friendly  Village 
(from  McKenzie)  and  Billochula  (from  Tol- 
mie),  p.  250.— Vocabulary  (10  words)  of  tho 
Atnah  (from  McKenzie)  and  of  the  Noosda- 
lum,  compared,  p.  252.— Vocabulary  (12  words 
and  aumeroU  1-10)  of  the  Salish  (f^om  Galla- 


Latham  (R.  G.)  — Coutinuod. 

till)  aiid()kinagen(froin  Tolniiu),pp.  25:i-254.— 
List  of  words  hIiowIu^  alBnitles  Isdween  tliu 
li'iiguages  of  Oregon  territory  and  the  Ksliiiiio 
Includes  words  of  tlie  Billeclioola  and  Okina- 
gen.  pp.  20(1-203. 

Miseellaiieoiis  rontribiitions  to  the  etlinog- 
raphy  of  Nortli  America,  pp.  27.V297,  <'oiituin* 
n  niimlier  of  Salishan  words  in  tlie  compara- 
tive lists. 

Addenda  and  corrigenda,  IHIiO  (pp.  378-418) 
eontaiiiH  a  few  additional  remarks   upon  tlie 

Atiia  group  and  tlie  Billechula.  p.  :i88 Short 

Solisli  vocabulary  (12  words),  pp.  415-410. 

Cnpiet  si-'-n:  Astor,  Hoston  I'ublie,  Ilriiiton, 
Bureau  of  lCtlimdogy,Cungres8,  Kanies,  IMIIing, 
Watkinson. 

At  the  Sqiiier  sale  a  iirosentation  cop^',  no. 
03fl,  brought  $2.37.  The  Murphy  copy,  no.  1438, 
sold  for$l. 

Elements  |  of  |  comparative  iihilol- 

ogy-  I  l«y  I  R.(i.  Latham,  M.A.,  M.  D., 
F.  R.  8.,  &c.,  I  late  fellow  of  King'scol- 
lege,  Cambridge ;  and  late  professor  of 
English  I  in  University  college,  Lon- 
don. I 

Loudon :  Walton  and  Maberly,!  Upper 
Gowor  street,  and  Ivy  lane,  Paternoster 
row;  I  Longman,  Green,  Longman, 
Roberts,  and  Green,  |  Paternoster  row. 
I  1802.  I  The  Right  of  Translation  is 
Reserved. 

Half-title  verso  n.imo  of  printer  1  I.  title 
verso  blank  1  I.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1. 
preface  pp.  vii-xi,  contents  pp.  xiii-xx,  tabular 
view  of  languages  and  diale<'ls  pp.  xxi-xxviii, 
chief  authorities  pp.  xxix-xxxii,  errata  verso 
blank  1  1.  text  pp.  1-7.52,  addenda  and  corri- 
genda pp.  753-757,  iudoK  pp.  758-774,  list  of 
works  by  Br.  Latham  verso  blank  1 1. 8°. 

(ieneral  account  of  the  Tsibali-Selish,  with  a 
list  of  linguistic  divisions,  p.  390.— Compara- 
tive vocabulary  (50  words  and  numerals  1-10) 
of  the  Atna  (from  Hale),  Fiskwaus,  .Skwali, 
and  Kowelitsk,  pp.  399-400.— Vocabulary  (50 
words  and  iiunierals  1-10)  of  the  Nsictshawiia 
or  Kilamitk,  a  hingiingc  of  thu  Selish  or  Atna 
group,  compared  with  the  AVatlala  and  Xutka, 
pp.  402-403.  —  Vocabulary  (12  words)  of  the 
Selish  coniinpared  with  the  Tshiuiik  and  Sho- 
slioni,  p.  404. 

Copies  geen .-  Astor,  British  Museum,  Bureau 
of  Ethnology,  (Congress,  Eamcs,  Watkinsou. 

Kobort  Gordon  Latham,  the  oldest  son  of  the 
Bev.  Thomas  Latham,  was  born  in  the  vicarage 
of  Blllingsborough,  Lincolnshire,  March  24, 
1812.  Inl819hewa8enteredatEton.  Twoyears 
afterwards  he  was  admitted  on  tho  foundation, 
and  in  1829  went  to  Kings,  where  he  took  his 
fellowship  and  degrees.  Ethnology  was  hia 
first  iiaasiou  and  his  last,  though  for  botany 
he  had  a  very  strong  taste.  He  died  March  9, 
IHii.— Theodore  WatttiiiThgAtheMum,  March 
17,  1888. 


- 


8ALI»HAN   LANGITAOKS. 


37 


Leolero  (ChnrloH).  BililiotluMit  |  itiiiuri- 
cniiit  I  (,'tita1oKuit  rniMonii*;  |  d'liiio  tri-H- 
jirc^cioiiHo  I  colh'ctioii  do  livrt'H  aiiclt'HH 
I  »'t  motlerneH  |  hiu  rAni(<ii<iuii  ft  Ion 
I'hilippineH  |  ('1ii8h<^h  pur  oniric  alplia- 
iK^tiqiio  tlu  iiomH  <rAuteurH.  |  K<'><liK<'^ 
l»ar  Cli.  Leclorc.  |  [DoHign.]  | 

PiiriH  I  Miiinoniiouv«^  &,  C'"'  |  15,  <|iiiii 
Voltaire  |  M.  I).  CCC.  LXVII  [IWiT] 

Covnr  title  iiM  :ibove,  Imlftltlo  vi'r«<i  ilrlallKol' 
HMle  1  1,  titli<  itH  nbovu  verito  l)lauk  I  1.  prarucH 
pp.  T-vll,  cataliiKue  pp.  1-407,  fl". 

InclndvH  titli'Hof  a  nnmlxTof  witrkHrontaiii- 
liig  inatitrlal  relatiug  to  tlm  SaliHiian  Ian- 
giiagon. 

Copiet  teen ;  Confrrni*,  Kamiw,  I'illiug. 

At  tilt)  Fluoher  •ale,  a  ropy,  no.  DID,  hmnglit 
1U«. ;  at  the  d<iui(>r  Hale,  no.  Ool,  $l.ri<l.  Liirlcri', 
1878,  no.  3i5,  prices  it  4  fr.  anil  MaiHonneiivn,  in 
1889, 4  fr.  Tbe  Murpliy  copy,  no.  1452,  broiiKtit 
«2.75. 

Bibliotheca  |  anioricnna  |  HiHtoire, 

g<^(igraphie,  |  voyages,   arcb(*ologie   «t 
]iiigiiiHti<iiiu  I  (Ins  |   deux  AindriquoH  | 
et  I  des  ilea  Philippines  |  r<^dig^e  |  Par 
Ch.  Leclerc  |  [Design]  | 

Paris  I  Maisonnenvo  et  C",  libraires- 
Mlteurs  |  25,  qiiai  Voltaire,  25,  |  1878 

Cover  title  as  al)ove,  half-title  verHO  hlanit 
1  I.  title  aa  above  veroo  blank  1  1.  avaut-prupox 
pp.  i-xvii,  table  <1ph  divisionii  pp.  xviii-xx,  I'lit- 
nlotrue  pp.  1-643,  HuppK^nient  pp.  645-094,  index 
pp.  695-7;i7, 1'oloplion  verao  blank  11.8". 

Tlie  liiiRiiiHtic  part  of  tliin  volume  occnpien 
pp.5;t7-04.1;  it  is  arranBe<l  under  nameit  of  lan- 
);iiagi-s  and  contains  titles  of  books  relating  to 
tlie  following :  Langues  anitricaines  en  gC-iii'Tiil, 
pp.  5.17-550;  Clallam  et  Lnmmi,  p.  .^08. 

Gopie*  seen:  Ronton  Athenaeum,  Congress, 
Eauies,  Har\-ard,  rilling. 

Priced  by  Quaritch,  no.  12172,  12*. ;  another 
copy,  no.  12173,  large  paper,  11.  If.  Leclero's 
Supplement,  1881,  no.  2S31,  prices  it  15  fr.,  and  no. 
2832,  a  copy  on  Holland  paper,  30  fr.  A  large 
paper  copy  is  price«l  by  Quaritch,  no.  30230, 12». 
Maisonneuve  in  1889  prices  it  15  fr. 
Lee  (Daniel)  and  Frost  (J.  H.)  Ten 
years  in  Oregon.  |  By  D.  Loti  and  J.  H. 
Frost,  I  late  of  the  Oregon  niisi^ion  of 
the  Methodist  episcopal  church.  | 
[Picture.]  | 

New-York:  |  published  for  the 
authors:  200  Mulberry-street.  |  .J. 
Collord,  Printer.  |  1844. 

Title  verso  copyright  notice  (1844)  1 1.  preface 
pp. 3-6,  contents  pp.  7-11.  textpp.  13-337,  appen- 
dix pp.  339-344,  map,  12°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Killemook  (80  words  and 
phrasesj.pp.  339-341.— Vocabulary  of  the  Cho- 
callsh  (65word8).  pp.  341- J43. 

Oopiet  seen ;  Astor.  lioston  Atbonieuni,  Brit- 
ish Museum,  Congress,  I'illing,  Trumbull. 


Lagandi : 
Koniiik 
I'entlash 
Haliiib 
SiletH 
8nanaimnk 

TWMIU 

Twana 


Hee  llnas  (K.) 
Unas  (K.) 
Hotlman  (\V.  J  ) 
Hoas  (K.) 

lloilM  (!'.) 

KnlmiT  (T.  S.) 
KelU  (M.) 


[Le  Jeune  ( AVr  ,Ioaii-Marii<  Ka|ihael).] 
A  lia  u  skoainjwtH  a  Jt-su-Kri  oa  Ste. 
Margucritf-Marie  |  Alaconne.  A  joat 
k'oe  iainit  oa  N'jhoakwk  : 

Colophon:  P.  A.  Kentp<'r,  Dayton,  O. 
(N.  Ann-rica.)  [1890.]  (Ntliikapamoli, 
Br.  Colnnibiu.) 

A  small  card,  3  by  5  Inches  in  size,  lioatled  iih 
above  and  c^mtaining  twelve  'TroiniMes  of 
Our  Lord  to  IMcnsed  Margaret  Mary,"  In  the 
Ntlakapanuih  language.  On  the  verso  is  a 
colored  picture  of  the  sacred  heart,  beneath 
which  is  a  tive-line  verse  in  Knglish. 

Copies  »een  :  rilling.  Wellosley. 

Some  issues  are  ]>rinted  on  cards  which  have 
the  verse  beneath  the  picture  in  French. 
(Ennies.) 

Nelh  to  skoalwtz  .lesu-Kri  |  n  St(^ 

Marguerite  Mali  Alacok.     Shoat  koo 
lamhal  a  tn  HptenoHc  m. 

Colophon:  P.  A.  K  ■  mper,  Dayton,  O. 
(N.  America.)  [IHiK).]  Lillooet,  Br. 
Columbia. 

A  smiiU  card,  3  by  5  inches  in  size,  headed  an 
above  and  <:ontaining  twelve  "  I'mniisis  of 
Our  Lord  to  Hlessed  Margaret  Mary  "in  the 
Lill(i<H<t  language.  On  the  verso  is  a  colond 
])icturo  of  the  satTed  heart,  l>eneath  which  is  a 
flve-line  verse  in  English. 

Copies  seen :  Kitmes,  I'illing,  Wellesley. 

Mr.  Kemper  has  issued  similar  cards  in  many 
languages. 

[ ]  [Two  lines  stenographic  charac- 
ters.] I  No.  1.  Kamloops  Wawa  May  2. 
'91  [-No.  76  30,  Apr.  1893]. 

A  periodical  in  tlie  (Chinook  Jargon,  hteno- 
graphic  characters,  intended  as  a  weekly,  hut 
issued  in  its  curly  stages  at  irregular  intervals, 
at  Kamloops,  ISritish  Columbia,  under  tlic  edi- 
torship of  Father  Le.leune,  and  rcpriwhu'cd  l>y 
him  with  the  aid  of  the  mimeograph.  Si'e  tiw- 
fiimiie  of  the  lirst  page  of  the  initial  issue,  p.  38. 

Adetaileii  description  of  tlie  issues  iinil  their 
contents  to  no.  07.  inclusive,  is  given  in  the 
Bibliography  of  the  Cliinookaii  languages. 

Night  prayers  in  Shush wap,  no.  9,  \)\i.  1-4  (pp. 
51-54  of  the  series). 

[ ]  Prayers  in  |  Shushwap.  |  I.  Night 

Prayers. 

[Kamloops,  B.  C. :  1892.] 
No  title-page,  heading  as  above ;  text  (in  the 
Shushwap  language,  stonographiu  (characters, 


38 


BIWLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


1 


':»£  ': 


cy' 


Kocn'i  loops 


O^f 


V 


-^6^^^ 

/ 


^5- 


c/C^9^ 


*//"  wantj 
(HMcC  SpeaJii 

WaurJ-  to 
Ccar^    to 


ivfitic.  /^e/t,\        \ 


FACSIMILE  OF  THE  FIRST  PAGE  OF  1  HE  KAMLOOf-S  WAWA. 


MJ 


8ALIRHAN   LANOUAOES. 


39 


I 


Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.)  —  Continnod. 

with  EngliHh  anil  Latin  lutaiUn^iH  in  ital'.CH, 
reproduced  by  the  mimeograph),  pp.1-10,  lti°. 

Venl  Sancti,  p.  1. — Act.  of  faith,  p.  1 ;  of  hope, 
p.  2  J  of  love,  pp.  2-3;  of  contrition,  p.  3;  of 
adoration,  pp.  3-4;  of  thaukA^ivinp,  pp.  4-5.— 
Prayer  for  'ight,  pp.  5-6;  examon,  pp.  0-7;  ttrm 
purpose,  pp.  7-8;  confiotor,  p.  '.).— >tiscr('atur 
and  ludulKentiam,  p.  10. — Tlie  ton  connnand- 

nimitfi,  pp.  10-11 Proci>pt«  of  tlio  church,  pp. 

11-12.— Seven  capital  nina,  p.  12. — Night  offer- 
ing, p.  13.— Prayer  for  the  living  and  tlio  dead, 
pp.  14-15.— Sub  tuura,  pp.  15-18. 

Copiet  *«■«)» :  Pilling. 

SuliHequently  incorporated  in  tlie  folh)wing; 

[ ]  Prayei'H   in   Shiishwii]).  |  Morning 

Prayers. 

[Kamloops,  II.  C:  1892.] 

No  title-page,  heading  as  above;  text  (in  the 
Shushwap  language,  st^nograiihic  iharacters, 
with  English  and  Latin  hendingH  In  italics, 
reproduced  by  the  mimeograph),  pp.  1-48, 10°. 

Morning  Prayers:  VeniSanct<>,  p.  1. — Ailora- 
tioii,  p.  1. — Th;ink!<giving,  p.  2. — }  nsolution, 
pp.  2-3,— Petitiim,  p.  3.— Pater,  pp.  3-4.— Ave 
Maria,  p,  4. — Credo,  pp.  4-5.— Seven  sacra- 
ments, p.  6.-  Act  of  fait  li.  p.  ft ;  of  hojie,  pp.  6-7 , 
of  lov,  i>.  7;  of  contrition,  pp.  (-8. —To  the 
Messed  Virgin,  etc.,  pp.  8-0  —  Angel  us,  iip.  9- 
10. — Gloria  patri.  p.  11.— Sub  tuuni,  i>.  U.— The 
rosary,  pp.  12-10. 

Night  prayers;  Detailed  contents  as  under 
title  next  above,  pp.  17-32. 

Prayers  before  communion:  ll,Miin.  pp. S.!- 
34.— Act  of  fail  pp.  34-3.1;  of  hiiniilit.v.  pp. 
35-36;  of  contrit  in,  pp.  36-37 :  of  love.  p.  37 ;  of 
desire,  pp.  38-39. 

After  communion:  Prayer,  p. 40.— 'rhank,>)- 
giviug,  p.  41. — Petition,  p.  42. -KcsoliUion,  pp. 
43-44.— OtTering,  pp.  44-45.  -  Intercession,  p. 
45.-HjTnns,pp.46  48. 

Copieg  teen :  Pilling. 

Prayers  in  Thomp.^ou.  |  liy  ,J.  M.  R. 

Le  .Tonne  O.  M.  I. 
[KamloopH,  B.  C. :  1891.] 

No  title-page,  heading  only;  text  (intirely 
in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Tlioiiipson 
river,  «t<inograpIiic  characters.  rei)ro(liiit'(l  liy 
the  mimeograph),  PP-  '-■''-•  ">"•  f*''"  facsiuiili^ 
of  the  Ursl.  page.  ]).  tO. 

Copuii  teen :  Pilling. 


[ 


y 


]  Vrayors.  |  in 'i''honi]>8on.  |  or  Mtla- 

kapiiiali.  I  Morninj;  I'rii.vors. 

[Kamloops,  U.  V.:  1892.] 

No  title-page,  heading  onlv;  text  (in  tlie 
Mtlakapniah,  steiiograpliic  iliaractcrs,  witli 
Unglish  headings  in  italics;  reiirciduccd  liy  tlie 
mimeograph),  pp.  l-IO,  10^. 

Veui  Saucte,  p.  1.— Adciration,  p.  2 Tiiaiiks- 

^.ving, pp. 2-3.— Rcsulutiou,  ]>p.  IJ-4.— Tetilion, 
pp.  t-5.— Pater,  pp.  5  0,— Ave,  ji.  0.— Credo,  pp. 
7-8. — Septflm  sacranienta,  p. 8.  — .\ctof  faith, 
pp.  8-9.— Act  of  hope,  p.  H, — Act  of  love  and  of 


Le  Jcune  (.T.  M.  R.)  —  Continned. 

contrition,  p.  10.— Invocation,  p.  11.-  To  the  B. 
Virgin,  p.  11.— To   tlie  guardian  nngelpp.  11- 

12.— To    the   saints,  p.  12 Angelas,  p.  13.— 

On^mus,  ad  Gloria  I'atri,  p.  14.  -Sub  tuum,  p. 
l.^. — Ort'oring  of  i  lie  mass,  pp.  15-16. 
Copi''^  wn:  Pilling. 

I  [ ]  Primer  and  1"'  Lessons  in  Thomp- 
son. I  hy.  J.  M.  K.  Li'.li'um;  <).  M.  L 

[Kamloops,  H.  (!. :  1891.] 

Ko  title-page,  headings  only  ;  text  (in  steno- 
graphic diameters,  with  headings  in  Knglish 
and  Latin  in  italics,  reproduced  on  the  iiiiiiieo- 
graph)  4  iinniimlicrecl  p:iges,  10°. 

Passion  liyiu.i.  p.  1.-  I'riiiier lesson,  pp.  2-3. — 
O  ill  S'  Jo.Heph.  p.  4. 

Copim  ueeii  .-  filling. 

[Ilynins  in  the  Thompson  tongue. 

By  R<'V.  .1.  M.  R.  Le  Jenne,  ().  M.  L 

Kamloops,  B.  C. :  1891.] 

No  title-page,  text  (in  steni>graphic  charac- 
ters, reprodiiceil  by  the  aid  of  the  mimeograph), 
4  uiiniiiiiliered  jiages,  10°. 

Passion  hymn,  jip.  1-2.— Hoe  kanmcntam,  p. 
3.— O  ia  St..Toseph.  p.  4. 

Copies  teen;  Pilling. 

Sliorthiinil  j)rim('r  Ibrtho  Tliompson 

Langnage  |  by  .F.  M.  R.  I^e  Jeune 
O.  M.  I. 

[Kamloops,  B.  C:  1891.] 

No  title-page,  heading  only;  text  (in  steuo- 
grajiliic  characters  and  italics,  reproduced  by 
the  iuiuieogri;pli)  4  iiununiliered  poges,  10'. 

Cojii-x  teen  :  Pilling. 

[ ]  I'Mrst   Catocliisin,  |  in  |  Thompson 

L;ingiiago. 

[Kanihmps,  B.C.:  1892.] 

No  title-page,  heading  only ;  text  (in  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Indians  of  Tliiinipson  Kiver, 
steiioKrajiliii^  characterc,  reprtHluced  by  the 
niiiiieograpli),  pp.  1-.32, 10°. 

Eight  chapters,  referring  respectively  to: 
God,  Prinity,  pp  1-2,  Creation,  ji]!.  2-4;  Jesua 
f.'hiist,  p)i.  4-8;  Sin,  pp.  8-10;  Itaptisni.pp.  11- 
12;  Coiilirmation.pp.  12-14;  Penance,  pp.  14-28; 
Holy  Kiieharist.pp.  2H-32. 

t'lijiieg  reeii :   Pilling. 

[ ]  I'Mrst  C'atccliism  ,  in  Shnshwap. 

[Kamloops,  B.  V      189!^.] 

No  titlcpiige,  he;idMig  only;  text  (in  the 
.Shushwap  hiiigiiage.  steiiograpliic  chiiracfeid, 
with  lie:i(liii^NiM  Kiiglisli  mi  italics,  reproduced 
>r.  Ill,  ;:>i!iie.)grapli),  iij).  l-:!2.  16°. 

Nine  cliapters,  headed  respwtively :  (Jod, 
Trinity,  crea.'ion,  etc.,  pp.  1-2. — Creation,  pp. 

2-3 .lesiis  Christ,  pp.  ,'l-0.--Gn  sin,  pp.  0-7. — 

Death,  pp.  7  9.  — I'enance,  pp.  9-10. — Eucharist, 
pp.  17-18.— C'iiitlniiation.  pp.  18-19.— (JiiestionF 
from  .iiiotiicr  cnti'chisiii,  not  included  in  tho 
above,  pp.  l!l-32. 

Vitpiii  sirn  .-  I'ilUin;. 


i^ 


40 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


2/^  <C'^ 


/" 


P      v^-^-L 


; 


FACSIMILE  OF  THE  FIRST  PAGE  OF  LE  JEUNE'S  THOMPSON  PRAYERS. 


SAI.IRHAN   LANGUAGES. 


41 


n 


Le  Jeirne  (J.  M.  R.)  —  Continued. 
rrayei's.  (  in  Okonugon  Language. 

[KamloopH.  B.  C. :  1893.] 

No  titli--]i!ige,  heading  only;  text  (in  the 
Okonagon  language,  stcnogrnplilu  cliaractors, 
with  Latin  and  Kuglish  headings  in  italirs, 
reproduced  by  the  minieograpli),  ])p.  1-48, 16'^. 

Morning  ijrayers,  pp.  1-16. — Night  prayers, 
pp.  17-32.— I'rayers  for  communion,  pp.  33-48. 

Copies  sfien :  Filling. 

A  somewhat  lengthy  statement  of  Father 
Le  Jeuiie's  methods  and  purposes  U  given  in 
the  Bibliography  of  theChinookan  Languages, 
pp.  45-51. 

P«!iro  Jean-Marie  Raphael  Le  Jetino  was  born 
at  Pleybort  Christ.  Finistt^re,  Fronce,  April  12, 
1855,  and  rarao  to  British  Columbia  as  a  mis- 
sionary priest  in  October,  1879.  He  made  his 
first  acquaintance  with  the  Thom')8on  lu'Iians 
in  .lune,  1880, and  has  been  among  i,;.,;"  ever 
.•,iiicc.  Ho  began  at  once  to  study  their  lan- 
guage and  was  able  to  express  himself  easily 
in  tliat  language  after  a  few  months.  When  ho 
first  came  he  found  about  a  dozen  Indians  who 
knew  a  few  jirivyers  and  a  little  of  a  cateoliism 
in  tl:e  Thompson  language,  composed  mostly 
by  Kight  Kev.  Bishop  Duricu,  O.  M.  I.,  the 
present  bishop  of  New  Westminster.  From 
1880  to  1882  he  traveled  only  between  Yale  and 
Lytton,  57  miles,  trying  to  make  acquaintance 
with  as  nuuiy  natives  as  he  could  in  that  dis- 
trict. Since  1882  he  lias  had  to  visit  also  the 
Nicola  Indians,  wlio  speak  the  Thompson  lan- 
g\iage,  and  the  Douglas  Lake  Indians,  wlio 
are  a  branch  of  the  Okanagau  family,  and  ba,l 
occasion  to  become  .acquainted  with  the  Okan- 
agau language,  in  which  he  composed  and 
revised  most  of  the  i)rayer8  they  have  in  use  uj) 
to  the  iiresent.  Since  ,Tune  1, 1891,  he  has  also 
hiul  to  deal  with  the  Shushwaj)  Indians,  and, 
as  the  hingtiage  is  similar  to  that  in  use  by  the 
Indians  of  Thompson  Iliver,  he  very  soon 
became  familiar  with  it. 

He  tried.several  years  ago  to  teach  the  In- 
dians to  read  in  the  English  characters,  but 
witliout  avail,  and  two  years  ag(/  be  undertook 
toteai'h  them  in  shortliand,  exi>erimenting  Urst 
upon  a  young  Indian  boy  who  learned  the  short- 
hand after  a  single  lesson  and  begin  to  help 
him  teach  the  others.  The  work  went  on 
slowly  until  last  winter,  wlien  tliey  began  to  be 
interested  in  it  all  over  the  country,  and  since 
tlien  they  have  been  learning  it  with  eagerness 
and  teaching  it  to  one  another. 
Lenox:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
l)arcntln'ses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  l)eeu  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  Lenox  I  ibrary,  New  York  City. 

Lettre  an  Saint-Pere  on  Langno  Kalis- 
pel,  ( Anglice  Flathead. ) 

In  Societ6  Philologique,  Aetes,  vol.  15,  pp. 
110-112,  Alen^on,  1877, »°.  (Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy, ruling. ) 

Thnie  versions,  Latin,  English,  and  RalisfM)!, 
of  a  letter  to  the  Pone. 


Liloeet.    See  Lilowat. 
Iiilowat: 

Numerals 

Prayers 

Text 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 


gee  Eella  (M.) 

Le  Jeune  (J.  H.  R.) 
Le  Jeune  (J,  H.  R.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.) 
Tolmie   (W.     F.) 
Dawson  (G.  M,> 


and 


Litany : 

Kalispel  See  Canestrelli  (P.) 

Netlakapamuk  Good  (J.  B.) 

L'knngen,     See  Songiih, 

Lord's  prayer: 

Kalispel  See  .Shea  (J.  O.) 

Kalispel  Smalley  (E.  V.) 

Kalispel  S  met  (P.  J.  de). 

Kalispel  Van  Gorp  (L.) 

Ka  w  ich  en  Youtli  's. 

Klallam  Bulmer<T.  S.) 

KlalUm  Youth's. 

Liluwat  Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

Lummi  Youth's. 

Netlapakamuk  Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

Netlupakamuk  (j(M)d(J.  B.) 

Netlapakamuk  Youth's. 

Niskwalli  Bulmer  (T.  S.) 

N^iskwalli  Youth's. 

Salish  Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

Salish  Bulmer  (T.S.) 

S,ili8h  Marietti  (P.) 

Salish  Shea  (J. G.) 

Salish  .Smet(I'.J.de). 

Salish  Youth's. 

Saniish  Smet  1 1*.  J.de). 

Snanaimiik  ISan<  loi't  (II.  H.) 

.Snanainuik  Cnnnany  (.1.  H.) 

Snohomish  Itulnicr  (T.  .S.) 

Snohomish  Youth's. 

Twana  nnlimr  (T.S.) 

Lu  SknsHknosts  [Kali-»pel|.    .Sec  Caues* 

trelli(P.) 
Lu  tel  kaimintis  [Kalispt'l],   SceGnrda 

(J.) 
Lubbock  (Sir  John).  The  |  origin  »>f 
civilisiition  |  und  the  |  i)riuiitiv<'  con- 
dition ofniiin.  I  Mental  and  Hocial  eon- 
dition  of  Huvitges.  |  liy  (  Hir  .John  Lnlt- 
bock,  Hart.,  M.  P.,  F.  K.  S.  |  author 
[&c,  two  lines.]  | 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1870. 

Half-title  verso  nnmes  of  printers  1  1.  front- 
ispiece 1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v- 
viii,  contents  p,  ix.  list  of  illustratiims  pp.  xi- 
xii,  list  of  principal  works  quoti-d  pp.  xiil-xvi, 
text  pp.  1-323,  appendix  pp.  3'25-3B2.  notes  pp. 
3tt3-3«5,  index  pp.  307-380,  four  other  plates,  8°. 

A  few  words  in  the  Niskwalli  language,  p. 
288. 

Copie*  teen:  Astor,  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress, Fames.  Harvard. 


ITT 


i'i 


42 


BIHLIOGKAPHY   OF   THE 


Lubbock  (J.)  — Continued. 

Thf  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  Hocial  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
sir  John  Lubbock, Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R.  8. 
I  author[«&c.  two  lines.]  | 
New  York:  |  D.  Appletc.n  and  com- 
pany, !  90, 92  &  94  Grand  street.  ]  1870. 

Half-atleverHO  blank  1 1.  frontigpiece  1 1.  title 
verso  blank  1 1.  i)rclnc«  ''itbc  Anicrican  edition 
pp.  iii-iv,  preCaco  pp.  v-viii,  coiitonts  p.  ix, 
illnstrations  pp.  xi-xii,  list  of  principal  works 
quoted  pp.  xiii-xvi.  toxtpp.  1-3211,  ap|)ondix  pp. 
325-362,  notes  pp.  3«3-365,  index  pp.  307-380,  four 
other  plates,  12°. 

Linguisticeoutents  as  under  title  next  aoove. 

Copies  teeii:  Harvard,  Pilling. 

The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R.  S. 
I  author    [&c.    two    lines.]  |  Second 
edition,  with  addititms.  | 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1870. 

Hair-title  verso  pames  of  printers  1 1.  front- 
ispiece 1  1.  title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v- 
viii,  contents  pp.  ix-xiii,  illustrations  pp.  xv- 
ivi,  listof  princi|)al  worksquotod  pp.  xvii-xx, 
text  pp.  1-367,  appendix  369-40!).  notes  pp.  411- 
413,  index  pp.  415-426,  list  of  books  1 1.  five  otlior 
plates.  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  ]). 
327. 

Copiet  teen:  J'ritish  Museum,  Kamcs,  H.ir- 
vard. 

The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  conditi(m  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
sii  John  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  R. 
S.  I  vice-chancellor  [&c.  three  lines.] 
I  Third  edition,  with  numerous  addi- 
tions. I 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1875. 

Half-title  verso  names  of  printer  1  1.  front is- 
piecel  1.  title  verso  blank  1 1.  prefaee])p.  v-viii, 
contents  pp.  ix-xiii,  illnstr.itions  pp.  xv-xvi, 
llBt  of  the  principal  works  quoted  pp.  xvii-xx, 
text  pp.  1-463.  appendix  pp.  465-507,  notes  pp. 
609-514,  index  pp.  515  -.528,  five  other  plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
416. 

Copies  teen:  British  Museum, Eames. 

——The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 
I  primitive  condition  of  man.  |  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages.  |  By  | 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bart.  M.  P.  F.  R.  S. 


Lubbock  (J.)  — Continued. 

I  D.  C.  L.  LL.  D.  I  President  [&c.  five 
lines.]  I  Fourth  edition,  with  nnmerouB 
additions.  | 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co. 
I  1882. 

Half-title  verso  list  of  works  "  by  the  same 
author"  1  I.  frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  names 
of  printers  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-viii,  contents  pp. 
ix-xiii,  illustrations  pp.  y  v-xvi,  list  of  the  prin- 
cipal works  quoted  Jip.  xvii-xx,  text  pp.  1-480, 
appendix  pp.  481-524,  notes  pp.  525-533,  index 
pp.  535  !)48,  five  other  plates,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
427. 

Vopiea  seen:  Boston  Athenrenni,  Eames, 
Harv.ird. 

The  I  origin  of  civilisation  |  and  the 

I  primitive  condition  of  man  {  Mental 
and  social  condition  of  savages  |  By  | 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  bart.  |  M.  P.,  F.  R. 
S.,  D.  C.  L.,  LL  D.  I  author  [&c.  four 
lines]  I  Fifth  Edition,  with  numerous 
Additions  | 

London  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  co  | 
1889  I  All  rights  reserved 

Half-title  verso  names  of  printers  1 1.  frontis- 
piece 1 1.  title  verso  blank  1 1.  preface  (February, 
1870)  pp.  vii-x.  contents  pp.  xi-x\  i.  illustrations 
P)).  xvii-xviii,  list  of  principal  works  quoted 
pp.  xix-xxiii,  text  pp.  1-486,  appendix  pp.  487- 
520,  notes  pp.  531-,539,  index  ;ip.  541-554.  list  of 
works  by  the  same  author  veiio  blank  1  1.  five 
other  plates.  8°. 

Lin|j;uistic  contents  as  under  titles  above,  p. 
432. 

Copies  seen :  Eames. 

Ludewig  (Hermann  Ernst).  The  |  liter- 
ature I  of  I  American  aboriginal  lan- 
guages. I  By  I  Hermann  E.  Ludewig.  | 
With  additions  and  corrections  (  by 
professor  Wni.  W.  Turner,  |  Edited  by 
Nicolas  Triibncr.  | 

London  :  i  Triibner  and  co.,  60,  Pater- 
noster row.  I  MDCCCLVIII  [1858]. 

Half-title  '  I'riibner's  bildiotheca  glottica 
1 "  vr  r.so  blanK  1  1  t  itle  as  above  verso  name  of 
printer  1  1.  pn  laee  pp.  v-viii,  contents  verso 
Id  auk  1  1.  editors  iiilvertisement  pp.  ix-xii,bio- 
j;rai)lii<id  memoir  pp.  xiii-xiv,  introductory 
l)il)lio)iraphieal  notices  pp.  xv-xxiv.  text  pp.  1- 
200,  addenda  pp.  210-240,  index  pp.  247-250, 
errata  pp.2.">7-258,8o.  Arranged  alphabetically 
by  languages.  Addenda  by  Wm.  W.  Turner 
and  Nicolas  Triibner,  pp.  210-246. 

Contains  a  listof  grammars  and  vocabularies 
and  anumg  others  of  the  following  peoples: 

American  languages  generall  p]).  xv-xxlv; 
Atnah  or  Klnn,  pp.  15,212;  Kluthead,  SelisU 
(Atnab,  Schousihnsp),  pp.  7:  74,  216,  221; 
Kawitschen,  p.  01 ;  StjuallaymiHli,  p.  230. 


SALISHAN    LANGUAGES, 


48 


Turner 


Iiudewig  (II.  E.)  —  Contiiin«Ml. 

Copies  seen:  nureaii  of  Ktlinol<t;;y,(!ongre««, 
EameH,  Georgetown,  Pilling. 

At  thoFiscliPf  siil<>,  no.  !)9U,  ii  I'opy  bronglitS*. 
6d.-  at  the  Field  Hiile,  no.  140:i,  #2.0;i;  at  the 
Sqniersalo,  no.6!)9.  $2.02;  another  «'0|y.  no.  1900, 
$2.38.  Priced  by  Leclerc,  1S7«,  no.  207,5.  1">  fr. 
The  Pinart  coi)y,  no.  505,  solil  for  2.'>  fr.,  and 
the  Murphy  copy,  no.  1540,  for  $2. .'ill. 

"Dr.  Ludewig  liaH  liimM.'lf  so  fully  detailed 
the  plan  and  purport  of  this  work  that  little 
more  remains  for  mo  to  add  beyoiul  the  mere 
Htatomentof  the  origiji  of  my  <Minnection  with 
the  publication  and  thr  -oention  of  such  addi- 
tions for  which  I  am  alone  responsible,  and 
which,  during  its  progress  through  the  press, 
have  gratlually  accumulated  to  about  one-sixth 
of  the  whole.  This  is  but  an  act  of  justice  to  the 
memory  of  Dr.  Ludewig.  because  at  the  timeof 
his  death,  in  December,  18.'>6.  no  more  than  172 
pages  wore  printed  off,  and  these  constitute  the 
only  portion  of  the  work  which  had  the  beneilt 
of  his  valuable  personal  and  ilnal  revision. 

"Similarity  of  pursuits  led,  during  my  stay 
in  New  York  in  1855.  to  an  intimacy  with  Dr. 
Ludewig,  during  which  he  mentioned  that  he, 
like  myself,  h.-vd  been  ranking  bibliogr.-vphical 
memoranda  for  years  of  ali  books  which  servo 
to  illustrate  the  history  of  spoken  language. 
As  a  first  section  of  a  more  extended  work  on 
the  literary  history  of  language  generally,  ho 
had  pre])arcd  a  bibliographical  memoir  of  the 
remains  of  ah;  riginal  languages  of  America. 
The  maiuiscript  had  been  deposited  by  him  in 
the  library  of  the  Kthnological  Society  at  Xow 
York,  but  at  my  reiiucst  he  at  once  most  kindly 
placed  it  at  my  disposal,  stipulating  only  that 
it  should  be  printed  in  Europe,  under  my  per- 
sonal suijorintendence. 

"  Upon  my  return  to  England,  I  lost  no  time 
in  carrying  out  the  trust  thus  contided  to  mo, 
intending  then  to  contineniyself  simply  to  pro- 
ducing aeorrect  copy  of  my  friend's  manuscript. 
But  it  soon  bec.ime  obvious  that  the  transcript 
had  been  hastily  miule.  and  but  for  the  valuable 
assistance  of  literary  frieiuls,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  America,  tlie  work  would  prob- 
ably have  been  abandoned.  My  thanks  are  more 
particularly  due  to  Mr.  E.  (i.  Squier,  and  to 
Prof.  \ViIliara  W.  Turner,  of  Washingt(Ui,  by 
whoso  <'onsiderate  and  valuable  cooper,  tion 
many  ditliculties  were  cleared  away  and  my  edi- 
torial labors  greatly  lightened.  This  en(i>\i  raged 
me  to  spare  neither  personal  labor  nor  (Expense 
in  the  attempt  to  render  the  work  as  perfect  as 
po.ssible,  with  what  success  must  he  left  to 
the  Judgmentof  those  who  can  fairly  appreciate 
the  labors  of  a  pioneer  in  any  new  tield  of  lit- 
erary research." — Editor's  advertisement. 

"Dr.  Ludewig.  though  but  littb'  known  in 
this  country  [England],  was  lu'ld  in  consider- 
ablecstoem  as  a, jurist,  bothindermanyand  the 
United  States  of  America.  Born  at  Dresden  in 
1809,  with  but  little  exception  he  conliuued  to 
reside  in  his  native  city  until  1844.  when  he  emi- 
grated to  America;  but,  though  ii>  both  coun- 


Ludexirig  (H.  E.)  —  ContiniiDcl. 

tries  he  pra<!ticod  law  an  n  jirofession,  hla  bent 
was  the  i.tudy  of  literary  history,  which  was 
evidenced  by  his  Livro  des  Ana.  Essai  do  Cata- 
logue Manuel,  published  at  his  own  cost  in  1837, 
and  by  his  Bibliothekonomie,  which  appeared 
a  few  years  later. 

"  Hut  even  while  thus  eneaged  ho  delight^Ml 
in  investigatingtheriseand  progressof  the  land 
of  his  subsequent  adoption,  and  his  researches 
into  the  vexed  quest  ion  of  the  origin  of  thepeo- 
l)Iing  of  America  gained  him  the  highest  I'onsid- 
eration,  on  both  sides  of  (he  Atlantic,  as  a  man 
of  original  and  inq\iiring  mind.  He  was  a 
contributor  to  Naumann's  Serapieuin;  and 
amongst  the  chief  of  his  cortributions  to  that 
journal  ma,v  be  mentioned  tho.se  on  'American 
libraries.'  on  the  'Aids  to  American  bibliog- 
raphy,' and  on  the  'Book  tr.ide  of  the  tlnited 
States  of  America.'  In  1840  appeared  his  Lit- 
erature of  American  Loc-al  History,  a  work  of 
much  importance  and  which  required  no  small 
amount  of  labor  and  perseverance,  owing  to  the 
necessity  of  consulting  the  many  ami  widely 
scattered  materials,  which  h.idtobe  soughtout 
from  apparently  the  most  unlikely  channels. 

"Those  studies  formed  a  natural  in'-oduo- 
tion  to  the  pre.sent  work  on  Tlie  Literature  of 
Ameri<'aii  Aboriginal  Languages,  which  occu- 
pied his  leisure  oncurrontly  with  the  others, 
and  the  printing  of  which  was  conuneneed  in 
August,  18.")C,  but  which  ho  did  not  live  to  sf  e 
launched  upon  the  world;  for  at  the  date  of  his 
death,  on  the  12th  of  December  fidlowing,  only 
172  pages  were  in  type.  It  had  been  a  labor  of 
love  with  him  for  years;  and, if  ever  author 
were  mindful  of  the  nonwiipreinatur  in  annum, 
he  was  when  hedopusitod  hismanuscriptinthe 
lii)rary  of  the  Americiau  Ethnological  Society, 
ditBdcnt  liiMiself  as  to  its  merits  and  value  on  a 
subject  of  such  paramount  interest.  He  liad 
satisfied  himself  that  in  due  time  the  reward  of 
his  patient  industry  might  betlie  production  of 
some  more  extended  national  work  on  the  sub- 
ject, and  with  this  he  was  contented ;  for  it  was 
,a  distinguishing  feature  in  hi:i  cliaracter,  not- 
withstanfling  his  great  and  varied  knowledge 
and  brilliant  acquirenuMits,  to  disregard  his 
own  toil,  even  annnuiting  to  drudgery  if  need- 
;"  .1,  ir  ''e  could  in  any  way  assist  the  promul- 
gat 'on  01  literature  and  science. 

"  Dr.  LiKit wig  was  a coircspcMiding  member 
of  many  of  the  most  distiiiguislied  Kuropeau 
and  American  literary  societies,  and  few  men 
were  held  in  greater  consideration  by  scholars 
both'"  .VmericaandfJtTiuaiiy.as  will  reiulily  be 
acknowledged  should  his  voluminous  corre- 
spondence ever  see  the  liglit.  In  ]u'ivatelifo  he 
was  distinguished  by  the  best  qualities  wliioh 
endear  a  man's  memory  to  tlio.se  who  survive 
him;  he  was  a  kind  and  affectionate  husband 
and  a  sincere  friend.  Always  accessible  and 
ever  ready  to  aid  and  c(Minsel  those  who  applied 
to  him  for  advice  upon  matters  pertaining  to 
literature,  his  loss  will  long  be  felt  by  a  most 
extende<l  circle  of  friends,  and  in  him  Germany 


!       \ 


44 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


Lndevirig  (H.  E.) — Continued. 

mourns  oiiu  of  tliu  iM^nt  rupresontntireit  of  hor 
learned  men  in  Anierii!u,agoniiiuo  type  of  acloH It 
in  which,  with  Hinj;ulnr  fiilicity,  with  goniim 
of  tho  liigheHt  onlor  iit  conihintMl  a  itainHtaking 
and  plod<liugporiievur»ucel>iitHehloin  uivt  witli 
lieyond  tho  confluoM  of  the  Fatlierland." — Bio- 
graphic memoir. 


Lnmmi : 

Oeographio  names 

Lord'«  prayor 

Kiinierals 

Voi'abulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Words 

Words 


See  Gibbfl  ((}.) 
Youth's. 
Sellx  (M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Plnart(A.L.) 
Roehrig  ( F.  L.  O.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Youth's. 


M. 


¥\  : 


MoCa'V7  (Saninol  R.)  [Words,  phr ;!■'««, 
sentences,  and  granimatic  mat<  ck  \ 
relating  to  the  Pnyallup  language.] 

Manuscript,  pp.  77-2'28,  and  4  unnumbered 
leaves,  4"^.  In  tho  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology.  Kecorded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's 
Introdacti(m  to  the  study  of  Indian  lan};uagos, 
8C(^oud  edition.  (;ollect<Ml  in  Pierce  countj-, 
Washington,  during  1880. 

While  but  few  of  the  schedules  given  in  the 
work  are  completely  filled,  nearly  all  of  them 
are  partly  so.  Tho  four  leaves  at  tho  end  con- 
tain verbal  coivjugations. 

Macdonald  (Duncan  George  Forbes). 
British  Columbia  |  and  |  Vancouver's 
island  |  comprising  |  a  description  of 
these  dependencies:  their  physical  | 
character,  climate,  capabilities,  popu- 
lation, trade,  natural  history,  |  geology, 
ethnology,  gold  fields,  and  future  ])ros- 
pects  I  also  |  Au  Account  of  the  Man- 
ners and  Customs  of  the  Native  Indians 
I  by  I  Duncan  George  Forbes  Macdon- 
ald, C.  E.  I  (Late  of  the  Government 
Survey  Staff  of  British  Columbia,  and 
the  International  Boundary  |  Line  of 
Nortli  America)  Author  of  'What  the 
Farmers  may  do  with  the  |  Land'  'The 
Paris  Exhibition'  'Decimal  Coinage' 
&c.  I  With  a  comprehensive  mai>.  | 

London  |  Longman, Green,  Longman, 
Koberts,  &,  Green  |  1862. 

HuU-title  verso  name  of  printer  1  1.  title 
verso  blank  1  1.  prefu<'e  pp.  v-vii,  contents  pp. 
ix-xiii,  text  pp.  1-142,  appendices  pp.  445-524, 
map,  8°. 

Projior  names  of  thirteen  members  of  the 
Songisb  tril)o,  pp.  104-105. 

Cojiies  seen :  IJritish  ^luseum.  Congress. 

Sabin's  Dictionary,  no.  4:1149.  mentions :  Sec- 
ond edition,  I.ondon,  Longmans,  IHOIt,  8°. 

McEvoy  (J.)    See  Dawson  (G.  M.) 
Maokay  (J.  W.)    See  Dawson  (G.  M. ) 


Mackenzie  (iSir  Alexander).  VoyageR  | 
from  I  Mouti'eal,  |  on  the  river  St. 
Laurence,  |  through  the  |  continent  of 
North  America,  |  to  the  |  Frozen  and 
Pacific  oceans;  |  In  the  Years  1789  and 
1793.  I  With  a  preliminary  account  |  of 
the  rise,  progress,  aiul  present  dtate  of 
I  the  fur  trade  |  of  that  country.  |  Illus- 
trated with  maps.  |  By  Alexander 
Mackenzie,  esq.  | 

London :  |  printed  for  T.  Cadell,  jun. 

and  W.  Davies,  Strand ;  Cobbett  and 

Morgan,  |  Pall-mall;  andW. Creech, at 

Edinburgh.  |  By  R.  Noble,  Old-Bailey. 

I  M.DCCC.I  [1801]. 

Half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  portrait  1  1.  title 
verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1. 
preface  pp.  iii-viii,  general  history  of  the  fui 
trade  etc.  pp.  i-cxxxii,  text  pp.  1-412,  errata  1  1. 
3  maps,  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Atnah  or  Carrier  Indians 
(25  words),  pp.  257-258.— VocabuUiry  of  the 
Indians  of  Friendly  Village  (25  M-ords),  p.  376. 

Copies  sefii :  Aster,  Bancroft,  Boston  Athe- 
niBum,  British  Museum,  Congress,  Dunbar, 
Earacs,  Geological  Survey,  Harvard,  Tniuiuull, 
Watkinson. 

Stevens's  Nuggets,  no.  1775,  priced  a  copy  lOt. 
Orf.  At  tho  Fischer  sale,  no.  1006,  it  brought  5s.  j 
another  copy,  no.  2532,  2s.  6d. ;  at  the  Field  sale, 
no.  1447,  $2..38 ;  at  the  Squier  sale,  no.  709,  $1.02; 
at  the  Murphy  sale,  no.  1548,  $2.25.  Priced  by 
Quaritch.  no.  12206,  7«.  Gd. ;  no.  28953,  a  half- 
russia  copy,  12.;  Clarke  &  co.  1886,  no.  4049, 
$5.50 ;  Stevens,  1887,  priced  a  copy  11. 7#.  Od. 

Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  on   the 

river  St.  Laurence,  i  through  the|  conti- 
nent of  Nortb  America,  |  to  the  |  Frozen 
and  Pacific  oceans:  (  in  the  years  1789 
and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary  account 
of  I  tho  rise,  progress,  and  present  state 
of  I  the  fur  trade  |  of  |  that  country.  | 
Illustrated  with  a  map.  |  By  Alexander 
Mackenzie,  esq.  |  First  American  edi- 
tion. I 


SALISHAN  LANGUAGES. 


45 


Mackenzie  (A.)  —  Coatiuncd. 

New- York:  |  Printed  and  Sold  by  G. 
F.  Hox)kiu8,at  WaBliinfjton'H  Head,  No. 
118,  Pearl-street,  |  1802. 

Title  vorHo  blank  1  i.  (leilioation  vomo  blank 
1 1,  preface  to  thoLo'  .ilou  edition  \>}>.  v-viii,  tttxt 
(Genornl  history  of  tlio  fiir  trade)  pp.  1-M, 
(■rournal  of  a  voyage)  pp.  1-296,  map,  8°. 

Lint^uistic  contents  aa  under  title  next  above, 
pp.  180, 271  (second  pagination). 

(■opiet  teen :  Aator,  UoHton  Athonioiim. 

Voyago.s  |  from  |  Moutroal,  |  ou  the 

river  St.  Limrtmco, ;  through  the  |  conti- 
nent of  North  America,  1  to  the  |  Frozfu 
and  Pacitic  oceans ;  |  in  the  years  1789 
and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary  account 
I  of  the  rise,  progress,  and  present  state 
I  of  I  the  fur  trade  |  of  that  country, 
j  Illustrated  with  |  a  general  map  of 
the  country.  |  By  sir  Alexander  Mac- 
kenzie. I 

Philadelphia:  |  published  by  John 
M»ngan.  j  R.  Carr,  printer.  |  1802. 

2  vols,  in  one :  half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  title 
verso  blank  1 1.  dedication  vorso  bli  nk  1 1.  pref- 
ace ]ip.  i-viii,  text  pp.  i-cxxvi,  l-ll") ;  115-392, 
map,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  in  the  London  edition 
of  1801  titled  aliove,  pp.  cxiil-cxxvi,  240. 

Copies  teen:  Geolosjical  Survey,  Hai-vard. 

Some  copies  haveou  tlie  title-piif^e  tlie  words ; 
"  Illnstrated  witli  a  general  niiip  of  the  country 
and  a  portrait  of  tlie  autlior."  (*) 

At  tlie  Field  sale,  a  copy,  no.  1418,  brought 
$2.62. 

Voyages  I   D'Alex.''^"    Mackenzie;! 

dans  I'intdrieur  |  de  |  rAni^ri([ue  Sep- 
tentrionalo,  |  Faits  on  1789,  1792  et 
1793;  I  Le  I.''',  de  Montreal  an  fortChi- 
piouyanota  la  mer  Glaciule ;  j  1^0  2.""', 
du  fort  Chipiouyan  jusciu'aux  bords  do 
rO(!6an  I  pacitiipie.  |  Pnicoch^s  d'nnTa 
bleaii  historique  et  politique  .sur  |  le 
commerce  des  pelleterie.s, danu  le  Ca- 
nada. I  Traduits  de  I'Anglais,  j  I'iir  J. 
Cast6ra,  |  Avec  des  Notes  et  un  Itiud- 
raire,  tirds  en  partie  des  |  i>apier8  du 
vice-amiral  Bougainville.  |  Tome  Pre- 
mier [-III].  I 

Paris,  I  Dentu,  Imprimeur-Libraire, 
Palais  du  Tribunal,  |  galeries  de  bois, 
n."  240.  I  An  X.— 1802. 

:i  vols,  maps,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  iu  the  first  edition 
titled  above,  vol.  'J.  p.  20, 277. 

C  pies  sent :  Astor,  Congress. 

At  the  Fischer  sale,  no.  25:!!!,  a  copj'  brought 
1*.    Priced  by  (Jagnou,  Quebec,  1888,  $:). 

For  title  of  an  extract  from  this  edition  sue 
under  date  of  1807  below. 


Mackenzie  (A.)  —  Continued. 

Alexander  Mackenzie's  E8(i.  |  Reisen 

I  von  I  Montreal  durch  Nordwestame- 
rika  |  nachdem  |  Eismecr  unddorHiid- 
See  I  in  den  Jahren  1789  und  1793.  | 
Nebst  I  einer  Geschichto  des  Pelzhan- 
dels  in  Canada,  |  Aus  dem  Englist^hen. 
I  Mit  einer  allgemeiiicn  Karte  und  dem 
Bild-  I  nisse  des  Verfassers.  | 
Berlin  und  Hamburg.  |  1802. 
Pp.  i-x,  11-408,  map,  80. 
Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  above, 
pp.  36.5,  480. 

Copies  seen :  British  Museum. 

Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  on  the 

river  8t,  Laurence,  j  through  the  |  conti- 
nent of  Not  "^^h  America,  |  to  the  I  Frozen 
and  Pacific  ooeans ;  |  In  the  Years  1789 
and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary  account 
I  of  the  rise,  prog  ess,  and  present  state 
of  I  the  fur  trado  |  of  that  country.  | 
With  original  notes  by  BouguiKville, 
and  Volnoy,  |  Moi.ibers  of  the  French 
senate.  |  Illustrated  wita  maps.  |  By 
Alexander  Mackenzie,  es'i.  |  Vol. 
I [-II].  I 

London:  |  printed  for  T, Cadell,  ,jun, 
and  W.  Davios,  Strand ;  |  Cobbett  and 
Morgan,  Pall-mall;  and  W.Creech,  |  at 
Edinburgh.  1  By  K.  Noble,  Old-bailey,  | 
M.  UCCC.  II  [1802]. 

2  vols,  in  one;  half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  title 
vcr.so  blank  1 1.  dedic.ition  verso  blank  1 1.  pref- 
ace pi>.  vii-xiv,  text  pp.  1-284,  contents  pp.  285- 
290;  hair-tithi  verso  blank  1  1.  title  (varying 
suim^wliat  iu  punctuation  from  tliat  of  vol.  1) 
verso  blank  1  1.  text  pji.  5-310  (wrongly  num- 
bered 210),  notes  pp.  311-312,  appendix  pp.  313- 
32.J,  cont'^i-ts  pp.  320-332,  majis,  8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  in  the  first  edition, 
titled  aliove,  vol.  2,  pp.    48-149,  273. 

Copies  seen ;  Congress,  ilcologieal  Sur-.  ey. 
Harvard. 

Clarki-  vfc  CO.,  1886,  priced  a  copy,  no.  4050,  at 
*3.,->0. 

Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  ou  the 

river  St.  Tvaurence,  through  the !  conti- 
nent of  North- America, :  to  the  I  Frozen 
and  Pacific  oceans:  |  in  the  years  1789 
and  1793.  |  With  a  Pndiminary  Account 
of  I  the  rise,  progress,  and  present  state 
of  the  I  fur  trade  |  of  that  country.  | 
Illustrated  witli  a  map.  |  By  Alexander 
Mackenzie,  esq.  |  Third  American  edi- 
tion. I 

New  -  York :  |  published  by  Evert 
Duyckinck,  bookseller,  j  Lewis  Nichols, 
printer,  |  1803. 


in 


M 


^f!. 


I 

4f 


I,'!;' 


iV 


46 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


Mackenzie  (A.)  —  <'ontiniied. 

Title  verHO  blnnk  1  I.  detUcution  vergo  blank 
1 1.  preface  pp.  v-vill,  text  pp.  9-437, 16°. 

LingulHtlo  contouts  iih  iu  previous  iMlltioiiH 
titled  almve,  pp.  314. 400. 

Copies  Keen :  CongrcRg. 

Tableau  |  hi8torit|u«  ot  politique  | 

tin  cumtnorce  ()*m  polloturics  |  daiiH  le 
Oaiiada,  IdepuiH  1608,juH(|u'a  ii<>8  Joiiih. 
I  (Nontenant  beaiicoiii>  ilo  tlc^tailH  Niir 
leti  nati(»i8  8au-  |  vages  <[iii  I'liabitunt, 
et  Hiir  lea  vasttm  cuiitrous  qui  y  |  sont 
rontiguiJB;  |  Avec  un  Vocabulairo  d«i  la 
lauguo  de  plusieurs  peupleM  de  ces  | 
vastes  coutr^es.  |  Par  Alexandre  Mac- 
kenzie. I  Tradait  de  I'Anglaiu,  |  par  J. 
Ca8t6ra.|  Ornd  du  portrait  de  I'auteur.  | 

Paris  I  Dentu,  Iinpriiu.-Lib.™,ruedu 
Pont-do-Lody,  n."  3.  |  M.  D.  CCC.  VII 
[1807]. 

Half-title  1  1.  title  vorso  blank  1 1.  text  pp.  1- 
310,  table  dcs  mati6res  1  nnnumbered  page,  8^. 
An  extract  from  vol.  1  of  the  Parin  edition  of 
1802,  titled  above. 

Linguistic  contents  as  in  previous  editions, 
titled  above,  pp.  304-310. 

Copies  teen :  Congress. 

Leclerc,  1867,  gold  a  copy,  no.  920,  for  4  fr. ; 
priced  by  him,  1878,  no.  756, 20  fr. 

Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  on  tbo 

river  St.  Laurence, '  through  the  j  conti- 
nent of  North  America,  to  the  I  Frozen 
and  Pacific  oceans;  |  in  the  years  1789 
and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary  account 
I  of  tlie  rise,  progress,  and  present  state 
I  of  I  the  fur  trade  |  of  that  country.  | 
Illustrated  with  maps  and  a  portrait  of 
the  author.  |  By  sir  Alexander  Mac- 
kenzie. I  Vol.  I  [-II].  I 

New- York :  |  published  by  W.  B.  Gil- 
ley.  I  1814. 

2  vols.:  3  p.  11.  pp.  i-viii,  i-cxxvi,  1-113;  11. 
pp.  115-392,  8=. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  previoug  titles, 
vol.  1,  pp.  247, 358-359. 

Copies  teen :  Congress. 

Sir  Alexander  Mackenzie,  explorer,  born  in 
Inverness,  Scotland,  about  17.55,  died  in  Ual- 
bousie,  Scotland,  March  12.1820.  In  bis  youth 
he  emigrated  to  (^anada.  In  Juno,  1789,  he  set 
out  on  liis  expedition.  At  the  weatoni  end  of 
Great  Slave  Lake  ho  entered  a  river,  to  which 
he  gavehis  n.imo,  and  explored  it  until  July  12, 
when  he  readied  the  Arctic  Ocean.  He  then 
returned  to  FortCliippewyan,  where  he  arrived 
Oil  Sopteinl)er27.  In  October,  1792,  he  undertook 
amore  liazardous  expedition  to  the  western  coast 
of  North  Amerii'a  and  succeeded  in  reaching 
CapeMcnzies,im  the  I'acilicOcean.  He  returned 
to  Kngland  in  1801  and  was  knighted  the  fol- 
lowing year. — Appleton'i  Cyclop,  of  Am.  Biog. 


Mallet :  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy 
of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  soon  by  the 
compiler  In  the  library  of  Mi^or  Kdmond  Mallet, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Marletti  (Pietro),  editor.  Oratio  Domi- 
nica '  in  cci,.  lingvas  versa  |  et  CLXXX, 
i^haractervmformisivcl  nostrutibvs  \nl 
percgrinis  expressa  |  cvrante  |  Petro 
Marietti  Etivite  Typographo  Pontifn-io 
I  Socio  Administro  |  Typographei  |  S. 
Consilii  de  Propaganda  Fide  |  [Print- 
er's device]  | 

Romae  |  AnnoM.  DCCC.  LXX  [1870]. 

Half-title  1  1.  title  1  1.  dedication  3  11.  pp.  xl- 
xxvii,  1-319,  indexes  4 11. 4°. 

Includes  59  versions  of  the  Lord's  prayer  iu 
various  American  dialects,  among  them  the 
Orogonice,  which  may  or  may  not  be  Salishan, 
p.  303.  I  have  had  no  recent  opportunity  to 
investigate  the  matter. 

Copiet  teen :  Trumbu  11. 

Massachasetts  Historical  Society:  These  words 
following  a  title  or  within  parttntheses  after  a 
note  indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  work  referred 
to  liai  been  seen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library 
of  that  society,  Boston,  Mass. 

Maximilian  (Alexiuider  Philipp)  Prinz 
ron  ll'ied-Xeuwied.  Reise  |  in  |  das  in- 
nereNord- America  |  inden.Tahren  1832 
bis  1834  I  von  |  Maximilian  Prinz  zu 
Wied.  I  Mit  48  Kupfern,  33  Vignetten, 
vielen  Holzschnittcn  und  einer  Charte. 
I  Erster[-ZweiterJ  Band.  | 

Coblenz,  1839[-1841].  |  Bei  J,  Hcel- 
Hcher. 

2  vols.:  title  verso  blank  1  1.  dedication  1  1. 
half-title  verso  blank  1 1.  Vorwort  jip.  vii-xiv, 
Tuhaltpp.  xv-xvi,  half-title  verso  blank  1 1,  text 
pp.  3-030,  Anhang  j)p.  631-653,  errato  p.  654,  colo- 
plion  verso  hhiiik  1  1. ;  title  verso  blank  1 1.  half- 
title  verso  blank  11.  list  of  subscribers  jip.v-xvi, 
Inhalt  pp.  xvli-xix,  list  of  plates  pp.  xx-xxii, 
errata  1  1.  text  pp.  1-425,  Anhang  pp.  427-687, 
colophon  p.  [688],  4°.    Atlas  in  folio. 

Einige  Worts  (25)  der  Flatheads  in  den 
Kocky  Mountains,  vol.  2,  pp.  501-502. 

Copies  seen :  Astor,  Congress,  Eames. 

At  the  Field  sale,  no.  1512,  a  copy  of  this 
edition,  together  witli  one  of  the  London,  1843 
edition,  brought  $40.50. 

Voyage  |   dans    I'intfirieur   |   de  | 

I'Amdrique  du  Nord,  |  ex<5cut6  pendant 
les  ann<«e8  1832,  1833  et  1834.  |  par  |  le 
prince  Maximilien  de  Wied-Neuwied.  | 
Ouvrage  |  accorapagni^  d'un  Atlas  de  80 
planches  environ,  |  format demi-colom- 
bier,  |  dessinces  sur  les  lieiix  |  Par  M. 
Charles  Bodmer,  |  et  |  gravies  par  les 


SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


47 


Maximilian  (A.  P.)  —  Continnod. 
plus  habiles  artistes  (1m  Paris   et   de 
Londrea.  I  Tome  premier  [-troisi^ine].  | 

Poris,  I  die/,  Arthiis  Bertraud,  ddi- 
teur,  I  librairo  do  la  Soci^t<^  do  geo- 
graphic de  Paris  I  etdelaSoci(^t(^royalo 
des  antiquaires  dii  iiord,  |  rue  llauto- 
feuille,  25.  |  1840[-1843]. 

3  vols.  8°. 

Notice  gur  log  laiifi^oH  tlo  <lilKrt>ntcs  imtiouH 
ail  iiortl-oii(>st  <lo  r  Aiii6ri()iu>,  vol.  3.  pp.  373-398, 
contaiDH  a  votiabulary  of  ID  wonlH  of  the  23 
different  languageii  truutoil  in  tlio  (loruuiu  edi- 
tion, pp.  379-382.  Tlio  Flatlicad  occiipica  lincH 
no.  8. — De  la  laugue  den  Mignes  en  UHflge  chcz 
les  Indiens,  pp.  389-398. 

Copies  teen:  Congress, 

The  English  edition,  London,  1843,  4°,  con- 
tains no  Salishan  linguistics.  (Astor,  Boston 
Athenieum,  Congress,  Lenox,  Watkinson.) 

Alexander  Fhilipp  Maximilian,  Prince  of 
Neawibd,  German  naturalist,  born  in  Neuwied 
Sept.  23, 1782,  died  there,  Feb.  3, 1807.  In  1815, 
after  attaining  the  rank  of  major-general  in  the 
Prussian  army,  he  devoted  nearly  three  years 
to  explorations  in  Brazil.  In  1833  he  travtled 
through  the  United  States,  giving  especial 
attention  to  ethnological  investigations  con 
ceming  the  Indian  tribes. — Appleton'l  Cyclop. 
of  Am.  Biog. 

Mengarlni  (Rev.  Gregory),  A  |  Selish  or 
Flat-licad  |  grammar.  |  By  the  |  rev. 
Gregory  Meugariui,  |  of  the  Society  of 
.Tesus.  I  [Design.],! 

New  York :  |  Cramoisy  press.  |  1861. 

Second  title:  (irarom.itica  |  liiiguso  Solicn).  | 
Atictore  |  P.  Gregorio  Mengarini,  |  Soc.Iesii.  | 

Neo-Eboraci.  |  1861. 

Half-title  (Library  of  American  linguistics, 
II)  verso  blank  1  1.  English  title  verso  blank  1 
1.  Latin  title  vorao  blank  1 1.  ])roaimium  pp.vii- 
viii,  text  in  Selish  and  Latin  pp.  1-122, 8°. 

Pars  prima  Grammatiru  linguie  Sclicio,  pp. 
1-62. — Pars  secunde,  Dilucidationes  in  rudi- 
menta,  pp.  62-78.— Pars  tertia.  lutroductio  ad 
syntaxin,  pp.  79-116. — Appendix,  pj).  117-121. — 
Oratio  doiniuicales,  with  interlinear  Latin 
translation,  pp.  122. 

Copie*  seen :  Astor,  Boston  Athena'iim.  Brit- 
ish Museum.  Congress,  Dunbar,  Eames,  Lenox, 
Wellesley. 

Indians  of  Oregon,  <!tc.    (Note  from 

Kev.  Gregory  Mengarini,  S.  J.,  Vice- 
Preeidont  of  tbe  College  of  Santa 
Clara,  California.  Communicated  by 
Geo.  Gibbs,  esq.) 

In  Anthropological  lust,  of  New  York  .Tour. 
vol.  1,  pp.  81-88,  New  York.  1871-1872,  8^  (Con- 
gress.) 

Numerals  1-10  of  the  Flathea<l  and  of  the 

"  South  Indians,"  p.  83 A  number  of  Salisbau 

t«nns  passim. 


Mengarini  (G.)— Continued. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Skoylpeli. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.),  Contributions  to  N.  A. 
Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp.  253-265, Wa«hington,1877, 
4°. 

Contains  180  words,  those  called  for  on  one 
of  the  .Smithsonian  blank  forms. 

Vocabulary  of  the  S'chitzui  or  CcBur 

d'Al("'iu\  and  of  the  Solish  proper  or 
Flatht^ad. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.»,  Contributions  to  N.  A. 
Ethnohigy,  vol.  1,  pp.  270-282,  Washington,  1877, 
4°. 

Contain  180  words  each,  those  called  for  on 
one  of  the  Smithsonian  blank  forms. 

See  Oibbs  (G.) 

See  Qiorda  (J.) 

Montgomerie  {Lieut.  John  Eglinton)  and 
De  Horsey  (A.  F.  K.)  A  |  few  words  | 
collected  from  the  |  languages  |  spoken 
by  the  Indians  |  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  I  Columbia  River  &  Puget's 
Sound.  I  By  John  £.  Montgomerie, 
Lieutenant  R.  N.  |  and  Algernon  F.  S. 
Do  Horsey,  Lieutenant  R.  R.  | 

London :  |  printed  by  George  R.  Odell, 
18  Princcss-streetjCavendish-square.  | 
1848. 

Title  verso  blank  1  1.  introduction  pp.  iil-iv, 
text  pp.  5-30, 12°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook,  Clikitat,  Cascade 
and  Squally  languages,  pp.  1-23.  —Numerals  in 
Squally,  p.  24.— Chinook  proper  and  Cliebalis 
numbers,  p.  24.— Nauu»8  of  places,  pp.  25-28. 

Copiet  seen:  British  Museum,  Sir  Thomas 
Phillips,  Cbelttmham,  England. 

Morgan  (litswis    Henry).     Smithsonian 
Contributions   to    Knowledge.  (  218  | 
Systems  |  of  |  consanguinity  and  affin- 
ity I  of  the  I  human    family.  |  By  | 
Lewis  H.  Morgan.  | 

Washington  (-ity :  |  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  institution.  |  1871. 

Coluphun:  Publi.shud  by  tbeSmithsonian  in- 
stitution, I  Washington  city,  |  June,  1870. 

Title  on  cover  as  above,  inside  title  ditfering 
from  above  in  iiiqt.'int  verso  blank  1  1.  advor- 
tiseniout  p.  lii,  pn  I'ai^e  pp.  v-ix  verso  blank, 
contents  pp.  xi-x'.i,  text  pp.  1-583,  index  pp. 
58J -590, 14  plates,  4\ 

Also  forms  vol.  17  of  Smithsonian  Contribu- 
tions to  Knowledge.  Such  issues  have  no  cover 
title,  but  the  general  title  of  tlio  seiics  and  6 
other  prel.  11.  pret  eding  the  inside  title. 

The  Salish  Np.tions  (pp.  244-249)  is  a  general 
discussion  of  'the  Salish  stock  language, 
spoken  in  the  seventeen  dialects  altove  enumer- 
ated" and  contains  many  examples  from  Gibbs' 
manuscripts,  pp.  245-246,  and  Mengarini's 
Selish  Grammar,  pp.  246-249. 


r 
ii 


I' 


V 

hi 


48 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


Morgan  (L.  H.)  —  Continncd. 

Tennaof  relationiihip  imeil  by  tb«Okiuak:eii, 
collecttxt  liy  Mr.  MnrKiiii  nt  Kcd  Kivor  8<«ttle- 
nient,  from  ui  Okinaken  woman,  linea  70,  pp. 
29:<-3ti2, 

Oibba  (G.),  Terms  of  relatlimship  used  by 
the  Spokuue,  linen  60,  pp.  m!-»82. 

Copietteen :  Astor,  nritiHhMiiHOum,  Bureau 
of  Kthnology,  CoiiKreas,  Eames,  Pilling,  Trum- 
bull. 

At  the  Sq  uier  8ule,uo.880,  a  copy  gold  for  $5.50. 
Quaritch,  no.  12425.*  priced  a  copy  4{. 

LewlsU.  Morgan  waH  b<irn  in  Aurora, Cayuga 
County,  N.Y.,  KoTeml)er21, 1818.  lie  wuh grad- 
uated by  Union  College,  Schenectady,  in  the 
class  of  184').  Returning  from  college  to  Aurora, 
Mr.  Morgan  Joined  a  secret  society  composed  of 
the  young  men  of  the  village  and  known  ax  th(> 
Grand  Onler  of  the  Iroquois.  This  lia<l  a  great 
inflnence  upon  his  future  carver  and  studies. 
The  order  was  iu8tltulc<1  for  sport  and  amuse- 
ment, but  its  organization  was  modeled  on  the 
governmental  system  of  the  Six  Nations ;  and, 
chietly  under  Mr.  Morgan's  direction  and  lead- 
ership, the  objects  of  the  order  were  extended, 
if  not  entirely  changed,  and  its  purposes 
imi>roved.  To  become  better  acquainted  with 
the  social  polity  of  tlie  Indians,  young  Morgan 
visited  the  aborigines  rcmniniug  iu  New  York, 
a  mere  remnant,  but  yet  retaining  to  a  great 
extent  their  ancient  laws  and  customs ;  nml  he 
went  so  far  as  to  be  adopt ed  as  a  memlwr  by  the 
Senecas.  Before  the  (M)iincil  of  tlm  order,  iu 
the  years  1844, 1845,  and  1846,  ho  rend  it  series  of 
papers  on  the  Iroquois,  which  wore  published 
underthe  nom  <le  plinneof  "SkonHndoah."  Mr. 
Morgan  died  in  K«M!hester,  N,  Y.,  December  17, 
1881. 


Morning  aii<l  (neniiiK  prayer     .     .     .    « 
Neklukapitnmk.     8ee  GkX}d  (J.  B.) 

Miiller  (Fritidrich).  OriindriRH  |  der  | 
.Sprachwi»Heii8ch«ft  |  von  |  D'.  Fried- 
rich  MiiUer ;  Proi'e88or[&c.  three  lines.] 
I  I.  Hand  |  I.  Abtheiliing.  |  Einlttitung 
ill  die  8i)rachwi8Hcii8chaft[-IV.  Band. 
I  I.  Abtheiliing.  Nachtriige zumOrund- 
risH  auB  deu  Jahreu  |  1877-1887].  | 

Wienl876[-1888].  Alfred  Holder  |  K. 
K.  UniverHitiits-Bnchhiiudler.  |  Koth- 
euthurmatrasHe  15. 

4  vols.  (vol.  1  in  2  parts,  vol.  2  originally  iu  4 
divisions,  vol.  3  originally  in  4  divisions,  vol.  4 
part  1  all  published),  each  part  and  division 
with  uu  outside  title  and  two  inside  titles,  8°. 

Vol.  2,  part  1,  which  ini^ludes  the  American 
languages,  was  originally  issued  iu  two  divi- 
sions, each  with  the  foUowiug  special  title : 

DluSprachen  |  der  |  schiichthaarigeu  Kassen 
I  von  I  D'.  Frledrlch  Miiller  |  Professor  [&c. 
eightliuoH.]  |  I.  Abtheilung.  |  DieSprachcnder 
australischon,  der  hyperbortJisohen  |  und  der 
amerikanisoheu  Rasse[<tc].  { 

Wien  1870[-1882].  I  Alfred  Holder  |  S.  K. 
Hof-  und  tJnlversititts-Buchhiindler  {  Rothen- 
thurmstrnsselS. 

Title  verso ''nlle  Rechto  vorbehalton"  1  1. 
dedication  verso  blank  1 1.  Vorrodo  pp.  vil-vill, 
Inhalt  pp.  ix-x,  text  pp.  1-440, 8a, 

Die  Sprache  der  Tslhalll-Sellsoh,  vol.  2,  port 
1,  divisiuii  2,  p.  243, 

Copies  iteen  :  Aster,  British  ^Iiisoum,  Bureau 
of  ethnology,  Earaes,  ^VatkiIl8on. 


If 
N 


N 


N. 


Nanaimoo.    See  Snanalmuk, 

National  Museum:  These  words  following  n title 
or  within  pareutliescs  alter  a  note  indicate  that 
a  copy  of  the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen 
by  the  compiler  iu  the  library  of  that  institu- 
tion, Washington,  1).  C. 

Nchaumen  Iu  kaekH-auaiim  [Kalispel]. 
See  Canestrelli  (P.) 

Wehelim: 

Texts  See  Boas  (F.) 

Vocabulary  Boos  (F.) 

Meklakapamuk.    See  Netlakapamuk. 
Nelh   te  skoal wtz  Jesu-kri   [Lilowat]. 
See  Le  Jenne  (.1.  M.  R.) 

Netlakapamuk : 

Catechism  Sec  Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

General  discussion         Bancroft  (U.  H.) 
Orammatic  treatise       Bancroft  (H.  H.) 


Netlakapamuk  — Coutinued. 

(iraiiiiiiatic  tieatlse       Good  (J. B.) 
Hymn-book 


Hymns 

Hymns 

Litany 

Lord's  i)rayor 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  i)rttyer 

Numerals 

Prayer  book 

Prayer  book 

Prayers 

Prayers 

Primer 

Ten  commandments 

Text 

Text 

Vocabulary 

Words 


Le.)eune(J.M.R.) 

Good  (J.  B.) 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

Good  (J.  B.) 

Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

Goml  (J.  B.) 

Youth's. 

Good  (J.  B.) 

Good  (J.  H.) 

Le  Jeune  (J.M.B.) 

Good  (J.  B.) 

Le  Jouno(J.M.  R.) 

Le  Jenno  (J.  M.  R.) 

Good  (J.  B.) 

Good  (J.  B.) 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

Boas  (F.) 

Bulmer  (X.  S.) 


Nil 
Na 
No< 
Nsi 


8ALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 

i 

NiooU (Edward  Ilolliind).    Thu Chinook 

Nnksahk: 

language  or  Jargon. 

Vocabulary 

Sen  Giitachet  (A.  S.) 

In  Popular  Sclt'nc.ti 

Monthly,  vol. :!.'.,  i»n.  257- 

Vocal>nlary 

(iibhs(G.) 

261,  New  York,  IHSQiH^i.  (Huroun  of  Ktliiioloity, 

Vwrabulary 

I(oehrig(F.  L.O.) 

Filling.) 

Nakwalimak: 

Oriicin   of  tho  Oliliinok   JitrK<>n,   iiii'liiilini; 

G  (in  tea 

See  B»nH  (F.) 

words  from  a  niiinb«r  <if  HourvvM,  iiiiiouir  tlivni 

tho  (JltulialiH,  pp.  257-'. 

59. 

Numerals: 

llilkula 

St'o  Boas  (F.) 

Nicontemnch.    Son  Nlkutamuk, 

Bilkula 

Latham  (R.G.) 

Nlkntamuk : 

Bilkula 

So4iulnr  (J  ) 

Nunicralg 

S<Mi  Eells  <M.) 

Bilkula 

■i'olnih<  (W.  F.) 

Vociibiilnry 

(Hbbs  (G.) 

Chehalis 

Kills  (M.) 

Vocabulary 

i'owolMJ.  \V.) 

Clicludis 
Ohi'halis 

Montgonierie  (.f.  E.) 
Swan  (J.  (i.) 

Nlikwalli : 

Kalispel 

Eells  (M.) 

Dictionary             Spo  Ollilis  ( O . ) 

Kawich^'H 

Eells  (M.) 

Dictionary 

PowelKJ.W.) 

Kawiciii'U 

Scouler  (.1.) 

General  iliiicuHHiiin 

Fcathcrniau  (A.) 

ICawichun 

Toluiio(\V.F.) 

Gencnil  diHciiHHiou 

Uh1(>(H.) 

Klallam 

Eells  (M.) 

Gouural  discusHion 

Toliuie     (W.    F.)     nnd 

Klallam 

Grant  (W'.C.) 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

Klallam 

Scouler  (J.) 

Geogiapliit;  names 

('oones  (S.  F.) 

Klallam 

Tolmio  (W.  F.> 

Gcograpliio  nniiies 

KcUs  (M.) 

Komuk 

Brinton(D.G.) 

Gcograph'    -lames 

Wick.rsham  (.1.) 

Koniuk 

Eells  (M.) 

Gramniu         ."catiso 

IJulmiT  (T.  S.) 

Kwuntlen 

Eells  (M.) 

Gramiiiatic  trcatiMO 

EcllH  (M.) 

Kwinaiutl 

Eells  (M.) 

UymnH 

Buhner  (T.S.) 

Lilowat 

Eells  (M.) 

Hymns 

Eells  (M.) 

I.unimi 

Eells  (M.) 

Lord's  praytT 

Huluier(T.S.) 

Netlaknpamuk 

Go(m1  (J.  B.) 

Lord's  prayer 

Youth's. 

Nikutanmk 

Eclls  ;m.) 

Numerals 

Eells  (M.) 

Niskwaili 

Eells  (M.) 

Numerals 

Gibbs  (G.) 

Niskwalli 

Gibbs  (G.) 

Numerals 

Montgomcrin  (J.  E.) 

Niskwaili 

Montgonierie  (.1.  E.) 

Numerals 

Scouler  (J.) 

Niskwalli 

Scouler  (J.) 

Vocabulary 

Cami)bcll  (J.) 

Niskwaili 

Tolmie  (W.  F.) 

Vocabulary 

Canadian. 

Dkinagan 

Boas  (F.) 

Vocabulary 

Eells  ;M.) 

Okiuagan 

Scouler  (J.) 

Vocabulary 

Gallatin  (A.) 

Okinagau 

Tolmie  (.1.) 

Vo(^abulary 

Halo(U.) 

Piskwau 

Eells  'M  \ 

Viwabulary 

Latham  (K.(;.) 

.Salisli 

Bulmer  (T.  S.) 

Vocabulary 

Montgonierie  (J.  E.) 

Salisli 

Eells  (M.) 

Vocabulary 

riiiart(A.L.) 

Salish 

Gibbs  (G.) 

Vocabulary 

Sulisli. 

Salish 

Hortman  (W.J.) 

Vocabulary 

.Scouler  (J.) 

Salish 

Mengarini  (G.) 

Vocabulary 

Tolmio(W.F.) 

Salish 

Salish. 

Vocabulary 

Tolniie    (W.    F.)    and 

Sliiwapiiuik 

Eells  (M.) 

Dawson  (G.M.) 

Shu.swap 

Dawson  ((J.  M.) 

Vocabulary 

Wickcrsham  (J.) 

Shuswap 

Eells  (M.) 

Vocabulary 

Wilson  (E.  F.) 

Skagit 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Bancroft  (11.  II.) 

Skitsuish 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Biilmer  (T.  S.) 

Skokomish 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Buschmann  (J.  C.  E.) 

Skoyclpi 

ChamlKJilain  (A.  F.) 

Words 

Chainbcrlaiu  (A.F.) 

Skoyi'lpi 

Kells(M.) 

AVords 

Daa  (L.  K.) 

Snanaimuk 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Giblis  (G.) 

Songish 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Latliam  (U.G.) 

Spokau 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Lubbock  (J.) 

Tait 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Pott  (A.F.) 

Twana 

Eells  (M.) 

Words 

Youth's, 

NuKdalnm.    See  Klallam. 

Nisqualli.     See  Niskwalli. 

Nnskiletemh.    Sec 

Nukwalimnk. 

Nooksahk.    See  Nuksahk. 

Nnsulph : 

Vo<:abuIary 

Noosdalnm.    See  Klallam. 

See  Gibbs  (G.) 

Nsietihawns.    See  Tilamnk. 

Vocabulary 

Koehrig(F.L.O. 

SAL 4 

49 


60 


BIBLIOGBAPHY    OF   TUB 


0. 


Offloe  for  ]nililii^  baptism    .    .    .     Xt^klii- 
knpiuuiik.    Su()  Oood  (.1.  li.) 

Offloe  for  tho  holy  coinniiiiiiou    .     .     , 

Nekluk;ipiiiiiiik.     Hco  Oood  (.1.  It.) 

Oklnagan : 

Oraininutlii  treatinn 
Hyiiiim 

NuilllTllllI 


NiimtTiilH 
Niiinprala 
PrayiTH 
I'ropnr  natiiM 
I'n>IHir  naiuea 
Kelatioiinliiim 

H«lHti<>Iltlhi|M 

Itelatluusbipa 

Sentcnrt^s 

Seiitt'Dcua 


S««  ItoiiH  (F.) 
TiiltMC  M.) 
JllllM  (K.) 
Scoiilrr  (.J.) 
Tolmio(\V.  K.) 
Lo  .ti-iinu  (J.  M.  U.) 
UoHH  (A.) 
Stuiilc.v  (-r.  M.) 
UoiiH  (!■".) 
Aloruuii  (L.  II.) 
KOHH  (A.) 
SiMHilor  (.1.) 
Tolmie  (W.F.) 


Okiuagau  —  CoiitiniHMl, 

TrxtM 

VucabtiUry 

Viicabuliiry 

Vi>uiibiiliiry 

ViH'almliiry 

Ym-abiiliiry 

Viii^uliiiliiry 

Voiolmliiry 

V'oi'iibiilary 

NVordH 


Itoa*  (P.) 
ISOBH  (K.) 
<>ibbH((}.) 

HoWHIt  (J.) 

LatbuiM  (R.  a.) 
I'ow.'ll  (J.  \V.> 
Koubri|{(F.  L.().) 

Sc(iiilir(J.) 
T.iliiil..  (\V.  F.) 
I)aa(I..  K.) 


Oppert  ((iiistav).  On  the  chiHsification 
of  l!iii);iiiigcH.  A  ( iiiitrilintiou  to  coni- 
])iii'ativo  ])Iu Idiocy, 

III  MailraxJoiiriial  of  Lltnrului'e  ami  Science 
lor  1H79.  i>|).  1    137,  liomlon,  IHTtt.H". 

lt('lati(itiHlii|ii«  of  Ibe  Selinb  family  (from 
Morgan),  pp.  1 10-112. 


P. 


[Palladine  {Rev.  L.)J  rromis8ioni>H 
Domini  NoHtri  Jcsu  ChriHti  lai^tao  H. 
Marg.  M.  Alaco<(no.  |  T  kuckolin^.iitcu 
JneiiB  C'hrist  |  zogshltH  lii  pagpiY^t 
Margarite  Marie  Ahicotiue  |  neu  I'shci 
m'ageists  hi  potciiziititi  |  lu  npoo.sz 
JesuB  Christ. 

Colophon  :  P.  A.  Kemper,  Dayton,  O. 
(N.  America.)  [1890.J  Sclish,  Indian. 
A  small  card,  3  by  5  iiicbe.s  in  hi/.o,  b<-a(U<(l  an 
abovo  and  containiuj;  twelve  "PromiHCH  of 
Our  Lord  to  Blessed  Margaret  Mary"  iu  the 
Selish  language.  On  tlio  verso  is  a  colored 
picture  of  the  sacred  heart,  with  live-line 
inscription  below  iu  Euglish. 

Mr.  Kemper  has  issued  a  similar  card  in 
many  languages. 
Copies  seen :  Eames,  Pilling,  Wellesley. 
Fend  d'Oreille.    See  Kalispel. 
Pentlash : 

Legends  See  lioas  <F.) 

Text  Boas  (F.) 

Vocabulary  Boas  (F.) 

Wonls  Boas  (F.) 

Petitot  (Pire  I5raile  Fortuu6  Stanislaa 
Joseph).  Monographie  |  ties  |  Dene- 
Dindji6  |  jiar  |  lo  r.  p.  E.  Petitot  |  Mi.s- 
sionnaire-Oblat  cle  Marie-Imnuicnl<!e, 
Offlcier  d'Aca(l<!mie,  |  Membre  corro- 
spondant  de  TAcaddmio  do  Nancy,  |  de 
la  Socidtdd'Anthropologie  |  et  Membre 
honoraire  de  la  Soci^t^  de  Philologie 
et  d'Ethnographie  de  Paris.  | 

Paris  I  Ernest    Leroux,    dditenr  |  li- 
braire  de  la  Soci^t^  asiatiquo  de  Pari  s,  | 


Petitot  (f!.  F.  8.  J.)  — Continued. 

do  lYcole  dcs  langues  orientales  vi- 
vantes  etdes  Societ^sasiaticiucsde  Cal- 
cutta, I  doNew-Haven  (Etat8-Uni8),de 
Shanghai  (Chine)  |  28,  rue  Bonaparte, 
28  I  1870 

Corcr  title  as  above,  half-title  verso  name  of 
printer  1  1.  title  as  above  verso  blank  1  1.  t«xt 
pp.  1-109,  list  of  publications  1  1.8='. 

Verbal  conjuu'ations  in  W'akish  (Titea 
Plates),  p.  104. — A'ocabulary  (8  words)  of  the 
same,  p.  105. 

Copies  teen :  Astor,  Brinton,  Komos,  Pilling. 

De  la  formation  du  langage ;   mots 

formes  jiar  le  redoublemcnt  de  racines 
h^t^rogeues,  quoiquo  de  signification 
Hynouynie,  c'est-sl-dire  par  reiteration 
copulative. 

In  Asswiation  frangaiso  pour  1'avancement 
des sciences, com i)te.rou<lu,  I'Jth  session  ( Rouen , 
1883).  pp.  697-701,  Paris,  1884,8°.  (Geological 
Survey,  Pilling.) 

Ccmtains  exami)les  in  a  number  of  North 
American  languages,  among  theiu  the  Stahkin. 

limils  Fortunas  Stanislas  Joseph  Petitot  was 
lioin  December  3, 1838, at  Granceyle-Ch&tcau, 
department  of  Cote-d'Or,  Burgundy,  France. 
His  stiulios  were  pnrsne<l  at  Marseilles,  first  at 
the  Iu.stitution  St.  Louis  and  later  at  the  higher 
seminaryof  Marseilles,  which  heentored  iu  1857. 
lie  was  made  deacon  at  Grenoble,  and  priest  at 
Marseilles  March  15, 1862.  xV  few  days  thereafter 
he  went  to  England  and  sailed  for  America.  At 
Montreal  lie  found  MunseigueurTach^,  bishop 
of  St.  Boniface,  with  whom  he  set  out  for  the 


BALISHAN    LANOITAOEH. 


61 


Petitot  (13.  P.  8.  J.)  —  Continued. 

Northweiit,  where  h«  waanontluuuualy  nngaKuil 
In  mliiaiuiiury  work  anioi.g  this  Intllanit  niiil 
Raklmos  until  IH74,  when  he  returned  to  Franco 
t4i  aiiporviitn  the  piililiuatioti  of  aomn  of  hi^ 
workHon  llnKuiitir.i  ami  KruKraphy.  In  is7)t 
h«  retiirniMl  to  thn  mlitnionN  nnii  H|H<nt  uiiolh«r 
(lorltNi  of  n«nrly  hIx  ynirx  In  the  North wi'Ht.  tn 
1882  ho  ono*  more  rxtiirinsl  iAt  IiIh  iiiitivn 
country,  whore  he  liUH  Hliinn  rojiiaintMl.  In  HHtl 
he  wan  itp|M>liite<l  to  the  RiiriM^v  of  MikrtMill, 
near  Moitiix.  which  ho  hUU  retainH.  Thn  niivny 
years  he  apent  in  th«  Inlioapltikiilo  Northwiml 
were  hoHy  and  eventful  onea  and  atlordiMl  nn 
op|iortnnity  for  ifetiKraphlc,  lini;iiiatlc,  and 
ethnohi^ic  oliaervatlonit  and  Hludius  audi  ax 
few  liavo  eu|i)ye<l.  Iln  wan  lint  Hrat  niitHionary 
to  vlHit  (Iroat  Bear  I.alo'.  which  Im  did  for  tliu 
first  tlinu  In  ixna.  Iltt  went  on  fintt  from  Oood 
Hope  to  I'rovidcnco  twice  and  made  nuiiiy  toiira 
In  winter  of  forty  or  hfty  days'  lenf;th  on  snow- 
shoes.  Ho  waa  the  tirst  niissioaary  to  ihi< 
Kakiniosf  f  the  Northwest,  having  visited  llieni 
i'l  l"65. at  the  motithof  tlin  Anderson,  likcwiso 
iu  1808  at  the  moiitli  of  the  Mackenzie,  and  in 
1H70  and  aj^ain  in  IR77  at  Fort  McPheraon  on 
I'eel  River.  In  1H70  his  travcl.s  extended  into 
Alaitka.  In  1H78  an  altai'k  of  Idood  spitting 
•aiised  him  to  return  south.  He  went  on  foot  to 
Athaliaska,  whencv.  he  |)a.-<sed  to  tlie  ,Siiskat(;h' 
ewan  in  a  hark.  In  187U  lie  ostabiislied  tlie 
m'ssl'  a  of  St.  Rapliael,  at  Angling  Lake,  for 
tlio  Chippowayans  of  that  region,  wliere  lie 
remained  until  his  tinal  departure  for  France 
in  .1  inu.-iry,  1K82. 

Vol  in  account  of  his  linguistic  work  anion}; 
K...,  ..,  iniauan,  Algon<|uinn,  and  Atliapascan 
see  (he  bibliographies  of  these  familiea. 

miing:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  after  a  note  iudii^ites  tlint  a  copy  of 
tlie  work  referred  Ut  is  in  the  |M>ssession  of  the 
compiler  of  this  bibliography. 

Pilling  ( J aiuoti  Conntiintiuo).    Smithson- 
ian iastitntion — Bureau  of  othnoloKy  | 
J.  W.  Powell  direotor  |Proof-8he«it8  |  of 
a  I  bibliography  |  of  |  the  languageH  | 
of  the  I  North  American  Indians  |  by  [ 
James  Constantine    Pilling  |  (Distrib- 
uted only  to  collaborators)  | 

Washington  |  Government  jirinting 
ofluu;  I  1886 

Title  verso  blank  1  I.  notice  aigne<l  J.  AV. 
Powell  p.  ill,  preface  pp.v-viii,  introduction  pp. 
ix-x,  list  of  authorities  pp.  xi-xxxvi,  list  of 
lilirariea  referred  to  by  initials  pp.  xxxvii- 
xxxviii,  list  of  fac-similes  pp.  xxxix-xl,  t^-xt 
pp.  l-8!t9,  additions  and  corrections  pp.  841-1090, 
index  of  languages  and  dialects  pp.  1091-1135, 
plates, 4°. 

Arranged  alphabetically  by  name  of  author, 
translator,  or  first  word  of  title.  One  hundred 
and  ten  copies  printed,  ten  of  them  on  one  aide 
of  the  sheet  only. 


Set.  Hale  (H.) 
Kells  (M.) 
(;allatin(A.> 
(llblis^a.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Latham  (R.  a.) 
Powell  (J.  \V.) 
R<M>hrl)r(K.  L.O.) 
l<anerort(H.  H.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale  (H.) 


I  Pinart  (Alphonao  L.)  Vooabulary  of  the 
Atnnh  language.  (*) 

Manuscript,  00  iiages  folio;  in  poaseasion  of 

Hi  author.    Kuasiaii  and  Atnah;  ooMeetiMl  at 

Kitdiak  in  1873.     Whether  it  is  Athapitscan  or 

Saliahan  I  do  not  know;  probably  I  lie  latter. 

Siniie  yearn  ago,  in  res|Miiise  ti  my  rei|iiesl, 

'  Mr.  Pinartfiirnlshedmn  williarough  listo.' the 
linguistic  maniisi'ripts  In  his  possession,  col- 
lect  d     by    himself,     emlil'iU'iug    vocabularies, 

J  texts  andsongs.  (/'irciinistancespntvenliMl  hiiii 
from  girin;;  iiie  detaiind  descriptions  of  t  liis  ma- 
terial, wliicli  embnu'ed  Ihe  foUowin'.;  Sulisliiiri 
ianguagea' '  'tmiix,  Niiiminio,  ItelaliiHila.  ('owit- 
chin.  Shiisliwap  (several  diahtcts),  Clalhiin, 
Liimini,  Kwliiault  (two  dialects),  (,'hehalis, 
Niak  Willi,     Spokan.     ('leiir     d'Aleue,      Pend 

I        d'Oroillc,  and  Kalisp<d. 

j   Piakwan: 

(ieiieral  discussion 
Vunierals 
V'u<'abiilary 
Vocabulary 
I  Vocatiiilary 

!  Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 
j  VrM-abiilary 

j  Words 

I  Words 

Words 
Fiaqoona,    See  Piakwan. 
Flatzmann  (Julius).  VorzflichiiiHS  |  ciner 
Auswahl  I  ainerikaniscticr  |  (iranuna- 
til{en,  I  VVortorbilchor,  Katechismeu  | 
u.    H.    \v.  I  Oesanuiiolt  |  von  |  .Julius 
riatzinanu.  | 

Leipzig,  l«76.  |  K.  F.  Kiihlnr's  Anti- 
quarium,  |  Poststrasse  17. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  above  verso 
blank  1  l.dedir'atimi  verso  blank  1  I.  (Quotation 
from  Kouipiettti  verso  blank  1 1.  t<!xt  (alplialiet- 
ically  arranged  by  family  names)  pp.  1-38. 8''. 

List  of  works  in  Clallam,  p.  1'.! ;  in  Selish,  pp. 
36-37. 

(hpiru  teen:  fJongress,  Karnes,  Pilling, Trum- 
bull, Wellesley. 

Fonderay.    See  Kalispel. 

Pott  (August  Frledrich).  Doppolung  | 
(Reduplikation,  Gemination)  |  als  | 
eines  dsr  wichtigsten  Uilduugsmittel 
dor  Sprachc,  i  iMdouchtct !  aus  Sprachcu 
aller  Wolttheile  j  durcli  |  Aug.  Kriodr. 
Pott,  Dr.  I  Prof,  der  Allgoinointm 
Sprachwiss.  au  der  Univ.  za  Hallo  [«!tc. 
tw«»  linos.]  I 

Lcmge  &  Dotraold,  |  im  Verlage  der 
Meycr'scheu  Ilof  buchhandlnng  1862. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  as  alwve  verso  quo- 
tation 1  I.  preface  jip.iii-iv,  contents  pp.  x-vi, 
text  pp.  1-304,  list  of  books  on  verso  of  back 
cover,  8°. 


52 


BIIiLIOGUAPHY   OF   THE 


i[\\ 


<  -t 
•.if 


I 
•11 

i 


IMi 


Pott  (A.  F.)— Continued. 

Coutiiin.'!  cxaiiiplo.'i  ut°  reduplication  in  many 
Nurtli  Aiiierii'iiu  lau^iiagt's,  amniit;  tliem  the 
Flatlioail,  pp.  42,  00.  02,  00 ;  >f.^iot8cliaw,  pp.  51, 
Oa ;  .Stilish,  pp.  18;l,  181 ;  Skitsuish,  p.  42 ;  Sliwalo, 
p.  42. 
ilopies  seen :  A.stor,  lii'itisli  MiiS(Miin,  EameH. 

— —  Einleitiiii{^  in  dio  allgemeiuo  Sprach- 

wissoiiiHchaii,. 

Ill  Iiit«niatloiialo  Zeitsohrift  f  iir  allj^oraeine 
Spr.iciiwi.s.sc'uscliaft.vul.  1,  pp.  1-08,  ',VS)-\ihi,  vol. 
2,  pp.  .'il-tl.').  l.'0!)-251,  vol.  ;!,  pp.  UO-126,  24!»-275, 
Supp.  pp.  l-l«;t,  vol.  4,  pp.  07-96,  vol.  5,  pp.  3-18, 
Leipzig,  1H84-1887,  anil  H«nllironn,18S9,  liirKoBo. 

Thelitoraturoot' AiuHricaulinjjuistic.s,  vol.4, 
pp.  07-90.  Tills  jHirtion  wa.i  publiHluMl  alter  Mr. 
Pott's  ik-atli,  wliicU  occiuTb '  T.ilyS,  1887.  Tho 
gmicral  wlitor  of  tho  Zoitsuhrift,  Mr.  Toehmor, 
8tat<'8  in  a  notd  th.it  I'ott's  paiier  i.i  continued 
from  tii«  mainisiript.s  which  hc^  left  and  that  it 
is  to  tilose  with  tho  lanf;iiaj;iss  of  Australia.  In 
tliii  section  of  Aiuoric  ii  liujiiiistics  publica- 
tions inall  l\w  iiuiri)  iiiiportant  stocksof  North 
Auiurica  are  menUonod,  with  brief  characteri- 
zation. 
Powell:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
Iiaroiithcscs  alter  uuote  iiulicat-'S  tliatacopyof 
the  work  rcfomMl  to  hiia  been  semi  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  library  of  Major  J.  W.  Powell, 
Washi'igton,  1).  C. 

Powell  {Muj.  .John  W<  sl«\v).  Indian  liu- 
Kiiistio  fiiiiiilios  of  Anieiica  mirth  of 
Mexico.      i5y  J.  W.  i\>wi;li. 

In  Bureau  of  Ktlinology,  seventh  annual 
report,  pj).  1-142,  Wasliiu;j;ton,  1891,  royal  ?". 

Salishau  family,  with  a  listoi'  synonyms  and 
principal  tribes,  d.-rivatum  of  the  name,  hab- 
itat, etc.,  pp.  102-10.'). 

Issiip^i  .separately  with  (over title a»  follows : 

Itwliau  linguistic  f'aniili(vsot'Am«rica 

I  nortl'  of  Mexico  |  by  |  J.  W.  I'owcll 
I  Kxtract    from    tho  seventh    annual 
report  of  the  Huroaii  of  ethnoU)<;y  j 
[Vignette]  I 

WaMhingtoii  |  ( tovernmcint  printinjj 
office  I  IHitl 

(;o\cc  title  .asabove,  no  iiisidi-  title,  half-title 
p.  1,  contents  pp.  3-6,  test  pp.  7-U'-^  map,  royal 
8°. 

Mnguistic,  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

VopieH  seen  •  Uiireau  of  Kthnolo;;y,  Kamcs, 
I'iUing,  I'owt  11. 

ill.  vliarge.  l)cj-..rtiiuiiit  of  the  inte- 
rior. I  IT.  S.  yeogTtiphiciil  and  jreolojj- 
ical  survey  of  the  liocl-y  mountain 
vcoion.  I  J.  AV.  I'owell,  'ieologint  in 
(Uuivgo.  I  Conti'ilintionH  |  to  |  North 
American etlinohiy;y.  |  V'oluuieI|-VlI]. 
I  [Soul  of  the  deiiartnient.  I  | 
Washinjutou :  |  (iovcruuient  printiiif.^ 
office.  I  1877[-1890J. 


Powell  ( J.  W. )  ~  Continued. 

7  vols.  4°.    Vol.  1, 1877 ;  vol.  II  (pi.Nrt»  1  and  2), 
1890;  vol.  III.  1877;  vol.  IV,  1881;  vol.  V,  1882; 
vol.  VI,  1890;  vol.  VII,  18!H). 
O-ibbs  (G.),  Vocabulary  of  the  Shihwipinukb, 

vol.  1,  pp.  252-205. 
Vocabulary  of   tho  Niknteniukh,  vol.  1, 

pp.  232-205. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Okiuakeu,  vol.  1,  pp. 

252-265. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Shwoyeliii,  vol.  l,pi». 

252-205. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Spokan,  vol.  I,  pp.  252- 

2(ii. 
Vocabulary  of  tho  Fiskwaus,  vui.  i,  pp. 

252-265. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Kalispelm,  vol.  l,pp. 

270-283. 
Vocabulary  of  the  liilhoola,  vol.  1,  pp.  270- 

283. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Lilowat,  vol.  1,  pp.  270- 

2.^3. 

Vocabulary  o.'  the  Tail,  pp.  270-283 

\'ocabulary  of  tlio  Koniookhs,  vol.  ],pp. 

270-283. 
Vocabulary  of  thu  Kuwalitsk,  vol.  1,  pp. 

270-283. 
Dictionary  of  the  Niskwalli:Xiskwalli- 

English,  vol.  1, 285-,i07. 
Dictionary    of    the   Niskwalli :  English- 

Xisif  walli.  vol.  1,  pj).  309-301. 
Mongarini  (G .),  Vocabulary  of  the  Skoyelpeli, 

vol.  l,pp.2.V2-266. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Schitzui,vol.  1,  jip.  270- 

283. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Selish  proper,  vol.  1, 

pp.  270-283. 
Tolmie  (W.   F.),  Vocabulary  of  tho  Shoos- 

waap,  vol.  l,pp  252-205. 
Vocabulary  of  the  AVakynakaine,  vol.  1, 

pp.  2")2-205. 
Vocabulary  of  tho  Ktillcspelni,  vol,  1,  pp. 

270-283. 
Prayer  book, 

Netlakaiiamnk 
Netlakapamuk 
Shuswap 
Snohomish 
Prayer   book 
SuohoHiiwh. 
Prayers ; 
Halispd 
Kalispol 
N('llaka|..uiiuk 
Netlakapamuk 
Okinafian 
ISalish 
Salish 
Saniish 
Shuswap 
Shuswap 
J^kltsiuish 
.Skwitniidh 
Snanaiiiiuk 
Stale 
Twanj 


See'lowUJ.B.) 

Le  .Tonne  (J  M.R.) 
Let»ounn(,r.  M.  R.) 
Boulet  (J.  ]1.) 
and     catechism     .     . 
See  Boulet  (J.  B.) 

See  (;;uiicslrelli  (P.) 
Sniet  (P.J.de). 
Good  (J.  n.) 
Le.leuno  (.1.  ».i.U.) 
Lo  Jeune  <',.  M.  R.) 
Ca-'eslrelli  (P.) 
Palladine  (I..) 
Smet  (P.J.de). 
Gendre  ( — ) 
L    .Teune(,T.  M.K.) 
oaruana  (J.  M.i 
l)uiieu(P.) 

Boas  (K.)  J 

Durieu  (P.) 
Eells  (M.) 


m 


fiALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


53 


Praycis  lu  Shnshwap.  Seo  Le  Jeune  (J. 
M.R.) 

Prayers  in  Shuswap.    Seo  Gendre  ( — ). 

Prayers  in    ThompHou.     Seo  Le  Jeune 
(J.M.R.) 

I'riohard(Jamo8Cowles).  Reaearclies  | 
into  i;hn  |  phyicul  history  |  of  |  man- 
kind. I  By  I  Jamon  Cowlcs  Pricliard, 
M.D.  F.  R.S.  M.  R.  I.  A.  I  «'orrfsiH)n(l- 
ing  member  [&o.  thrse  lines.]  |  Third 
edition.  |  Vol.  I[-V].  | 

London:  |  Sherwood,  Gilbert,  and 
Piper,  I  Paternoster  row;  |  and  J.  and 
A.  Arch,  I  Cornhill.  |  183(![-1847]. 

Svol'i.  8°.  The  vor(l8"Tliiiil  edition, "wliic!) 
are  contained  on  tho  titles  of  vols.  1-4  (diiliMl 

'     njHpoctivelylSSO,  ia37, 1H41, 1844),  arouoton  tho 

'  titleof  vol.  5.  Vol.  3  wa-s  originsilly  i.saiied  with  a 
title  numbered  "Vol.  ITI.— Part  I."  This  titlo 
was  afterwafd  cancclcMl  and  a  new  one  (niim- 
bored  "Vol.  III.")  substitute!'  in  its  idacc.  Vol. 
1  was  reissued  with  n  now  tit.,  contaiiiiiij;  the 
words  "Fotirtli  editu)n''  and  bearii'i;  tho  im- 
print"  London :  I  Sherw<><>d,(iill)ert,and  Viper. 
I  Paternoster  row.  ]  1841.'"  (.Vstor);  and  iigain 
"Fourth edition.  |  Vol.1.  |  London;  |  Houl.slon 
and  .Stononian,  |  (i.">,  I'aternonter  row.  |  1S.">1." 
(Congress,  Hiirvard.)  Aeoordiiig  to  Sabiu's 
Dictionary  (no.  05477,  note),-,  ol.  2  also  appeared 
in  a  "Fourth  edition,"  with  the  latter  imprint. 
These  several  issues  ditVer  only  in  the  insert  ion 
of  new  titles  in  t'.ieplaees  of  th  ■original  titles. 
Urief  rel'erenee  to  tho  Sii'ishan  family,  its 
divisions  and  allinities,  vol,  ii,  pp.  437-438. 

Citpifn  mm:  Uiinerofl,  Boston  Ath.>na:iini, 
Congress,  Fames. 

Tho  earlier  editions,  Lrndon,  18i;i,  8"",  and 
Limdon,  IH'Jfl,  2  vols..  S'',  lontain  no  .Salislian 
material. 

Nattirjit'Hcliiclito    |    dcs  |  Mciisclirii- 

gesch)<'('lit.s  vdii  I  .liimc.'iCowit'.s  I'rieli- 
ard,  I  Med.  1).  \&-c,.  three  lines. )  |  Nacli 


Prichard  (J.  C.)  —  Continned. 

der  [\('.  tnrt'e  lines]  |  von  |  Dr.  Rn- 
doljjli Wagnt  r,  |  [A. cone  line.]  Krster 
[-Vierter]  Band.  | 

Lei2>zi}i;,  |  vcrlajj;  von  Leopold  Uo8k. 
I  18-10[-1«18].  I 

4  vr.'>:«. ;  vol.  4  in  tw-iiarts,  12^'.   A  Irnnslution 
of  the  !"i  vol.  edithm  of  the  Thysieal  History. 
Diseiissicm  of  Anieriean  lHngnagCH,vol.  4,  pp. 

31 1-341.  ;;;)7-;io;t,4.-.8. 

Copies  feen  :  Jlritish  Museum. 
Primer : 

Netlakapannik   See  T,e  .feiine  (,T.  M.  11.) 
Spokan  \Valker(K.):!ndEell8(C.) 

Primer  .  .  .in  Tbompson.  See 
Le  Jeune  (.I.M.R.) 

Promissiones  Domini  Nostn  Jtsn 
Christi  [(\viir  d'Alenc^].  See  Caniana 
(.).M.) 

Promissiones  Domini  Nostri  .lesn 
{'lirisli  [Lih)\viit  Miid  Net]ai)anink]. 
See  Le  Jeune  (^  t.  M.  R.) 

Promissiones  Domini  Nostri  .lesn 
('liri.sti[Siilisii].     See  Palladine  (L.) 

Proper  names ; 

Okinagiui  See  Ross  (.\,) 

Okinagan  St;inli>y  (.r.  M.) 

Snlish  Call  in  (('..) 

Shuswa]'  Dawson  ((i.Al.) 

Songish  Manlonald  (I>.  (i.  F.) 

Spokan  Oatlin  ((i.) 

Spokan  Stanley  (.1,  M.) 

Puyallup : 

(ieoyriiphii-  names   Si  r  Coiinis  (S.  F.) 

licograpliie  names  Kells  O') 
{ J ramniiitii- treatise         .M<.('..iv  (S.  K.) 

Sentences  .MeC^aw  (S.  K  ) 

Voeiiliulary  MeCinv  (S.  1..) 

Voeabnlarv  .Salish. 


Q.  R. 


Queninlt.     See  Kwinaiutl. 


Ptlationnhips; 

Bilknla 

Okinagnn 

Okiniigan 

Okinagan 

Snlish 

Shuswap 

Skokomish 

Spokan 

Spoltan 


See  Boas  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
JMorgan  (L.  II  ) 
Ross  (A.) 
Oppert((i.j 
Boas  (I''.) 
-    -   Boas  (F.) 
Gibhs  (O.) 
Morgan  (L.  H.) 


Report  of  the  governoi*  <)1'  Washington 
territory      See  Squire  (W.C.) 


Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.)    Compiiriitive  vocab- 
idary  of  tlie  Seli.sli  liinj.;iia<res. 

Matiiiscripl,  47  leaves  folio,  written  on  one 
side  only.  In  the  lilinirv  of  lh>'  linri'au  of 
Kthnology. 

Tho  viieabnlary,  ('onsisting  of  l^O  words,  is 
arranged  b,\  Knglish  words  as  headings,  equiv- 
alents in  the  following  languages  being  gict>n 
luider  each;  Selisb  proper  or  Flatlio.id,  Kidls 
pelni,  .Spokan.  Skoyelpl,  Okinakeii,  Sehitsni, 
.SehwaiMuuth,  and  Piskwaua. 

Comparative     Voeubnlary    of     the 

Selisli  laiigniijj;cH.   Ilnd  Hcrirs,    Ithaea, 
N.  Y.     NoveniluT  ir.tb,  1870. 


54 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


I': 


Roehrlg  (F.  L.  O.)  —  Continued. 

MiiuiiHcript,  SO  IcavcH,  4°,  written  im  one  side 
only.  In  the  library  of  tlio  Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy- 

The  vixiabulary,  conxiHting  of  J8I)  wonls.  is 
arranged  by  English  wohIh  us  beadin$;s,  ei]uiv- 
alents  in  the  following  languaK''"  being  given 
under  each :  Clallam.  Luinr<)i,  NookHubk, 
Nanniinook,  Kwantlou.and  Tnit. 

Synoptical  vocabulary  of  the  Selish 

languages. 

Manuscript,  8  unnumbereil  leaven  folio, 
■written  on  both  Bides.  In  tlie  lil)rary  of  tlie 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

The  vocabulary,  lonsLstiiig  of  180  words,  is 
arranged  iu  15  colunniw  as  fiillows:  Englisli, 
ClallHin.  Lummi,  NooksaliU,  Jfanairaook, 
Kwantlcn,  Tait,  Toanliooch,  N'oosolnpsh, 
Skagit, ■Romookh,  Kwinaiutl,(!owlitz,  Lilowat, 
and  Uelhoola. 

Ross  (Alexander).  Adveiitur<'s  |  of  the 
first  settlers  on  the  |  Oregon  or  C'olnni- 
hia  river:  |  heing  |  a  narrative  of  the 
expedition  fitted  out  by  |  .John  Jacob 
Astor,  I  to  establish  the  |  "I'acific  fur 
company ;"  |  ■with  nii  account  of  some 
I  Indian  tribes  on  the  coast  of  the 
Pacific.  I  By  Alexander  Koss,  |  one  of 
th«>  adventurers.  | 

London :  |  .Smith,  Elder  and  eo.,  (m, 
Cornhill.  I  1849. 


Rosa  (A.)  —  Continued. 

Title  verso  names  of  printers  1  l.prtifacepp. 
ill -V,  (contents  pp.  vii-xv,erratii  p.  (xvl),  t«xt 
pp.  ]-;i52,  map,  12^. 

Jiolfttiouship.i  of  tile  Oklnackens  and  per- 
Honal  names,  p.  'i'26. 

CpfiipJl  tren:  Astor.  Uaneroft.  Jtoston  Ath- 
ena-iim.  BritishMuseum,  Bureau  of  Etlinology, 
('ongreK.s,  Trumbull. 

Alexander  Boss,  author,  born  in  Kairnshire, 
Scotland,  May  9, 178'J,  died  in  Colony  Oardens 
(nowin  Winnipeg,  Mauit(>ba),r{cdlliver Settle- 
ment, British  Xorth  America,  October  23, 18,50. 
He  came  toCanada  in  1805,  taught  inGlcngarry, 
D.C.,  and  in  1810  joined  John  Jacob  Astor's 
expendit  ion  to  Oregon.  Until  1824  bo  was  a,  fur- 
trader  and  in  tho  service  of  the  Hudson  Bay 
Comjiany.  About  1825  he  removed  to  the  Red 
]{iver  settlement  and  was  a  member  of  the 
connciliif  A.ssineboia,  J  ud  was  sbeiiff  of  the  Red 
River  settlement  for  se  veral  years.  Ho  was  for 
lifteen  years  a  resides  t  in  tlio  territories  of  the 
Hudson  Bay  Compan;  •,  atid  has  given  the  result 
of  his  observations  i  a  the  works :  Adventures 
of  the  First  Settlers  .in  the  Oregon  or  Columbia 
River;  being  a  Narrative  of  the  Expedition 
fitting  out  by  John  Jacob  A(»tor  to  establish 
the  Pacific  Tur  Con.pany,  with  an  Account  of 
some  Indian  Tribes  Oi.  t  he  Coast  of  tlio  Pacitic 
(London,  1849))  Tho  Fur-Hunters  of  tho  Far 
West,  a  Narrative  of  Adventures  in  the  Oregon 
and  Rocky  ^lountains  (2  vols.  18.55), and  TheRed 
River  Settlement  (1850). — Appletnn's  Cyclop,  of 
Am.Bing. 


Sabin    (Joseph).     A  |  dictionary  |  of  | 
Hooks  relating  to  America,  |  from  its 
discovery   to    the    jiresent    time.  |  Hy 
Joseph    Sabin.    |    Volume    If-XX].  | 
[Three  lines  quotation.]  | 

Nevr-York  :  |  Joseph  Sabiu,  S4  Nassau 
street.  |  lHr)X[-lH92]. 

20  vols.  iF.  Still  in  course  of  ]iublication. 
Parts  cxv-cxvi,  wliich  begin  vol.  xx,  ri-iicb  the 
article  "Smith.'  Now  edited  by  Mr.  Willier- 
force  Eanu's. 

Contains  tith's  of  a  number  of  Inrnks  in  and 
relaling  to  the  Siilishan  languages. 

Co/iii'i  Kvii :  Congress,  Eames,  (ieologieal 
Survej',  I.enox. 

See  Field  (T.AV.) 


St.  Onge  (/iVr.   Louis 

Naii(deon). 

Se.i 

Bulmer  (T.  S.) 

"The  subject  of  this 

'iketcli,  the  !te\-. 

Louis 

N.  St.  Onge,  of  St.  Alphonse  de  Liguori  ) 

lavish. 

was  born  [in  the  village 

of  St.  C'psaire] 

a  fe«- 

miles  south  of  Mentrcnl, 

Canada, April  H 

,  1842. 

He  finished  his  classical 

course  when  yet  very 

youDK.  after  which  he  stu 

li<!d  lawfor  two  years. 

I  St.  Onge  (L.  N.)  —  Contintied. 
I  Feeling  called  to  another  field,  be  gave  up  this 
!  career  in  order  to  jireparo  himself  to  work  for 
j  Cod's  glory  as  an  Indian  missionary  in  the 
I  diocese  of  Nesqually,  Washington  Territory. 
"A  year  and  a  half  before  his  ordination, 
Uight  Rev.A.i'  Blancbet,  bis  bishop,  ordered 
liini  to  Vancouver,  W.T. .where  be  wasoccupied 
aa  a  jirofessor  of  natural  philosoiihy,  a,strim- 
omy,  anil  other  branches  iu  tho  Holy  Angel's 
College.  All  his  spnre  time  was  consecrated  to 
the  study  of  the  Indian  languages,  in  which  be 
is  today  one  tif  the  most  expert,  so  that  be  was 
ready  to  go  lui  active  missionary  work  as  soon 
as  ordained. 

"  The  flist  years  of  his  missioiutry  life  were 
occupii'd  in  visiting  dillerent  tribes  of  Indians 
and  doing  other  missionary  work  in  the  Terri- 
tories of  Washington,  Idaho,Montana,  and  other 
Rocky  Mountain  districts,  among  Indians  and 
miners.  After  such  labors  he  was  then  appointed 
to  take  charge  of  the  YakamoB,  Klikitats, 
"Winatchas,  Wishrams,  Pshwanwapams,  Nar- 
chez,  niid  other  Indium  tribes  inhabiting  the 
central  part  of  Washington  Terrltorj-.  Having 
no  moans  of  support  in  his  new  mission,  Bishop 


SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


55 


St.  Onge  (L.N.)  —  Continued. 

Bluiidiot,  ill  lii8  orir'aarrindn^  charily  tor  llic 
IniiiaiiHof  hisextciisivodioccac,  furiii.'-lu'd  liini 
wiH)tlicnorca»aryouUit :  aiul  vithii  ininilMTot 
willing tliough  uimkilli'd  Indiana  .18  appri'iitiii- 
c8ri)ont«TH,  theyoiuiKiiiiHsioMiiryHeltowDrli  to 
rebuild  tlio  St.  Joscpli'x  iiiission.drRtroycd  in 
1856  by  a  party  of  t'andalH  cidlcd  tlin  Orcfroii 
Volunteers,  wbo  luid  beon  si-nt  to  lifiiit  the 
Yukanum. 

"After  fo'ir  year«  of  labor,  lie  and  liiH  dt^votfd 
companion,  Mr.  J.  ]!.  Boulet  (now  nrdaini'd  and 
xtationKd  ,'iniong  the  Tnlalip  ItuliauH)  bad  tli«> 
satiiifact.o..  :!)8eouot,  only  a  com  fort. iblc  vcsi- 
•lenr.e,  but  also  a  uent  cburcli,»>rcct<>d,  and  a 
fine  tract  of  land  iiluntcd  with  fruit  tri'os,  and 
in  a  profitable  slain  of  ciillivatioii,  wlunv 
fonuerly  only  ruin  and  dcH<dation  reigned. 

' '  His  health  breaking  down  entirely,  bo  waf. 
fr.rced  to  leave  his  present  and  daily  increasing 
congregation  of  neophitcs.  Wishing  t«  give  bini 
the  best  medical  treatment,  r.isbop  Blaucbet 
sent  Father  St.  Onge  to  bis  native  land  with  a 
leave  of  absence  until  his  health  would  be 
restored.  During  his  eighteen  nuintbs'  stay  in 
a  hospital  he,  however,  utilized  his  time  by 
.  composing  and  printing  two  small  Indian 
books,  containing  rules  of  grammar,  catechism, 
hymns,  and  Christian  prayers  in  Yakama  and 
Chinook  languages,  the  former  for  children,  the 
latter  for  the  use  of  missionaries  on  t  be  Pacific 
coast. 

"By  the  advice  of  bis  physician  he  then 
nndertook  a  voyage  to  Europe,  where  he  spent 
nearly  a  yi^ar  in  search  of  health.  Btick  again 
to  this  country,  ho  had  charge  of  a  (congregation 
for  a  coupleof  years  in  Vermont; ;  ndnow  be  is 
thepastorof  the  two  French  churchesof  (ilens 
Falls  .ind  Sandy  Ilills,  in  the  diocese  of  Albany, 
New  York. 

"Father  St.  Onge, though  a  man  of  uncom- 
mon physical  ai>pearance.  stoutly  built  and  six 
feet  and  four  inches  in  height,  has  not  yet 
entirely  recovered  his  health  and  strength.  The 
French  population  of  Glenn  Falls  have  good 
cause  for  feeling  very  much  gratified  wit  li  I  he 
present  condition  of  tlie  affairs  of  tlie  jiarish  of 
St.  Alpboiiai!  de  Liguori,  and  should  receive  tlio 
hearty  congratulations  of  I  lie  entire  comiiiii. 
nity.  FatherSt.  Onge,  aman  of  great  eriulii  i<iii, 
adevoted  servant  to  the  church,  and  posses.sing 
a  personality  whose  geniality  and  I'ourtesy 
havo  won  him  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  liis  peo- 
ple, baa  by  his  failliful  apidication  to  his  jiarisli 
developed  it  and  brought  out  all  that  was  to 
inure  to  its  benefit  and  fiirt  her  advance  it  si  uter- 
"■  ests."— Oicn*  Fallt  (N.  Y.)  Hepuhlican.  March 
'     tS,  mS!t. 

Father  St. '  mge  i-emaiiied  at  (tlens  Falls  until 
October,  1891,  when  increasing  inlirinities  com- 
pclle<l  him  to  retire  permanently  from  the  iiiin 
istrj'.  He  is  now  living  with  bis  brother,  the 
rectorof  St. .fean  Baptiste  cliurcli,  in  Troy,  N. 
Y.  Since  his  retirement  he  has  compiled  an 
£liglisli-Chinook  Jargon  diet  ionarv  (if  about  six 
thonsiuid  words,  and  this  be  intends  to  supple- 


St.  Onge  (L.  N.)— Continned. 

ment  with  a  correspoudiug  .Jargon-Rnglish 
|)art.  He  has  also  begun  the  preparation  of  a 
Vakama  dictionary,  which  he  hoi>cs  to  make 
much  more  complete  than  that  of  Father  Pan- 
i\oAy.  pnblisluMi  in  Dr.  Shea's  Library  of  Am(>r- 
ican  Unguistics. 

I  have  adopted  the  spelling  of  his  name  as  it 
apiiears  on  the  title-page  of  his  work  "Yakama 
Alplial)et,"  etc.,  though  the  true  spelling,  and 
thv  one  he  uses  now,  is  Saintonge— that  of  a 
French  province  in  which  his  ancestors  lived 
and  fnmi  which  four  or  five  families  camo  in 
loot!,  ail  adopting  the  name.  His  family  name 
is  Payant. 

Salish.  [Vocalttilaries  of  some  of  the 
IitdiiUi  trihcs  of   Northwest  Aiuerioa.] 

AJanuacript,  2  vols.,82  pages  folio.  Bought 
by  the  Library  of  Congress  at  Washington,  at 
the  sale  of  the  library  of  the  lato  Mr.  Geo.  Brin- 
ley,  the  sale  catalogue  of  which  says  they  came 
from  the  library  of  Dr.  .Tohn  Pickering,  to 
whom,  probably,  they  were  presented  by  Mr. 
Duponceau.  They  were  presented  "to  Peter 
S.  Duponceau,  Escj.,  with  J.  K.  Townsbend's 
respects.  Fort  Vancouver,  Columbia  River, 
September,  18;i5." 

"  Specimens  (72  words]  of  a  language 
Bpokcn  by  the  f(dlowingtribi>8  in  Puget  Sound, 
vi/. :  the  Nisqually,  Poo  yal-aw-poo,  Tongh-no- 
waw-misb,  Lo-qua-mish,  Skay-wa-mish,  and 
Too-wanne-iioo." 

Salish.  Vociibiihiry  of  the  laiiguago  of  tho 
Siilish  or  the  Fhithead  uatiou  occupy- 
ing the  sources  of  tlie  Cohimhia. 

Manuscript,  in  the  library  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  It  is 
a  copy  niiule  by  Mr.  Duponceau,  and  forms  no. 
Ixiii  of  a  collect i(ni  recorded  by  him  in  a  ftdio 
account  book,  of  which  it  oc(tnpio3  pp.  219-221). 
It  is  written  four  columns  to  the  page,  two  in 
Knglish,  two  in  S:ilisbau,  and  contains  about  12U 
words  and  the  numerals  1-10.  • 

Salish : 

See  CnJK^strelli  (P.) 
Bancroft  (11.  H.) 


Catechi.sm 

Classification 

Clas.iilication 

Classllicatioii 

Classiticati(ui 

Classilicatioii 

Classitication 

Classilicatiiui 

ClasNiticatiou 

Classiucaliou 

Classilicatioii 

Classilicatioii 

Classilicatioii 

ClassiHiatidii 

Classilicatioii 

Classification 

Cbi.'isilii'atioii 

(Mivssiltcatiou 

Classiticatiou 

("lasslficatiou 

Classification 


Bates  (H.  W.) 
Beach  (W.W.) 
llcigbaiis  (H.) 
I  teas  (!•'.) 
Briiiton  (1>.  C) 
Itiiscliiiiaiiii  (.1.  (' 
Dawson  ((r.  M.) 
Drake  (S.  (i.) 
Kells  (M.) 
(iailatin  (A.) 
(i.itschot(A.  S.) 
(iibbs  (li.) 
Haines  (K.  M.) 
Keane  (A.  H.) 
Latham  (K.  U.) 
I'bitzmanu  (J.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Prichard  (J.  0.) 
Sayco  (A.H.) 


K.) 


■■it 


m 


v: 

I 


56 

Salish  — Con  tinned 

CliisHification 

ClitHHiflcation 

(ienoral  diHcnHRion 

General  discussion 

General  diHcuHsinn 

Guiioriil  (lis('ii5)Hiiiii 

Gcr  ;rnl  disi'iishion 

Gei.oral  diat'iissiun 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

General  discussion 

Geographic  names 

Grammar 

Grammatic  treatise 

Grammatic  treatise 

Grammatic  treatise 

Grammatic  treatise 

Grammatic  treatise 

Legends 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Numerals 

Numfrnls 

Numerals 

Nuiiierals 

Numerals 

Numerals 

Prayers 

Prayers 

Proper  names 

Relati<mHhipH 

Relafionsliips 

Sentences 

Sentences 

Sentences 

Text 

Text 

Tribal  names 

Tribal  name^ 

Tribal  names 

Tribal  names 

Tribal  names 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vm'abulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

A''ocabulary 

Vo«Mibiilary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Wonih 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 


Schoolcraft  (H.  R.) 
Trumb\ill  (J.  H.) 
Anderson  (A.  C) 
Hancroltdl.  U.) 
lieuch  (\V.  W.) 
Ifcrghaus  (U.) 
ISuschnumn  (J.  C.  V..\ 
Drake  (S.O.) 
Kcathcrnian  (A.) 
Gabelentz(H.G.C.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Gatschel  (A.S.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Miiller  (F.) 
IJulmer  (T.  S.) 
Mengarini  (G.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale(H.) 

l'etitot(K.  K.K.J.) 
Shea  (J.  G.) 
Hoffman  (\V..I.) 
Bancroft  (H.  II.) 
Bulnier  (T.  S.) 
Marietti  (P.) 
Shea  (J.  G.) 
Sniet  (P.J.de). 
Youth's. 
Bulmer  (T.S.) 
Kclls  (M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Hoffman  (W.J.) 
Mengarini  (G.) 
Salish. 

Canestrelli  (P.) 
Palladine  (L.) 
Catlin  (G.) 
Morgan  (L.  H.) 
Oppert  (G.) 
Hofltaan(W.J.) 
Sniet  (P.J.de). 
Whynipcr  (K.) 
CancHlrelli  (T.) 
Palla<nne(L.) 
Hoffman  (W.J.) 
tCano  (P.) 
K.iUi.' (A.H.) 
Sullivan  (U.  G.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Canadian. 
Cooper  (J.  G.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Giblm  (G). 
Henry  (A.) 
Hoffman  (W.J.) 
Howse  (J.) 
Latham  (K.  (',.) 
Maximilian  (A.  P.) 
I'owell  (J.  \V.) 
Roehrig  (F.  I,.  O.) 
Salish. 

Smet  (1*.  J.  de, . 
Wilkes  (C.) 
»  i;.,..n  (E.  F.) 
Boas  (F.) 


Bulmor  (T.  S.) 
Dna(L.K.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Hoffman  (W.J.) 
Latham  (K.G.) 
Mengarini  (G.) 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Smet  (P.J.de). 
Squire  (W.  G.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Treasury. 
Tylor  (E.  B.) 


See  Smet  (P.J.de). 
Smet  (P.J.de). 


Salish  —  Coiitinned. 

Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
Words 
See  also  Ohehalis. 

Samish: 

Lord's  prayer 
Prayers 

Sayce  (Archibald  Henry).  Introdnction 
to  the  I  sciento  of  language,  |  liy  |  A. 
H.  .Say(!0,  I  deputy  professor  of  compar- 
ative jdiilology  in  the  university  of 
Oxford.  I  In  twovohimes.  |  Vol.I[-II]. 
I  [Dosign.]  I 

London :  |  C.  Kegan  Paul  &  co.,  1, 
PaternostiT  H<iuare.  |  1880. 

2  vols.:  half-title  verso  blank  1  1. title  verso 
qnotatiov,  and  notice  1 1.  preface  pp.v-viii,  table 
of  .;ontents  verso  blank  1 1.  text  pp.  1-441,  colo- 
plum  verso  lilauk  11.;  half-title  verso  blank  1 1. 
title  verso  ijii()tation  and  notice  1  1.  tableof  con- 
tents verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  l-;t.52,  selected  list 
of  works  pp.  ;i.'>;f-3ti3,  index  pp.  3«5-421, 12°. 

A  cla.ssiiicatiou  of  American  langu.ages  (vid. 
2,  pp.  .57-04)  iiu^liulcs  the  Selish,  pp.  57-60. 

Copie>>  seen:  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Eajncs. 

Introduction  to  the  |  science  of  lan- 
guage. I  By  I  A.  H.  Sayce,  |  dc])uty- 
])rofcssor  of  coinj)arativo  philology, 
Oxford,  I  Hon.  LL.  1).  Dublin.  |  In  two 
voliuucs.  I  Vol.  I[-II].  I  [Design.]  | 
Second  edition.  | 

London :  |  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  & 
CO.,  1,  Paternoster  square.  |  1883. 

2  vols. :  half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso 
(piotation  and  notice  1 1.  table  of  contents  verso 
blank  1  1.  ])reface  to  the  second  edition  pp.  v-xv 
verso  blank,  preface  ])p.  xvii-xx,  text  j)]!.  1-44' 
colophon  verso  blank  1  1.;  half-title  verso  blank 
1  1.  title  verso  quotation  and  notice  1  1.  table  of 
contents  verso  blan'.;  1  1.  t«xt  pp.  1  -Ji.Vi,  .selected 
list  of  works  pp.  :tr)3-Hf>3  verso  blank,  index  l)p. 
;ior>-421, 12'''. 

Linguistit's  as  in  the  first  edition,  vol.  2,  pp, 
.')7-(M). 

Copiet  leen  ;  Fames. 

Schomburgk  (.nVc Robert  Herman).  Con- 
tributions to  the  Philological  Ethnog- 
raphy of  South  America.  By  Sir  R.  H. 
Schoniburgk. 


SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


57 


le  versd 
Ih  vei'Ho 

I).  1-44- 

In  blank 

litbli'  of 

i^loctoil 

|lex  pp. 

.2,  pp. 


Schomburgk  (R.  II.)  —  Continued. 

In  Fliil(>lo;;i('iil  Scio.  [of  London]  I'rot'.  vol.  3, 
pp.  228 -'JUT.  London,  184K,  S"^. 

Aflinity  of  words  in  tlio  Guinaii  with  other 
liingn;ii;('»  uml  dlaliM'ts  in  Amnrica,  pp  .  2.'iO-2.17, 
contains,  araon;;  oth(T8,  oxample.s  in  Atnali. 

Tlio.so  uxaiuplos  may  1)0  of  the  Athapascan 
stock  or  of  the  Salishaii.  I  have  had  no  oppor- 
tunity recently  to  examine  into  tbo  matter. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Rowe).  Historical  | 
and  I  statisticiil  information,  |  respect- 
in}j  the  |  liistory,  condition  and  pros- 
pects I  of  tho  I  Indian  tribss  of  the 
United  States :  |  collected  and  prepared 
under  the  direction  |  of  the  |  bureau 
of  Inilian  affairs,  |  per  act  of  Congress 
of  March  3d,  1847,  |  by  Henry  R.  School- 
craft, LL.D.  niustrated  by  S.  Eastman, 
capt.  U.  S.  A.  I  Published  by  Authority 
of  Congress.  |  Part  I[-VI].  | 

Philadelphia: '  Lippinc()tt,Grauibo& 
company,  |  (.successors  to  Grigg,  Elliot 
&co.)  I  18.")1[-1857]. 

ICnijraved  title  :  [Engraving.]  |  Ilistorical  | 
and  I  statistical  information  |  rosi)ecting  the  | 
liistory,  condition  and  prospects  of  tho  \  Indian 
tribes  of  tho  United  States:  |  Collected  and  pro- 
pared  nnder  tlio  |  direction  of  tlie  bureau  of 
Indian  ailairs,  per  act  of  Congress  |  of  March 
;!"!  1847,1  l)y  Henry  R.Sclioolcraft  L.L.I).  |  Illus- 
trated by  I  S.  Kastman,  capt.  TJ.  S.  army.  |  [Coat 
of  arms.]  |  Published  by  authority  of  Con- 
gress. I  Part  I[-VI].  I 

Pliiladclphia:  |  Lijtpineott,  Grambo  &  oo. 

0  vols.  4".  Beginning  with  vol.  2  tho  words 
"Historical  and  statistical"  are  left  oil'  tho 
title  pages,  both  engraved  and  printed.  Subse- 
quently (185.'t)  vol.  1  was  also  issued  with  the 
abridged  title  beginning  "Information  respect- 
ing I  bo  history,  condition,  .and  prospects  of  tho 
Indian  tribes,"  uiiiking  it  uniform  with  tho 
otlior  parts. 

Two  editions  with  these  title-pages  were  pub- 
lisbiil  by  tho  same,  bouse,  rmo  on  thinner  and 
somewhat  smaller  paper,  of  which  but  vols.  1-5 
wcr(^  issued. 

Part   I,  1851.    Half-title    (Kthnological    ro- 
sean'lies,  'respecting'  the  red  man  of  America) 
verso  bhuik  1  1.  engraved  title  as  above  verso 
blank  1  L  printed  titleas  above  vcrso blank  1  1. 
introductory  documents  pp.  iii-vi,  preface  pp.  j 
vii-x,  list  of  plates  pp.  xi-xii,  contents  pp.  xlii-   | 
xviii,  text    pi).  13-524,  appendix    pj).  ,525-.''ili8,   I 
plates,  colored  lithographs  and  nuips  numliered 
1-76. 

Part  II,  1852.  Half-title  (ns  in  part  I)  verso  ' 
blank  1  l.engraveil title  (Information  respe(    iiig 
tlio  history,  condition  iind  prospects,  etc.)  verso  t 
blank  1  1.  printed  titb>  (Information  respecting 
tliehistory,  condition  and  prospects,  etc.)  vcrso 
printers  11.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  introduo- 
tory  document pp.vii-xiv,  contents  p]i.  xv-xxit,   | 
list  of  plates  pp.  ixiii-xxiv,  text  pp.  17-008,    ; 


Schoolcraft  (II.  R.)~ Continued. 

idates  and  maps  numbered  1-29,  :!1~78,  and  2 
plates  exhibiting  theCborokce  alphabet  and  its 
application. 

I'art  lu.  185;).  Half-title  (as  in  part  l)  verso 
blank  ll.ongraved  title  (as  in  jiartu)  versoblank 
1 1.  printed  title  (as  in  iiart  ii)  verso  printer  1  1. 
third  report  pp.  v-viii,  list  of  divisions  p.  ir, 
contents  pp.  xi-x\ ,  list  of  ]i)utes  pp.  xvii-xviii, 
text  pp.  19-0;i5,  plates  and  maps  numbered 
1-21,25-45. 

Part  IV,  1854.  Half-title  (as  in  part  i)  verso 
blank  11.  engraved  title  (as  in  part  n)  verso  blank 
1  1.  printed  title  (as  in  part  II)  verso  blank  1  1. 
dedication  pp.  v-vi,  fourth  report  pp.  vii-x,  list 
of  divisions  p.  xl,  contents  pp.  xiii-xxiii,  list  of 
plates  pp.  xxv-xxvi,  text  pp.  19-688,  jilates  and 
maps  numbered  1-42. 

Part  v,  1855.  Ilalf-tit'o  (as  in  part  I)  verso 
blank  1 1.  engraved  title  (.-.s  in  part  II)  versobhink 
1  l.print<!d  title  (as  in  part  II)  ver.so  blank  1  1. 
dedication  pp.vil-viU,  flfili  reportpp.  ix-xii,  list 
of  divisions  p,  xiii,  synopsis  of  general  contents 
of  vols.  l-v  pn.  xv-xvi,  contents  pp.  xvii  xxii, 
list  of  plates  pp.  xxlU-xxiv,  text  pp.  25-625,  ajt- 
pendix  pp.  fi27-7i2,  plates  and  maps  numbered 
1-8, 10-36. 

Part  VI,  1857.  Half-title  (General  history  |  of 
the  1  North  American  Indi.ms)  verso  blank  1 1. 
portrait  1 1.  printed  title ( History  ]  of  thei Indian 
tribes  of  tlie  United  States:  |  their  |  present 
conditionand  prospects,  |  and  ii  sketch  of  tlieir 
I  .ancient  status.  |  Published  by  order  of  Con- 
gross,  I  under  tho  direction  of  the  department  of 
the  interior— Indian  liiireau.  |]?y  |  Henry  Kowo 
Schoolcraft,  LL.  1).  I  ilenibcr  [&c.  six  lines.]  | 
AVith  Illustrations  by  Kminent  Artists.  |  Inono 
volume.  I  ?'.art  VI.  of  the  series.  |  Philadel]iliia: 
I  .1.  B.Lip,)incott  &  co.  |  Jmi.)  verso  blank  1 1. 
inscription  verso  blank  1  1.  letter  to  tlie  I'resi- 
fleiit )!]).  vii-viii,  reiuu-t  jtp.  ix-x,  preface  pp.  xi- 
xvi,  contents  iiji.  xvii-xxvi,  list  of  plates  p]>. 
xxvii-xxviii.  text  ])p.  2."i-744.  index  pp.  74.''i-7.')6, 
flfty-seven  plates,  part  ly  »elix:ted  from  the  other 
volumes,  and  three  tables. 

Oallatin  (A.),  Table  of  generic  Indian  fami- 
lies of  languages,  vol.  3,  pp.  .197-402. 

Copict  teen:  Astor,  liancroft,  Boston  Athe- 
niiMiiii,  British  Sliiseum,  Congress,  Kames, 
National  Museum,  Powell,  Shea,  Trumbull. 

A  t  the  Fischer  siile,  no.  l.''>81 ,  (Juaritch  bought 
1'  copy  foril.  lO*.  The  I'ield  copy,  no.  2075,  sold 
for  $72;  tlio  Menzies  copy,  no.  1705,  for$i;i2;  tho 
.Sipiier  copies,  no.  1214, $120;  no. 20.12,  $00;  llio 
liaiui rcz  copy.  no.  773  (5  vols.),  51.  S,*.  j  thePinart 
copy,  IIO.K28  (5  vols,  in  4),  208  fr.i  tho  Murphy 
copy,  no. 2228,  $69.  PricedbyQiwiriteli,  no.  30017, 
lOMOs.;  by  Clarke  &,  co.  1886.  .$05;  byQuaritch, 
in  1888,  X:,l. 

ItcisKued  with  title-pages  as  follows: 

Archives '  of  Aboriginal  Knowledge. 

I  Containing  all  the  |  Original  Papers 
laid  before  Congress  |  respt-cting  the  | 
History,  Anti<niifies.   Language,   Eth- 
nology, Pictogra}»hy,  |  liites,  Supersti- 


58 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF   THE 


v5  . 
ill 


I  ^ 


Bohooloraft  (H.  R.)  — Continued. 

tions,  and  Mytliolojjy,  |  of  the  |  Indian 
Tribesof  the  United  States  |  1)y|Honry 
R.  Schoorcraft,  LL.  D.  |  With  Illustra- 
tions. I  Ontcndun  ih  ieu  muzzinyegun 
un. — Algonquin.  (  In  six  volumes.  | 
Volume  I [-VI].  | 

Philadelphia:  I  J.  B.  Lippincott  & 
Co.  I  1860. 

Engraved  title :  lufortnatioa  |  respecting  the 
I  History,  Conilitinn  and  Prospects  |  of  tlui  | 
Indian  Tribes  of  tlio  TTnltod  States:  |  rollcotcd 
and  prepared  under  the  |   Bureau  of  Indian 
Affairs  |  By  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft   L.  L.  D.  | 
Mem :  Royal  Geo.  Society,  London.  Royal  An- 
tiquarian .Society.    Copenhagen.  Ethnological 
Society.  Paris,  &c..  <fcc.  |  Illustrated  by  |  Cap.' 
S.E.tstnian.TT.S.A.  and  other  eminent  artists.  | 
[Vignette.]  |  Published  by  authority  of  Con- 
gross.  I 

Philndelphi.i:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co. 

6  vols,  maps  and  plates.  4°. 

This  edition  agrees  in  the  text  page  for  i)age 
■with  the  original  titled  above,  and  contains  in 
addition  an  index  to  each  volume. 

Copiei  seen :  Congress. 

Partially  reprinted  'with  title  as  follows : 

[ ]  The  I  Indian  tribes]  of  the  I  United 

States :  |  their  | history,  antiquities,  cus- 
toms, religion,  arts,  language,  |  tradi- 
tions, oral  legends,  and  myths.  I  Edited 
by  jFrancisS.  Drake.  |  Illustrated  Avith 
one  hundred  fine  engravings  on  steel. 
I  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.I[-II].  | 

Philadelphia :  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  & 
CO.  I  London:  16  Southampton  street, 
Covent Garden.  |  1884. 

2  vols.:  portrait  1  1.  title  verso  copyright 
notice  1 1.  preface  pp.  3-5,  contents  pi).  7-8,  list 
of  plates  pp.  0-10,  introduction  pp.  11-24,  text 
pp.  25-458;  frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copy- 
right notice  1  1.  contents  pp.  .1-0.  list  of  plates 
p.  7,  text  pp.  0-445,  index  pp.  447-455,  plates,  4°. 

"In  the  following  pages  the  attempt  has  been 
made  to  place  before  the  public  in  a  convenient 
and  accessible  form  the  results  of  the  lifelong 
labors  in  the  Held  of  aboriginal  research  of  the 
late  Henry  R.  Si'hoolcraft." 

Chaiitcr  li,  Language,  literatiu-e,  and  pic- 
tography, vol.  ],  pp.  47-0;!,  (^(mtains  gener.il 
remarks  on  the  Indian  languages. 

Copieg  seen  :  Congress. 

Priced  by  Clarke  &  co.  1886,  no.  COT6,  $25. 

Henry  Row(!  Schoolcnift,  ethnologist,  bom  in 
[Watcrvliet]  Albany  County,  K.  Y.,  JIarch  28, 
1793,  died  in  Washington,  D.  C,  December  10, 
1864.  W.is  educated  at  Middlebury  College, 
Torment,  and  at  TTnion,  where  lie  pursued  the 
studies  of  chemistry  and  mineralogy.  Inl8l7-'18 
he  traveled  in  Missouri  and  Arkansas,  and 
returned  with  a  largo  collection  of  geological 
and  mineralogical  specimens.  In  1820  he  was 
•ppointod  geologiat  to  Gen.  Lewis  Cass's  explor- 


Sohooloraft  (H.  R. )  —  Continued. 

ing  expedition  to  Lake  Superior  and  the  head- 
waters of  Mississippi  River.  He  was  secre- 
tary of  a  commission  to  treat  with  the  Indians 
at  CHiicago,  and,  after  a  Journey  through  Illi- 
nois and  along  Waliash  and  Miami  rivers,  was 
in  1822  appointed  Indian  agent  for  the  tribi<s 
of  the  lake  region,  establishing  iiimself  at 
Sault  Sainte  Marie,  and  afterward  a^  Ma«'k- 
Inaw,  where,  in  1823,  ho  married  Jane  Johnston, 
granddaughter  of  AVaboojoeg,  a  noted  Ojibway 
chief,  who  had  received  her  edueationin  Europe. 
In  1828hefonnded  the  Michigan  historical  soci- 
ety and  in  18:!1  the  Algic  society.  From  1828  till 
1832  ho  was  a  member  of  the  territorial  legisla- 
ture of  Michigan.  In  1832  he  led  a  government 
expedition,  which  followed  the  Mississippi 
River  up  to  its  source  in  Itasca  Lake.  In  1836 
he  negotiated  a  treaty  with  the  Indians  on  the 
upper  lakes  for  the  cessicm  totli«Uniti«'  States 
of  10,000,000  acres  of  their  lands.  Ho  was  then 
appointed  acting  superintendent  of  Indian 
affairs,  and  in  1839  chief  disbursing  agent  for 
the  nortliom  department.  On  his  return  from 
Europe  in  1842  he  made  a  tour  through  western 
Virginia,  Ohio,  and  Canada.  He  wiis  appointed 
by  the  New  York  legislature  in  1845  a  commis- 
sioner to  take  the  census  of  the  Indians  in  the 
State  and  collect  information  concerning  the 
Six  Nations.  After  the  performance  of  this 
task,  Congress  authorized  him,  on  March  3, 1847, 
to  obt.iin  through  the  Ind'  m  bureau  reports 
relating  to  nil  the  Indian  t  I's  of  the  country 
and  to  collate  and  edit  the  information.  In  this 
work  ho  spent  the  remaining  years  of  his  life. 
Through  his  influence  many  laws  were  emicted 
for  the  protection  and  benefit  of  the  Indians. 
Numerous  scientific  societies  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe  elected  him  to  membershi)), 
and  the  Fni versify  of  Geneva  gave  him  tho 
degree  of  LL.D.  in  1846.  He  w.as  the  author  of 
numerous  poems,  lectures,  and  reports  on 
Indian  subjects,  besides  thirty-one  larger 
works.  Two  of  his  lectures  before  the  Algio 
society  at  Detroit  on  the  "  Grammatical  Con- 
struction of  the  Indian  Languages"  were  trans- 
lated into  French  by  Peter  S.  Duponceau  and 
gained  for  their  author  a  gold  nii^dal  from  the 
French  institute.  .  .  .  To  the  five  volumes 
of  Indian  researches  compiled  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  war  dep.irtmont  he  added  a  sixth, 
containing  the  post-Columbian  history  of  tho 
Indians  and  of  their  relations  with  Europeans 
(Philadelphia,  1857).  He  had  collected  material 
for  two  additional  volumes,  but  tho  govern- 
ment suddenly  suspended  the  publication  of 
the  work. — Appleton's  Cyclop,  of  Am.  Biog. 

Schwapmuth.    See  Shiwapmuk. 

Schwoyelpi.    See  Skoyelpi. 

Scouler  {Dr.  .John).  Observations  on  the 
indigenou.s  tribes  of  the  N.  W.  coast  of 
America.  By  John  Scouler,  M.  D.,  F. 
L.  S.,  &c. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.  vol.  11, 
l)p.  215-251,  London,  1841,8°.  (Geological  Sur- 
vey.) 


' 


8ALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


69 


Soouler  (J.)  —  Continued. 

Vocabulary  of  the  ItiUechoola,  Salmon 
River,  lat.  53°  30'  N.  (nnmcriila  1-1000  and  150 
words  and  phriweB),  j)p.  2:10-235. —Vocnbuliiry 
of  the  Okanagun  sjioken  on  Friwor's  KivtT 
(nunii-rals  1-100  and  105  words  and  iihriiaoH), 
pp.  236-241.— Vocabularies  of  the  Kawitclien. 
Hpokeu  ut  tho  entrance  of  Trading  River,  oppo- 
site Vancouver's  Island,  Noosdalum  of  Hood's 
Canal,  and  S<iuallyamish  of  Fug>4t's  Sound 
(numerals  1-100  and  150  word.s  and  phrases), 
pp.  242-247. 

The  vocabularies  worn  furuisbed  by  Dr.  W. 
r.  Toliiiie.  Dr.  Scouler's  couiineiits  \ip»n  them 
are  scattt^red  through  pp.  218-220. 

Sentencet : 
Bilkula 
Chehalia 
Kawicben 
Kawicben 
Klallam 
Okinagan 
Okinngan 
Puyallup 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Skoyelpi 
Snohomish 
Xilamuk 


18  Oil  the 
I  coast  of 
ll.  D.,  F. 

|iir.  vol.  11, 
{ical  Sur> 


See  Si'ouler  (J.) 
Swan  (J.  G.) 
Soouler  (J.) 
Tobnle(W.r.) 
Scouler  (J.) 
Soouler  (J.) 
Tolmio  (W.  F.) 
McCaw(S.R.) 
Hoffman  ( W.  J.) 
Smet  (P.J.de). 
Whympcr  (F.) 
Chamberlain  (A.  F.) 
Youth's. 
Lee  (D.)  and  Frost  (J.  H.) 

Shea  (Joliti  Gilmary).     History  |  of  the 
I  Catholic  missions  |  among   tho  |  In- 
dian tribes  of  the  United  States,  I  1529- 
1854.  I  By  John  Gilniary  Shea,  |  .luthor 
[&<'.tlirce  lines.]  |  [Design.]  | 

New  York:  |  Edward  Diinigan  & 
brother,  151  Fulton-street,  near  Broad- 
way. I  1&55. 

Engraved  title :  Catholic  missions  |  among 
the  Indian  tribes  |  of  the  Unit4'd  States,  |  [en- 
graviug  with  the  words  "Catharine  Tebgak- 
wita"]  I  by  John  G.  Shea.  | 

New  York:  |  E.  Dunigaii  &  brother,  151  Ful- 
ton st. 

Portrait  of  John  Bapst  1  1.  engraved  title  a.s 
above  verso  blank  1  1.  jirinted  title  ns  above 
verso  copyright  notice  (18.">4)  1  1.  dedication 
verso  blank  1  1.  contents  ])]).  5-13,  preface  jip. 
15-17,  text  pp.  19-495,  ai)pen(Ux  pp.  497-508, 
index  pp.  507-514,  fac-similes  pp.  i-iv,  foiirotluT 
portraits  (Peyri,Brobeuf,  Joguea,  Do  Smet), 12°. 

The  Lord's  prayer  in  Flathead  and  Pend.s 
d'Oreilles  (from  De  Smet),  footnote,  p.  4CK. 

Copies  teen :  Astor,  British  Museum,  ('on- 
gross,  Earners,  Trumbull. 

At  the  Field  sale  a  copy,  no.  2112*^,  sold  for 
$2.25;  at  the  Murphy  sale.  no.  2204,  for  $3.25. 

History  |  of  the  |  Catholic  missions  | 

amongthe  |  Indian  tribes  of  the  United 
States,  I  1529-18.54.  |  By  .John  Gilniar.v 
Shea,  I  author  [&c.  throe  lines]  (  rO<i- 
sigu.]  I 


Shea  (J.  G.)  —  Continned. 

New  York :  |  Edward  Dnnigan  and 
brotlier,  |  (James  B.  Kirker.)  |  151  Ful- 
ton street,  near  Broadway.  |  1X57. 

Engraved  title :    Catholic  missions  |  umong 
the    Indian    trilws  |  of   the    Uniti^d    States,  | 
[engraving  with   the  words  "Catharine  Teh- 
gakwlta"]  I  by  iTohuti.  Shea.  | 

New  York:  |  E. Dunigiui  &  brother,  1.51  Ful- 
ton St. 

Portrait  of  Anthony  Ptiyrl  1 1.  engraved  title 
as  above  verso  blank  1 1.  printed  title  a»  above 
verso  copyright  notice  (18.54)  1  1.  ditdication 
verso  blank  1 1.  contents p]).  5-13,  preface  pp.  15- 
17,  text  pp.  19-495,  fac-similes  pp.  i-iv,  appendix 
pp.  497-506,  index  pp.  507-514,  two  other  por- 
traits (Brebeuf,  Jogues),  12°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copies  seen :  Karnes. 

Geschichie  |  der  |  katholischen  Mis- 

sionen  |  iinter  don  |  Indiauor-StJimnieii 
der  Vereinigten  Staaten.  |  1529-18(!().  | 
Von  I  John  Gilmary  Shea,  |  Verfassor 
[&c.  two  lines.]  |  Ans  dem  Englisi^ieii 
hbersetzt  |  von  |  J.  Roth.  |  Sr.  Heilig- 
keit  Papst  Pius  IX  gewidmet.  |  Mit  6 
Stahlstichen.  | 

Wiirzburg.  |  Verlag  von  C.  Etlinger. 
[1858.]  (•) 

Pp.  1-668, 12°.    Title  from  the  author. 

History!  of  the  |  Catholic  missions  | 

among  tlie  |  Indian  tri  lies  of  the  United 
States,  I  1529-1854.  |   By  John  Gilmary 
Shea,  I  author  of  [«&c.   three  lines.]  | 
[Design.]  | 

New  York:  |  T.W.  Strong,  |  Late  Ed- 
ward Dunigan  &,  l>rother,  [Catholic  pub- 
lishing house,  I  599  Broadway.    [1870.] 

Bngraved  title  :  (Jatliolic  missions  |  among 
the  Indian  tribes  |  of  the  t'nited  States,  | 
[engraving  with  the  words  "Catherine  Teh- 
gakwita"]  |  by  John  (i.  Shea.  | 

New  York :  |  E.  Dnnigan  &  brotlier,  599 
Broadway,    [n.  d.] 

Frontispiece,  engraved  title  verso  bl.ink  1  1. 
]>riuted  title  as  above  verso  coijyright  notice  I 
1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  1.  <'ontent8  pp.  5-13, 
preface  pj).  15-17,  text  pp.  19-495,  appendix  pp. 
497-506,  index  iip.  507-514,  8'. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titles  aliove. 

Copieis  seen  :  Congress,  Powell. 

Priced  by  Clarke  and  co.  1880,  no.  6620.  $2. 

History  |  of  the  |  Catholic  missicms  | 

amongthe  |  Indian  tribes  of  the  United 
States,  I  1529-1854.  |  By  John  Gilmary 
Shea,  I  author[&c.  three  lines.]  |  [De- 
sign.] I 

New  York:  |  P.  J.  Kenedy,  |  Excel- 
sior Catholic  ])tiblishing  liouse,  |  5 
Barclay  Street,     [u.  d.] 


i«0 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP  THE 


''! 


Shea  (J.  G.)  —  Continued. 

Engraved  title:  ('i\\l\Mo   misHiuns  |  among 
the   Indian  tribos  |  of  tliu   United    SUt«H,  | 
[engraving  with  tlio  woids  "  Catherino  Teli* 
galiwita"]  I  by  Joliii  (i.Sliea.  | 

New  Yorlc:|E.  Duuigau  &  brother,  699 
Broadway,    [n.d.] 

Engraved  title  verao  blank  1  i.  printed  title 
verso  copyright  notice  (1854)  1  I.  dedication 
verao  blank  1  1.  contents  pp.  5-13,  preface  pp. 
16-17,  text  pp.  19-405,  appendix  pp.  407-506, 
index  pp.  807-514, 8°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  titlen  above. 

Copies  seen:  Pilling. 

—  Languages  of  the  American  Intlians. 

In  American  Cyclopoedia,  vol.  1,  pp.  407-414, 
New  York,  1873, 8°. 

Contains  grammatlo  exompleH  of  a  number 
of  American  languages,  among  them  the  Selish 
or  Flathead. 

John  Dawson  Gllniary  Shea,  author,  born  in 
New  York  City  July  22, 1824;  (died  in  Eliza- 
beth, N.  J.,  1891].  He  was  educated  at  the 
grammar  school  of  Columbia  College,  of  wlilch 
hiH  fatliur  was  principal,  studied  law,  and  was 
admitted  to  the  bar,  but  has  devoted  himaulf 
chiefly  to  literature.  He  edited  the  Hi8tori<;al 
Magazine  from  1850  till  1865,  was  one  of  tho 
founders  and  llrst  president  of  the  United 
States  Catholic  Historical  Society,  is  a  member 
or  corresponding  member  of  tho  principal  liis- 
torical  societies  in  this  country  and  Canada, 
and  corresponding  member  of  tho  Koyal  Acad- 
emy of  History,  Motlrid.  Ho  has  received  tlie 
degree  of  LL.D.  from  St.  Francis  Xavier  Col- 
lege, New  York,  and  St.  John's  College,  Ford- 
ham.  His  writings  include  The  Discovery  and 
Exploration  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  (New 
York,  1853) ;  History  of  the  Catholic  Missions 
Among  tho  Indian  Tribes  of  the  United  States 
(1854;  Geraiiin  translation,  WUrzburg,  1856); 
The  Fallen  Brave  (1861);  Early  Voyages  up 
and  down  tho  Mississippi  (Albany,  1862) ; 
Novum  Bi'lgium,  an  Account  of  tho  New  Neth- 
erlands in  1643-'44  (New  York,  1862) ;  The  Opcr- 
atioiiH  of  tho  French  Fleet  under  Count  do 
Grasae  (1864) ;  The  Lincoln  Memorial  (1865); 
Translations  of  Charlevoix's  History  and 
General  Description  of  New  France  (6 
vol.,  1866-1872);  Hennepin's  Description  of 
Louisiana  (1880) ;  Le  Clercq's  Establishment  of 
tho  Faith  (1881),  and  Penalosa's  Expedition 
(1882);  Catholic  Chunih  in  Colonial  Days 
(1886);  Catholic  Hierarchy  of  tho  United 
States  (1886);  and  Life  and  Times  of  Arch- 
bishop Carroll  (1888).  He  also  translated 
De  Courcoy's  Catholic  Church  in  tho  United 
States  (1856)  and  edited  the  Cramoisy  scries 
of  narratives  and  documents  l)caring  on  the 
early  history  of  the  French- American  colonies 
(26  vols.,  1857-1808);  Washington's  Private 
Diary  (1861) ;  Cadwalla<ler  Colden's  History  of 
the  Five  Indian  Nations,  edition  of  1727  (1866) ; 
Alsop's  Maryland  (1869) ;  a  series  of  grammars 
[and  dictionaries  of  the  Indian  languages  (15 
ivpla.,  186U-1874), and Lifeof  PiusIX  (1876).  He 


Shea  (J.G.)  —  Continued. 

has  also  published  Bibliography  of  American 
Catlmlic  Bibles  and  Testaments  (1859),  corrected 
Hoveral  of  tho  very  erroneous  Catholic  Bibles, 
uud  revised  by  tho  Vnlgat«Cliallnner's  original 
Bible  of  1750  (1871),  and  Ints  issued  several 
prayer-books,  school  histories,  Bible  diction- 
aries, and  translations. — AppUton'»  Cyclop,  o/ 
Am.  Biog. 

Shiwapmuk : 

Numerals  See  Eolls  (M.) 
Vocabulary  Gibhs  (G.) 

Vocabulary  Powell  (J.  W.) 

Vocobulary  Koehrig  (F.  L.  O.) 

Shooawap,    See  Shuswap. 

Shorthand  primer    .     . 
See  Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

Shuswap: 


Thoniitsoii. 


General  discussion 

See  Dawson  (G.M.) 

General  discussion 

Hale  (H.) 

Geographic  names 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

Grammatic  treatise 

Boas  (P.) 

Grammatio  treatise 

Gallatin  (A.) 

Grammatic  treatise 

Halo  (11.) 

Numerals 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

Numerals 

Eells  (M.) 

Prayers 

Gendre  (— ) 

Prayers 

Le  Jeune  (J.  M.  R.) 

Proper  names 

Dawson  (G.M.) 

Belatiouships 

Boas  (F.) 

Vocabulary 

Boos  (F.) 

Vocabulary 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

Vocabulary 

Gibbs  (O.) 

Vocabulary 

Halo  (H.) 

Voc^abulary 

Howse  (J.) 

Vooalmlary 

Pinart(A.  L.) 

Vocal)ulary 

Powell  (J.  W.) 

Vocaliulary 

Tolmie(W.  F.) 

Worils 

Boas  (F.) 

Sicatl : 

Vocabulary 

See  Bo.is  (F.) 

Wordf 

Boas(K.) 

Silets : 

Legend 

See  Boas  (F.) 

Vocahul'   V 

Boas  (F.) 

Skagit: 

Numerals 

See  Eells  (M.) 

Voi^abulary 

Craig  (R.O.) 

Vo<^almlury 

Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.) 

SUtsamish.    See  Skitsoish. 

Skitsuish: 

General  discussion 

See  Hole  (H.) 

Numerals 

Eells  (M.) 

Prayers 

Garuana  (J.  M.) 

Vocahulary 

Gallatin  (A.) 

Vocabuhiry 

Halo  (H.) 

Vocabulary 

Mongarini  (G.) 

Vocabulary 

Pinart(A.L.) 

Vocabulary 

Powell  (J.  W.) 

Vocabulary 

Roehrig  (F.L.O.) 

Vocabulary 

Smet  (P.J.de). 

Words 

Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

Words 

Pott  (A.  F.) 

8ALISHAN  LANGUAGES. 


61 


M.) 


i.) 

.) 
L.O.) 
le). 

H.) 


Skokomiah : 

Geographic  iiamefi 

Numerals 

RelatiouHhipa 

Vocaliulary 

ViMjiibulary 

Words 
Skorelpi : 

NiimuralH 

NiimuralH 

St'iitoncoH 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 


See  Bells  (M.) 
KellM(M.) 
Boaii(F.) 
BoaB(F.) 
Salisli. 
Uoas  (K.) 

See  Cliamberliiin  (A.  F.) 
KellM  (M.) 

ChaiulMsrlain  (A.  F.) 
Clianiborlain  (A.  F.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Halo  (H.) 
Mciigarini  (U.) 
I'owcll  (J.  \V.) 
Koehrijt  (F.  L.  O.) 


Skwakain: 

Geographic  namea  See  Cooiioh  (S.  F.) 
Goographic  names        Eolls  (M.) 
Grammatic  treatUu       Kells  (M..) 
Hymna  Kells  (M.) 

Skwale.    See  Niakwalli. 
^  Skwallyamish.    See  Niakwalli. 

Skwamiah : 

Prayers  See  Durieu  (P.) 

Vocabulary  Salish. 

Skwazon.    See  Skwakain. 

Smalley  (Kuf^pno  Virgil).  The  Kalispcl 
country. 

lu  the  Century  lUuslratud  Magazine,  vol.  20, 
pp.  447-465,  New  York  and  London,  1885,  8''. 
(Pilling.) 

General  remarks  on  the  Kalispcl  language, 
character  of  vowel  8l>und^i,  and  letters  lacking 
in  the  language,  pp.  454-455. — Lord's  prayer  in 
Kalispel  (from  Van  (iorp),  p.  455. 

Eugene  Virgil  Smalh^y,  j(mrnaligt,  born  in 
Randolph,  Portage  County,  Ohio,  July  18. 1841. 
He  was  educated  in  the  public  schools  of  Ohio 
and  New  York,  and  passed  one  year  in  New 
York  central  college  at  McGrawville.  He 
enlisted  at  the  beginning  of  the  civil  war  in  the 
Seventh  (^hio  Infantry  and  frequently  sent  let- 
ters about  dift'crent  eugagomcnt.s  to  t\\f  news- 
papers, for  wliich  dcscriptiou.s  he  had  sluiwn  a 
predilection  bt^fore  entering  the  flehl.  Hci 
served  until  nearly  the  close  of  the  struggle, 
w\m\  he  wa.s  discharged  on  account  of  wounds, 
and  as  soon  as  he  was  able  went  to  AVa.shiug- 
ton,  1).  C,  where,  in  1865,  he  was  appointed 
clerk  of  the  military  committee  of  the  House  of 
Ueprcsentatives.  He  retained  the  post  until 
1873.  In  1882  lieent«?rcd  the  employment  of  the 
Northern  Pacitic  Kailroad  and  in  1884  estab- 
lished the  "Northwest,"  an  illustrated  maga- 
zine, in  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  of  which  he  is  still 
(1888)  the  editor  and  publisher. — Appleton'a 
Cyclop,  of  Am.  Biog. 
Smet  (liev.  Peter  John  de).  Letters  and 
sketches  |  with  |  a  narrative  of  a  year's 
residence  |  among  |  the  Indian  tribes  | 
of  I  The  Rocky  Mountains.  |  By  |  P.  J. 
De  Smet.  S.  J.  I 


Smet  (P.  J.)  —  Continued. 

Philadelphia:  |  published  by  M. 
Fithian,  61  n.  Second  street.  |  1843. 

Frontispiece roctublank  I  l.tith^vorao  blank 
1  1.  preface  ))p.  v-ix,  half-title  verso  blank  1  I. 
toxtpp.  1:1-282,12°. 

A  fevr  Flathead  words  and  phrases,  p.  inn. 

Copies  teen :  Boston  Atbenoium,  BMnes, 
Georgetown,  Harvard. 

Voyages  |  aiix  |  niontagnes  Kocbeti- 

ses,  I  et  I  line  aiin<^o  do  H<?jour  |  chez 
les  tribus  indieunes  |  du  vaste  terri- 
toire  <lo  rOr<!gon,  |  di^pendant  |  des 
I<^tats-lJuis  d'Aincri(iU(),  |  par  le  II.  V. 
Pierre  de  Smet,  |  inissionnaite  ilo  la 
compagnie  du  J(^.sus.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Malines.  |  P.  J.  Ilauicci,  impriuieur 
du  saint  si(^ge,  de  la  sacreo  congrega- 
tion I  de  la  propagande  vt  de  I'arclie- 
vech(^  de  Malines. — 1844. 

Cover  title  nearly  as  above,  half-title  verso 
blank  1  I.  portrait  of  the  author  1  I.  title  as 
above  verso  imprinnitiir  1  1.  "avis"  and 
"  pr6face  de  I'edition  am^ricaine"  pp.  iii-vi, 
plate  ("  vuede  S'.  Louis  du  Missouri  ")  1 1.  text 
jip.  1-304,  eighteen  other  plates,  folded  map,  12". 

Prlfercs  en  langue  'I'etePlate  et  Pondcras, 
<'ontainiug  the  sign  of  the  cross,  the  Pater 
noster,  the  Ave  Maria, and  the  Credo,  with 
interlinear  French  translatim,  pp.  80-82. 

This  is  the  lirst  French  edition  of  Letters 
and  Sketches.  It  contains  details  not  in  the 
Philadelphia  edition. 

Copies  seen:  Eames. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  mentiims  a  Dutch  trans- 
lation: Keis  naiir  liet  liotsgebergte,  Deventer, 
bi.j  J.  W.  Robi.jns  en  (.'omp.  (1844  /)  12°. 

Voyages  |  aux  |  montagiies  Itocheii- 

ses,  I  chez  les  tribus  iudiennes  du  vaste 
territoire  do  I'Oregou,  |  dt^pendant  des 
F.tats-L^nis  d'Ani(^ri(iue,  |  Par  le  U.  P. 
de  Smet.  |  [Ornament.]  | 

Lille.  ]L.  Lefort,  imprimeiir-libraire, 
I  rue  Esciueimoise,  55.  |  1845. 

Cover  title:  Voyages  |  au.K  |  niontagnes 
K(M^hensoH.  | 

Lille.  I  L.  Lefort,  imp.  libraire,  {  rue  Ksquor- 
moise,  55. 

Cover  title,  half-title  ver.so  blank  1  1.  frontis- 
piece 1  I.  title  verso  blank  1  I.  avis  sur  cette 
edition  pp.  vii-viii.  prefa<'i^  de  I'edition  ameri- 
caine  p|>.  ix-xii,  text  pp.  9-268,  list  of  pubUca- 
tions  2  11.  list  on  back  covvt,  12°. 

Priei-os  en  langue  Teto-Plate  et  I'ond^tras,  as 
in  the  preceding  edition,  )ip.  265-'JU8. 

Copies  seen :  Eames. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  mentions  <Hlitions  of 
Lille,  1840,  and  QuatriiNme  edition,  Lille:  L. 
Lefort,  1858;  also  an  Italian  translation, 
Palermo,  1847. 

Voyages  |  aux  |  niontagnes  Kocheu- 

ses  I  chez  les  tribus  indiennes  du  vaste 


i| 


I 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OK   THE 


%\ 


Bmet  (P.J.) — Continued, 
torrltolre  do  I'Orf'gon,  |  dopendniif.  d»'s 
KtatH-Uni8d'Ani(<riquo.  |  Parlell.  F.  dn 
Smet.  I  Qimtrif'ino  <<ditiou.  | 

Lillo.  |L.  Lofort,  impriniuur-llhraiie, 
I  MI)CC'CLIX[ia-)i»]. 

I'll,  i-vi,  7-24(1. 12". 

I'rii'irt't  (Pater,  .Vv»>,  (!riMl())  cii  laiiKiio  'IV'le- 
IMitto  ct  rmiilitraH. 

Oiipien  tivn :   liiincnift. 

A  (iiTiiiiiii  tniimlation  uh  roUiiwH: 

Keiscii  I  /,u  I  d<«n  Kclscn-GebirjjteM  | 

iiud  I  fill  .luhr  |  luitcr  d<«n  |  wildcn 
Indian(^r-.StiinnnondeN<)ioj;(>u-(!<'bieteH 
I  von  I  r.  J.  d<«  Smut,  S.  J.  |  Aiis  diMU 
Frauzfmischou  iiliorsotzt  |  von  (  L. 
Hinssen,  Priostor.  | 

St.  Louis,  Mo.  I  Druck  uud  Verlag 
von  Franz  8aler.  |  18(5,5. 

Titlo  verso  blank  1 1.  Vorwort  pp.  iii-iv,  tt-xt 
pp.  1-220, 12^ 

Lord's  iirayer,  Ave,  anilCrcilo  in  t1i>0an;j;iiag)i 
of  the  Kliitlioad  and  Pondoras.  with  intrrliuear 
German  translation,  pp.  04-05. 

Copien  teen  :  CongrpSH.  Kami's. 

Voyaj^es  |  aiix  |  niontugnuH  Rociiou- 

Bes  I  ot    s^jour    clmz    lo.s  |  trihua    in- 
dieuues    do   rOr^gon  |  (fitats-Uuis)  | 
par  I  lo  R.  P.  de  Smot  |  do  la  Coinpagnie 
de  JdauM  |  Nouvello   <^dition  |  revue  et 
conHidorableinent  augmeut<^e  | 

Bruxelles  |  Victor Devaux  etC  |  2t>, 
rue   Saint-Jean,   20  |  Paris  |  H.    Repos 
et  C'',  dtliteurs  |  70,  ruo  Bonaparte,  70 
I  1873 

Cover  titlo  as  abovti,  Imlftitlo  verso  licwnce 
etc.  1 1.  portrait  of  tiio  author  1  1.  f  itio  as  above 
verso  blank  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-xii,  Itineralre 
abr^'ge  pp.  xiii-xxxv,  plate  of  St.  Louis  1  1.  text 
pp.  1-40,'),  table  dos  inatieres  ])p.  407-408,  foldo<l 
maj),  printed  notice  on  back  cover.  12°. 

Pater,  Ave.  et  Credo  en  Inngiie  T6te  Plate  et 
Ponderas,  with  interlinear  Freni^h  translation, 
pp.  97-9!). 

Copies  seen  :  Itritish  Museum,  Kames. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  mentiims  an  edition, 
Lille,  1875. 

Voyages  |  atix  |  niontagnes  Rodieii- 

ses  I  Chez  Ics  tribus  indiennes  du 
vastc  territoiro  do  l'Or<!gon  |  depen- 
dant des  r^tats-Unis  trAmoricjue.  |  Par 
de  Smet  |  Huitieme  (Sdition  |  [Design 
with  monogram  .1.  L.]  | 

Librairio    de  .1.    Lefort  |  imprimeur 

«5diteur  |  Lille  |  rue  Charlies  de  Muys- 

sart,  21  I  Pari.s  |  rw  dos  Saiuts-PfTcs, 

30  I  Proprit'^t.d  et   droit   de   traduotion 

■    reserves.    [1887.] 

CoJopAon  :  Lille.    Typ.  J.  Lefort.    1887. 


Smet  (P.J.)  —  Continued. 

I'urer  title.  Lo  U.  P.  do  Smet  |  Voyagen  1  anx 
I  monta)!nes  {  KocbeuHes  |  chez  les  tribus 
indiennes  du  vaste  tirriUdro  dii  VOri-gftn 
dependant  |  des  Ktals Cnin  d'Anierii|ue.  | 

Liluairie  do  .1.  Lefort,  editeur  |  a  Lille  |  rue 
Charles  de  Mnysnart,  24  |  a  Paris  |  rue  des 
Saints- Peres,. '10 

Cover  titli^,  lialf-litle  veiso  frontispiece  1  1. 
title  verso  blank  1  1.  preface  de  redition  am6r- 
icainojip.v-vi,  text  pp.  7  2:i7,  table  and  cobiplion 
verso  blank  1  I.  list  of  ))ublica(ions  on  back 
cover,  8^. 

Prit^res  en  langne  T6te-Plntii  et  Ponderas, 
with  iiiti'rlineur  French  transluti<m,  as  in  the 
previous  editions,  pp.  2:t,'>-2:i7. 

Copien  Keen:  Eames. 

'I'liere  is  another  issue  of  this  same  edition, 
with  a  new  cover  title  as  ftdlows; 

I.e  11.  P.  de  .Smet  |  Voyages]  a>.x{montagne8 
I  Koelieiises  |  ehe/  les  trihus  indiennes  du 
vasto  territoiro  de  I'Ortgon  |  dC'i)endant  des 
filats-Knis  d'Anii'TKiue.  | 

Librairio  de  J.  Lefort  {  imprimeur  6diteiir  | 
Lille  ]  rueCharles  de  MuysHart,2t  |  Parij  |  rue 
des  Saint«P6res,  liO.    [1887. J 

Copieii  gem:  Kames. 

Oregon  missions  (  and  |  Travels  | 

over  the  Rocky  iriiiiitaius,  |  in  1845-46. 
I  By  I  father   J        .do  Smet,  |  Of  the 
Society  of  Jesus.  | 

New- York:  |  published  by  Edward 
l)iinigau,il,''.l,FuUou-btrcot.l  M  DCCC 
XLVII[1847]. 

ICiifirareil  title :  Oregon  missions  |  and  Trav- 
el.H  over  the  |  Kocky  mountains,  |  in  1845-40.  | 
[VIgnetleof  "  MaryQnille  in  tbeb.'ittleajcainst 
tlie  Crows.")  |  by  Father  P.  J.  \>e>  Smet.  |  of  the 
Society  of  ilesus.  | 

New  York,  |  Published  by  Edward  Dunigan 
I  1847. 

Half-title  (Oregon  missions. )ver.so  blank  1  1. 
portrait  of  Flathead  chief  recto  Idank  1  1.  en- 
graved title  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  copy- 
right notice  (1847)  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1 
1.  preface  pp.  xi-xii,  map,  text  jiii.  I:i-I08,  Lord's 
prayer,  etc.,  in  several  Indian  lanuiuagcs,  2  II. 
twelve  other  jilates,  16°. 

Sign  0/  the  <ross  and  tlu'  Lord'H  j)rayer  in 
the  Flathead  and  Peud  d'Orcille  language, 
with  interlinear  Knglish  translation,  p.  [400.]— 
Vocalmhiry  (2:t  wonls)  of  the  Flathead,  j).  [412.] 

C'upien  teen  :  Aslor,  I'oston  Athena'Um, 
liritish  Muaeiini.  Congre..!S,  Fames,  George- 
town, Ilarviird,  Pilling. 

At  the  Field  sale,  a  copy,  no.  2159,  brought  $3  j 
at  the.  llrinlcy  sale,  no.  .')ei2,  $3.75 ;  at  the  Mur- 
phy sale,  no.  785,  $5..">0. 

Missions  de  I'Ort^gon  |  et  Voyages  | 

auxmoutagnesRoclieuses  |  aux  sources 

I  de  la  Colonibie,  de  I'Athabasca  et  dti 

Sascatshawin,  |  en  1845-46.' [Picture of 

"Marie  (Juillax  dans  la  bataille  centre 


li 

I 
d 

[< 

sa 

pi 

C 

vo 

&. 

tai 
de 


8ALI8I1AN   LANGUAGES. 


63 


prayer  in 
I  language, 

p.l4U').l- 
kd,  p.  [412.] 
Itbcna'um, 
la,  Ooorge- 

^roii(ll>t^i 
th«(  Mur- 


jyagea | 
:  sources 
Bca  ct  dii 
Picture  of 
lie  contre 


Smet  (f'>  J-)  —  Continued, 
les  Corheaux,"  etc.]  |  Pur  lo  pi^re  P.J. 
do  Smet,  |  do  la  Suci(^t<^  do  Jc^sus.  | 

(Jand,  I  impr.  &,  lith.  de  V' .  VundiT 
Hcheldcn,  |  <^ditcur.     [IW8.] 

Cover  litle:  MIhhIoiih  |  lin  rOn'gon  |  et  |  voy- 
ayoH  I  iuixniontn;;noH-liiirli('nst'M,  |  mix  miurrt'H 
lie  I  la  Coloniliiu.do  rAtha)iiiH<ii  |  etdu  Siiooat- 
fihawin ;  ]H>ntIunl  rnniu'o  1H45-40.  |  I'ar  lo  p6r<i 
P.-.T.  do  .Smut,  I  do  lit  ('niiipa);nio  do  J6siis.  | 
Onvrane  nriu'  dc  Kl  uravnrcs  I't  do  ;i  cartoH.  \  11 
He  vend  an  pnitlt  do  la  niiHHii>ii.  | 

Onnd,  I  I'lioz  V."Vandor  .Solieldon,  |  Im- 
prinioiir-I'MUonr. 

Cover  title  portrait  of  a  Kbitlicdd  cliiot'  1  1. 
engraved  tltlo  verso  blank  1  1.  llcenso  to  print 
(dated  20  I'eb.  1848)  verso  2  lineHot'text  1  1. 
dedieation  (dated  (innd,  20  fevrier  1848)  pp.  i- 
li,  pri^faco  do  I'editenr  ]>]>.  iii-ix.  map,  iiotieo 
mir  le  territoiro  do  r()r<''gon  pp.  O-IiO.  ball'-tltlo 
(MiHsionH  do  I'OrC-gon  |  et  |  voyages  |  aiix 
niontagnc8-Koclieu.sc8  {  nnx  xoiirecM  do  {  In 
Colonibie,  do  TAtbaba-scaot  du  SaHualHbawin, 
I  en  1845-40.  |  Par  le  IVro  I'.-.F.do  Smet,  do  la 
Comp.  do  JesuM.)  verso  blank  1  1.  text  pp.  41- 
350,  notro  p6ro  cte.  In  sttveral  Indian  languages 
pp.  351-:t59,  orlglno  des  Aniericains  j)p.  :)G0-;178, 
table  pp.  379-U80,  iiotieo  on  biM'k  C()\or,  two 
other  maps  and  fourteen  otiier  plateH,  10'.  The 
date  of  publieation,  1848,  i»  printed  on  the  li.irk 
of  the  volume.  Tho  notice  on  tho  linok  cover 
reads:  "Sous  ])re880  cbo/.  lo  ni('nie:  Le  ni/'^nie 
ouvroge  en  llamand.  nvpo  gravures  et  earte«." 

Lo  nigno  do  la  croix  et  Xotro  poro  en  langno 
T6to-PlBto  et  Pond  d'Oreille,  with  interlinear 

French    translation,  p.  ;i:tl Voealiulary   (11 

words)  of  tho  Tete- Plato  and  of  tlui  ('lieealisb, 
p.  338. 

Coi>iet  seen:  Bancroft,  Congress,  Kaines, 
Georgetown. 

This  translation  was  probably  made  under 
the  supervision  of  the  author.  It  contains  H<uue 
additional  matter  and  notes,  three  important 
maps,  and'now  plates,  which  differ  in  style  from 
those  in  tho  New  York  edition  of  1847.  The 
following  is  a  diil'erent  version  : 

Missions  |  de  I'Ordgon  |  et  voyages 

I  daus  les  iiiontagnes  Koohcuses  |  on 
1845  et  1846,  |  par  lo  p<  re  P.  .1.  do  ,Sin«"t, 
I  delaSoci^td  de.Idsns.  |  Ouvragotra- 
duit  de  I'anglais,  |  Par  M.  Bonrle/.  | 
[Ornament.]  | 

Paris  I  librairie  do  Ponssiolgue-Iiu- 
eand,  |  rneduPetit-BourliouSaint-Sul- 
pico,  3.  I  ALyon,  chez  J.lJ.Pelagaudet 
C'«.  I  1848 

Unt/raved  title:  Missions  do  I'Orf'gon.  |  Et 

voyages  aux  |  montagnes  Roeheuses  |  en  184.0 

&  46.  I  [Vignette  of  "  Mario  Plume  dans  la  ba- 

■  taillo  contre  les  Corheaux"]  |  Par  |  lepero  P.J. 

de  Smet.  |  de  la  Soci6t6  do  |  .Tesus. 

Cover  tM':  Missions  |  do  I'OriJgou  |  et  voy- 
ages I  dans  les  montagnes  Roeheuses  |  eu  1845 


Smet  (P.  J. )  —  Continued. 

et  1846, 1  par  U  pAro  P.  J.  do  Smet,  |  do  la  H>lClU>U^ 
do  J6suR.  I  Ouvrage  traduitde  ranglais,  |  Par 
M.  Ronrloz.  |  [Ornament.]  ' 

Paris,  I  llbrairio  do  PouHHielgue-UiisHnd,  | 
ruedulVtit-IlourlMin  Saint.Sulpii'o,  3;  |  a  Lyon, 
cheji  .1.  »  P^lagaiul  et  Cie.  |  1848 

Covertitlo,  half-title  (Missions  |  dd'Or^gon.) 
vorso  name  of  printer  I  1.  portrait  of  Klalliea<l 
chief  recto  blank  1 1.  engravtMl  title  verso  blank  I 
1.  title  verso  blank  1 1.  ]ir6facepi).  l-il,  te\tlip.7- 
:I641,  notro  pere  etc. in  several  Indian  languages 
pp.  307-375,  origino  des  Aniericains  i>p.  370-31*, 
postfaco  pp.  30»  4011,  table  pji.  407-408,  twelve 
other  plates,  list  of  iiubllcations  on  back 
cover,  12°. 

Lo  signo  d<(  la  croix  et  N<itre  pdi-e  en  langiie 
Tete-Plate  et  Pend  d'OrtMlIe,  with  interlmear 
French  translation,  p.  307.  — ViM'abnlary  (11 
words)  of  tho  Tftte-I'latc,  and  of  the  Checnlish, 
p.  374. 

Tho  greater  Jiart  of  this  translation  was  made 
from  the  Now  Vork  edition.  The  latter  part  of 
tho  volume,  however,  follows  tho  other  version 
published  at  Ghent  in  tho  same  year,  from 
which  tim  supplementary  matter  is  evidently 
taken.  Tho  illustrations  aro  identical  with 
those  in  thooriginal  American  edition,  the  only 
clmngo  being  in  the  inscriptions. 

CojrieM  teen :  Fames,  Pilling,  ( ioorgetown. 

At  the  Field  sale,  no.  2158,  a  copy  brought 
$3.25. 

Mission  van  don  Ordgon  (  en  Keizen 

I  uaerdoRotHborgen  |  fii  de  bronnen  | 
der  Colombia,  der  Atbabasca  .n  Sas- 
catsbawin,  |  in  184.'>-46.  |  [Picture  of 
"Maria  Quillac-  in  den  stryd  tegtm  de 
Corbeanx,"  etc.]  |  Door  den  pater  P.  J. 
de  Smet,  |  Van  de  S<»cicteit  van  .Jesus, 
I  nit  bet  fransch  |  door  con  klooster- 
ling  van  Latrappe.  | 

Gent,  I  lidok-  on  Steendrnkkory  van 
WW.  Vandor  Scholden,  |  Ondorstraet, 
N"  37.  I  1849. 

Ciiver  title:  Missii'n  |  vanden  |  Or(igon  I  en  | 
Rcizeu  naar  do  Itotsbergon,  |  door]  pater  P. -J. 
deSuH't,  I  van  desoeieteit  van  Jesus.  |  Versierd 
nu't  10  platen  en  3  kiu\rten.  |  [Ornament.]  | 

Gent,  liui.s  heiligen  Joseph,  |  lioekdrukkerij 
van  H.  Vander  Schelden,  |  < )nderstraal ,  2ti. 

(;ovcr  title,  portrait  of  a  Flathead  chief  1  1. 
engraved  title  verso  blank  1  1.  license  to  print 
•  (dated  11  Oct.  1848)  vcr.so  2  linos  of  text  1 1.  ded- 
ication (dated  Gent,  den  20  fel)ruary  1848)  pp. 
vii-viii,  vorredo  van  don  uitgevor  pp.  ix-xv, 
map,  verslag  over  bet  grondgebiod  van  den 
OrCigon  )ip.  17-49,  half-title  vorso  blank  1  1.  text 
pp.  53-382,  bet  onzo  vader  etc.  in  several  Indian 
languages  jip.  383-391,  oorsprong  dor  Ameri- 
kanen  pp.  392^11,  inhoud  pp.  413-423,  list  of 
publi(;ations  on  back  cover,  two  other  maps  and 
fourteen  other  plates,  16°. 

Het  onze  vader  (and  Het  teeken  des  kniises) 
in  do  tael  TAtePlato  en  Pend  d'Oroillo,  with 


64 


UIHLIOOUAPUY    OF   TlIK 


li 


li 


Smet  (I*.  J.)  —Continued. 

Interlinear  Diitrb  traimlation,  p.  3H:i.-' Vocabu- 
lary (11  wonlH)  of  the  TAt«-I>litte,  anil  of  the 
Choi  nliHh,  p.  :ino. 

Copii*  turn :  Kumoit. 

Tlio  Frunt'li  version,  "  TroiHiDi»  ^lUtlou," 
Itriixnllnit  ut  I'iiHh,  1874  (EunxiH),  iIoxh  nut  con- 
tain till)  aliovivmimtiuui'il  lingiiiHtim. 

Now  Indian  Hketchus.  |  Hy  |  rov.  P. 

J.  do  Hniet,  H.  J.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  &,  J.  Sadlier  &  co., 
31  «arclay-Bt.  |  Uoston— 128  Kudonil- 
Btroet.  I  Montreal— cor.  Notre-danio  and 
St.  Francis  Xavior  sts.  |  1863. 

Frontiapiocn  1  1.  titlororMo  blank  1  1.  profaco 
pp.  6-0,  I'dntontH  pp.  7-8,  text  pp.  9-175,  plato 
oppoalti*  p.  m,  10°.. 

"  The  Hhort  Indian  catochlHin  in  iimo  among 
the  Flatbonds,  KnliH)MtlH,  Pi'nd  irOrnilli'H,  anil 
other  Ro«;ky  Mountain  InilianH,"  alt4<rnnte 
pagoH  Indian  and  Englifih,  pp.  14M-17ri. 

Copiu  tetn  :  KameH,  (inoriii'town. 

A  later  edition  with  title-pago  an  fiiUowN: 

New  Indian  sketclieH.  |  By  |  rev.  P. 

J.  de  Smet,  S.  J.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  &  J.  Sadlier  &  co., 
31  Barclay-st.  |  Boston  — 128  Federnl- 
Btreet.  |  Montreal — cor.  Notre-danie 
and  St.  Francis  Xavier  sts.  |  18fi5. 

Frontigpii'co  1  1.  titl«  vitho  blank  1  1.  profane 
pp.  5-0,  contents  pp.  7-8,  text  pp.  9-17.'>,  10°, 

Linguiatic  contentH  as  under  title nexta1)ove. 

Copies  seen;  Uoston  Athenicum,  EamoH, 
PlUing. 

Sobin's  Dictionary  mentions  an  edition  of 
[18'71. 

A  later  edition  with  title-page  as  follows : 

Now  Indian  sketches.  |  By  |  rov.  P. 

J.  de  Smet,  S.  J.  | 

Now  York:  |  D.  &  J.  Sadlier  &.  co., 
31  Barclay-st.  |  Montreal — cor.  Notre- 
dameandSt.  FrancisXaviersts.  [1885.] 

Cover  title:  Sadiiers'  HouKi-bold   Library.  | 
No.  91.    Price  15  cts.  |  New  Indian  Sketi'lies.  | 
By  rev.  P.  J.  do  Smet,  S.  J.  |  Complete  and  una- 
bridged edition.  | 

Now  York  :  |  D.  &.I.  Sadlier  &  Co.,  31  Barclay 
at.  I  Montreal:  275  Notre  dame  strei^t.   [I8M5.] 

Cover  title,  title  verso  copyright  (1885)  1  1. 
preface  pp.  5-6,  contents  pp.  7-8,  text  i)p.  9-175, 
16°. 

Linguistic  contents  as  under  title  next  above. 

Copies  seen:  Brintou,  British  Museum,  Con- 
gress, Karnes,  Georgetown,  Pilling. 

Lettres   |    choisies   |    du      rdvdrend 

pi're  I  Pierre-Jean  do  Smet  |  de  la 
Compugnie  de  J(isn8  |  niissionnaire  anx 
Utats-Unis  d'Am<5rique  |  1855-1861  | 
Troisicme  6dition  aoiguensi'nient  revue 
et  corrig^e  d'apris Ics  manuscrits  |  do 
I'auteur  |  et  augiuent^e  de  uombroiises 
uotes  I 


Bmet  (P.  J.)  — Continued. 

Bruxclles  |  F.  llaenen,  liliraire-MU 
tour  I  8,  me  des  ParoiMHii>nii,  8  |  Paris  | 
H.  Hupos  «t  tM'',(^ditonrs  |  70  Hue  Houa- 
parte,  70  |  1876 

Cover  title  as  alwive,  half-title  (T^ttrea  | 
choises  I  ilii  r/ivCTend  iii^re  |  I'ierv  '"an  do 
Smet)  vorsoapproltation  I  I.  title  as  alMive  verso 
names  of  print<>rH  I  1.  preface  pp.  v-x.  text  pp. 
1-414,  table  lies  mati^res  pp.  415-410,  list  on  back 
cover,  li!°. 

Names  of  animals  in  tlie  (Neur  d'AlAne  lan- 
guage, about  n  dii/.en  words,  wit  h  definitions  in 
Freucli,  foot  nolo  on  p.  397. 
j  Copies  seen :  Kames. 

I  The  first  series  of  these  "  Lettres  cliolsles," 

I        184U-1H,')7,  Bruzelles,  1875  (Eamea),  contains  no 
Salishan  linguistics. 

LettroM  I  choisies  |  ilu  r(Sv^rcud  pcre 

I  I'ierre-Joaii  de  Smet  |  de  la  (Jom- 
pagnie  do  J<^uub  iniHsionnaire  anx  Eitas- 
Unis  Ihw']  d'Ainf^riquo  (  TroiHiome  H(<rio 
I  Froisii-nio  (Edition  |  Hoignetisemont 
revno  et  corrigdo  d'apri'M  1cm  niannscrits 
I  de  raiitonr  |  ct  aiigmenti^o  do  noui- 
Itrcnses  notes  | 

Bnixellos  |  M.    CIoshou  ot    C'"',   <<di- 
tenrs  |  26,  rne  do  Jourker,  26  (  Paris  | 
H.  Hepos  ot  C'^jdilitoiirs  |  70,  rno  Bona- 
parte, 70  I  1877 

Cover  title  as  ttl)ove,  half-title  (Lettres  | 
choises  I  du  r6veron(l  jii^re  |  Pierre-ireou  de 
Smet)  verso  approbation  1  1.  title  as  above  ver.Mo 
names  of  printers  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-xi,  text  i)p. 
1-414,  tablodcs  mati^res  pp.  415-410,  list  on  biick 
cover,  12°. 

Names  of  esculent  routs  and  fruits  in  tho 
Cirur  d'A16nu  language,  about  28  words,  with 
detlnitioiis  in  Krenrli,  footnote  on  pp.  58-59. 

Sign  of  the  cross  and  Lord's  jirayer  "en  binguo 
do8  Kicarriesou  Sanisb  (le  i)euple  primitif)," 
pp^l2-413. 

Copifs  seen :  Eames. 

The  continuation,  Lettres  choisies,  "qua- 
tridnie  et  dernitire  sC-rie,"  Bruxelles,  1878 
(Eames),i'ontainH  no  Salishan  nuiterial. 

The  I  Linton  |  Albvni.   |  By  |  P.  S. 

[«ic]  Do  Sniot  I  S.  J. 

Manuscript  belonging  in  1887  to  the  lato  Col. 
•  .Tohn  Mason  Hrown,  Louisville,  Ky.;  embel- 
lished cover  with  title  as  above,  no  inside  title, 
lip.  1-84, 4°.  I'en  and  water-color  sketches  on 
pp.  1.  ;t,  15, 33!%5,  01,  and  05. 

The  Lonl's  lu'ayer  in  the  Flathead  language, 
p.  69. 

Peter  John  De  Smet,  missionary,  born  in  Ter- 
moiule,  Belgium,  December  31, 1801,  died  in  St. 
Louis,  Mo.,  in  Moy,  1872.  He  studied  in  the 
Episcopal  Seminary  of  Mechlin,  andwbilethere 
he  feltcalled  to  devote  himself  to  the  conversion 
of  the  Indiana.    When  Bishop  Neviux  visited 


Si 


with 
-r.9. 

laiiKUO 
iiitif)," 


'qua- 

1878 


P.  s. 


iKuage, 

inTer- 
[1  in  St. 

in  the 
o there 

ersion 
visited 


HALIHUAN    LANUUAOES. 


Bmet  (P. .r.)  — rontiniiod. 

Ili-I|{iiim  In  »(-i-rh  of  inlnHinniiripn,  l)e  Hniiit, 
with  flvd  other  ^tiiili'ntH,  volmitt-*^!'!!  toncrom- 
pikiiy  hliii,  mill  mill  from  AmHtiTilnni  in  IR2I. 
AftiT  n  Hhort  nIu.v  i»  I'hilailelphia,  I)«  Snua 
cnti'iml  thu  Ji-Niilt  luivltiiito  at  Wlilti-iimrMli, 
Mil.  H«r»  hotoiik  IhoJiwiilt  haliit.  In  IH'.>8 
hn  \vi<nt  tu  St.  Lonixanil  took  part  In  fHtMliliah- 
inK  till)  I'nlvi'mlty  of  St.  LoiiIh,  In  wlilrli  hit 
wiiH  afliirwarilH  profuRmir.  In  1H:)8  lin  wiih  nrnt 
to  i-HtahliHh  a  roltHlim  alining  the  Pottawatta- 
inli'H  on  Suttar  Cri'>>k.  Hit  built  a  iliopi^l, 
I'ri'ctfd  u  nchool,  whirli  wan  Boon  crowdi'il  with 
pu|illi«,  anil  In  a  Hhort  tluio  ninvortt'il  niont  of 
tho  trlln>.  In  1840  lii<  Im'hri'iI  tlii>  bishop  of  St. 
TiOuIh  to  pnrnilt  lilni  to  labor  aniont;  thn  Flat- 
hftailH  of  thn  Koi^ky  Mountalim,  anil  Het  out  on 
April  30. 1840.  He  nrrlviil  on  Jiily  14  In  tbit 
camp  of  I'liter  VaUoy,  whcr«  about  1,600  Indianx 
hail  aHsembled  to  inret  him.  With  tboaiil  of  an 
IntcrprotrrhnfranBlati-*!  tboLord'H  prnyiT,  thn 
Creed,  and  tho  CominandmrntH  into  their  Inn- 
guage,  and  in  a  fortni|;bt  nil  tlio  FlathendH 
knew  thoBo  prnyorn  and  oonimaudmi-ntM,  which 
worn  nfterwaril  explained  to  thimi.  In  tho 
BprlD);  of  18(1  hn  get  out  OKain.  and,  after  paHB- 
lnj[  through  several  tribes,  croBHed  tlio  Platte 
and  met  nt  Fort  Hall  a  body  of  FlntbcnilB  who 
had  eomo  800  mllos  to  escort  tho  nilM.sionarins. 
On  September  24  tho  party  ronched  Jiitterroot 
River,  where  It  wa»  decided  to  form  a  permanent 
Hettlemnnt.  The  lay  brothers  built  a  church 
and  residence,  while  De  Smet  went  to  Colville 
to  obtain  provisions.  On  his  return  ...  he 
remnini'd  in  thn  village,  faiuillnrlzing  himself 
with  thn  Inn^iiage.  Into  which  he  translated  tho 
catechism.  He  then  resolved  to  visit  Fort 
Vancouver;     .     .  on    his    return    to    St. 

Mary's  ho  resolved  to  cross  the  wilderness 
again  to  St.  I.ouis.  There  be  laid  the  condition 
of  his  niission  before  bis  superiors,  who 
directed  him  to  go  to  Europe  and  appeal  for  aid 
to  the  people  of  Belgium  and  France.  He  sailed 
from  Antwerp  in  December,  1843,  with  five 
Jesuits  and  six  sisters,  and  reaclieil  Fort  A'an- 
couver  In  August,  1844.  In  1845  he  began  aserios 
of  missions  among  tho  Zingomencs,  Sinpoils, 
Okonagancs,  Flatbowa,  and  Koetenays,  which 
extended  to  the  watershed  of  thn  Snskatclin  wan 
and  Columbia,  the  camps  of  tho  wandering 
Asslnlbolns  and  Creeks,  and  thn  st.itions  of 
Fort  St.  Annoand  BourasHa.  He  visited  Kuropo 
several  times  in  search  of  aid  for  his  missions. 
During  his  last  visit  to  Europe  hn  met  with  a 
Severn  ncoident,  in  which  several  of  bis  ribs 
were  broken,  and  on  his  return  to  St.  Louis  he 
wasted  slowly  ayfnj.—AppUton't  Cyclop,  of 
Am.  Biog. 

Snanaimoo.    See  Snanaimak. 

Snanaimuk : 

Gentes  See  Boas  (F.) 

Grammatio  treatise        Boas  (F.) 
Legends  Boas  (F.) 

Lord's  prayer  Bancroft  (H.  H.) 

SAL 6 


Snanaimuk —  Continued. 


t.ord'H  prayer 

NiimeraU 

Prayers 

Ten  cnnimandmeiits 

Ten  commandmentH 

Texts 

Voenbiilary 

Vocabulary 

ViH'abulary 

Vocabulary 

Words 

Snohomish : 

(^atei'blHm  •'«<' 

Oco|;rapliic  nnines 

Geographii'  names 

(Irnmmatio  treatlso 

Hymns 

Lord's  prayer 

Lord's  prayer 

Prayer  Imok 

Sentences 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Voca])ulary 

Words 

Words 


Carmany  (■!.  H.) 
KelU(M.) 
Boas  :F.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Carmany  (.1.  H.) 
Boaa  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
PInart  (A.  L.> 
Ko«hrlg(l'.  L.O.I 
Tolmie  (W.    F.I 
Dawson  ((!.  Ml 
Boas  (F.I 


oBouletM.B.) 
Coones  (S.  F.) 
Fells  (M.) 
Fells  (M.) 
Boulet  (.1.11.1 
Bulmer  (T.  S.) 
Youth's. 
Boulet  (.1.  II. I 
Youth's. 
Bolduc(.r.  It.Z.) 
Chlrouzn  (-1 
Craig  (R.O.) 
Boaa  (F.) 
Youth'*. 


iiiid 


Songish: 
(ientes 
Numerals 
Proper  nnmes 
Vocabulary 
Vocabulary 

Words 

Songa : 

Kawlcben 
Klallam 
Elallam 
Twana 


S -e  Boos  (F.) 
Rolls  (M.I 

MncdonabKD.G.  F.) 
Boas  (F.I 
Tolmie    (\V.    F.I   nuil 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 
Uoa8(F.) 

See  Boas  (F.) 
Baker  (T. I 
EellsfM.) 
Baker  (T.) 


Spokan : 

Bible,  Matthew        See 
Geographic  names 
Grammatic  treatise 
Numerals 
Primer 

Proper  names 

Proper  nanu-s 

Belationsblps 

lielationsbips 

■Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

A'ocabulary 


Walker  (E.) 

EcUh  (M.) 

EellB(M.) 

Eells(M.) 

Walker  (K.|  and  Eclls 

(C.) 
Catlln  (G.) 
Stanh'y  (J.M.I 
Gibbs(G.) 
Morgan  (L.H.) 
Glbbs  (G.) 
Hale  (H.) 
PInart  (A.  L.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
RoebriK(F.L.O.) 


Squallyamish.    SeeNUkwalli. 

[Squire  ( (^/or.  Watson  C.)J     Report  |  of 
tho  I  governor  of  WaHliingtoii  territory 
I  for  I  the  year  1884.  | 


66 


BIBLIOGKAPHY   OF  THE 


Squho  (W.C.)  — Continued. 

Washington :  j  Government  priutiu/;; 
office.  I  1884. 

Cover  title  as  above,  title  r.it  abov«)  verso 
blank  1 1.  text  pp.  3  ■i>^,  map,  8° 

A  few  Salifli  plant  nn<l  fisl>  ".ames,  pp.  12, 13. 
Copies  teen  r  J<n.nies,  Gatschet,  Pilling. 

See  j^kwaksin. 


[Kalispel].     See  Canes- 


See  Boas  (F.> 
Boas  (F.) 

SeoDurieu  (P.) 
.vtrjiits  I  of  I  North 


t  ! 


Squoxon. 

Stabat  mate 
treili  (P.) 

Stall;  Jcu:n: 

•  iramiuatic  treatise 
Vocabnl'  ry 

S*.alo : 

Prayers 

Stanley  (J.  M.)  P 
Aro- lit'an  IndiaLS,  |  with  sketches  ,of 
scenery,  etc.,  |  pninted  hy  |  J,  M.  Stan- 
ley, i  DepositeO  \vi<li  |  theSiii"..  ■«'niiau 
institution.  [Heal  of  the  institution.]  | 
Washington:  |  Smithsonian  institu- 
tion. I  Decom\>er,  ^852. 

Cover  title  as  abo^-e,  titln  as  atjove  verso 
names  of  printers  1 1.  prcfaeevorso  contents  1 1. 
text  pp.  r.-72,  index  p)),  7",-76,  8=. 

Forms  Smithsonian  T'jstitiitioi!  Jiscellanooiis 
CoUec lions,  .'>.'!;  also  part  of  vol.  2  of  the  «ame 
scries,  Washingtcn,  18fi2. 

Contains  tlit  ui.mes  of  pi^rsonages  of  many 
Indian  tribes  of  t !  e  tl'nitod  i-ituteH,  to  a  number 
of  which  is  added  tho  t-.'.iglish  signification. 
Among  the  pecplus  reprenenti'd  are  the  Spo- 
kanes,  pp.  68-';  1;  Stony  Island  Indians,  p.  71; 
Okinagaus,  v.  72. 

opiet  leen  :  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Eames, 
'Geological  Surpey,Pillin.jf,  Powell,  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

[Stelger(E,)  Steiger's  |  liihliotheca  glot- 
'tica,  j  part  first,  |  Acataloguo  of  |  Dic- 
tionaries, Grammars,  Eeatlers,  Exposi- 
tors, otc.  i  of  mostly  1  Diodern  languages 
\  I  spoken  ii  ill  parts  of  tl:e  earth,  | 
excjipt  of  I  English,  French,  German, 
andSpaui.'h.  |  Fir"t  division:  [Abenaki 
to  Jlehrew,  | 

E,  Steiger,  |  22  &  24  Kniukfort  Street, 
I  Now  York.     [1874.] 

Half-title  on  cover,  title  as  above  verso  name 
of  printer  3  1.  notice  dated  Sept.  1874  verso 
b'.nk  1  1.  ti.'xt  pp.  1-40.  advertisements  2 11.  col- 
ophon on  back  cover,  12<^. 

Titles  of  works  relating  to  Anitrican  lan- 
guages generally,  p.  II ;  to  the  Chillmo,  p.  24. 

The  second  division  of  the  tirst  part  was  not 
publishiMl.  I'art  second  is  on  (he  KHj^lish  lun 
guage  and  part  third  on  the  Oennan  language. 

In  liis  uotic^o  the  compiler  states :  "  i'his  com- 
pilation must  not  be  regarded  as  an  attempt  at 
•  couiplute  Unguistiu  l)ibU(  graphy ,  but  solely  as 


Steiger  (E.)  — Continued. 

a  booliseller's  catalogue  for  business  purimsos. 
with  special  regard  to  the  study  of  philology 
in  America." 

Copies  »een  .  Eames,  Pilling. 
StlUacum.    See  Slailakum. 
I  Stumpf     (C.)       Lieler     der     lUlakula 
Indianer.     Von  C.  Pt\.  mpf. 

In  \ierteljabrs'hrift  fii  Musik-AVissen- 
scbalt,  vol.  2,  p.  408  [1885  M  (*) 

Swau   (James    Gilchrist).    The  |  north- 
west   (;oa8t;    I  or,  |  three    years'    resi- 
dence in  Washington  |  territory.  |  By 
James  G.  Swan.  |  [^Territorial  seal.]  | 
With  numerous  illustrations,  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  brothers, 
publishers,  |  Franklin  square.  |  1857. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  verso  copyright  notice 
(J857)  1  1.  dedication  verso  blan''  1  1.  introduc- 
tion pp.  v-vii,  contents  pp.  ix-xiv,  list  of  illus- 
trations p.  [xv],  map.  text  pp.  17-409,  appendix 
pp.  411-120,  index  jip.  431-435, 12- 

Chapter  xviii,  Language  of  the  ludiaus  ipp. 
,')00-;i26),  contains  a  comparison  of  Chehalis 
words  with  the  Mexicau,  .  .  313;  geiicral  difj- 
cuBsion  with  examples  of  the  Chehalis  lan- 
guage, pp.  315-317.— Vocabularv  of  the  Che- 
halis (180  words  and  sentences),  alphabetically 
arranged  by  Chehalis  words,  pp.  412-415.— 
Xumerals  1-1000  of  the  Chehalis,  pp.  420-421.— 
Many  Chehalis  terras  passim. 

Copies  ietn :  .tstor,  liancroft,  Boston 
Athenamm,  British  Museum,  Congress,  Eames, 
Gej^ogital  Survey,  Harvard,  Mallei,  Pilling. 

Issued  also  with  title-page  as  follows: 

The  I  north  vest    coast ;  |  or,  |  three 

years'  lesidenci;  in  Washington  |  terri- 
tory. I  By  I  James  G.  Swan.  |  With 
numerous  illustratioin".  | 

London:  |  Sampstm  Low,  Son  &  co., 
47  Ludgate  hill.  |  New  York :  Harper 
&,  brothers.  |  18.57. 

Frontispiece  1  1.  title  1  1.  dedication  verso 
blank  1  1.  introduction  pp.  v-vi,  contents  pp. 
ix-iiv,  list  of  iMustrations  p.  [xv],  map,  text 
jfp.  17-409,  appeiidix  pp.  411-429,  index  pp.  431- 
4"5, 12°. 

Linguistic  couteuts asundertitlenextnbove. 

Copies  seen:  Charles  L.  'Wo<Klward,  New 
York  City. 

Mr.  James  Gilchrist  Swan  was  born  in  Mod- 
ford,  Mass.,  January  11, 1818,  and  -vas  educatei' 
at  an  academy  in  that  place.  In  18;w  be  went  tt 
liostnn  to  rijside,  and  remained  there  until  1849, 
when  he  left  for  San  Francisc<jr,  where  he  arrived 
in  18,10.  In  18,V2  he  went  to  Shoalwater  Bay, 
where  he  reii.ained  until  \HM,  when  he  retur.ied 
east.  Inl8r)91ioretiirnid  toPugetSound;  sin-.e 
then  PortTownsend  has  been  his  headquarters. 
In  18fl0  Mr.  Swan  wont  to  Keah  Bay.  In  June, 
18C2,  he  was  appointed  teacher  of  tho  Makah 


I 


h'l  li 


Boston 
,  Eamea, 
iUing.     I 


three 
terri- 
WitU 

tfc  CO., 

Harper 


II  in  Med- 
oducatei' 
le  went  tt 
intll  18W, 
ii>  arrived 
ater  Bay, 
)  retur.ied 
ml;  ilin-.e 
Iquarters. 
In  Juno, 
lu  Makab 


SALI8HAN   LAN(JUAGES. 


Sw^an  (.1.  (i.)  —  Contiuucd. 

Inilian  IJoHcrvai  m.wlicni  horcniHiiiodtill  ISOCi. 
In  18G9  lio  went  to  Aliiska,  and  in  May,  187.'),  he 
went  a  sooniid  time  to  Al.iaka.  this  time  under 
thodircetiouof  tlie  Sraitlisouiaii  InHtitution,  as 
a  eoiumi.ssioner  to  purv  riaHu  articles  ui'  Indian 
jiianufactnre  Uic  the  Philadeljiliia  Centennial 
Kxpo.'itidii.  This  tine  eolleetion  is  now  in  the 
U.S.  National  Mii.si'inn  at  WaMliinstou.  July 
;)1,  1878,  Mr.  Swan  wa.t  apjHiinti'd  an  inspector 
of  oustoius  at   Neali  Bay,  Capo  Flattery,  and 


Sv^an  (J.  (t.)  —  Continued. 

remained  thereuntil  Auiin.st,  IhS.'t,  adding: inncli 
to  our  knowledge  ol  the  Makah  Indians,  wliieh 
was  reported  to  Prof.  liaird  and  published  in  a 
hi'Vietin  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museinn.  In  188:1 
lO  went  to  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  for  tlio 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  made  another  col- 
lection for  the  U.  S.  National  iluseum. 


Szmimeie-s.IosusC'hrist  [Kali8i)cl]. 
Giordi  (J.) 


See 


T. 


Tail: 

Numerals 
Voeabulary 
Vocalinlary 
Vocabulary 


SeeEells(M.) 
Cibbs  (G.) 
Touell  (,T,  W.) 
Uoehng  (F.  L.O.) 

Tal'moh.     i>ee  Tilamuk. 

Tate  (/iVr.  Charles  Montgomery).  [Hymn 
ill  theAiikauieiiiim  hiiiyjuage  of  Fra.scr 
lliver,  British  Coliiiiihia.] 

Manuscript,  1  leaf,  1",  in  i he  possession  of  tlir 
compiler  of  this  bil)l!oi,rra|>liy. 

Two  verses  an<l  cborns  of  tlie  hymn  "Sweet 
bye  and  bye." 

Mr.  Tate  cainn  to  British  t'olumbi::  from 
Northuniberl/iiid.  Eii^rland.  in  1870.  lie  engaged 
In  mission  work  anicm^^  tlie  Flathead  Indians 
.it  Nanainio,  Vancouver  Island,  in  1871,  where 
ho  learned  the  AukanifMiiim  language  spoken 
by  V.io  Im,.aa  trilii's  on  the  east  eo.ist  of  Van- 
couver Island,  lower  Fraser  Ulver,  and  I'uget 
Sound.  Here  hi^  spent  thn-e  years,  when  lie 
removed  to  Port  Sinijuon,  on  the  borders  of 
Alaska,  among  tho  Tsimpsheans.  He  next 
moved  to  tho  Fraser  Kiver  and  spent  seven 
years  amongst  the  Flathead  tribes  between 
Yale  and  We,stminster,  freciueiitly  visiting  tho 
Indians  on  the  Nuotsahk  River  in  Washington 
Territory,  Mr.  Tate  spent  four  yeais,  1880  to 
188.,  among  tlio  Bella- Hellas,  returning  in  tho 
latter  year  to  tin!  mission  on  Fra.Her  River. 

Ten  eonnnandnients: 

Seo(ioo<l  (.I.B.) 
Bancroft  (II.  11.) 
Carnmuy  (J.  H.) 


Netlakaparauk 

Snanaimuk 

Snanaimiik 

Texts: 

Kalispel 

Koiiink 

Lilowat 

Nehelim 

Netlakapamuk 

Netlakapamuk 

(tliinagan 

PeDtlasU 

BalisU 

Salish 

Sf.aiiaiuiuk 

Tilamiik 

Twana 

Twana 


See  Lettre. 
Boas  (F.) 

I-e.Ieune  ;,).M.  R.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Good  (J.  B.) 
I.e.Teune  (.l.M.R.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Canestrelli  (B.) 
i'alladiiie  (I..) 
Iloas  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Kulmer  (T.S.) 
Eoll8(M.) 


Thompson  River  Indians,     .'^^•««  Netlakapamuk. 

Tilamuk: 

(jcnera   ■:..  eiission  See  Hale  (H.) 


Gentes 

tiramniatic  treatise 
Gramma  tie  treatise 
Scntilues 

Text.x 

Vo(  abulary 

Vocabulary 

Voeabnlarv 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 


Boas  (F.) 

Gallatin  (A.) 

ilale  (H.) 

Lee  (I).)  and  Frost  (J. 

H.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Bo.is  (F,) 
Gallatin  (.\.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Latham  (K.  G.) 
Lee  (D.)aud  Frost  (.T. 

n,) 

B.incroft  (U.  H.) 
I'ott  (A.  F.) 


See  '   ibbs  (G.) 

Roehri    (F.  L,  O.) 
.Salish. 


Words 
Words 

Tillamook.     Sco  Tilamnk, 

Toanhuch ; 

Voeabnlarv 

Vocabulary 

Vocabulary 

Tolniie  ( IJr.  Williiim  Fra.ser).  [Vocabu- 
laries of  thu  norfhwi^st  coast  of  North 
Ai/iorica.] 

In  Royal  (loog.  Sor.  of  Lomlon.  .(our.  vol.  11, 
pp.  2:!0-24li,  Loni!on,  lH41,8o.  (theological  Sur- 
vey.) 

These  vis-abuJaries  occur  in  an  article  by 
Scouler  (.1.),  Ob.servalions  on  tho  iidigenous 
tribes  of  the  northwest  coiist  of  America,  and 
are  as  follows ; 

Vocabular.v  of  the  Billechoidn,  spoken  b.v 
coast  tribes  from  lat.  :<»"■  :)0'  to  53'^  riO'  (numerals 
l-10i)(),  and  I'll!  words  anil  phrases),  pp.  L'^KI- 
235  -Vocabulary  of  tin- OUinagen,  spoken  on 
Eraser's  River  (numerals  1  lot)  and  10,5  worili'. 
and  phrases),  p]). 'J:(G-J4 1.-  Voca'iuhiry  of  the 
Kawitclien,  spoken  at  the  entrance  of  Trading 
River,  opposite  Vancouver  Island  ;  Noo.-idalum, 
Hood's  Canal;  ami  .Siiuallyamish,  I'uget 
Souiul  (luuucrals  1  lUO  and  150  words  and 
phrases),  pji.  U'J'J  -^47. 

— —  V()c;il)nlary  of  the  Hhooswap. 

lit  Q-ibbs  id.}.  CoMipanitive  vocaliiilaries,  II. 
l-;i,  Wasl.iuglon,  187;i,  4'. 

Vo«!abiilary  of  the  ShooHwap,  anil  of 

the  Wa-ky-Uil-kaiue. 


68 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF  THR 


'■■  1 ! 


Tolmie  (W.  F. )  — Continued. 

Ill  Powell  (J.W.).  Contributions  to  N.  A. 
Hthnology,  vol.  1,  pp.  252-205.  Wanhinjiton,  1877, 

Each  coiitaiiiH  the  180  words  callud  for  on  tlio 
SmitliHOiiiaii  Htaniiard  form. 

Vocabulary  of  tho  Kulleespolm. 

In  Powell  (.T.  W.),  Contriliutions  to  X.  A. 
Etliuology,  vol.  1,  pp.  270-282,  Washington,  1877, 

4°. 

[A  list,  of  jjrepositioiis  in  tho  Nis- 

(pially  langiiago.] 

Miinuscrijit,  1  leaf,  4^,  written  on  oim  sidti 
only;  inlheliltrarycirthcBiireau  of  Kthnolo;^y. 
Kecorded  April  21, 1850. 

and  Dawson  ((}.M.)   (it'oloijical  and 

natural  history  survey  of  t'anada.  | 
Alfred  R.  C.  Sohvyn,  F.R.  S.,  F.G.S., 
Director.  |  Conijiarative   vocaliuljirios 
I  of   tho  I  Indian    trihcs  |  of  |  HritLsh 
Columbia,  |  with  a  map  illustratiuf"' dis- 
tribution. I  By  I  W.  Frascr    Tolmie,  | 
Liccntiatf',  of  the  Faculty  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons, Gla8<i;ow.  |  And  |  George 
M.  Daw.wn,  U.  S.,  A.S.R.M.,  F.G.S.,  &c. 
I  [Coat  of  arms.]  [Published  by  author- 
ity of  Parliament.  | 
Montreal:  |  Dawson  brothers.  |  1884. 

(^ovcr  titlo  nearly  a.s  above,  title  as  above 
verso  blank  1  1.  letti;.'  of  transmittal  siirned  by 
O.  M.  Dawson  verso  blank  1 1.  prefaee  ai);ni'd  by 
G.  M.  Dawson  pp.  5n-7n,  introdnetory  note 
signed  by  W.  F.  Tolmie  pp.  0B-12B,  text  pp. 
14B-13lD,map,8o. 

Voeabularies  (240  words)  of  tlio  Kawitahin 
(Kowmook  or  Tlathool,  by  Tolmie),  Kawitshin 
(Snanaimooh  tribe,  by  Tolmie) .  Kawitsliin 
(Sonjiis  Iribe,  by  Tolmie  and  Daw.son),  and 
Kawitshin  (Kwantlin  sept,  by  Toll  aie  and  Daw- 
son), pp.  38U-49I1.— Voiabularies  (240  words)  of 


i 
]i  ■ 


tlieNiskwalli(SinahoniisIi,  by  Tolmie  and  Daw- 
sou),  and  Tshelieilis  (Stnkt/imisli,  by  Tolmie), 
pp.  50n-(ilu.— Voeabulary  (2:!0  word.s)  of  the 
liilho(da  (Xoothlakiniisb,  by  Tolmio  and  Daw- 
son), and  Seii  <h  (l.illooet  trilie,  by  Dawson), 
pp.  ()2d-7;1b.— Vocabulary  (2U  words)  of  the 
Seliali  (KuUe.spehn  tribe,  by  Tolmio  and  Daw- 
son), pp.  78n-8Uli.— Notes  on  tlio  vooabularies: 
Kawitshin,  pp.  ll'.tli-12«iii  Xi.skwalli  and  Tshe- 
lieilis, p,  12Ini  lilihoola,  II.  122ni  Seli.-ih,  p.  123l)- 
124b. -Appendix  II.  "Comparative  table  of  a 
few  (08)  words  in  the  foregoiug  dialects,"  viZ: 
Selish  (KuUespelm).  Nisliwalli  (Sinahoniisli), 
Kawitshin  {.Son);is).Kaw  it  shin  (Kwantlin  I,  IHl- 
lioola  (Noiillilakimish),  p.  127li.-  .VjipindixIII. 
Comparison  of  a  fi'W  words  in  various  lannnapes 
of  North  Anierii:-..  pp.  128n-i:illii.  ineludesafew 
Niskwalli,  Selisb,  and  Kawitshin. 

Vopift  neen  :  Eanies,  I'illini;,  Wellcsley. 

William  Kraser  Tolmio  was  born  at  Inver- 
ness, Scotland,  Felirmuy  3,  1H12,  and  died  De 
oeinberS,  1886,  after  ftn  illness  of  ualy  tUreedays, 


ToJmie  (W.  F.)  —  Continued. 

at  his  residence,  Cloverdale,  Victoria,  B.  C.  He 
was  educated  at  (ilasgow  University,  where  ho 
graduated  in  August,  1832.  On  .Scptemher  12 
of  tho  sanu)  year  ho  accejited  a  position  as  sur- 
geon and  rierk  with  the  Hudson's  Hay  Com- 
pany, and  left  home  for  the  Columbia  Kiver, 
ariivin;r  in  Vancouver  in  tho  spring  of  1h33. 
Vancouver  was  tlien  theciiief  post  of  the  Hud- 
son's Hay  Company  on  this  coast.  In  1841  ho 
visited  his  native  land,  l)ut  returned  in  1842 
overland  via  the  plains  ami  the  Columbia,  and 
was  placed  in  charge  of  the  Ilud.Hon's  Hay  posts 
on  I'nget  Sound.  Hohere  took  apnmiinent  part, 
during  the  Indian  war  of  18r).'}-'5C,  in  pacifying 
the  Indians.  Being  an  excellent  linguist,  ho 
had  acquired  a  knowledge  of  t  lie  native  tongues 
and  wa.s  iiistruniental  in  bringing  about  peace 
betv>-eeii  the  whites  and  the  Indians.  He  was 
app  inted  chief  factor  of  tho  Hudson's  Hay 
('omjiany  in  1H,')5,  removed  to  Vancouver  Island 
in  lS.')il,  whin  he  went  into  stock-raising,  being 
the  lirst  to  intioduce  thoioiiglibrcd  stock  into 
Rritish  Columbia;  was  a  number  of  the  local 
legis'iiture  two  terms,  until  1878;  wasamiimber 
of  the  tirst  boarilof  education  for  several  years, 

i        exercising  a  great  iiitUiciice  in  educational  niat- 

\        tcrs;   licldmiiiiyoHices  of  trust,  and  wasalw.ays 

I        a  \aliieil  and  respected  citizen. 

Ml  Tolmie  was  known  toethnolog'stsforhis 
contributions  to  the  history  and  lirguistics  of 

I  the  native  races  of  the  West  Coa.st.  and  dated 
Ilia  interest  in  ethnological  matters  from  his 
contact  with  Mr.  Horatio  Hale,  who  visited  the 
West  Coast  as  an  ethnologist  to  the  Wilkes 
exploring  expedition.  Ho  afterwards  trans- 
mitted vocabularies  of  a  number  of  the  trilies 
to  Dr.  Scouler  and  to  Mr.  (ieorge  Gibbs,  some 
of  which  were  published  in  Contributions  to 
Xorth  American  Kthniilogy.  In  1884  ho  pub- 
lished, in  conjunction  with  Dr.  C.  M.  Dawson,  a 
nearly  complete  series  of  short  vocabularies  of 
the  piincijial  languages  met  with  in  Uritish 
Columbia,  and  his  name  is  to  bo  found  fre- 
quently quoted  as  an  authority  on  the  history  of 
the  Xortliwcst  Coast  and  itsefhnidogy.  Hefre- 
ipiently  contributed  to  the  jiress  upon  public 
questions  and  events  now  historical. 
Tonghwamisb.  See  Dwamish. 
Treasury.  The  Treasury  of  Languages. 
I  A  I  rudimentary  dictionary  |  of  | 
universal  jihilology.  |  Daniel  iii.  4.  | 
[One  lino  in  Hebrew.]  | 

Hall  and  Co.,  25,  Paternoster  row, 
London.   (Allrightsreserved.)  [1873?] 
Colophon  :    Londiui ;  |  )iriiited  by  Grant  and 
CO.,  72-78,  Turnmill  street,  E.  C. 

Title  ver.so  blank  1  1.  advertisement  (dated 
February  7lh,  1H73)  verso  blank  1  1.  introduction 
(signed  .1.  It.  and  dated  ( litober  Klst,  1873)  pp. 
i-iv,  dictionary  of  languages  (in  alphalictical 
order)  pp.  1-301,  list  of  contributors  ji.  [30'2), 
errata  verso  colophon  1  1. 12'. 

ICdited  by  .lames  lloiiwick,  Ksq..F.  R.  G.  .S., 
Msisted   by  about  twenty -two  contributoir*, 


SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


69 


of  I 
4.1 

I  row, 

bt  ami 

Idiitud 

jet  ion 

M)  1>I>. 

I)ctical 

1  (^'^l. 

Jg.s,, 

lutura, 


Treasury  —  Coiitiimod. 

w)iiis«  initiulH  aroHiKiii'il  to  tliriiiciat  import  an  t 
of  tlicir  rcsiii'i'tivo  articlfH.  lu  the  comi)ila- 
tioii  (if  tilt)  work  frf'ouse  was  iiiailooC  IJagator'i* 
ISihleof  Every  ]jandi\\u\  \h\\i:Mi;im'>iKleincnt8 
of  Comparative  I'hilologij.  TIiiTo  ai'o  also 
rofmeucnx  to  an  appendix,  conci'rnin};  wliirli 
tlu'ioistlio  following  note  on  \t.'M\ :  "Noticn.  - 
Owiu;;  to  tho  nnoxpciti'il  rnlaigenuiit  of  tliis 
Hook  in  i-'onrso  of  jirintin;;,  tlio  Appendix  is 
n()C(^ssarily  i)OMtponi'd  ;  and  tlu!  niorm'spccially 
as  additional  mat  tci' lias  I  iwni'iMi'ivcd  sniliricnt 
to  make  a  second  volume.  Aiid  it  will  lie  pro- 
ceeded with  80  soon  as  an  adeiinate  list  of  Suli- 
Hcriliors  shall  he  obtained.  "  Under  the  name  of 
each  lan{;ua>;e  is  a  brief  sf  at<inent  of  t  lie  family 
or  stock  to  which  it  holongs,  and  the  country 
where  it  is  or  was  spoken,  together  with  ri^for- 
ences,  iu  many  cases,  to  the  principal  author- 
itieaon  the  grammar  and  vo<ahnlary.  Addenda 
follow  at  tho  end  of  each  letter. 

Contains  scattered  rtifen'nces  to  various  'la- 
lects  of  thoSalishan. 

Copies  seen  :  Eanies. 

Tribal  names : 

Atna  See  Latham  (U.  G.) 

Uilkula  Latham  (U.t!.) 

Salish  Hollman  (W.J.) 

Saliah  Kane(l') 

Salish  K^'ane  (A.ll.) 

Salish  Latham  (U.  (i.) 

dish  Towell  (.1.  W.) 

Triibner  (Nicolas).  Src  Ludewig  ( I  [.  K. ; 
Triibner  &  Co.  Rt^j^i.stercd  for  Triiiis- 
iiiissioii  Abroiul.  Triibiiei-'is  |  American 
and  Oriental  Literary  Record.  |  A 
monthly  rejiistcr  ,  Of  the  iiio.st.  impor- 
tant Works  imhlislicd  in  North  and 
South  America,  in  |  India,  Chiini,  and 
tho  I5ritisli  Colonies:  with  occasional 
Notes  on  (i('ii,iiin,  |  Hutch,  Danish, 
French,  Italian,  S])anisli,  I'orttioiieso, 
and  IJnssian  Hooks.  |  No.  l[-Xos.  11.5-(). 
Vol.  XII.  Nos.  11  &  12].  March  Ki, 
l«()r)[-Decomlu!r,  187!>].  Pricefk/.  |  Suh- 
scrijition  |  5.s'.  jx'r  Annum,  |  Post  Free. 
[London:  Triihner  A  co.  IHG.VIH?!).] 
12  vols,  in  9,  large  H\  No  title-pages,  head- 
ings only.  No.  1  to  nos.  2:!  \  24  (March  lit),  1867) 
are  paged  1~4.!4;  no.  25  (May  ".V  IH(i7)  to  no.  fiO 
(August  2.').  lH70)are  pagcil  1  8lt>.  The  number- 
ing by  voI'inH'S  begin.-i  with  no.  til  (.Septtunher 
28.1870),  wliich  is  marked  vol.  VI,  no.  1.  Vols. 
VltoXIlcoiilaiiiiip.l-lHCi;  l-272i  1-204;  1-184; 
1-170;  1-1.V2;  1  104.  ln;uhlitionthereisaMpecial 
number  for  Septi'mber,  1874  (pp.  1-72),  and  an 
extra  no.  128*  for  Oct<d)er,  1877  (pp.  1  '0);  also 
supplementary  and  oilier  leaves.  Continued 
under  the  fidlowing  title: 

'I'riibner's  |  American.  Kiiropean  ,V  Onentid 
I  IJleniry  Ilecord.  |  .\  register  of  the  most  im 
(lorlant  works  I  published  in  '  North  ami  South 
Aiuerie;!. India. China  ICuro|ie      and  the  Mrltish 


Triibner  &  Co. —  (!ontinnod. 

eidonii^s.  |  With  Ociasional  Notes  on  (lerman, 
Dutch.   Danish,  Kiencii.  Italian.  Spanish,  |  I'or- 
tngiiese,  Unssian,and  Hungarian  Literaturi'.  | 
New  .series.    V<d.  I[-IX].  |  ,7anuary  to  Decem- 
ber. 1880[-.Ianuary  to  DeoemlxT,  1888].  | 

London:  |  Triibner  Sc  eo.,  .IT  and  ."iO.  Lvdgato 
hill.     [1880-1888.] 

Ovols.  largest.   IniliuUngno.  147-8  tono.  242 
each  v(dume  with  a  s.  p  ...,to  title  and  leaf  of 
content.s  and  its  own  iiaginatiou.  Continued  as 
follows: 

Triibner's  record,  j  ajoiirnal  |  devoted  to  the 
I  Literature  of  tho  East,  |  with  notes  and  lists 
of  current  I  .\merican,  Kuroiieiin  iind  Colonial 
Publications.  |  Xo.24;i[-2.')l].  Third  series.  \'ol. 
1.    Part  l[-V(d.II.    Parts].    Price  2.s'. 

[London:  Triibner  Aco.  March.  1880-April, 
1891.] 

2  vols. ;  jirinted  covers  as  above,  no  title- 
l>ages,  huge  8  '.     No  moie  jmblished. 

Titles  of  works  in  and  relating  to  the  Sali- 
slian  languages  are  sc;ittered  through  the 
periodi<al.  together  with  notes  on  tlm  subject. 
A  list  of  "  Works  on  the  aboriginal  langiiiiges 
of  America,"  vol.  8  (lirst  series),  pp.  185-189, 
includes  titles  under  tho  speciiil  heiidiug  of 
Clallam  :ind  Liimmi,  ]i.  180;  Selish.p.  189. 

Copies  well  ;   Kames. 

Bihliotheca  Ilispano-Americana.  |  A 

catiiloffue;of  j  r,patiish  books  |  i)rinted 
in  I  Mexico,  (iiiatemala,  liondiiras,  tho 
Antilles,  I  Veneznela,  ( 'oliimbia,  Ectiii- 
dor,  Pern,  Chili,  j  rriif,ntiiy,  tind  tlio 
Arjjicntine  Kcpnlilic;  j  and  of  |  I'ortn- 
giicso  books  printed  in  Jirazil.  |  Fol- 
lowed by  a  collection  of  |  works  on  tho 
ahorij^inal  lanj^iia^es  j  of  America.  | 

On  Sale  at  the  alh.xed  I'ricea,  by  | 
Triibner  &  co.,  |  8  &.  60,  Puternostor 
row,  London,  j  1H70.  |  <>iieshil1in<r  ami 
Hixj)ence. 

(Niver  title  as  .il)ov(>  verso  contents  1  I.  no  i  n- 
siile  title;  Ciitalogue  p](.  1  184,<'olophon  vim's'; 
advertisi'inents  1  I.  lO'^. 

Workson  lhealMirigiii:il  hingnagcs  of  .\mer- 
ica,  pp.  102-184,  cont:iins  a  list  of  books  (alpha- 
betically arranged  by  languages)  on  this  sub- 
ject, including:  (lenerai  works,  ]>p.  102-1(18} 
(Mallam  and  Lnnimi,  p.  170;  .Selish.p.  184. 

Copies  seen:  Lames.  Pilling. 

A  I  catalogue  j  of  |  dictionaries  and 

frrammars  jof  the  Princi|)iil  Lau>i;najje» 
and  Dial-'cts  |  of  tho  World.  |  For  sale 
by  I  Triibner  &  co.  | 

London :  |  TrilbniT  &  co.,  S  &  fiO  Pti- 
ternoster  row.  |  1872. 

Cover   title   as   above,  title  as  abov  rso 

names  of  printers  I  I.  notice  verso  hi  >i.  I  I. 
(Mtalo^iie  pp.  1  M.  addenda  iind  corri;:iiiil;i  1  I. 
ailvertisemeiits  verso  blank  1  I  a  list  of  works 


70 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  THE 


m 


■ 


Triibner  &  Co.—  Coiitinnod. 

ri'laliii;;  to  tlin  Hcirnco  of   laiiKiiii<;it  i^U-.  jip.   j 

(,'oiilaiim  titles  of  ii,  i'nw  «orkH  in  Cliilliiiii  i 

and  J^iiiiiMii,  p.  12;  in  SeliHii.p.  54.  | 

Copies  ueeti;  Kiiiiie»,  I'illuig.  } 
A  liitur  udition  witli  title-jiago  us  follows: 

Triihiier's  |  (catalogue  |  of  |  dictiouii- 

rios  ami  giiunmars  |  of  the  |  Principal 
Languaj^e.s  and  Dialects  of  the  World.  | 
Sficond  edition,  |  considerably  enlarged 
and  revised,  with  an  alphabetical  in- 
dex. I  A  guide  for  students  and  book- 
sellers. I  [Monogram.]  | 

Loudon  :  |  Triibner  «V;.  co.,  t),l  and  59, 
Ludgate  Iiill.  |  1882. 

CoviM'  t  it  I((  lis  above,  title  ns  above  verso  list  of 
eatalojriii's  1  1.  iiotii  e  and  jiroliice  to  the  secmnl 
edition  )>.  iii,  index  i))i.  iv-viii,  text  |)p.  1-H!8, 
additions  pj).  10!)  170,  Tiiibner's  Oriental  A 
Lingiiistie.  I'ublioations  pp.  l-!l."),  g'"". 

Contains  titli's  of  works  in  American  Ian- 
KuaKi's  (general),  ii.:t;  (Mallani.p.  .18;  Selish,  p. 
142. 

Copies  teen :  Kaiues,  Pilliuj;. 

No.     1[-12].     .lannary     1874r-May, 

1875].  I  A  (catalogue  |  of  |  choice,  rare, 
and  curious  books,  |  selected  from  the 
stock  I  of  I  Triibner  iV  Co.,  |  57  \  .59, 
Luilgate  bill,  London. 

[Loudon:  Triibner  &  CO.   1874-1875.] 

12  parts;  no  titles,  headings  only;  catiilogue 
(paged  eontinuoiisly)  pp.  l-li)'.2,  larg(!  S^.  This 
series  of  eatalognes  was  prepared  liy  .Mr.  .Taiiii'S 
(Jeorgo  Stuart  Hurges  Jiidin.  Sti^  Triiliner's 
Amirican,  Eirnpean,  it  Oriental  lAtcrar,,  Her- 
wc/,  new  series,  vol.  1,  pp.IO-11  (Kebraary,  1880). 

AVorkson  tlie aboriginal  languages  of  Amer- 
ica, no.  H.  pp.  li:!-118,  including  titles  iinfier  the 
headings  Clalhiin  and  Lunimi.  anil  Keli.sli. 

(■oinet  seen;  Kamea, 
Trumbull:  Tliis  word  following  a  title  or  within 
pan'nthesesaft.er  a  noteindicaleathatacopy  of 
the  work  n^fi^rred  to  luis  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  librjiry  of  Dr. .J.  Hammond  Trum- 
bull, Hartford,  Conn. 

Trumbull (^  />r.  .lames  Hammond).  Indian 
languages  of  America. 

In  iJohnson  8  New  Xlnivors.al  CyclopieUia, 
vol.2,  pp.lir).->-Um,New  York,  1877.  8°.  (Bureau 
of  Ethnology,  Congress.) 

A  general  diseussion  of  the  sub.jeit,  in- 
eliuling  linguisljc.  divisions,  etc.,  treating 
.iniong  others  the  Salishan. 

[ ]  Catalogiio  I  of  tlio  I  American  Li- 
brary I  oftliclato  I  mr.  George  Mrinley, 
I  of  Hartford,  Conn.  |  Part  I.  |  A..icri(a 
m  geueral  |  New  Priinct'C'anada  etc.  ] 
theHriti.sh  <'ohinies  to  177r»  |  New  Eng- 
liind  I  [-Part  V.  |  General  and  niisctl- 
laueuus.  I  I  tS^c.  eight  iini's.  J 


Trumbull  (.1.  H.)  — Continued. 

Hiirtford  |  Press  of  the  Vumi  Lock- 
wood  tV  lirainard  (!ompiuiy  |  1878 
[-1893] 

.'■>  jiarta,  H^. .  (.'ompiled  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull. 

indian  languages:  general  treatises  and  col- 
lections, jtart  .'!,  p|i.  12:t-]'J4;  Northwei.t  coast, 
p. 141. 

Copies  .leen  :  Karnes,  rilling. 

James  Hammond  Trumbull,  phihdogist,  was 
born  in  Stoningtcm.t'onn.,  December  20,  1821. 
He  entered  Vale  in  1838,  and  though,  owing  to 
ill  health,  lui  was  not  giaduate<l  with  his  class. 
Ills  name  w;is  enrnlled  among  its  members  in 
1850  and  he  was  given  the  degree  of  A.  M.  He 
settled  in  Hartford  in  ll'47,  and  was  assistant 
seeretiiry  of  state  in  1847-18.'i2  and  18.')8-ls(il, 
and  secretary  in  ISfil  1804,  alsost:ite,  libriirian  in 
1854.  Soon  after  goingto  Hartford  he  joined  the 
('(Uinecticnt  Historiciil  Society,  was  its  corre- 
sponding .secretary  in  184!)-18(i;i,  and  waselected 
its  jiresidiiit  in  1801!.  He  li:is  been  a  trustee  of 
the  Watkiiismi  free  library  of  Hartford  and  its 
librarian  since  18U:t,  and  has  been  anollieerof 
tlie  Wadsworthathemeiim  since  1804.  Dr.Trum- 
bull  w:is  an  original  mcmlxrof  the  American 
riiilological  .Association  in  180!)  and  its  jiresi- 
dcntin  1874-1875.  He  has  beenamemlierof  the 
American  Oriental  Society  sin<'e  1800  and  of  the 
American  Kthmdogical  Society  since  1807,  and 
honorary  member  of  many  State  historical  soci- 
eties. In  ]8('2  he  was  eleeteil  to  the  Nation:d 
Aeademj' of  Sciences.  Since  I8.'i8  he  has  devoted 
special  attention  to  the  Hub,j<!c.t  of  the  Indian 
languages  of  North  America.  He  has  prepared 
;i  dictionary  and  vocabulary  to  .lohu  Kliot's 
Indian  bibhi  and  is  probably  the  only  Amer- 
ican scholar  tli:it  is  now  able  to  reiul  that  work. 
In  187.1  he  was  chosen  lecturer  lUi  Indian  lan- 
guages of  North  America  at  Vale,  but  loss  of 
health  and  other  labors  soon  compelled  his 
resignation.  The  degree  of  LI,.  1).  was  ion. 
ferred  on  him  by  Vale  in  '"71  and  by  Harvard 
in  1887,  while  Cidumhia  gavi!  hiiu  an  L.  H.  IV 
in  18H7. — .\ pjilcton  «  Ciieloji.itf  Ain.liioij. 
Tsihalis.  See  Chehalis. 
Turner  (William  Wadden).  See 
wig  (U.K.) 

Twana : 

Dictionary 
Oeographic  r:imes 
(ieographic  mimes 
(irammar 

(iramiiiatie  treatise 
(irammatic  treatise 
Hymns 
Legends 
Ivi'geuds 
Lord's  prayer 
Numerals 
I'rayers 
Songs 
Text 
Text 
\'(N'ubulary 


See  Eells  (M.) 
(Comics  (S.  F.) 
Kells  (.M.) 
Kells(M.) 
liuliiier  (T.S) 
Eelbi  (}J.) 
Kells  (M.) 
15ulnier(T.S.) 
Kells '.M.) 
r.ulmcr  (T.  S.) 
KclIs  (.M.) 
Kells  (M.) 
I!a\er  ('!".) 
Jiiilnicr  (T.  S.) 
Kells  (11.) 
JKeUs  (it.) 


SALISHAN  LANGUAGES. 


71 


Tylor   (Edward    Burnott).     Anthropol- 
ogy :  I  ail  introduction  t<)  the  study  of 
I  man  Jind  civilization.  |  Hy  |  Edward 
B.  Tylor,  D.  C.  L.,  V.  H.  S.  |  With  illiis- 
trations.  | 

London:|Macinillanandro,  |  1881.  | 
The  Right  of  Translation  and  Repro- 
duction is  Reservfid. 

Hiilf-titlo  vorgo  design  1  1.  titlovorso  namen 
of  printers  1 1.  profacopp.v-vii,  rdntuntnpp.ix- 
xii,  list  nl'lllustrationspp.  xiii-xiv,  text  pp.  1- 
440,  Hcloutod  l)<M)k)« pp.44 U442,  iniloxpp.  44:)-44H, 
12°. 

A  few  words  in  tlio  laiiKu.ifio  of  Vanconvnr 
iHlnud.pp.  134, 141. 

Copiet  teen :  Boston  Atlion:tMini,  liritinli 
MustMini,  ConjjjeaH. 

Anthropology:  |  an  introduction  to 

the  study  of  |  man  and  <'ivilizatioii.  | 
By  I  Edward  B.Tylor,  1).  G.  L.,  V.  R.  S. 
I  With  illustrations.  | 
New  York :  j  D.  Ajiph'ton  and  com- 
pany, I  1,  3,  and  5  Bond  street.  |  1881. 

Ilalf-titlo  verso  blank  1  1.  titlo  verso  blank  1 
L  prefa(^e  pp.  v-vii,  contents  pp.  ix-xii,  list  of 
lUiistratious  pp.  xiii-xv,  text  pp.  1-440,  selectwl 
books  pp.  441-442,  index  pp.  443-448, 12='. 

Lingiiistie  contents  as  nnder  title  next  above. 

Copies  teen:  C()n<ires8,  (ieological  .Survey, 
National  Museum. 

Einleitung  |   in  das   |  Studiiim  der 

Anthropologic  |   uud    |  Civilisati^m.  | 
Von  I  Dr.  Edward  B.  Tyh.r,  |  [«&<!.  two 
lines.]  I  Deutsche  [&c.  four  lines.]  | 


Tylor  (E.  B.)  --Continned. 

Hrauu8(!hw«'ig,  |  Druck  tind  Verlag 
von  Friedrich  Viewig  uiul  Sohn.  |  1883. 

I'p.  i-xix,  l-53H,Ho. 

Chapters  iv,  v,  I>io  Spraelio,  pp.  134-178. 

Oopietteen:  British  Musenm. 

The  international  scientific  scries  | 

Anthropology  |  an  introduction  to  the 
study   of  I  man   and    civilizatiiui  |  By 
Edward    B.Tylor,   D.  C.  L.,  F.R.S.  j 
With  illustrations  | 

New  York  |  1).  Appleton  and  com- 
pany I  1888 

Half-title  of  tlie  seric  verso  blank  1  I.  title 
an  above  verso  blank  1  I.  preface  pp.  v-vili,  con- 
tents pp.  ix-xii,  list  of  illnstratioiispp.  xiii-ziv, 
text  pi>.  l-i40,  selected  lnHtks  pp.  441-442,  index 
pp.  4  43-4  (8, 8°. 

Linguiotie  c^intentsas  nnder  titles  above. 

Copies  Heeiy.  Harvard. 

Anthropology:  |  an  introduction  to 

the  study  of  I  man  and  civili/.ation.  | 
By  I  Edward  B.  Tylor,  D.  C.  L.,  F.  R.  S. 
I  With  illustrations.  |  .Second  edition, 
revised.  | 

London:  I  Mainnillan  and  co.  |  and 
New  York.  |  1889.  |  Tlic  Right  of  Trans- 
lation and  RcprodiK'tiou  is  Reserved. 

Half  title  verso  design  1  1.  title  ver.io  names 
of  print«;rs  tto.  1  1.  preface  pp.  v-vii, contents 
pp.  ix  xii,  list  of  illnstrations  pp.  xiii-xv,  loxt 
pp.  1^40,  selected  bonks  etc.  pp.  441-442,  index 
pp.  443-448, 120. 

Linguistic  contents  as  nnder  atlea  above. 

<lnpiet  seen  ;  Ranies. 


V. 


Van  Oorp  (TZer.  L.)     The  Lord's  prayer 
in  tlit<  KaliMpol  language 

In  Smalle/  (K.  V.t.Tlie  ICalispei  (loiintry,  In 
the  fN^ntmy  Maga/.iTic,  vol.  211,  p.  455,  New- 
York  and  London.  1885, 8^. 

Vater  v, />»•.  .Tohaun  Sevcriu).  Liiigiiarum 
totius  orbis  |   Indc>c  |  alphabet  Umis,  | 
quarum  |  (Jrammaticiie,    Lcxica,  |  col- 
lectioncs  vocabuloruiu  |  rtMiousentur,  | 
patria    signilicatur,    bistoria    adum- 
bratur  |  a  |  .Joanne  Sever! no  Vatero,  | 
Thof/!.  I^oct.ot  Profess.  Bibliothecario 
Reg.,  Ord.  I  8.  Wlailirairi  e(iuito.  | 

Beroiiiii  j  fn  ofHcina  libraria  Fr. 
Nicolai.  |  MrK;CCXV[18l5]. 

Second  title:  I.itleratiir  I  der  |  (irammatiken. 
Lexica    |    iind    |    Wortorsammlungen    {    alter 
Spraohen  der  Krde  |  nacb  |  alpbalietischerOrd 
nuug    der  Spraidion,  |  mit    eiiier  |  gedriingteii 
Uoborstoht  I  des  Valerlandes.  der  Schii'ksale  | 


Vater  (J.  S.)  — Continued. 

und  Vorwandtselmft  derselben  |  von  j  Dr. 
■loliann  Severiu  Vater,  |  Professor  nnd  Biblii>- 
tbekar  zii  Kouigsberg  dcs  S.  Wladiiuir- |  Or- 
dens  Ulller.  | 

Berlin  |  in  der  Nicolaischen  BuchliandluDg. 
I  1810. 

Latin  title  verso  1. 1  rocto  blank,  German  title 
rurto  I  2  verso  blank,  dedication  verso  blank  1 
1.  address  to  the  king  1  1.  preface  pp.  i-ii,  to 
tlie  reader  pp.  iii-iv.  half  title  verso  blank  I  I. 
text  pp.  3-2!)0,  8  \  Alphabetically  arranged  by 
names  of  languages,  ilouhle  columns,  (ieiiuan 
and  Latin. 

Notices  of  works  relating  to  the  .Vtnah  Ian- 
SllUlgCJl  21. 

Copies  teen:  Bureau  of  Kthuotogy,  Eames, 
Pilling. 

.V  lattT e<lition  in  (rennan  titled  as  follows: 


—  Littcratur  |  der  (irammatiken,  F^cx- 
ika  I  und  |  Wiirtitrsaiuiidnngcn  |  alU-r 
.Sprachcn  der  Erile  |  vou  |  .Johanu  He- 


A.- 


72 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


I' 


i 


Vater  (J.  S.)  —  Continued. 
v«iriii  Vuter.  |  Zwoitti,  vollig  uiiigt'ar- 
lieitott)  AiiH^raho  |  von  |  B.  Jiil^.  | 

lierliu,  1847.  |  In  dor  Nicolaiscbon 
liuchhandlung. 

Titlo  vrrso  blnnk  1 1.  dedication  vorso  blank  1 
1.  Vorwort  (sigin'il  H.  Jiilg  and  dated  1.  Dect-iu- 
bor  1S40)  pp.  v_x,  titloH  of  gonornl  works  on  tlm 
siibjitctpp.  xi-xil.  text  (alphabutically  arrau<;iid 
by  nainuH  of  langua^^oH)  pp.  1-450,  Nachtrii^ici 
iiiid  BurichtigiuiKou  pp.  451-541,  Sachrngistcr 
'  l)i>.  542-563,  AutorcnrogiHter  pp.  504-592,  VerbcH- 
Boningou  211.8°. 

LiHtof  workx  rolatin);  to  tho  Atnab,  pp.  .'<K, 
459;  Billcolioola,  p.  4911;  Flathead,  p.  48:i; 
Frieu''ly  Village,  ]>.  49(1;  KawitHchen,  p.  5o:!; 
Niisdalum,  p.  528;  Okauagan,  p.  335;  Spokan- 
Indianer,  p.  483;  !j(iiiallyaini.sb,  p.  382. 

Copietteeii:  Congress,  Kaniea,  Harvard. 

At  tbe  Fischer  Hale,  no.  1710,  a  copy  »old  lor  Id. 

See  Adelung  (J.  C )  and  Vater  ( J.  S. ) 

Vocabulary : 

Atna  SeoAdeliing  (J.   0.)  imd 

Vater  {.J  .S.) 

Atna  Gallatin  (A.) 

Atna  Hale  (K.) 

Atna  llowse  (.1.) 

Atna  Latham  (K.G.) 

Atna  ,  Mackenzie  (A.) 

Atna  Pinart  (A.  L.) 

IJilkiila  Bancroft  (H.H.) 

Hilkula  Boas(b.) 

liilkiila  Gallatin  (/v.) 

Bilkula  Gil)bi4((i.) 

liilkula  Latham  (K.(r.) 
Bilkula          .          .        riuart(A.  L.) 

Bilkula  I'owoll  (J.  W  ) 

Hilkula  Roelirig(F.  L.O.) 

Bilkula  Scouler  (.1.) 

Bilkula  Tolmie  (W.  F.) 

Bilkula  Tolmie    ''.       V.)   and 

l)a»„on  ((>.  M.) 

("hehalis  Kell,s(M.) 

Chehalis  Hale  (II.) 

ChehaliH  Latham  (K.(>.) 

Chehalitt  I'inart  (A.  L.) 

Cheh.iliM  Smet  (I'.d.de). 

ChehaliH  Swan  (J.  G.) 

Chehalia  Tolmie   (W.  F.)   and 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 

Uwami.sh  Salish. 

Kriendlv  Village  Adelnng  (J.   C.)  iind 

Vater  (J.S.) 

Friendly  Village  (iallatin  (A.) 

Friendly  \'illage  Latham  (K.  G.) 

Friendl.v   Village  Markenzie  (A.) 

Kalispcl  Gihl)s(G.) 

Kalispel  Hale(H.) 

Kalispel  Vinart  (.\.L.) 

Kalispel  I'owelU.I.  \V.) 

Kiilispel  Koehrijj  (F.  L.  (),) 

Ki<liM|>il  Tolmie  (W.  F.) 

kL«Ii»4>vl  Toluiii'   (\V.    F.)  all'' 

Dawson  (G    M.) 


Vocabulary  —  f 

Kanlits 

KaulilH 

KaulitH 

Kaulitg 

KaulitH 

KaulitH 

Kaulitx 

Kawicbeo 

Kawitdieu 

Kawichen 

Kawielien 

Klallam 

Klallam 

Klallam 

Klallam 

Klallam 

Klallam 

Klallam 

Koniuk 

Komuk 

Komuk 

Komuk 

Kumiik 

Komuk 

Kwantlon 

Kwantlen 

Kwantlen 

Kwinaiutl 

Kwinaiutl 

Kwinaiutl 

Kwinaiutl 

Lilowat 

liilowat 

Lilowat 

Lilowat 

Lilowat 

Lnmmi 

Ltimnii 

Lummi 

Ni^helim 

Netlakapanmk 

Netlakapanuik 

Netlakapamuk 

Niakwalli 

Niakwalli 

Niakwalli 

Viskwalli 

Niskwalli 

.Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 

N'isk«  alii 

N'iskwalli 

Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 

Niskwalli 
Niskwalli 
Niiksabk 
Nnksahk 
Nuk.siihk 
Xusalph 


!ontinued. 

Gallatin  (A.) 
(tibbs  (G.) 
llaledL) 
Latham  (K.  G.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Rmdirig(F.  L.O.) 
\VabaHS(W.G.) 
riuart  (A.  L.) 
Scouler  (J.) 
Tolmie  (W.  F.) 
Tolmie   (W.   F.)  and 

Dawson  (G.M.) 
Kells  (M.) 
Giblis  (G.) 
Latham  (H.  G.) 
Pinart  (.V.L.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.) 
Scoulor  (J.) 
•     Tolmie  (W.F.) 
Boas(F.) 
Brintou  (D.  G.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Pinart  (A  L.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
..     .     Gibbs  (tJ.) 

Roehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
Tolmie    (\V.  F.)   and 

Dawson  (G.  M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Hale  (11.) 
Pinart  (A.  L.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.  0.) 
Boa8(F.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Powell  (.r.  W.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
Tolmie  (W.   F.)  and 

Dawson  (G.M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Pinart  (A.  L.) 
Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.) 
Boas(F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
tribbs  ((t.) 
Powell  (.r.  W.)    ■ 
('ampbell  (J.) 
(Jana<lian. 
Eells  (M.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Latham  (K.  G.) 
MontgdMierie  (J.  E.) 
I'inart  (A.  L.) 
Salisli. 
Seouler  (,T.) 
Tolmie  (W.F.) 
Tolmie   (\V     F.)   and 

Dawson  (<■   M.) 
Wi<^kersliam  (J.) 
AVilson  (E.  F.) 
Gatsehet  (A.  S.) 
(iibbs  (G.) 
Knelirig  (F.  L.  O.) 
Gibbs  ((r.) 


SALISHAN   LANGUAGES. 


78 


) 
) 
().) 


F.)  nnd 
M.) 


1.) 

I 

,.0.) 

'.) 

i.) 


i 


) 
■  ) 

,0.) 

,.0.) 
F.)   iiiid 
.M.) 


) 
,.0.) 


.) 

.O.) 
F.)  and 


) 
.0.) 


VocabularN- 

KiiHal]ili 

Okinii^aii 

OkiniiK"" 

Okiuiigaii 

Okinagan 

()ki)iiif;uii 

()kiii»ii;aii 

( tkiiiiipin 

OkiiiiiKUU 

I'eDtlasli 

I'iskwaii 

Pi  »k  wall 

Piskwaii 

Piskwaii 

PiHkwau 

I'iHkwaii 

PiiyuUii]) 

Puyallu|> 

Salmli 

KaliKli 

SaliHli 

Snllx)! 

SaliHb 

SuIImIi 

Solisli 

Salisli 

SaliHh 

Salisli 

SaliHli 

SaliHli 

SaliHli 

SaliHli 

Salisli 

Sliiwapiuiik 

Sliiwapniiik 

Sliiwapiniik 

SliiiHWap 

Slniswap 

SliiiHwap 

SlixJswap 

Sluihwai) 

SliiiHV.  up 

SliiiHwaji 

Slui8\vai> 

Siiatl 

SllKtH 

Skagit 


-Contiuiied. 

KoeliriK  (K.  I,.  ().) 
JtuaH  (K.) 
<iibb8  ((I.) 

Ho  WHO  'T.) 

Lathaiii  (R.O.) 
Powell  (.T.W.) 
(  ItiHiliii'  (F. L. ().) 

Scoiiloi  (.1.) 
Toliiiio  (W.  F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
<iilihs((>.) 
Ilali-  (H.) 
Latham  (U.G.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Roehrig(K.L.O.) 
MrCaw  (S.  R.) 
Salisli. 
Caiidian. 
CoojMir  (J.  (r.) 
Oallatiu  (A.) 
Oilihs  (G.) 
Honry  (A.) 
Hoftniau  (W.,T.) 

HoWHC  (J.) 

Latham  (R.G.) 
Maximilian  (A.  P.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Ro(ihrig(F.L.O.) 
Saliah. 

Smet  (I'.J.de) 
Wilken  (C.) 
AVn8on(K.F.) 
Gilibs  (G.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
Koehrig(F  L.O.) 
Boas  <F.) 
Dawson  ((r.  M.) 
Gibbs  (G.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Howse  (J.) 
Pinavt  (A.  L.) 
Powell  (J.  W.) 
ToImie(W.F.) 
Hi>a.s(F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
('raij{(R.O.) 


Vocabulary - 

Skagit 

SkitsuiHli 

SkitHiiish 

Skitsnisli 

Skitsuish 

Skitsuinh 

SkltHlllHll 

SkitHiiish 

Skokominh 

Skiikominh 

Skoyel])i 

Skoyelpi 

Skoyelpi 

Skoyelpi 

Skoyelpi 

Skoyelpi 

Skwamish 

Snanaiimtk 

Snanainiuk 

Snanainiiik 

Snanuimiik 

SnohoiniHli 
Snoliomisli 
Snohomish 
Son  gi  si  I 
Songish 

Spokan 

Siiokaii 

Spokan 

Spokan 

Spokan 

Stailakiim 

Tait 

Tait 

Tait 

Tilamiik 

Tilamiik 

Tilaiiiiik 

Tilamiik 

Tilamiik 

Toanliiieh 
Toaiiliueh 
Toaiil".:ii-li 
Tv  ana 


-ContinniMl. 

Roehiig  (F.L.O.) 
Qallalin  (A.) 
Hale(H.) 
Mengariiii  (G.) 
Piiiart  (A.  L.) 
Powell  (,).W.) 
Uoehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
Siiiet  (I'.J.de.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Salisli. 

Ohaiiiberlaiii  (.V.F.) 
GililiH(<i.) 
Hale(H.) 
MeiigarinI  ((■.) 
Powell  (J.  \V.) 
Koehiig  (F.  L.  O.) 
Salish. 
Boas  (F.) 
Piiiart  (A.  L.) 
Uoehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
Tolniio    (\V.  F.)   ami 

l)awHon((J.M.) 
BoUliie(,r..B.  Z.) 
Cliirouze  (— ) 
Oraig(H.  O.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Tolmio  (W.    F.)   and 

Dawson  ((!.  M.) 
GihIiH  ((}.) 
Hale(H.) 
IMiiart  (.\.L.) 
I'owell  (J.  \V.) 
Uoehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
Boas  (F.) 
('•ihhH((i.) 
I'owell  (.r.  \V.) 
Uoehrig  (F.  L.O.) 
Boa.s  O.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
Hale(H.) 
Latham  (K.  (i.) 
i.i'e(D.)aiid  Frost  (.T. 

H.) 
(iihbs  (G.) 
Uoehrig  (  F.  L.  (».) 
Salisli. 
KellHl.M.) 


w 


(J.E.) 


.) 

F.)   and 

M.) 

(,I.) 

) 

S.) 

.0.) 


WabasB  (Dr.  W.  G.)  A'ocabular.v  of  tlic 
Cowlitz  laiifjiiiifie. 

Maiiuseript,  1  leaf,  4"'.  in  the  library  ot  thi' 
Bureau  of  Kthnology.  "Washington,  1).  ('. 
Keioided  at  (lowlitz  landing,  February,  1H5S. 

A  list  of  23  English  words  with  Cowlitz  and 
Chinook  e(|uivaleiit8. 
Wakynakane.     See  Okinagan. 

"Walker  (7iVr.  Klkaiiali).  fA  ]i(irtioii  (if 
tlir  ffosjM'l  of  Miitthcw  ill  Ml"  Fliitln  ad 
or.S|i'il<aii  l.'iiiyii.vjic.l  (') 


I  Walker  (E.)— Continued. 

Maiiusiript,  'Jll  |iages,  8  .  belonging  to  Itov. 
Myron  Fells,  T'niou  (,'ity.  Wash.,  who  has 
!•  indly  described  it  for  nie  as  follown : 

"  Translate*!  from  the  original » .reek  by  Uev. 
Elkanah  Walker,  missionary  dl  ilie  American 
I'oard  of  ('oniniissioners  for  Foreign  Missions, 
in  aeeortlanco  with  a  vote  of  the  Oregon  mis- 
Hion  passed  at  a  meeting  held  in  May,  1H4.">. 
.Tin.  1st,  1840.  I  ecipied  it  from  an  older  niaiiii' 
seri|)t,  which  I  bi^lieve  my  father  had,  and 
whieii  I  piesiinie  has  been  limned.     It  iiintaiiis 


I 

I 


74 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  THR 


'Walker  (K.)  — f'ontinniMl. 

iiiilv  I'liiiplcrt  I  II  mill  clmiittT-l,  vor»eH  I  US  It 
wiiH  iicvrr  |irjiiti'il.  I  liclirvp.  iior  am  1  iiwiiic 
lliiH  till'  tniiiHliitliiii  wiiH  I'ViT  llniHiuMl." 

r iiiid  Eells   (C.)]      Etshiit  |  thlu  | 

sitHkai   I  tlilii   I   HiaiH  |  tlilii  |  Sitskai- 
MitliniHli.  I  [Pictmo.]  | 
l.iiltwai:  I  18-12. 

Literal  trannlation:  FirHt  |  tlin  |  writei)  I  tlui 
I  li-88(iii  I  tlie  I  writes  Creator. 

Title  p.  1,  text  in  the  S)iokiiii  laiiKUUKO  |i|>. '-- 
l<i,  Mi|.  IG".  TliiH  i.s  Hiiiil  ti>  be  the  third  biMik 
]ii'iiiti'il  ill  the  I'liileil  Stali'H  went  iil'the  Itiicky 
Moinitiiiim. 

Key  to  thenlphnliet.  )i,  'J.  — Siiiitt  JHiMtUing  IcH- 
soiih|  1-iii,  pp. ;1-4. — Siiii«  Iremliii);  lii8»<>nH|  iv- 
\\i,  pp.  5-1(1.    Seethe  CaiHiiiiileof  thetitle-pojje. 

CopicK  neen:  Kaiiien.  Ki-IIm,  l'iUiii({,  Wicker- 
hIiuiii  (Tiu;onin,\Vash.),  I'aeitie  I'liiversity  (For- 
est drove,  Oregon).  The  last  ineiitiiiiietl  is  the 
only  perfeeteopy  I  have  seen.  I'roC.I.W.Marsli, 
the  president  of  the  university,  kindly  per- 
mit led  me  t(>|ilioto);ra])li  Hie  lirst  four  pages,  in 
order  tn  eiimplete  the  other  eopies  mentioned. 

I  am  iiidelited  to  Hev.  Myron  Kells  for  the 
I'ollinvinK  notes: 

"  Uev.  Klkiinali  Walker  was  horn  at  North 
Yarmouth,  Me.,  .\uj;iist  7.  I80.'i.  Converted  at 
the  a^e  of  HO,  he  soon  lie^aii  to  study  for  the 
ministry.  He  took  an  aeademie  eonrse,  biitdid 
not  ji"  to  eollejie.  He  graduated  from  llangor 
Theolojrical  Seminary,  Me.,  In  18;i7,  and  jrave 
himself  to  the  foreign  missionary  work  under 
the  Amiriian  Hoard  of  ('ommissioners  for 
Foreign  Missions.  At  first  he  was  ajipointed 
toSoe.th  Al'riiii  with  liov.  C.  Kells,  hut  a  tierce 
war  lietween  two  native  eliiefs  detained  them, 
and  in  the  meantime  the  call  from  Oregon 
became  .so  urgent  that,  with  their  consent,  their 
destination  was  changed. 

"He  was  ordained  at  Hrewer,  Me., as  a,  Con- 
;jref;atioiial  minister  in  February,  18:!:i,  and  was 
married  March  ."i,  IKW,  to  Miss  Mary  Kichanl- 
son,  who  was  horn  at  ISaldwin,  Me.,  April  1, 
1811.  licfore  her  eufia^ement  to  Mr.  Walker 
she  was  ajijiointed  as  a  missionary  to  Siani ;  but 
after  that  event  her  destination  was  chanKml 
first  to  .M'rica  and  then  loOreKO!:.  March  0, 
18;!8,  they  started  to  cross  the  continent,  in 
eomiiaiiy  with  three  other  mi.ssionaries  and 
their  wives,  where  no  white  women  had  ever 
been  cxcejit  Mrs.  Whitman  and  Mrs.  Spalding. 
From  Missouri  to  Oii'fron  the  Journey  was  on 
borseback.  They  leached  Walhiwalla  .\ujiust 
29,  18;iH,  where  they  wintered,  and  tlic  next 
sprini;  went  to  Tshinialiaiii,  Walkers  I'rairie, 
anion;;  the  Spokan  Indians,  with  Hev.  C.  Eells 
and  wife.  The  next  ten  years  were  spent  at  this 
place.  At  first  t  he  Indians  were  miicb  interested, 
but,  when  they  found  that  Christianity  meant 
that  they  should  give  up  gambliiig,  incanta- 
tions,and  the  like,  their  interest  grew  less,  so 
that  none  united  with  the  church  helore  they 
left.    Snlmeniient  events  have  shown,  however. 


j  Walker  (E.)  —  Coiitinnfi<1. 

that  many  of  them   were  Chrlsliaim,  for  their 
lives  have  proved  it, 

"  Mr.  Walker  studied  the  Spokan  language 
<|llit<^  thoroughly  and  learned  its  sclent Ittc  and 
grainmatie  construction  more  thoroughly  than 
Ills  eola1)orer.  He  prejiared  [with  the  assist- 
ance of  Kev.  CnBliiiig  Kellsj  a  snuiU  jtrimer  in 
the  language,  which  was  prii.ied  in  184L'  ut 
Lapwai,  Idaho,  the  only  book  ever  i>rinteil  in 
that  language.     (See  title  next  above.] 

"On  account  of  the  Whitman  massacre,  in 
1847,  at  Wallawalla,  he  was  obliged  to  remove, 
with  his  family,  to  the  Willamette  Valley, 
Oregon,  in  1848.  I'ntil  1K.'>0  he  nmdit  bis  home 
at  Oregon  City,  and  from  that  time  nntll  bis 
death  at  Forest  Orove.  In  1848  he  aided  in 
organi/.ing  the  Congregational  .Vssociation  of 
Oregon.  The  same  year  be  assisted  in  found- 
lug  Tualatin  Academy  and  I'acilic  rniversii,*, 
at  Forest  (trove,  to  which  he  gave  i|il,(K)nnndof 
which  he  was  a  trustee  eleven  years  previiiiis 
to  his  death.  He  ]ireacbed  at  Forest  drove 
and  in  the  vicinity  nearly  all  the  time  he  lived 
there,  and  during  his  )iastorat<^  of  the  Congre- 
gational church  at  that  place  thechnreh  build- 
ing there  was  erected  which  cost  $7,000,  of 
which  he  gave  $1,000.  In  1870  he  returned  to 
Maine,  on  his  only  visit  east.  He  died  at  Forest 
Grove,  NovemlKir  21. 1877,  aged  72  years.  His 
wife  still  lives  there  (1802),  and  of  his  eightcliil- 
dren  seven  are  living;  five  have  been  engaged 
in  active  ('hristian  work  among  the  Indians 
of  tiie  I'lU'ific.  coast,  and  one  is  a  missionary  in 
China,  The  eldest  one  is  the  first  white  boy 
horn  in  Oregon.  Idaho,  or  Washington." 
Watkinson:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  atVranote  indicates  that  a  copy  of 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
piler in  the  Watkinson  library,  i-.artford,  t.'onn. 

Wellesley:  This  word  following  a  title  or  within 
parentheses  afteranot«Mndicates  thataeopyof 
the  work  referred  to  has  been  seen  by  the  com- 
])iler  in  the  library  of  Wellesley  college,  Wol- 
lesley,  Mass. 

"Whymper  (Frederick).  Travel  and  ad- 
venture I  in  the  |  territory  of  Alaska,  | 
f'orinefly  Knssian  Americ^a — now  eeded 
to  the  I  United  States — and  in  various 
other  I  |»arts  of  the  north  Paeifie.  |  Hy 
Frederick  Whymper.  |  [Desijjn.]  |  With 
iua|)  and  illiiHtrations.  | 

London  |  John  Murray.  Albemarle 
street.  |  1868.  j  The  rifjht  of  Translation 
18  reserved. 

Half-title  verso  blank  1  1.  title  verso  names  of 
printers  1  1.  dedication  verso  blank  1  l.prefa<'o 
lip.  vii-ix,  contents  pp.  xi-xix,  list  of  illustra- 
tions p.  [xx|,  text  pp.  1-30(1,  appendix  jip.  :!07- 
:i:tl,  map,  plates,  8°. 

A  few  Salishan  phrases,  pp.  4.'t,  47. 

Vopiii xe^n  :  Host^in  Public,  Hritish  Museum, 
Congress. 


SALI8HAN    LANUUAOES. 

76 

Ilirir 

('  lUlll 

tliaii 

• 

HHIHI • 
HT  ill 

in  i.t 

••<•  ill 

( 

re,  in 

IIOVI", 

iillry, 
lionii' 

il    IliH 

<mI  in 
(III  111' 

ETSHIIT 

THLU 

• 

III  11(1 - 

PHIt.V, 

nil  III' 

SITSKAI 

vioiiM 
trovi- 
liv.d 

THLU 

•1. 

nKri-- 
mild- 
DO,  <iC 

SIAIS 

V 

•'(1  t<i 
orcHt 
His 
tt'liil- 
tagcd 

rn  t  w 
Sit  ska  !  sitl  i  n  i  sh  . 

(liitng 
ry  in 
<  boy 

J' 

itliin 
pyo» 
ciim- 
'ouu. 

iMiin 
pyof 
<!oni- 
Wol. 

*PaElK?5-I.3p^3D(ftC.-      jBfc 

I  iul- 

.t         1 

' 

i>,  1 

3(led 

ions                  ' 

1  Hy 

\ith 

...                                                                       ,■*  ■              * 

LAPWAL- 

IS42» 

arlo 
tiiin 

.    , 

-  t 

i.    ^ 

PS  of 

efa<'u 

Mtra- 

:t(l7- 

FACSIMILE  OF  THE  TITLE-PAGE  OF  THE  SPOKAN  PRIMER. 

eiini, 

" 

76 


BIBLIOGRAPHY   OP   THE 


'f 


Wbymper  (F.)  —Continued, 

Al   tlin  FiiOil  Hitlc,  nilalouiiK  (III. 'J'lilll,  II  tiipy 
liroiiKlit  ^li.Tri. 
An  Amuricuii  mlition  titlcil  uh  rollowH: 

Travid     luul     ailvtiiitiiro  |  in    the  | 

torritory  of  Alimka,  |  formerly  liiiHKi.m 
Aiiiericii — now  c^iuled  to  tJie  |  United 
8tat<tH — luid  in  variouH  otlmr  |  iiurts  of 
tlio  north  I'acilif.  |  By  FnMh'iiik 
Wliynipor.  |  [J)esign.]  ]  With  map  and 
illuHtratiimH.  | 

N(*\vYork:  |  Hai'iicrA  brothorH,  puh- 
lirthcri*,  I  Franklin  s(|uaro.  |  18fi!l. 

Kroiitii<|iii^('i<  1  1.  titl«  vtirNi)  liliiuk  1  l.iludlca- 
tloii  viirHo  liliiiik  1  1.  )ii'i^f'ui'«  |i]i.  x!-xii,  coiitoiitH 
I)]),  xiii-xviii,  liHt  III'  illuMtriitiiiiiH  ]>.  xix,  tt>xt 
Ii|i.   21-31)2,   a|i|)«ii(lix    pp.   333-:ir>:i,   iiiiip    ami 

pllltCN,  H". 

Liiu;iiiHti<'.cotiti(>ntiiimuii<1orMt.l«tiiixtHlMivi-, 
pp.  (i:i,  on. 

Co/iieK  nern :  llaiiiMiil't,  liimtou  Atliciui'iiiii. 
(ii'dlogical  Siirvuy,  I'DWell. 

Kcprintcil,  1871,  pp.  xix,  21-;ir>;i,  H».  (*) 

l''rt''d(''rick    VVhympor  |  Voyagt's    t^t 

avcntnn'H  |  dans  |  I'AhiNka  |  (ancicn 
Amoricpio  russo)  |  Oiivrago  tradnit  dc 
I'AnglaiH  |  avoc  I'initorisatiou  <h' 
I'antonr  |  jtar  l^niile  Jonvnau.'C  |  IIIuh- 
tro  do  37  gravnrcs  Htir  hois  |  (^t  accom- 
]iagn('  d'uno  carte. 

J'aris  I  libraiiio  llachetto  et  C"  | 
houhnard  Saint-Gormain,  7S)  |  1871  | 
Tons  droits  roservt^s 

(;ovor  title  an  uoovt",  liall'-titlo  vcrsdiiaiiuH  iiC 
l>iiiitt>r»l  1.  titl«aHnIi<)v<' viTNoblaiik  1  1.  in-cfacc 
pp.  i-ii,  liulf-titlo  vtTso  Idaiik  1 1.  toxt  pji.  ;t-lO,"i, 
tnblo  (les  oliapilrcn  jip.  407-412,  map.  «^. 

LiiiguiHtic  coiitents  a.s  uiulcr  (ItlcH  aliiivr, 
pp.  58,  «">. 

Copies  seen :  I'illiuf;. 

'Wickeraham  {Jiidfie  James).  The  name 
is  ''Tacoma." 

Ill  t he  W<)ukly  Lodger,  Tacoma,  Wat  Iiiiijitiiii. 
Ki-iilay,  February  10, 1893.    (I'illiiig.) 

A  <liH(iUhsi(m  ooiicpniiiig  tlio  name  ol'  tli(> 
iiKiiiiitaiu,  "  Is  it  Ta(M)ma  or  Kaiiiicr." 

NLskwalli  ami  I'liyalliip  g<>ogra])liic  teriiiH. 

Keprint<'(l,  with  adilitioiis,  an  IoIIowh: 

Proceedings  |  of  the  |  Tacoma  aiad- 

emy  of  science,  (  Pel)ruary  6,  1893.  | 
[Ornament.]  |  Paper    by   lion.   .lames 
Wickershani.  |  Is  it  "Mt.  Tacoma  "  or 
"Rainier."!    What    Do    Hi,st<ny    iind 
Tradition  Siiyf  I  [OrnanKMit.]  | 

Tacoma :  |  Paget  Sound  Printing 
Company.  |  18!»3. 

C'liver  titl«<  as  above  verso  iiameH  ol  niriinrH, 
no  iiiaidu  title,  text  p|i.  1  10.  8  . 


I  Wickersham  (J.)  —  Continued. 

N'aiiii'H  ol' a  iiiiiiiber  of  Keo^iapbii'  teatiireit 
pnHNiiii,  mainly  "  NlHi|iutlly  l'ii,\alliip".--Kty' 
iiiology  of  the  word  'raeoiiia,  p.  lU. 

dopxM  teen  :    l'!lliii|{. 

[Material  relitting  to  the  Nisqually 

languag.'.) 

Ill  respoiiHe  to  my  iiii|iiirieH,Jud);e  Wicker- 
Hham,  of  'I'aeoiiia.WaMh.,  «  lileH  me  under  date 
of  N'ovember  i4, 1HU2,  an  tbllowM  : 

"You  ank  for  the  title  and  full  deHcriptlonof 
maniiNeript,  etc.,  velatiii);  to  tlie  Nl^iiiiially  Ian- 
giuigo.  Ah  yet  it  lum  no  title  and  coiiHiHtH  uf 
about  2IHI  iiagen  of  words.  dellnltionH,  legemlH, 
naiiieH,eti'.,eidh'i'tedfroiii  a  N'iHi|iially  Indiaiiliy 
the  name  of  I.eMi  hi,  who  i.s  the  noii  of  the  eele- 
brated  chief  (jiiieiiiiith  and  nephew  of  LeHclii, 
the  war  ehli'f  of  the  eonibined  ><'isi|iially,  I'u- 
yalliip,  Klikltal.and  Yakaiiia  war  of  IK.I.'i-'.'id 
on  I'liget  Sound.  I  am  getting,  in  tlie  best  pos- 
slide  manner,  a  eomplete  voeabiilaiy  of  the 
Nisciually,  million  pure,  and  inteml  to  keep  at  it 
until  I  luive  everything  obtainable. 

"My  idea  now  in  to  jirepare  the  IilBtory  of 
lliese  peo]d(^  Hineo  the  advent  of  the  whiten, 
their  legends  and  mythH,  their  language,  hnh- 
its.  form  of  government,  etc.,  in  a  small  volume 
for  jireservatlon.  It  will  have,  of  eourMe,only  a 
local  interest,  except  to  ethnologistH,  but  it  can 
still  be  made  of  so  great  interest  to  the  jieople 
of  our  Stale  a.s  to  become  practicilly  a  history 
of  the  State  of  WuHhiiigton." 

JunieH  Wickersham  was  born  In  Mariiui 
county,  Illinois,  in  18.17;  leiM'ived  a  coniinon- 
school  education.  .\t  20  went  into  lawoflii'(<of 
Sinator  .lolin  M.  I'almir,  Siiringlleld,  III.,  and 
in  1H80  was  admitted  to  the  bar  upon  examina- 
lion  before  the  supreme  court  of  IllinoiH.  AVaa 
emidoyed  (Ui  census  of  1880  under  Special 
Agent  Kred.  11.  Wines,  engaged  on  statistical 
work  in  connection  with  the  defective,  delin- 
(luent,  and  dependent  classes  in  the  United 
States.  Tpon  the  completion  of  this  work, 
having  married  mi^anwhile,  in  1883  moved  to 
Tacoma,  Wash. .where  he  began  the  jiracticeof 
law.  In  1884  was  elected  pi(diato  .judge  of 
Vierce  county;  was  re-elccttMl  in  1880;  since 
expiration  of  term  has  been  engaged  in  the  law 
practice  at  Tacoma.  He  miule  an  exploration 
of  the  earthworks  of  mound-builders  in  S;inga- 
mon  county,  Illinois,  in  1882  (see  Smithsonian 
Kep.,  1883,  pp.  82,'i-83,5),  and  has  since  been  inter- 
ested in  anthropological  niatters.  AVas  one  of 
the  cliartiu' members  of  the  Tacoma  Academy  of 
Scienet^  and  takes  an  active  int(Test  in  its  work. 
Mr.  AViekersham  makes  .a  siiecialty  of  history 
of  the  northwest  coast,  and  has  gathei-ed  a  tine 
library  on  that  subjectas  well  as  (^thnohigy.  Has 
written  Niscjually  Indian  languages,  legends, 
(■tc.,  also  the  Chinese  language  on  plan  adopted 
by  Sniithsonliin  in  coHecting  Indian  vocabu- 
laries. II('  is  now  engaged  in  arranging  a  coni- 
liarativo  list  of  words  from  the  American 
Indian  and  some  id'  the  Mongidian  langaugci. 


SALISHAN    l.ANGUAOES. 


77 


Wilkes  (CliarliiH).    Narrative'  |  of  tlm  | 
V  /litt'il  StatcH  I  ('\|il()riii;;ox))(Mlitioii.  | 
Diiriiiutlic  yoars  |  ls:tH,  IH.'Jil,  IHJO,  1841, 
1812.  I  Hy  I  Cliarl.'s  Wilkes,  l'.  S.  N.,  | 
roiiiinaiKliT  of  Hio  cxixulilioii,  |  ineiii- 
ber    dl'    tho    Aiiici'H'aii     |)liil<>si)])hi('al 
Hiiciety,  ot(\  I  lu  live  voliiuios,  and  an 
atlas.  I  Vol.  1[-V].  I 

Philadelphia:  |  jirintitl  hy  ('.  .Shor- 
inan.  |  181 1. 

.')  voIh.  mill  iitlax,  iiiii|m,  |ilati>>t  iiiiil  Hte<tl 
vinin'lton,4". 

Niiint'H  of  tliiv  iiiiiiiMiH  ill  till!  Klatlirail  Inn- 
(Siiagc,  vol.  4,  ]i.  478. 

Ciiliiet   ni'i'ii  :     Iti'itiHli    Mii.sriini,    (,'c)in{r«'.>is, 

I^I'IIOX. 

Otily  II  liiiiitcil  niiiiilii'r  of  this  is.mii',  "!> 
riipiu.s.  I  lii'lic'vi',  wi'n?  jiriiiti'il.  mill  tlit'.si'  wnn 
for  iircsi'iitalidii.  'I'lio  ro|iii'si)f  I  lie  quarto  rdi 
lion  isHueil  lor  salt'  an'  ilatcil  1H4."),  n.s  ili'HiiiliiMl 
in  tlii>  next  following;  title.  Titlctt  id' Mineral 
ortavo  iilitions  mo  also  ;;ivi'ii  liiOow. 

Tlio  i|iiarlo  Mi'rii's  wan  rontiiiiii'il  liy  tlio  |iiil)- 
llration  of  llio  .sriiMilillc  risiilts  of  till)  cxjiedi- 
tioii  tovoliiiiiK  24.  of  which  vols.  18, 10,'il,  auil 
22  ftro  yiit  iiivimbli.sli(Ml.  Thi'V  liavo  ii  H!i;;htly 
chauKi'iltith'.  lirjfinniii'i:  rnitcil  Stati'Hvxploi- 
inn  oxpi'ilition.  'I'lin  only  ono  containing  lin- 
guistic matter  is  Hale  (Horatio),  I'liilolo;;y, 
vol.  0,  riiiladelliliia.  1840,  for  title  of  wliich  see 
p.  ;jl  of  this  liil)llo;;raiiliy. 

Narrative  |  of  the  (  United  Stat(^s  | 

exploring  expi'ditioii.  |  During;  the 
years  |  1838,  18;«),  1810,  1841,  1842.  |  Hy 
I  Charles  Wilkes,  U.  S.N. ,  |  cominander 
of  the  expedition,  |  member  of  the 
Ainoriean  ])hilo.sopliical  Hociety,  etc.  | 
In  five  volumes,  and  an  atlas.  |  Vol. 
I[-V].  I 

Philadelphia:  |  Lea  Sc.  Blaiiehard.  | 
184.5. 

r>  vols,  and  atlas,  nia]is,  plates,  and  Ht«el 
vignettes,  4°. 

This  is  the  Haiiie  editiiin  as  the  ]ire('ediii^, 
but  with  new  title. 

Names  of  the  months  in  tlio  Flathtiad  Ian- 
giinijc.  vol.4. 11.478. 

Copies  ge.en  :  Kames,  Loiitix. 

Tho  following  aro  reprints; 

Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  States  | 

oxplorinjj  expedition.  |  During  the 
,  years  1  1838, 1839, 1840,  1841,  1842.  |  IJy 
I  Charles \Vilkes,U. S.N.  '  o.i.inander 
of  the  expedition,  |  mi  iii'i'  r  >  f  the 
Ainerieaii  iihilosophical  i>eiet>  ,  ate.  | 
In  five  volumes,  and  an  ;>.ilas  |  Vol. 
I[-V].  I 

Philadelphia:  I  Le,i  &    Blauchard.  | 
1845. 


"Wilkes  (C.)— Continued. 

.')  viiIn.  and  atliiH,  nia|iM,  iiliitiiH.  and  Hliiel 
vlgnellcs,  royal  8  '. 

Names  of  tliii  iiiontliH  in  Klatlmud,  with  moan- 
iiigM,  vol.  4,  p.  4.'>(). 

Ciipieii  M-i'n :  lloHton  Athonii'iini,  Ilritlsh 
MiiHeiini,  (Jongri'ss,  ( Jeologlcal  Survey,  I.enox. 

Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  Stati-s  | 

exploring  ex|iedition.  |  During  the 
years  |  1838,  183!»,  1840.  1841,  1842.  |  Hy 
I  Charles  WilkeSjU.  S.N.  |  eommaniler 
of  tlio  exjiedition,  |  member  of  tin* 
Ameri(;an  ]diiloso|diiral  society,  ete.  | 
In  five  volumes  and  an  atliis.  |  Vol. 
I[-VJ.  I 

London:    |    Wiley    .■iiid    Putnam.  | 
(I'rinti'd  by  ('.  Sherman,  Philadel])hia, 
U.S.A.)  I  1845. 

•I  vids.  and  atlas,  maps,  plBtcs,  royal  8f>. 

Names  of  the  months  in  Flathond,  witlimean- 
inKSi  vol.4,  p. 4.'>0. 

<\)]iie.i  Mefln:  lirltish  MiiRnum,  Hiirvanl. 

Narrative  |  of  tlici  |  United  States  | 

ex]tloiing  expedition.  |  During  the 
years  |  1838,  183!t,  1810,1811,  1812.  |  Hy 
I  Charles  Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.  |  eommaniler 
of  the  ex]ieditii)n,  |  member  of  the 
American  philosophical  society,  etc.  | 
With  illustrations  and  maps.  |  Vol. 
I[-V].  I 

Philadelphia:  |  Lea  Si^  HIancliard.  | 
184"). 

5  vols,  maps,  plutes,  8^. 

This  edition  differs  from  the  quarto  and 
royal  octavo  editions  in  tliat  woodcuts  have 
been  substituted  for  the  47  stcol  vignettes,  in 
having  only  11  of  tho  14  maps  bound  in,  in 
being  printed  on  somewhat  Ihinner  paper,  in 
the  omission  in  most  copies  of  the  04  plates,  mid 
in  not  being  accoiiiiianiod  by  the  atla.s. 

NamcHof  the  months  in  Flathead,  with  nioau- 
iiigs,  vol.  4,  p.  450. 

Copiet  ftcfu  :  Congress. 

Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  States  | 

exploring  expedition.  |  During  the 
years  |  1838,  1830,  1840,  1811,  1842.  |  Hy 
I  Charles  Wilkes, U.  S.N.  |  commander 
of  the  expedition,  |  member  of  the 
American  philo8o))hical  society,  etc.  | 
In  live  volumes,  with  thirteen  maps.  | 
Vol.  I[-V].  I 

Philadelphia:  i  1850. 

n  vols,  maps,  plates,  8°. 

Names  of  the  months  in  Flat  head,  with  moan- 
iiins,  vol.  4,  !>.  4!)0. 

('iipii'n  seen:  Astor,  ISostoii  Atheiui'iim,  Con- 
gre.-<s,  \ational  Aluseiini. 

The  edition  of  the  Narrative:  [London] 
Ingra..i,Cooke&Co.,1852,  2vols.Bq.  16o(lJoRtou 
AthentouiQ),  (Iooh  pot  contain  the  linguistica, 


J    \ 


ill 


Wr\ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■^IM    12.5 
•^  1^    |2.2 

H:  i:£  12.0 


1-25  ||U   ||.6 

^^s^      llll^^^     IIIII^^S 

- 

< 

6"     

► 

S>J 


^J^ 

^ 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporalion 


33WIS£  M/i-IlirUST 

WnSTIR.r.Y.  USM 

(716)I73-4S03 


M 


\ 


\\ 


4^ 


T8 


BIULIOOKAPriY  OP  THE 


^KTilkes  (O.)— (Nmtiiiuetl. 

I  Iiavo  Hiwn  mention  of  "a  now  wlition," 
New  York,  1850. 

Chai'!o8  WilktiM,  iiaviil  oflicor,  lioni  in  New 
York  City,  April  3,  ITUH.iIiwl  in  Wa«liiiigtoii, 
D.C.,  February  8, 1877.  Ilu  cutenxl  tlio  iiavy 
B8  a  ml<Iitbipmau  Jnntinry  1,  IrtlH,  ami  was  pro- 
moted to  lientenant,  April  28,  1636.  H«  wim 
appointed  to  tlie  tiepartnient  of  t^liarta  anil 
inHtruninnta  in  1830  anil  was  tlio  first  iu  tlio 
United  States  to  Hot  up  flxoil  astronumioal  iu- 
strunionta  asid  obeervu  witli  tlium.  On  Auguat 
18, 1838,  heaalled  from  Norfolk,  Va.,  in  command 
of  a  squadron  of  five  vesselH  and  a  ntoruHhip,  to 
explorethoaoutliem  HeaM.  H«i  viMitt'd  Matleira, 
the  Ca|M3  Verdo  lalanda,  Riu  do  Janttiro,  Ti- 
erra  del  Fuego,  Valparaiso,  Cailuo,  tlie  Pan- 
motou  group,  Tahiti,  ths  Samoan  ({r<)iip(wliicli 
lie  Hurvoyod  and  explorMl),  WalliH  Isliuid.  uiid 
Sydney  in  New  Soutli  Wales.  Hv  left.  Sydney 
in  December,  1839,  and  dlHcnvcrud  wliat  lie 
thought  to  bo  an  Antarctic  continent,  Miiliii;; 
along  vast  iee  fields  for  Hoveral  we«ks.  In  1840 
ho  thoroughly  oxploreil  tlie  Fiji  group  iiud 
visited  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  where  lie  meus- 
iired  intensity  of  gravity  by  inxniiH  of  the  pen- 
dulum on  the  summit  of  Mautia  I.ou.  In  1841 
he  visitMl  the  northwiMteru  coast  of  America 
and  Columbia  and  Sacraiiiunto  rivcrH.  mid  on 
November  1  set  anil  fnmi  San  Francisco,  viHited 
Manila,  Souioo,  Itorneo,  Singapore,  the  ('ape  of 
Good  UoiM),  and  St.  Helena,  and  cast  anclior  at 
New  York  on  June  10, 1842.  Charges  prelurriMl 
against  him  by  some  of  liis  otflccrs  wore  invest! - 

•  gated  by  a  court-martial,  and  he  was  nci|iiitted 
of  all  except  illegally  piiniHliiii;r  some  of  hiH 
orew,  for  which  ho  was  re»'HniHndeil.  He  served 
on  the  coast  survey  in  184'.:-'4:i,  was  promoted  t^i 
commander  July  13, 1843,  and  tinipliiycil  in  con- 
nection with  the  report  on  the  oxplorini;  ex|)e- 
dition  at  'Washingtcm  in  1844  ie«l.  He  was 
commissioneti  a  captain  Septeml>er  14,  IHIVi, 
and  when  the  civil  war  opened  was  plac,  d  in 
command  of  the  steamer  San  Jacinto  in  1861 
and  saile<l  iu  ]tiirMuit  of  the  Confederate 
privateei  Sumt«r.  On  November  8,  1801,  he 
intercepted  at  sea  the  English  mail  steamer 
Trent,  bound  from  Havana  to  St.  Tliomas.  \V. 
I.,  and  sent  Lieut.  Donald  1^1.  Fairfax  on  lioaril 
to  bring  off  the  Confmlerale  comniiHxiiiiierH. 
John  Slidell  and  James  M.  Maatm,  with  their 
serretartes.  The  officials  wore  removed  t<>  the 
San  Jacinto,  in  which  they  were  taken  to  Fort 
AVam>n.  in  Boston  Harbor.  The  navy  depart- 
ment gave  Capt.  Wilkes  an  emphatic  coiumon- 
dation,  Congress  ))asH<Hl  arcsoliUion  of  thanks, 
and  his  act  caused  gn<at  rt^joicing  thronglioiit 
tho  north,  where  he  was  the  hero  of  the  hour. 
But,  on  thedrmandof  the  British  governinent 
that  Mason  and  Slidell  should  be  given  up,  Sec- 
retary SewanI  eoniplitwl,  saying  in  liisdiKpateh 
that,  althoiigh  the  oommissionern  and  their 
papers  were  eontrnbaud  of  viir, .'iiiil  therefore 
Wllktts  WHS  right  in  capturing  tlicn,  he  Hboiihl 
have  taken  tho  Trent  into  iMtrt  nn  n  jtrixo  fur 
a4J>>dlc»tlon.    As  be  bad  failed  to  do  so  and 


I  ■Wilkes  (C.)—Contiimeil. 

had  constitute*!  himself  a  Judge  in  the  matter, 
I        to  appntva  bis  act  would  be  to  sanction  the 
;        "right  of  s4>aroh,"  which  had  always   l>een 
i        denied  by  the  United  States  tiovernmont.   Tlie 
prisoners   wore   therefore   released.    In    19ffi 
Wilkes  conimandod  the  James  River  fiotilla 
and  shelled  City  Point.    He  was  pnmioted  to 
otinimudore  Ju!y  1(1,1862,  and  took  charge  of  a 
i       s|iocial  si|uudron  in  tlie  West  Indies.    Ho  was 
!        ]>iace<I  on  the  retired  list  b<H:auso  of  age,  June 
I       25,  1864,  and  pnmioted  to  rear-admiral  on  tlie 
!        retirml  list  July  25, 1866.    For  his  services  to 
I       science  an  an  explorer  he  received  a  gold  medal 
from  the  Gragraphical  Society  of  London.  The 
reports  of  the  Wilkes  exploring  exiHtdition  were 
to  consist  of  twenty-eight  quarto  volumes,  bnt 
nine  of  tliese  were  not  completed.    Of  those 
that  were  pnblished,  Capt.  Wilkes  was  the 
author  of  the  "Narrative"  of  the  expedition  (6 
vols.,4to,  also  5  vols..  8vo,  Philadplphi.1,  1845; 
abridged  ed.,  New  York,  1851)  and  the  volumes 
on     "  Meteorology "     and     "  Hydrography." 
.\dmiral  Wilkes  was  also  the  author  of  West- 
ern America,  Including  California  and  Oregtm 
(rhiladelphia.  l>U9),and  Theory  of  tho  Winds 
(New  York,  1850).— Ap|>i«roir«  Cyclop,  of  Am. 
Biog. 

Willoughby  (C.)     IndiaiiH  of  the  Qui- 
iiaielt   agency,  Wasliingtoii  territory. 
I      «yC.  Wlllongh'»y. 

In  Smithsonian  Inst.  Ann.  Rcpt.  for  18.16,  par^. 
1,  pp.  267-282,  WaHhini;t»i..18«n.  8°.  (Pilling.) 
A  few  Qiiinaielt  tenna  passim. 

'Wilson  (Her.  Eilwiirtl  Fiiiiicia).    A  oom- 
parativo  vocalmliiry. 

In  Canadian  Indian,  vol.  1  (no,  4),  pp.  104-107, 
I        Owen  Sound.  Ontario,  January,  1891, 8°. 
[  A  vocabulary  of  ten  words  in  alKiut  .lO  lan- 

guages, mostly  North  American,  and  including 
j        tho  Flathead  and  Nlsqually. 

Rev  Edward  Francis  Wilson,  son  of  the  late 
Rev.  Daniel  Wilson,  Islington,  preliendury  of 
St.  Paul's  cathcdnil,  and  grandson  of  Daniel 
Wilson,  hisliop  of  Caloiittn,  was  born  in  London 
I)ecember7, 1844,  and  at  the  ageof  17  left  hcIkioI 
and  emigrated  to  Canada  for  the  pui'iKiseof  lead- 
i  ing  an  agricultural  life;  soon  after  bis  arrival 
I  he  was  led  t<i  take  an  interest  in  the  Indians 
andresolve<l  to  beiMime  a  missionary.  After  two 
years  of  preparation,  much  '>f  which  time  was 
spent  among  the  Indians,  he  returned  to 
England,  and  iu  DtHMtmber,  1807,  was  ordained 
deacon.  Sliortly  'heronfter  it  was  arranged 
that  h<!  should  return  to  Canada  as  a  missionary 
to  tlie  OJibway  Indians,  under  the  auspices  of 
the  Chiin^h  MisMiouary  S<iciety,  which  hedid  in 
July,  1868.  He  lias  lalKiretl  among  the  indie  is 
ever  r<ince,bui1dlii};  two  homes  -the, Shini'wauk 
Home,  at  Saiilt  Ste.  Marie,  and  the  Wawanusb 
Home,  two  mih's  from  the  former— and  pro- 
paring  linguistic  works. 

Winalaha.    See  Piakwaa, 


8ALISHAN  LANOUAQES. 


79 


9/:;<«oiwtii  Hiatorioal  Society:  Theav  words  ful- 
lorlng  atltleor  within  parentiieiieii  after  a  noto 
indicate  that  a  copy  of  the  woric  roferrml  to  lias 
been  seen  by  the  compiler  in  the  library  of  that 
inatitntion,  Hadiaon,  Wis. 
Worda: 

8ee  I>aa  (L  K.) 

8choinbar«lc(Ii.H.) 


A  com- 


Atna 

Atua 

llilknla 

Bilkttla 

liillinU 

nilltala 

DilkuU 

Bilkula 

nUkula 

Cliehalia 

Chehalis 

Chehalis 

Kalbipel 

KauliU 

Kawichen 

Kawivhen 

Kawiolien 

Kawichen 

KAwleben 

Klallam 

Klallam 

KlalUm 

Klallam 

KlalUm 

Komuk 

Kwantlen 

Kwinaiutl 

Liimmi 

Liimmi 

Netlakapamuk 

Niakwalli 

Niakwalli 

Niakwalli 


Boaa  (F.) 
Brinton(D.O.> 
Baachmann  (J.  C.  E.) 
Chamberlain  (A.  F.) 
t)aa(L.K.) 
Latham  (R.  O.) 
Stumpf(C.) 
Banoroft  (H.  H.) 
Gibba  (O.) 
Xicoll(B.H.) 
Youth's. 
Oibbs  (Q.) 
Brinton(D.O.) 
Baaohniann  (J.  C.  K.) 
Cliamberlaiu  (A.  F.) 
l)aa(L.K.) 
Latham  (R.  O.) 
Bancroft  (H.  H.) 
Biischmann  <J.  C.  K.) 
Dui(L.K.) 
Latham  (R.  O.) 
Youth's. 
Boaa  (F.) 
Gibbs  <0.) 
Willoughby  (O.) 
Bancroft  <H.H.) 
Youth'a. 
Bulnier  (T.  8.) 
Bancroft  (U.H.) 
Bnlmer  (T.  S.) 
Bnschuiann  (J.  C.  E.) 


'Words  —  Continued. 
Niakwalli 
Niskwalli 
NiskwalU 
NiskwaUi 
Niskwalli 
NUkwa'!i 
Niskwalli 
Okinagan 
Pentlaah 
Piskwao 
Piskwau 
Piskwau 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Saliah 
SaUsh 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
SaliHh 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Salish 
Shuswap 
Sluatl 
Skitsuiah 
SkiUuish 
Skokomish 
Snanaimuk 
Snohomish 
Snohomish 
Stmgish 
Tilamuk 
Tilamuk 


Chauiberiain  (A.  F.l 
Daa(L.  K.) 
Oibba  (G.) 
Latham  (R.O.) 
LiiblMwk  (J.) 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Youth's. 
Daa(L.K.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Bancnift(H.H.) 
Oalhitin  (A.) 
Hale  (H.I 
Boas(F.> 
Bulmer<T.S.) 
Da»(L.K.) 
Gallatin  (A.) 
GlblM(G.) 
Hale  (H.) 
Hoinnan(W.J.) 
Latham  <R.G.) 
HoiiKariiii  (G.) 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Smet(P.  J.du). 
S<iHiro(W.G.) 
Swan  (J.  (i.) 
Trnasury. 
Tylor  <E.  B.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Bancroft  (H.H.) 
Pott  (A.  F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Boas  (F.) 
Youth's. 
Boas  (F.) 
Bancroft  (H.H.) 
Boas(F.) 


Y. 


lof  the  late 

ItoiKlHry  of 

of  Daniel 

in  Loiiilon 

lll'ft  HCllOOl 

Imcof  lead- 

lis  arrival 

o  Indians 

lAftcrlwo 

tinio  was 

[uriied   to 

ordained 

arrauKed 

[isHiouAry 

mpicrs  of 

he  did  in 

\  indii'  iM 

[inirunuk 

iiiwiinimli 

laud  pre- 


Tale :  This  word  following  a  title  or  within  iwren- 
theses  after  a  note  indicates  that  a  copy  of  the 
work  referred  to  has  bei-n  seen  by  the  compiler 
in  the  library  of  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn . 

Tottth's.  The  youth's  |  companion :  |  A 
Juvenile  monthly  Magazine  published 
for  I  the  benefit  of  tlie  Puget  Sound 
Catholic  Indian  |  Missions ;  and  set  to 
type,  printed  and  in  part  |  written  by 
the  pupils  of  the  Tulalip,  Wash.  Ty.  | 
Indian  Industrial  Boarding  Schools, 
under  |  the  control  of  the  Sisters  of 
Charity.  |  Approved  by  thr  Rt.  Rev. 
Bishop  fiEgidius,  of  Nesqualy],  |  Vol. 
I.  May,  1881.  No.  It-Vol.V.  May, 
1886.  No.  60]. 

[Tulalip  Indian  Reservation,  Snoho- 
mish Co.  W.  T.] 


TouiSi'a —  Continued. 

Edited  by  Rev.  J.  B.  Boulet.  Instead  of 
being  pagctl  continuously,  continued  artivlos 
have  a  so])arate  pagination  dividing  the  regu- 
lar numbering.  For  inatanrc,  in  no.  1.  pp.  11 -U 
(Lives  of  the  saintshvru  nnuilM'rcd  1-t  and  the 
article  is  cuntinuwl  in  uo.  2ou  pp.  5-H,  taking 
the  place  of  41-44  of  the  regular  numtH>iing. 
DiHcoutinuod  after  May.  lH86,on  account  of  the 
protracted  illness  of  the  e<litor. 

The  Lonl's  prayer  in  Snohomish,  vol. .,  p. 
228;  in  Flathead,  p.  236;  in  Nitlakapamuk  of 
British  Columbia,  p.  301 ;  in  Lummi,  vol.  2,  |>. 
28;  inChUlam,p.86i  in  Cowlitoh,  p.l06.-T:ia 
name  for  God  in  seventy  different  languages, 
including  the  Kootsauk,  Kalispel,  LuiumI, 
Snohomish,  and  Clallam,  vol.  2,  p.  l.'M.— Sen- 
tence in  "  Indian"  [Snohomish],  vol.  2.  p.  247. 

Voi>ie§  ttn :  Congreaa,  Georgetown,  Pilling, 
Wt^Uesley. 


v4ipwpj^ 


(JHRONOLOGIC  INDKX. 


INOl 

Atna  anil  Frientlly 

ViUaKi* 

A'oi'aliularles 

MiK^keuzie  ( A .) 

1802 

Atna  and  FritmiUy  Village 

Vocabularies 

Mackeu7.ie  (A.) 

180-.' 

Atna  and  tVlendly 

VillnKo 

Vofabnlariea 

Ma«'keuzi<<(A.) 

mi2 

Atna  and  Friendly  Villuf;<) 

Vocabuluries 

Markcnzie  (A.) 

imri 

Atna  and  Friendly 

VillnKe 

^'o<■abuhlrieH 

Mackenzie  (A.) 

1W)2 

Atna  and  Friendly 

Village 

Vo<-abuluries 

Mackenzie  (A.) 

IWM 

Atna  and  Friendly  VillaKit 

Vocabularies 

Mackencio  (A.) 

1806-1NI7 

Atna  and  Friendly  Village 

Voeabularies 

Adelung  (•!.('.) 

1807 

Atna  and  Friendly 

Village 

Vocabularies 

Mackenzie  (A.) 

1807- 1H09 

SaliHh 

Vot-abularies 

Henry  (A.) 

1814 

Atnii  and  Friendly 

VllUgl! 

Vocabularies 

Mackenzie  (A.) 

1815 

Saliali 

Itihliographio 

Vater  (J.  8.) 

18Mf 

VariuiiH 

Vocabularies 

Salish. 

I8se 

VuriouH 

Vo<;abularies 

(isUatin  (A.) 

18S6  IH47 

Salisli 

Classitlcation 

I'rlcliard  (JC.) 

1NS9-INII 

Saliali 

V.H^abulury 

Maxiniiliaii  (A.) 

1840-184N 

SaliHli 

Vocabulary 

Maxiniilian  (A.) 

1841 

Saliah 

<  'luHsilicntiou 

l*richard(J.C.) 

IK41 

VariouH 

Vot'abularics 

Scouler  (J.) 

1641 

Various 

ViH-abularics 

Tolniie(W.  K.) 

1842 

Spokan 

Primer 

Walker  (E.)  and  »lls(C.) 

184S 

Saliah 

Woi-ds 

Siiiftd'.J.de). 

1843 

SnuhomiHli 

Vocabulai'\' 

Bolduc(.T.  H.Z.) 

1844 

Saliah  and  Kalitt|H-l 

I'rayers 

Smet  (IV.l  do. 

1R44 

Salixli 

Wonla 

Wilkea  ((;.) 

1844 

Tilaniiik  iiiid  Cbvlii 

\i^ 

Vm-abulary 
Prayers 

Lee  (I).)  and  Kliisr  (-1.) 

184t 

Salisl)  and  KuUhjh-I 

Smet(P..I.dei. 

1845 

Salisli 

Wonls 

Wilk"s  (C.) 

1845 

Saliali 

Wonls 

Wilkes  (C.) 

1845 

Salish 

Wonls 

Wilkes  {('.) 

1846 

Salisli 

Words 

Wilk.(.(C.) 

1846 

SiMtkau 

Matthew 

Walker  (K.) 

184U 

VariuuM 

liraniniiitic  uiid  vis'iilMiliiric 

H  Hale  (II.) 

1846 

VarioiiH 

tirauiniHtic  and  vcK'sbuhirio 

1  llali'dl.) 

1846 

VarioiiH 

Words 

I.iitliani  (K.*i.) 

1847 

SuUhIi 

ilibliogrH|>hic 

Viitor(.I.S.> 

1847 

SaliHh  and  Kaliii|)el 

Prayers  and  vocHbuhirx 

Sunt  (I'.J.de). 

1848 

Atna 

Words 

Si  hiiiMliurgk  (K.  11.) 

1848 

XiHkwulli  and  Cli.l 

iilix 

ViM-almlarv 

Miiiituonierie  (J.  K.) 

1848 

SaliHli  and  KaliM|>el 

PniyiTK  anil  mm  ubiilary 

S t  (1*. .I.de). 

1848 

Saliwli  and  Kaliopel 

Prayers  and  vocabularx 

Slll.l  (P..T.  de). 

1848 

Various 

Various 

<iiillatiu  (A.) 

1848 

'  Various 

\'arious 

Latliani  (R.O.) 

184* 

Okinagan 

Relationships 

Ross  (A.) 

1840 

Salish  and  Kalisiiel 

Lonl's  prayer  anil  vociilmln 
ries 

Smet(P.J.de). 

18«0 

Salish 

Words 

Wilkes  (C.I 

1850 

Various 

ViH>abularies 

llowse  (.T.) 

1850 

Various 

\'ocal-x>larles 

I.athani  (R.O.) 

ISftl 

nUknIa 

(MassiCcation 

Lathaui  (!(.(;.) 

18»« 

Saliah 

Classittcatinn 

lleighaiiH(H.) 

1862 

Various 

Proper  names 

Stanley  (J.  M.) 

IMS 

Itelish 

(  Inasiflcation 

liallatin  (A.) 

«1 

82 


CHRONOLOOIO    INDEX. 


tMU 

SalUh 

IMMHiHfBtion 

8«haoli!nifl(H.R.| 

1M4 

ClirtllllU 

Vwahiilary 

('ou|H<r  (■!.<>.) 

MM 

Liiniiiii 

N'lN'ahiilar) 

(>il>bH((i.) 

1164 

Tiiiiiihiii'h 

ViMttbiiUry 

Utbbii  (li.) 

1N55 

SaliHli  iinil  KmIIi<|m-1 

lionl'a  jirayiT 

Shu*  (J.li.) 

1M5« 

A  tint 

ClaiiHiflcatliiii 

Uthaiii  (K.tt.i 

18H 

NiHkwulli 

WonU 

Tolinio  (W.  V.) 

mi 

SiiIIhIi  iinil  KaliM|H'l 

l.iinl'H  prayiT 

Shea  (.!.(}.) 

tun 

VariiiiiH 

V<H-al)iilarieH 

HiinitbiiiBiin  (.!.<'.  K.) 

1897 

VariouN 

ViM'aliiilarit'H 

lluHcbiiiauu  (.).  (,'.  K.) 

IWI 

VurloiiM 

WorilH  auil  iiutueraU 

Swan  (.1.  (1.) 

1867 

VarloUM 

AVorilH  unit  niintxralH 

Swan  (J.  (t.) 

1857 

S'ariiiliN 

WonlH 

I>aa(L.K.) 

IMH 

KaiiliU 

ViH'abuIarj- 

WabuHH  (W.  O.) 

1868 

KIoIIhiii 

Ninni>ralH 

(iraiit(W.  C.) 

IMS 

Klallam 

ViM'iihulary 

(ilbiw  ((i.) 

UM 

Kwaiilli'ii 

ViH'alinlary 

IlillllH  «i.) 

UM 

Skagit 

Vwaliiilary 

•  VaiKdl.  O.) 

USB 

SaliHli 

IliliHiigraiihir 

l.iiilewiK  (H.  K.) 

1868 

SallHli  anil  KallH|H-l 

l.iinl'H  jiruyiT 

Sliva  (■!.({.) 

18W 

SiioIkhdUIi 

ViH-ahiilary 

Craig  (K.O.) 

1868 

V«rii>u» 

ViN-aKnlaripH 

liiiHchniann  (J.C.  K.) 

18S8 

VarioiiH 

ViicalinlaripH 

ItiiHchniann  (J.  C  £.) 

IMltt 

SalUli 

ClaHHiliratioii 

IluHubmann  (J.  C.  K.) 

1860 

Salixh 

ClanHiflcatioii 

ItiiHibnianu  (J.C.E.) 

1860 

SaliHli 

ClaHHiniatioii 

Kane  (P.) 

18ri» 

SaliMh  hikI  KaliH|HO 

1.111'irH  jirayiT 

Siiiia(r.  .1.  ilf) 

1MM» 

ShUmIi 

t'liMHiHraiiiin 

liallatin  (A.) 

1880 

SaliHli 

<'laHHiHratioii 

StbiHilrrart  (H.  K.) 

1880 

Variolic 

ViH-alinlHrii!H 

I.athitin  (K.  ti.i 

1H«I 

SaliHli 

•  iraiiiiiiar 

Mmi^arini  (li.) 

IM* 

S<iii|{iHli 

Proper  iiaiiirH 

Mai'ihinalil  (1).  (i.  K.) 

1888 

VariiiiiH 

WiinlH 

Polt  (A.  K.) 

18M 

Klalliiiii  anil  l.iiiiiiiii 

ViH'alinlary 

liibliH  {{',.} 

U88 

NiHkwiilli  iiikI  SnlJHli 

NiiniiTalH 

<iibliH((:.> 

1883 

SaliHli 

<ii-lirl'ill  ilim-UHHiciii 

AnilirHon  (A.  (/'.) 

1883 

SaliHli  anil  KaliHjH'l 

I'rayrr.t  anil  vw  aiiiilary 

Siiii'l  (I».  .1.  lie). 

lf<63 

SuUnIi 

WiinlH 

(lililiH  (<i.) 

18M 

Xiskwalll  anil  Salinli 

ViiiniTalH 

(iibb8((i.) 

1886 

SaliHli  ami  KaliH|H'1 

I'l-aviTH 

Siiict  (T.  .I.ilf). 

1886 

SaliHli  anil  KnliHiwl 

I'rayiM'H  anil  viHraliiilary 

Siiii't  (I'.  J.de). 

1865-lHTU 

SaliBh 

llibliii){rai>tii;' 

Triil r  &  Co. 

1867 

Salinli 

ltil>liii);ra|ihir 

LeilpiT  (('.) 

186H 

SaliHli 

IMiraHi'H 

Whyiii|H!r  {¥.) 

1808-18'J-.' 

SaliHh 

ltililiii):ra))liir 

Sabiii  (.1.) 

1N60 

SiiUhIi 

riirawM 

WhyniiM-r  (F  ) 

1870 

Xinkwalli 

Wonln 

l.iibbiK'k  (J.) 

1870 

XiHkwalli 

WonlH 

l.nlibiH'k  (J.) 

UTO 

NiHkwalli 

n'orilH 

LiiblHH'k  (J.) 

mo 

SaliHli 

l<ibliiit:raiihi< 

'rriiliniT  \  Co. 

laro 

SaliHli .' 

l.onl'H  prayiT 

Marii'tti  (P.) 

1870 

X'ariuiiH 

ViM'aliiilaricH 

Kii«hriK(I''.  K.O.) 

18701 

VariiiiiH 

ViM'abiilarii'H 

UiH"hri|f  (F.  L.  O.) 

lH70r 

VarioiiH 

Voi-aliiilarinH 

KiH'hrlK  (F.  L.O.) 

1871 

OkinaKii" 

I(eliitiiinHbi|iH 

MurKan. 

1871 

SallHh 

I'lll'UHI'H 

Whyuiper  (F.) 

un 

SaliHh 

l*hraHi>H 

Whymper  (F.) 

1871 

Spokiin  and  Salinli 

T'roper  iianirH 

Collin  <C.) 

1871 

S|MlkHII 

KrIatiiiiiHliiiiN 

liibbuCO.) 

1871-l«7a 

SaliHh 

NnniiiralH 

Mpujcarini  (U.) 

1878 

Atua 

Vwaliiilar 

I'inart  (A.  L.) 

1873 

SaliHh 

Bililiii|;ra|ibii' 

Triibner  &  Co. 

tSTt 

SaliHh 

tliblioKrapbir 

Kielil  (T.  W.) 

UTS 

SaliHh 

Ui-nrral  HiHrnHHimi 

Shra  (J.  G.) 

IfTI 

Salish 

lieurral  (liHcnaHhin 

Xreaaiiry. 

CHRONOLOGIC    INDEX. 


88 


187S 

187.1 

IH7» 

1N74 

1874-1875 

1874-1870 

1874- I B7e 

1874-1881 

187« 

187S 

1875 

187« 

1878 

1876 

1871 

isn 

1877 

1877 

18T7 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

1877 

18T7-1870 

1877-1879 

1877-1887 

1878 

1878 

1878 

187H 

1878 

1878 

1878 

1878-187U 

1878-180;t 

187» 

1879 

1879 

1879 

1879 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880-IH81 

1881 

1881 

1881 

1881-18Hri 

188ii 

1882 

1882 

1882 

1882 

1882 

1882 

1882 

188S 


k^tXlMh  ami  KhIIhih'I 

8hiMW»p 

VariouH 

Sallah 

HiUiiili 

VariouM 

Variou* 

Twaua 

NUkwalli 

Halish 

Snanaimiik 

SallHli 

SmHhIi 

SkiUifliili 

Kttlis|i«l 

KallsptO 

NUkwiilll 

SaliHh 

SiiIIhIi 

SltliHll 

Saliali 

SkitHlliHll 

Skoyflpi 

SllUHWH|l 

SkiUiiisli 

Tllamiik 

Twana 

Variona 

VariniiH 

Kiilisiwl 

Kaliapul 

Sallitli 

Klollam 

Netlukapamnk 

Notlakapnmiik 

NUkwalli 

SaliHh 

Salisli 

SllliHll 

Klulliiiii 
KuUhIi 

KuliH|H'l 
Ivillis|H'l 

Nutlakapnniiik 

SalUh 

SiiolioniiHli 

KaliHpi-I 

Xotlii|iakaiiiiik 

Nrtlupakaniiik 

SalUli 

VarloiiH 

SallHli 

SalUh 

SalUh 

VarioiiH 

Chi-haliM 

Niitkwalli 

Niakwalli 

NiHkwalli 

Salish 

Salisli 

Saliah 

SallRh 

SaUak 

Sallsb 


I'riivi  TM 

XiK-iiliiiliiry 

ViM'iiiiiiliirirM 

IIililli>Kriipliv 

Itililidurapli.v 

Vlll'illllH 

ViiriiiiiH 

tifiicriil  illM'uni<':>ii 

Woriln 

llil)liii|{rapliir 

Ti-xl 

liilili(i(crapliio 

V<K'uliiilarj',»'t<". 

ViM'nlmlary 

T<-\t 

ViMalmlHry 

Itirlionary 

I'lllNMilil'lllioll 

(JlaMxiilnitioii 

i  'laHsilinitiiiii 

(iclirral  ilUcliHsiiiii 

ViM'aliiiliirv 

\'iH'aliiiliir\ 

ViH'iiliiilarv 

Viu-aliiilary 

Vot-aliulary 

VarioiiH 

Voi'abiilarifM 

ViicaliiilaricN 

Uraiiiiiiar 

Gniiniiiiir 

(j(tiiiTal  (UKriiHMion 

Dirtiimary 

Prayer  liiHik 

I'raytT  linok 

DIftiiiiiary 

llililiiiuraplili' 

('laMMillcnlion 

('laM4it)i'atioi> 

Siiii;;)« 

llililiiij;nipliii' 

Itllilo  ntiirics 

Dictiiiiiarv 

I'rayiT  Ixmk 

lt('lati(>iiKlM|ii 

I'raycr  Imm'U 

I'alt^i'liiHiii 

I'ntvfr  1 k 

ViM'aUiilary.i'tc. 

r|a  milicatiiiii 

tiraiiiiiiatii'  tri>atiHi' 

ClaMMiliiatiiiii 

\V<)i<l« 

Wiiriln 

liunl's  prayiir 

Dii-tionary 

ViM'aiinlary 

VtH-al)iilary 

WonlH 

Itibliograpliif 

llibliograpliii- 

(^laHaitlcation 

Claaaittoatiiiii 

Claaaifloatioii 

Claaailit'atiou 


Sinet  (I*.  .1.  ilo). 
Toliui«(K.W.) 
(lilibii  (li.) 
St«lK<-r  (K.) 
Trillmcr  *  «■». 
Ilan<ri>n  (II.  II.) 
Ilaiicruft  (II.  II.) 
Ilayib'ii  (K.  V.) 
l.ubl)iH'k  (•!.) 
Kl.lil  .T.  W.) 
Cariiaiia  (•!.  M.) 
I'lat7.iiiaiiii  (J.) 
IVtil.>l(ft.  V.  S.J.) 
Stiii't  (V.  .1.  do). 
I.i'ltr«. 

Toliiii.'(W.  K.) 
«!iblw  ((i.) 
<iatM<'lii>t  (A.S.) 
<ialH<'l)<-t  (A.S.I 
Ihaili  (\V.  \V.) 
Triiiiibiill  (.1.  II  ) 
.Mviiuariiii  ((•.) 
MiMiifariiii  (<i .) 
'I'oliiiii'  ( W.  K.) 
Siiifi  (I'.  J.  >\f). 
(iaiHcliil  (A.S.) 
K<'IIh(M.i 
(iililm  ((i.) 
I'ow.ll  (.1.  \V.) 
<ritir<lu(J.) 
Ctionla  (J.) 
M;ill.-r  (F.) 
Ki<llH(M.) 
(iiMid  (J.  B.) 
(■(mmI  (.l.n.) 
Kvlls  (M.) 
LmrnTi-  ((.'.1 
llal.H  (H.  \V.) 
KnuH)  (A.  11.) 
K4>1U(M.) 
Tniiiibiill  (J.  II.) 
liiiinla  (.I.) 
(iiiirila  (•).) 

<ilHHl(.l.  I).) 

opiiirt  ((i.) 
Il<iiil<  I  (.1.  II.) 
<iiiir<la(.l.) 
ttlMMl  ( I.B.) 
tilHllI  (.1.  li.) 
Suytc  (A.  II.) 
KrIlH  (M.) 
Kiaiic  (A.  II.) 
TyU.r(K.  It.) 
Tylor  (K.  ».) 
YoikIi'h  ('oiiiiiaiiiim. 
Ki-IIh(M.) 
<'auipb<>ll  (.1.) 
<'aitiplM-ll  (.1.1 
KublMH'k  (.!.) 
Rella  (M.) 
Triibner  &  ( 'i>. 
ltaU-H(lI.  W.) 
Drake  (.S.(i.) 
<>atRebct  (A.S.) 
iJalHvbut  (A.S.) 


84 


CHRONOLOGIC    INDEX. 


i 


im 

BalUh 

(HaMlflraiinn 

KnMie  (A.  If.),  note. 

im 

TwMiAaiKl  Klallnni 

SoiiKH 

Itaker  (T.) 

im 

'I'waiinMnil  Kliilliiiii 

StiDK* 

llaker  (T.) 

1M3 

VarioiiM 

VariouH 

Hanrnin(H.H.) 

liM 

ShIImIi 

rlaMHlHration 

8»y<v  (A.M.) 

1M8 

itallMli 

AVimU 

Tylor(K.  H.) 

IMM 

SaIIhIi 

L«)K»iiiIh 

HoflhlMl(W..I.) 

18M 

SttliRll 

WonlH 

Hqnini  (W.  C.) 

IMM 

HUhkln 

WonlH 

Hntlt«t  {P..  V.  S.  .T.) 

IMU 

VarioiiH 

ViH'almliirinN 

Tolmte  (W.  V.)  and  D»w« 
(«».  H.) 

18H4  IKHIl 

SullHh 

lllbllo|{ra|>lit<' 

Pott  (A.  V.) 

IHM 

llilkiilii 

Wonia 

Htiinipr(r.) 

IBMS 

ChBlialiH 

Dic^tlonary 

EelU  (11.) 

Uit> 

KalU|Ml 

Lord'H  prayor 

Smalloy  (K.  V.) 

jMU 

KalUH 

Lonl'H  prayer 

VanQoni  (I.) 

IflSA 

ShIIhIi 

Diril  naiiii'i 

HoAnMi  (\V..r.) 

lasB 

HulUli 

ItililinKrapliir 

I'illinK(J.(-.) 

law 

SalUh 

naHNititatioii 

ltat«H  (H.  W.) 

im 

SallNti 

naHHiliialiiiii 

K«ann(A.  II.),  iioIp. 

MM 

SaliHli  anil  K»lii«|H'l 

TrayorM  ami  vocaliiilarixH 

Hiu<'t(I*.J.il<>). 

ifwn 

VarioiiM 

(ii'aiiimatir 

Kella(M.) 

188r>.lMW 

SaliHh 

ClaHNilliMitlon 

P«athi>rniann  (A.) 

18M 

Hilknla 

Oraiiiinntic 

UnaH  (F.) 

UM 

lUlkula 

Drainmatin 

Iloaa  (F.) 

law 

KuDiuk 

(irammatio 

IkNM  (V.) 

uaa 

Koinuk 

Ti'xts 

Boaa  (K.)                              . 

uaa 

Koiiiiik 

\'o<-aliiilary 

KnaH(K.) 

lais 

I'entlaHli 

'IVxtH 

Bo»H  (F.) 

vm 

I'liynllnii 

Vo<'ahiilary 

Mo(.'aw  (S.  K,) 

uaa 

SaliHb 

Voi'almlary 

IIomiian(W..T.) 

laaa 

VarioiiH 

HyninH 

K<>11h(M.) 

laaa 

ViiriouB 

Vot'iiltiilarii'H 

Iloan  (F.) 

188? 

SaliHh 

llil)Iiot;ra|)liii- 

DllfoHH^  (K.) 

laar 

SaliBh  anil  KnllHiH-l 

I'myor* 

Sniet(P. .).  de). 

1I8T 

VarioiiH 

NiimfnilH 

I<>I1h  (.M.) 

lawr 

Various 

XiiiiuTalH 

K«<11h(.M.) 

laer 

VarlouH 

NnnicraU 

K<>llH(M.).not«. 

t8S8 

IlilknU 

(iraininntir 

IhMIH  (F.) 

laaa 

Kilkula 

Wiiriln 

HoaH  (F.) 

laas 

Hilknla  anil  Kawii'lirn 

\Vonl» 

llrinlon(I>.(i.) 

lan 

Bilkula  and  Kiinichoi; 

WonlH 

ltiintoii(l>.<i.) 

18M 

KaUitpel 

liord'n  praytT 

0  1.1.  F.) 

laas 

KaliaiH-l 

I.onl'H  prayer 

<'  (J.  F.),  note. 

laaa 

Komnk 

WonlH 

IViaa  (F.) 

laaa 

Komuk 

WonlH 

lioaa  (F.) 

laas 

SallHb 

ClaHHifloatioii 

Haines  (K.  M.) 

laaa 

SallHli 

\Vonl« 

Tylor(E.l!.t 

laaa 

SkukoniiHli 

A'ocabniary 

Itoaa  (F.) 

uaa 

Siianaiinnk 

•     Texta 

Itoaa  (F.) 

laaa 

VarioiiH 

NiinH<ralH 

Kt>\U  (M.) 

1888 

ChnhaliB 

WordH 

Xiuoll(K.II.) 

uaa 

Kwinaiiitl 

WonlH 

WilUniKliby  (C.) 

uaa 

XiHkwalli 

WonlH 

Lubbock  (J.) 

uaa 

SiiUhIi 

f'laHHiflcatlon 

Jloaa  (F.) 

U8B 

SaliHli 

ClaoHiflrjition 

Itoaa  (F.) 

1880 

Salisli 

WonlH 

Tylor(K.n.) 

laaa 

Skoyelpl 

A'ocabulary,  etc. 

Cbainlierlaln  (A.  F.) 

uaa 

Snanaimnk 

(ient«n 

Itoaa  (F.) 

U8B 

Snaiiainiiik 

Oontea 

Iloaa  (F.) 

uaa 

VarioiiH. 

Hymnn 

Kolla  (M.) 

laae 

VariouH 

VorabnbirleN 

UoM(F.) 

laaa 

VarioHH 

VocabnIariPH 

ChamberUin  (A.  F.) 

1880 

llllknl*  anil  Kawirhen 

Worda 

llrintou^D.G.) 

1880 

LUowat 

Text 

LeJeune(J.M.lt.) 

1188 

KebeUm 

Texto 

B0M(r.) 

CHRONOLOGIC  INDEX. 


85 


I  Dnwiion 


law 

Netlakapaniiik 

Testa 

laM 

HulUh 

Texta 

laao 

Salish 

WonU 

IMO 

SiUtoh 

Word* 

1800 

itelUh 

Wopla 

1800 

8Ueta 

TexU 

1800 

SnMAlnnk 

iMigcndit 

1800 

KnaiuUuiiik 

legend* 

180U 

Tllamiik 

Toxti. 

1800-1808 

Klallam 

I.onl'H  praviT 

1800-189,1 

Ninkwalll 

Worda 

1800-1803 

HalUli 

Ilyinna 

l800-18Sa 

SnIUli 

Word* 

1800-1803 

SalUh 

Word* 

1800-1803 

SiUUh 

WonlM 

1800-1803 

SaliKli 

Wonia 

IHW)  1803 

Varioiit 

Oeograplitf  nuim-H 

1800- IWKt 

Vnrionii 

Nompralx 

1H»I 

KiiIIhH 

f'ati<(ililHni 

1801 

K«lliip«l 

('at««rhiHiii 

1801 

KaliHH 

l.itany 

1801 

KallHpol 

Trayero 

1801 

Kaliaiwl 

Prayer'^ 

1801 

Netlaknpumnk 

HyninH 

1801 

NetlnkapRiiiiik 

'  vlmer 

1801 

Nftlakapaiinik 

I'rlninr 

1801 

Niakwalll 

VoraUulnry 

1801 

Halixh 

rianMi.liatioii 

1801 

Saliuli 

ClHMIliflriltlDn 

1801 

SalUli  and  XUkwnlll 

Vwalinlary 

1801 

Sallah                          ' 

WonlK 

1801 

SliiiHwap 

I'raycrH 

1801 

SkwanilHh 

PrayerB 

1801 

St4ll0 

I'mycro 

1801 

ViirioiiH 

(ie<i|{rnpliic  nauii>* 

1801 

VaridiiH 

riMigrapliio  nn.-<i«H 

1801 

V'arioiiit 

ririinimntic 

1801 

TarioiiH 

Oramniatir 

1801-1803 

Shiiawn)) 

rrayiTc 

1899 

Netlakapamuk 

raUM'lilHni 

1802 

N'etlaknpamnk 

rrayern 

1802 

Saliali 

<>ranimatio 

1802 

Sallah 

A'ocabiilary 

1802 

Shiiawnp 

I'rayPi-8 

1883 

Shiiawap 

l*ray»r« 

1802 

Sliiiiiwa|> 

Varinii" 

1802 

Slinawap 

Variolic 

1802 

Twana 

Tt>x» 

1802 

Twaua 

Text 

1802 

Twana 

Text 

1802 

Vurioim 

tSeiigraplilr  names 

1802 

Various 

(it-ntt'H 

1802 

Variona 

HlMltl-M 

1H9S 

XUkwalH 

IMi'tiiiiian 

IMKt 

Niakwalli  and  Piiyalliip 

\Vord» 

1803 

NiHkwalli  and  Piiyalliip 

\V<ird» 

1803 

Oklnagan 

Prayers 

1803 

Shaawap 

Ontncliisni 

N.d. 

Atna 

(ii>ni>ral  dlHfnssinn 

N.d. 

Netlakaimmiik 

Hymn 

N.d. 

Nnkaahk 

V<H-almlary 

y.d. 

Nuaulph 

Vocabulary 

N.d. 

Saliflh 

(Snnenil  diwMisaion 

N.d. 

Saliah  md  Kall8i)el 

Loril's  prayiT 

N.d. 

SaUah 

Lord's  prayar 

V.4. 

Saliah 

TooabnUrjr 

he  Jetine  (J.  M.  R.) 

I>alladim<(l..) 

IIal«(H.) 

Kali'dl.) 

HaliMd.) 

lions  (F.) 

lllHIH  (F.) 

IWins  (F.) 
Iloas  (K.) 

Kill r  (T.S.) 

Iliilnii-r  (T.  8.) 
Itiilmer  (T.  S.) 
Ilulmor  (T.  8.1 
niilmer  (T.  8.) 
Ilulnifr  (T.  S.) 
Kulim<r<T.8.) 
Bnlmfr(T.S.) 
Iliilmxr  (T.  8.) 
rancstrplll  (P.) 
Canestrelll  (P.) 
raiioatrelll  (P.) 
Canestreni  (P.) 
('anestnOli  (P.) 
Le  Joun<«  (.T.M.R.) 
L» .T)Min«  (.T.M.R.) 
1m  Jttnno  (J.  M.  R.) 
I  .'aniulliiii. 
Itrinton  (I).  ().) 
Powell  (,I.  W) 
Wilson  (K.  F.) 
Oabetxntx  (U.  O.  0.) 
(Jemln-(-). 
Diirieu  (P.) 
DuriiMi  (P.) 
Cdonos  (S.  F.) 
KkIIs  (M.) 
llOHM  (F.) 
Itoas  (F.) 

Ii«.Ioiino  (J.M.  R.) 
r.o  Jeiine  (J.  M.  R.) 
Ln  Jeiine  (J.  M.  R.) 
('•alsehft  (A.  S.) 
llrinton  (D.  G.) 
LoJenne  (J.  M.  R.) 
I.e  .Tonne  (.1.  M.  R.) 
Dawson  (C  M.) 
Pawmm  (O,  M.) 
KoILx  (M.) 
Ki-lU  (M.) 
KellH  (M.) 
K.-1U(M.) 
Hoax  (F.) 
ItoaH  (F.) 
Wirkt'rHham  (J.) 
WlikiTHliain  (J.) 
WU-kersliani  (J.) 
I^  Jonno  (J .  M.  R.) 
r,«  .T«iuit«  (J.  M.  R.) 
<ilbbB(U.) 
(}imm1  (J.  a.) 
r.ibbs  (O.) 
(libbs  ((i.) 
(iibbs  (G.) 
Hlwa  (J.  n.) 
Smet  (P.  J.  da). 
MUh. 


Fl         l,,l  I  .llllli|p|||H 


^>l|         JlipPPiPP^PiliiiiPP 


86 


CHBONOLOOICAL  INDEX. 


».d. 

HiOlah 

N.d. 

SalUh 

N.<]. 

HiUiali 

».il. 

Snohominh 

N.d. 

Twana 

N.d. 

Varioim 

N..1. 

VariiiiM 

N..1. 

Vartona 

Wonla 

Wordi 

Wwrda 

Vocabnlarv 

Orammatlt) 

Varioiia 

VnrabiilnrltNi 

VooabuUricM 


nibba  (Q.) 
<ilbb«  (G.l 
UibbN  (O.) 
Chironia  (— ). 
Kellii  (M.) 
Keila  <M.) 
lUblNKO.) 
I'tnart  (A.  h.} 


r 


